Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/32?output=rss2 Mon, 08 Jun 2026 08:01:37 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[GASHOLDERS EXAMINATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2316

Title

GASHOLDERS EXAMINATION REGULATIONS

Description






GASHOIDERS EXAMINATION REGULATIONS

(Cap. 54, section 3)

[30 March 1972.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Gasholders Examination
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

cc 'competent person', in relation to any duty to examine a gasholder

under these regulations, means a person who is competent to perform
the duty by virtue of his practical and theoretical training and actual
experience;

'Government Surveyor' means the Principal Surveyor of Boilers and
Pressure Receivers appointed under section 4 of the Boilers and
Pressure Receivers Ordinance.

3. (1) The proprietor of a gasholder shall cause it to be examined
externally by a competent person

(a) before it is first put into use; and

(b) after it is put into use, at least once in every month.

(1A) An examination under paragraph (1)(a) shall be carried out in
the presence of the Government Surveyor.

(2) An examination under paragraph (1), and any work carried out in
connexion therewith, shall be done in an efficient and workmanlike
manner.

(3) When, on an examination under this regulation, any defect in a
gasholder is discovered, the proprietor thereof shall, as practicable,
cause a report in writing to be delivered to the Government surveyor which
shall contain a full description of the defect and of any work carried out
in connexion therewith.

(4) Where such defect is in the sheeting or sealing arrangements or
materially affects the safety of gasholder the report shall be
delivered to Gevernment Sureyor within 24 hours after the
discovery of defect.

(5) The proprietor of a gasholder shall cause full and up to date
records to be kept of all examinations and works carried out under this
regulation and shall make such records available for inspection
by the Government Surveyor.

4. (1) The proprietor of a gasholder shall-

(a)cause to be carried out, in the presence of the
Government sureyer an external examination of the
gasholder once in the period between 1 January and 31 March
in every year; and





(b) within 4 after such examination, submit a report to
the Government Surveyor which shall-

(i) in the case of a water-sealed gasholder, be in the form set
out in the Schedule;

(ii) in any other case, be in such form and contain such
particulars as the Government Surveyor may require.

(2) [Deleted, L.N. 55/80.]

5. (1) Subject to regulation 6, the proprietor of a gasholder shall, as
soon as is practicable after the expiration of 20 years from the date of
construction of the gasholder, and thereafter once in every period of 10
years, cause it to be thoroughly examined internally in order to ascertain
the condition of its internal structure and of the surfaces of the sheeting
and scaling arrangements.

(2) Every examination under paragraph (1) shall carried out
by a competent person in the presence of the Government Surveyor.

6. (1) The Government Surveyor may permit a gasholder to
be examined in such a manner as he may direct in lieu of the thorough
internal examination specified in regulation 5.

(2) Whenever a gasholder is examined in the manner directed
by the Government Surveyor under paragraph (1) a thorough
internal examination thereof as specified in regulation 5 shall be
carried out as soon as practicable thereafter.

7. Where, under regulation 6(1), the Government Surveyor directs that a
gasholder be examined by cutting samples from the crown and sides of
the holder, all samples so cut shall be marked in such a way as to make
them readily identifiable and shall be kept available for inspection at any
time.

8. The Government Surveyor may at any time-

(a) cause a gasholder to be examined;
(b)as a consequence of any examination of a gasholder carried out
under these regulations, require or cause to be carried out such
works or other action as he, after consultation with the
proprietor of the gasholder, considers necessary in connexion
with safety of persons or property;

(c)cause the records referred to in regulation 3(5) to be inspected.

9. (1) The proprietor of a gasholder shall be liable for all expenses
incurred in any examination, or work carried out as a consequence of
such examination, of the gasholder under these regulations.

(2) Any such expenses shall be recoverable from the proprietor as a
civil debt due to the Crown.





10. A proprietor who contravenes regulation 3, 4, 5, 6(2) or 7, or fails
to carry out any requirement under regulation 8(b), shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $50,000.

SCHEDULE [reg. 4.1

FORM

ANNUAL GASHOLDER INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE RECORD

WATER-SEALED GASHOLDER
Name of proprietor:
Gasholder number.
Gas stored:
Built in (date): by:

Type (i.e. column, spiral or rope guided):
Capacity (exclusive of crown):
Lifts-Diameter and depth of, and pressure thrown by each lift:
Guide framing-Construction:
Crown-Rise:
Number and Type of Manholes:
Position and Number of Gas and Air Vents:
Sheets-Thickness of crown sheets:
Thickness of side sheets:
Cups and grips-Size and construction:
Top Curb and Crown Framing:
Type of Ladder:
Tank-Diameter:
Depth:
Construction:
Position in relation to ground-level:
Rest Blocks:
Number:
Size:
Material used for construction of-
(a) Gasholder:
(b) Tank:
Inlet and Outlet Connexions-Size:

Position of each:

Together or separated:
Date of inspection:
Inspection made by:
Government Surveyor:

1.Framing:
Condition of-
(a) Columns.
(b) Girders
(c) Junction of girders and columns.
(d) Wind bracing.
(e) Ladder or staircase and handrail.





2. Lifts: (a) Top Lift: (i) External condition of crown
sheets. (ii) Number of patches on crown sheets.

(iii) Condition of ladder or staircase and handrail (including crown
handrails).

(iv) Condition of carriages and rollers.
(v) State of roller lubrication. (vi)
Condition of crown paintwork.

(vii) External condition of side sheets.

(viii) Number of patches on side sheets.

(ix) Condition of side paintwork.
(x) Condition of cup and deposits and leakage, and effective
depth of seal.
(xi) State of inflation at the time of inspection.
(b) Second Lift:
(i) External condition of side sheets.
(ii) Number of patches.
(iii) Condition of ladder or staircase and handrail.
(iv) External condition of cup and grip.
(v) Cup deposits and leakage and effective depth of seal.
(vi) Condition of carriages and rollers.

(vii) State of roller lubrication.

(viii) Condition of paintwork. (ix) State of inflation at the
time of inspection. (c) Third Lift:

(i) External condition of side sheets. (ii) Number of
patches. (iii) Condition of ladder or staircase and handrail.
(iv) External condition of cup and grip. (v) Cup deposits
and leakage and effective depth of seal. (vi) Condition of
carriages and rollers.

(vii) State of roller lubrication.

(viii) Condition of paintwork. (ix) State of inflation at the
time of inspection. (d) Bottom Lift:

(i) External condition of side sheets. (ii) Number of
patches. (iii) Condition of ladder or staircase and
handrail. (iv) External condition of grip. (v)
Condition of carriages and rollers. (vi) State of roller
lubrication. (vii) Condition of bottom curb.

(viii) Condition of bottom carriages and rollers.
(ix) Condition of paintwork.

3. Tank:
(a) External condition of side plates.
(b) Condition at water level.
(c) Condition of ground level.
(d) Level of water-overflow.
(e) Deposits and leakages.
(f) Condition of carriages and rollers.
(g) State of roller lubrication.
(h) Condition of paintwork.
(i) Condition of ladder or staircase, handrail and balcony.





4. Measurements:
(a) Horizontal measurements from lift to lift at:
North point at top cup:
South point at top cup:
East point at top cup:
West point at top cup:
North point at second cup:
South point at second cup:
East point at second cup:
West point at second cup:
North point at third cup:
South point at third cup:
East point at third cup:
West point at third cup:
North point at tank top:
South point at tank top:
East point at tank top:
West point at tank top:
(b) Vertical measurements from top of grip to water level at:
North point at top cup:
South point at top cup:
East point at top cup:
West point at top cup:
North point at second cup:
South point at second cup:
East point at second cup:
West point at second cup:
North point at third cup:
South point at third cup:
East point at third cup:
West point at third cup:
North point at tank top:
South point at tank top:
East point at tank top:
West point at tank top:
(c) Positions of rollers relative to guides on each lift.5. Pressure:
Unusual variations in pressure records:
6. Repairs and paintwork carried out since last annual inspection:
7. General observations:
L.N. 74/72. L.N. 55/80. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 55/80. (Cap. 56.) Monthly examination of gasholders. L.N. 55/80. Annual examination of gasholders. L.N. 55/80. Schedule. Internal examination of gasholders. L.N. 55/80. Government Surveyor may direct the manner of examination. Examination cutting samples. Additional powers of the Government Surveyor. Proprietor liable for expenses. Penalties. L.N. 55/80.

Abstract

L.N. 74/72. L.N. 55/80. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 55/80. (Cap. 56.) Monthly examination of gasholders. L.N. 55/80. Annual examination of gasholders. L.N. 55/80. Schedule. Internal examination of gasholders. L.N. 55/80. Government Surveyor may direct the manner of examination. Examination cutting samples. Additional powers of the Government Surveyor. Proprietor liable for expenses. Penalties. L.N. 55/80.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2316

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

54

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:44 +0800
<![CDATA[GASHOLDERS EXAMINATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2315

Title

GASHOLDERS EXAMINATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

GASHOLDERS EXAMINATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 54





CHAPTER 54

GASHOLDERS EXAMINATION

To make provision for the periodical examination of gasholders.

[14th April, 1938.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Gasholders Examination
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise
requires'gasholder- means a gasholder which has a storage capacity of
not less than 5,000 cubic feet or 142 cubic metres and which is used for
the storage of gas at a pressure not exceeding one pound per square
inch gauge or 0.07 kilogrammes per square centimetre. (Added, 1 of
1972, s. 2)

3. The Governor in Council may by regulation prescribe or provide
for the periodical examination of gasholders.

4. Regulations under section 3 may provide that if the proprietors of
any gasholder in the Colony wilfully fail to carry out any requirement of
any such regulation they, and where the proprietors are a corporation
every director and manager thereof, shall be severally guilty of an
offence, and such regulations may prescribe penalties therefor:

Provided that no penalty so prescribed shall exceed a fine of fifty
thousand dollars.

(Amended, 1 of 1972, s. 3)

5. The Governor in Council may at any time call upon the
proprietors of any gasholder in the Colony to show cause why the said
gasholder should not be declared unfit for use. If on being so called
upon the proprietors fail to show such cause to the satisfaction of the
Governor in Council, the Governor in Council may by order declare the
gasholder unfit for use; and if, whilst such order remains unrevoked, the
gasholder is used to hold gas the proprietors, and where the proprietors
are a corporation every director and manager thereof, shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of ten thousand
dollars for each day during which the offence continues.

(Amended, 1 of 1972, s. 4)
Originally 1 of 1938. (Cap. 54, 1950.) 1 of 1972. Short title. Interpretation. Regulations. Penalty for breach of regulations. Power of Governor in Council to declare a gasholder unfit for use.

Abstract

Originally 1 of 1938. (Cap. 54, 1950.) 1 of 1972. Short title. Interpretation. Regulations. Penalty for breach of regulations. Power of Governor in Council to declare a gasholder unfit for use.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2315

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

54

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:43 +0800
<![CDATA[ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS (DECLARATION OF MONUMENTS AND HISTORICAL BUILDINGS) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2314

Title

ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS (DECLARATION OF MONUMENTS AND HISTORICAL BUILDINGS) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

Description






ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS (DECLARATION OF
MONUMENTS AND HISTORICAL BUILDINGS)
(CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

(Cap. 53, section 3(1))

[20 October 19781

L.N. 247 of 1978, L.N. 34 of 1979, L.N.111 of 1979, L.N. 201 of 1979, L.N. 208 of 1979, L.N.
197 of 1980, L.N. 73 of 1981, L.N. 356 of 1981, L.N. 357 of 1981, L.N. 358 of 1981, L.N.
25 of 1982, L.N. 102 of 1982, L.N. 170 of 1982, L.N. 75 of 1983, L.N. 76 of 1983, L.N. 77
of 1983, L.N. 78 of 1983, L.N. 138 of 1983, L.N. 139 of 1983, L.N. 154 of 1983, L.N. 309
of 1983, L.N. 362 of 1983, L.N. 69 of 1984, L.N. 125 of 1984, L.N. 161 of 1984, L.N. 162
of 1984, L.N. 385 of 1984, L.N. 10 of 1985, L.N. 170 of 1986, L.N. 215 of 1987, L.N. 61 of
1988, L.N. 266 of 1988, L.N. 307 of 1988, L.N. 335 of 1988, R. Ed. 1988, L.N. 319 of
1989, L.N. 368 of 1989, L.N. 410 of 1989

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Antiquities and Monuments (Declaration of
Monuments and Historical Buildings) (Consolidation) Notice.

2. Declaration of monuments

The following places are declared to be monuments

(a)the rock carving at Big Wave Bay, Hong Kong Island, and the
adjoining land, which are more particularly delineated and edged red
in plan No. HKM 1, signed by the Secretary for Home Affairs and
deposited in the Land Office, Victoria; (L.N. 247 of 1978)

(b)the rock carving and adjoining land at Tei Tong Tsui to the north-east
of Tin Hau Kwo Miu temple delineated and shown edged red on the
plan marked NTM 1 signed and deposited by the Secretary for the
New Territories in the District Land Office, Sai Kung, in accordance
with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 34 of 1979)

(c)the rock carving and adjoining land on the north-west coast of Tung
Lung Island delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked
NTM 2 signed and deposited by the Secretary for the New Territories
in the District Land Office, Sai Kung, in accordance with section 3(4)
of the Ordinance; (L.N. 34 of 1979)

(d)the rock carving and adjoining land on the western coast of Kau Sai
Chau delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 3
signed and deposited by the Secretary for the New





Territories in the District Land Office, Sai Kung, in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 34 of 1979)

(e)the rock carving and adjoining land at Shek Pik on Lantau Island
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 4 signed
and deposited by the Secretary for the New Territories in the District
Land Office, Islands, in accordance with section 3(4) of the
Ordinance; (L.N. 111 of 1979)

the rock carvings and adjoining land on the south-west coast of Po
Toi Island delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM
5 signed and deposited by the Secretary for the New Territories in the
District Land Office, Islands, in accordance with section 3(4) of the
Ordinance; (L.N. 111 of 1979)

(g)the area of Crown land on the north coast of Lantau Island
comprising Tung Chung Fort, including the buildings and structures
therein or thereon, delineated and shown edged red on the plan
marked NTM 8 signed and deposited by the Secretary for the New
Territories in the District Land Office, Islands, in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 201 of 1979)

(h)the flight of stone steps at the southern end of Duddell Street, Hong
Kong Island, and the 4 gas lamps standing on the balustrades on
either side of the steps, delineated and shown edged red on the plan
marked HKM 10 signed and deposited by the Secretary for Home
Affairs in the Land Office, Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4) of
the Ordinance; (L.N. 208 of 1979)

(i)the ruins and remains situated on the northeastern promontory of
Tung Lung Island and known as Tung Lung Fort and the adjacent
land, delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 11
signed and deposited by the Secretary for the New Territories in the
District Land Office, Sai Kung, in accordance with section 3(4) of the
Ordinance; (L.N. 197 of 1980)

(j)the walled village of Sam Tung Uk located to the North of the Castle
Peak Road in Tsuen Wan District of the New Territories and the
surrounding open space, delineated and shown edged red on the plan
marked NTM 12 signed and deposited by the Secretary for the New
Territories in the Tsuen Wan District Land Office in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 73 of 1981)

(k)the District Office (North) located in Tai Po District of the New
Territories and the adjacent land, delineated and shown edged





red on the plan marked NTM 14 signed and deposited by the
Secretary for the New Territories in the District Land Office, Tai Po, in
accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 356 of 1981)

(1)the village of Sheung Yiu located on the eastern shore of Pak Tam
Chung estuary near the western boundary of the Sai Kung East
Country Park together with a stone kiln 50 metres north of the village,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 17 signed
and deposited by the Secretary for the New Territories in the Sai
Kung District Land Office in accordance with section 3(4) of the
Ordinance; (L.N. 357 of 1981)

(m)the Fan Lau Fort located on high ground about 60 metres above sea
level on the south-west tip of Lantau and overlooking Lantau
Channel, delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM
15 signed and deposited by the Secretary for the New Territories in
the District Land Office, Islands, in accordance with section 3(4) of
the Ordinance; (L.N. 358 of 1981)

(n)the rock carvings and adjoining land overlooking Tung Wan on
Cheung Chau, delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked
NTM 6 signed and deposited by the Secretary for City and New
Territories Administration in the District Land Office, Islands, in
accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 25 of 1982)

(o)the Tin Hau Temple situated at No. 10 Tin Hau Temple Road,
Causeway Bay, delineated and shown edged red on the plan serial
No. HKM 11 signed and deposited by the Secretary for Home Affairs
in the Land Office in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance;
(L.N. 102 of 1982; L.N. 170 of 1982)

(p)the rock carving located at Lung Ha Wan in Sai Kung District of the
New Territories and the adjacent land, delineated and shown edged
red on the plan marked NTM 16 signed and deposited by the Director
of Urban Services in the District Land Office, Sai Kung, in accordance
with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 75 of 1983)

(q)the site of the Chinese Customs Station located on Fat Tau Chau
(Junk Island) in Sai Kung District of the New Territories, delineated
and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 22 signed and
deposited by the Director of Urban Services in the District Land
Office, Sai Kung, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance;
(L.N. 76 of 1983)

(r)the Pottery Kilns at Wun Yiu Village, in Tai Po District of the New
Territories, delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM
21 signed and deposited by the Director of Urban





Services in the District Land Office, Tai Po, in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 138 of 1983)

(s)the Stone Circle at Fan Lau on Lantau Island of the New Territories,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 23 signed
and deposited by the Director of Urban Services in the District Land
Office, Islands, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance;
(L.N. 139 of 1983)

(t)the Tung Chung Battery located in Tung Chung on Lantau Island,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 18 signed
and deposited by the Director of Urban Services in the District Land
Office, Islands, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance;
(L.N. 362 of 1983)

(u)the Royal Observatory, located in Kowloon, and the adjacent land,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked KM 1 signed
and deposited by the Director of Urban Services in the Land Office,
Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 161
of 1984)

(v)the Old Stanley Police Station located on Hong Kong Island,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked HKM 8 signed
and deposited by the Director of Urban Services in the Land Office,
Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 161
of 1984)

(w)the exterior of the Supreme Court Building located at Statute Square,
Central District on Hong Kong Island, delineated and shown edged
red on the plan marked HKM 2 signed and deposited by the Director
of Urban Services in the Land Office, Victoria, in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 161 of 1984)

(x)the rock carvings located at Wong Chuk Hang, Aberdeen on Hong
Kong Island, delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked
HKM 14 signed and deposited by the Director of Urban Services in
the Land Office, Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4) of the
Ordinance; and (L.N. 161 of 1984)

(y)the Han Tomb at Lei Cheng Uk, Sham Shui Po, Kowloon, delineated
and shown edged red on the plan marked KM 2a signed and
deposited by the Secretary for Municipal Services in the Land Office,
Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4) of the

Ordinance.(L.N. 335 of 1988)

3. Declaration of historical buildings

The following places are declared to be historical buildings-

(a)Island House located in Tai Po District of the New Territories and the
adjacent land, delineated and shown edged red on the





plan marked NTM 39 signed and deposited by the Director of Urban
Services in the District Land Office, Tai Po, in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 77 of 1983; L.N. 266 of 1988)

(b)the Man Lun Fung Ancestral Hall located in Fan Tin Tsuen, San Tin,
in Yuen Long District of the New Territories and the adjacent
forecourt, delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM
13 signed and deposited by the Director of Urban Services in the
District Land Office, Yuen Long, in accordance with section 3(4) of
the Ordinance; (L.N. 78 of 1983)

(c)-(d) (Repealed L.N. 161 of 1984)

(e)the Man Mo Temple located at Fu Shin Street, Tai Po Market in Tai
Po District of the New Territories, delineated and shown edged red on
the plan marked NTM 29 signed and deposited by the Director of
Urban Services in the District Land Office, Tai Po, in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 125 of 1984)

the facade, roof, main ceremonial grand staircase, external corridors
and courtyards of the Main Building of the University of Hong Kong
located on Hong Kong Island, delineated and shown edged red on
the plan mark HKM 7 signed and deposited by the Director of Urban
Services in the Land Office, Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4)
of the Ordinance, the said parts being coloured pink, green and
hatched yellow shown and described on the drawings numbered 1 to
4 and attached to the said plan; (L.N. 162 of 1984)

(g)the Old Tai Po Market Railway Station, Tai Po, New Territories,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 30 signed
and deposited by the Director of Urban Services in the District Land
Office, Tai Po, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N.
385 of 1984)

(h)the Man Shek Tong (Ancestral Hall) located at Mun Hau Tsuen,
Sheung Shui in North District of the New Territories, delineated and
shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 32 signed and deposited
by the Director of Urban Services in the District Land Office, North, in
accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 10 of 1985)

(i)the old house on a lot formerly known as Lot 917 at Hoi Pa Village,
Tsuen Wan, New Territories, delineated and shown coloured pink on
the plan marked NTM 35 signed and deposited by the Secretary for
Municipal Services in the District Land Office, Tsuen Wan, in
accordance with section 3(4) of the

Ordinance;(L.N. 170 of 1986)





the building known as the Tai Fu Tai at Wing Ping Tsuen, San Tin,
Yuen Long, New Territories, delineated and shown edged red on the
plan marked NTM 20 signed and deposited by the Secretary for
Municipal Services in the District Land Office, Yuen Long, in
accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 215 of 1987)

(k)the Kun Lung Gate Tower at San Wai, Fanling, New Territories,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 38 signed
and deposited by the Secretary for Municipal Services in the District
Land Office, North, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance;
(L.N. 61 of 1988)

(1)the Yeung Hau Kung Temple at Tung Tau Tsuen, Ha Tsuen, Yuen
Long, New Territories, delineated and shown edged red on the plan
marked NTM 40 signed and deposited by the Secretary for Municipal
Services in the District Land Office, Yuen Long, in accordance with
section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 307 of 1988)

(m)the former French Mission building on Battery Path, Hong Kong
Island, delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked HKM 15
signed and deposited by the Secretary for Municipal Services in the
Land Office, Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4) of the
Ordinance; (L.N. 319 of 1989)

(n)Flagstaff House on Cotton Tree Drive, Hong Kong Island, delineated
and shown edged red on the plan marked HKM 5 signed and
deposited by the Secretary for Municipal Services in the Land Office,
Victoria, in accordance with section 3(4) of the Ordinance; (L.N. 319
of 1989)

(o)the old house known as Law Uk or Chai Wan House at Chai Wan on
Hong Kong Island, delineated and shown edged red on the plan
marked HKM 6 signed and deposited by the Secretary for Recreation
and Culture in the Land Office, Victoria, in accordance with section
3(4) of the Ordinance; and (L.N. 368 of 1989)

(p)the old house at Wong Uk Village, Yuen Chau Kok, Sha Tin,
delineated and shown edged red on the plan marked NTM 36 signed
and deposited by the Secretary for Recreation and Culture in the
District Land Office, Sha Tin, in accordance with section

3(4) of the Ordinance.(L.N. 410 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2314

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

53

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:42 +0800
<![CDATA[ANTIQUITIES (EXCAVATION AND SEARCH) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2313

Title

ANTIQUITIES (EXCAVATION AND SEARCH) REGULATIONS

Description






ANTIQUITIES (EXCAVATION AND SEARCH)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 53, section 22)

[2 January 1976.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Antiquities (Excava-
tion and Search) Regulations.

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a person who desires to
obtain a licence shall apply to the Authority in triplicate in Form 1
in the Schedule at least 2 months before the date upon which the
excavation and search is intended to commence.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Authority may con-
sider an application not made within the time prescribed.

3. An application to obtain a licence shall be accompanied by
a plan in triplicate on a scale not smaller than 1:1200 showing the
location, boundaries and general features of the area in respect of
which the licence is sought and the particular site, if any, of the
proposed excavation, together with a photograph or photographs
each not smaller than 25 centimetres by 20 centimetres sufficient to
identify and describe the area under application, to the satisfaction
of the Authority.

4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), an application to renew a
licence shall be made at least 1 month before the date upon which
the licence is due to expire and shall be made in such manner
and shall contain such information as the Authority considers
appropriate.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) the Authority may con-
sider an application not made within the time prescribed.

5. A licence shall be in Form II in the Schedule.

6. There shall be payable to the Authority upon the grant or
renewal of a licence a fee of $50.





SCHEDULE

FORM 1 [reg. 2(1).]

Application No ....................................

ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 53, section 13)

APPLICATION TO OBTAIN A LICENCE TO EXCAVATE
AND SEARCH FOR ANTIQUITIES

Note:

1. This form is to be completed in triplicate and accompanied by-

(a) a plan in triplicate on a scale not smaller than 1:1200 showing the
location, boundaries and general features of the area in respect of
which the licence is sought and the particular site, it any, of the
proposed excavation; and

(b) such photograph or photographs each not smaller than 25 centimetres

by 20 centimetres sufficient to identify and describe the area under
application, to the satisfaction of the
Authority.

2. The application should be forwarded to the Authority not later than 2
months before the proposed date of commencement of the
excavation.

To the Authority:

1 .Name of applicant


2.(1) Age



(2) Nationality


(3) Passport/ Identity Card No .
3. (1)Residential address


...............................

(2) Telephone number



Authority may be served on you .........................
........................

(2) Telephone number ................................................................................
5. (1)Are you applying as the representative of an
organization?
Yes/No

(2) Are you applying in a personal capacity?

Yes/No

6. If applying as a representative


(a) State the name, address and nature of the organization (i.e. a
university, museum, company, society, etc.) .........................................

...............................
................................1

(b) Attach evidence of the organizations consent to you making the
application.

7. If applying in a personal capacity-

(a) State the name, address and nature of any institution or body to

which you are affiliated (i.e. university, museum, etc.) .........................

...............................
...............................

(b)State relevant academic or professional qualifications .........................

.............................................................................................................

....

(c) State previous excavation
experience.
(Complete only if you have not previously been granted a licence
under these regulations).





Type of site Person in Publications
Year Site Name excavated charge of consequent upon
excavation excavation

(Continue on separate sheet if
necessary)
1

8. (1) Description and nature of intended excavation and search-

............................

(2)Has the site been excavated or disturbed previously?
Yes/No



If yes, give details
................................................................................. X 1 AA -41*

............ 1

. ............................

9.What is the purpose of the intended excavation and
search?
(i.e. a particular object, general research, practical material for a thesis,

etc.)

...............................

...............................

10. (1) Proposed date of commencement of excavation
...................................

........................
(2) Estimated duration in 8 man-hour days: ............days





(3) Method of excavation

(i.e. machinery, handtools, dry sieving, flotation separation, etc.)

(4)Number of persons to be engaged in excavation ..................................

.................
(5) Names and addresses of such persons

Name Address

it

(Continue on separate sheet if necessary)

10A Do you intend to have any metal detector with you on the intended
excavation and search?Yes/No If yes, state

how many and give particulars of the metal detectors and the purpose
for which it is/they are required

................................
11. (1)Estimates of cost and proposed financial expenditure ..........................

.................

(2) Source of finance

(i.e. personal, grant from museum or university, etc.)

12. (1) Will a proper scientific study of any antiquities discovered be sub-
sequently conducted? Yes/No

If yes, give details .................................................................................

...............................

(2) Will a report concerning the excavation and search be published?

Yes/No

If yes, give details .................................................................................






I ............................................................................ certify that be the best
of my knowledge and belief the information supplied by me herein is correct. In the
event that 1 am granted a licence 1 acknowledge that as licensee I will be personally
in charge of the excavation and search and accept full responsibility for the manner
in which the excavation and search is conducted and agree that any act or omission
committed or performed by any participant in the excavation and search shall be
deemed to have been committed or performed by myself as licensee.

Dated at .this ....day of ......19

.................

Signature of Applicant.
111 PI AM: X

FORM II [s. 13 reg. 4.]

Licence No .
...................................



ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 53, section 13)

LICENCE TO EXCAVATE AND SEARCH FOR ANTIQUITIES

LICENCE is this day granted to
as licensee, to excavate and search for antiquities within the area of
as described on the attached plan and edged in red.

THIS LICENCE is subject to the following conditions set out
below.





CONDITIONS

Signed ........Authority
Date ............................................................


(Note: You are advised to make yourself familiar with the provisions of the
Antiquities and Monuments Ordinance, Chapter 53, and the Antiquities
(Excavation and Search) Regulations.)
L.N. 1/76. L.N. 310/82. Citation. Application for licence. Schedule, Form 1. Plans and photographs. Application to renew, licence. Licence. Schedule, Form II. Fees. L.N. 310/82.

Abstract

L.N. 1/76. L.N. 310/82. Citation. Application for licence. Schedule, Form 1. Plans and photographs. Application to renew, licence. Licence. Schedule, Form II. Fees. L.N. 310/82.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2313

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

53

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:42 +0800
<![CDATA[ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2312

Title

ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 53





CHAPTER 53

ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page
PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... 2

MONUMENTS

2A. Declaration of proposed monuments etc. and plans thereof ... ... ... ... ... 3
2B. Duration of declaration of proposed monument ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
2C. Objection to declaration of proposed monument within private land ... ... ... 4
3. Declaration of monuments and plans thereof ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... 5
4. Objection to declaration of monument within private land ... ... ... ... ... 6
5. Control of monuments generally ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
6. Acts prohibited in relation to certain monuments except under permit ... ... 7
7. Grant of sums for preservation, etc., of monuments ... ... ... 1 . ... ... 7
8. Compensation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... ... ... 8
9. Assessment of compensation by District Court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

RELICS

10.........................Certain relics to be property of Government ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

DISCOVERY AND EXCAVATION OF
ANTIQUITIES

11................Discovery of antiquities .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

12...........................No excavation, etc., of antiquities, without licence ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

13............Grant of licences ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
14............Rights of licensee ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
15............Cancellation of licence ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
10

16....................Appeal against refusal of licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY
BOARD

17................................Establishment and meetings of Antiquities Advisory Board ... ... ... ... 11
is................................Board may advise Authority ... ... ... ... ...

MISCELLANEOUS

19.......Offences ............................. ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
20.......Evidence ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
20A......Service by post ...................... . ... ... ... ...
12

21....................................Payments to be made from funds provided by the Legislative Council ... ... 12

22. Regulations........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12





CHAPTER 53

ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS

To provide for the preservation of objects of historical, archaeological
and palaeontological interest and for matters ancillary thereto or
connected therewith.

[1 January 1976.]

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Antiquities and Monuments
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

,,antiquity' means-

(a) a relic; and

(b)a place, building, site or structure erected, formed or built by
human agency before the year 1800 and the ruins or remains of
any such place, building, site or structure, whether or not the
same has been modified, added to or restored after the year
1799;

Pi

'Authority' means the Secretary for Municipal Services; (Replaced, 38
of 1982, s. 2. Amended, L.N. 67185)

'Board' means the Antiquities Advisory Board established by section
17;

'Crown land' means land other than private land;

'designated person' means(a) the officer in charge of a police station;
(b) a police officer of or above the rank of inspector; and (c) any
person specified by the Authority by notice in the Gazette;

'discovery' means the finding in Hong Kong-
(a) in, on or under land or sea;
(b) in or on anything growing on land; or
(c) attached to or within the fabric or foundations of a
structure in, on or under land or sea,
of an antiquity or supposed antiquity the presence of which was
previously unknown to the owner of such land or structure;

'Land Office' means the Land Office established under the Land
Registration Ordinance and any District Land Office established
under the New Territories Ordinance;





'licence' means a licence granted under section 13;

'metal detector' means any device designed or adapted for detecting or
locating any metal or mineral in the ground; (Added, 38 of
1982,s.2)

'monument' means a place, building, site or structure which is declared
to be a monument, historical building or archaeological or
palaeontological site or structure under section 3; (Replaced, 38 of
1982, s. 2)

'movable object means an object which does not form part of land;

,,owner', in relation to land, means a person entitled to possession of
the land under a Crown lease or agreement for lease, or other form
of valid title from the Crown;

'permit' means a permit granted under section 6;

'private land' means

(a)land held under lease, agreement for lease, tenancy agreement,
licence, permit, deed or memorandum of appropriation, or other
valid title from the Crown; and

(b) land occupied by Her Majesty's forces, or for other purposes of
the Crown in right of Her Majesty's Government in the United
Kingdom, under lease, licence, permit, deed or memorandum of
appropriation, requisition or other permanent or temporary
title;

'proposed monument means a place, building, site or structure which is
declared to be a proposed monument, proposed historical building,
or proposed archaeological or palaeontological site or structure
under section 2A; (Added, 38 of 1982,s.2)

'relic' means

(a)a movable object made, shaped, painted, carved, inscribed or
otherwise created, manufactured, produced or modified by
human agency before the year 1800, whether or not it has been
modified, added to or restored after the year 1799;and

(b) fossil remains or impressions;

'supposed antiquity' means an object or site which may reasonably be
supposed to be or to contain an antiquity.

MONUMENTS

2A. (1) For the purpose of considering whether or not any place,
building, site or structure should be declared to be a monument the
Authority may, after consultation with the Board, by notice in the
Gazette declare it to be a proposed monument, proposed historical
building, or proposed archaeological or palaeontological site or
structure.





(2) A declaration under subsection (1) may include as part of a
proposed monument any land adjoining the place, building, site or
structure required for fencing, covering or protecting the proposed
monument or for providing or facilitating access thereto.

(3) A notice under subsection (1) shall include a reference to the
appropriate plan deposited under subsection (4).

(4) The Authority shall, upon publication of a declaration under
subsection (1)

(a)sign and deposit in the appropriate Land Office a plan clearly
showing the situation of the proposed monument; and

(b)if the declaration relates to a proposed monument within
private land

(i) register the declaration in the Land Office;

(ii) serve on the owner and any lawful occupier of the
private land a copy of the notice of declaration, together with
a copy of the plan; and

(iii) fix to the private land a copy of the notice of declaration
and a copy of the plan.

(5) The Authority shall-

(a)keep available at his office, for public inspection at all
reasonable times, a copy of every plan deposited under
subsection (4); and

(b)at the request of the owner or a lawful occupier of a proposed
monument which is shown on a plan so deposited, deliver a
copy of the plan free of charge to the owner or occupier.

(Added, 38 of 1982, s. 3)

2B. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a declaration made under section
2A shall have effect for a period of 12 months from the making of it
unless earlier withdrawn by the Authority.

(2) Except in the case of a declaration relating to a proposed
monument within private land, the Authority may from time to time, after
consultation with the Board and with the approval of the Governor,
extend the period referred to in subsection (1) by 12 months:

Provided that no single extension shall exceed 12 months.

(Added, 38 of 1982, s. 3)

2C. (1) The owner or any lawful occupier of private land within
which a proposed monument has been declared may at any time apply
to the Authority for withdrawal of the declaration.

(2) Within one month of receipt of the application the Authority
shall





(a) withdraw the declaration; or

(b) refuse the application,

and shall forthwith notify the owner or occupier of his decision.

(3) Within one month of being notified of the Authority's decision
the owner or occupier may by petition to the Governor object to the
declaration.

(4) The Governor, upon considering an objection made under
subsection (3), may direct that

(a) the declaration be withdrawn; or

(b) the objection be referred to the Governor in Council.

(5) The Governor in Council, upon considering an objection
referred to him under subsection (4), may direct that

(a) the declaration shall stand;

(b)the declaration shall stand, subject to such variations or
conditions as he thinks fit; or

(c) the declaration be withdrawn.

(6) A direction of the Governor under subsection (4) or of the
Governor in Council under subsection (5) shall be final.

(Added, 38 of 1982, s. 3)

3. (1) Subject to section 4, the Authority may, after consultation
with the Board and with the approval of the Governor, by notice in the
Gazette, declare any place, building, site or structure, which the
Authority considers to be of public interest by reason of its historical,
archaeological or palaeontological significance, to be a monument,
historical building or archaeological or palaeontological site or structure.
(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 4)

(2) A declaration under subsection (1) may include as part of a
monument any land adjoining the place, building, site or structure
required for fencing, covering or protecting the monument or for
providing or facilitating access thereto.

(3) A notice under subsection (1) shall include a reference to the
appropriate plan deposited under subsection (4).

(4) The Authority shall, before publication of a declaration under
subsection (1)

(a)sign and deposit in the appropriate Land Office a plan clearly
showing the situation of the place, building, site or structure
intended by the Authority to be declared to be a monument;
and (Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 4)

(b)if the declaration relates to a monument within private land,
register the declaration in the Land Office.

(5) The Authority shall-

(a)keep available at his office, for public inspection at all
reasonable times, a copy of every plan deposited under
subsection (4); and





(b)at the request of the owner or a lawful occupier of a
monument which is shown on a plan so deposited, deliver a
copy of the plan free of charge to the owner or occupier.

4. (1) If a place, building, site or structure intended by the
Authority to be declared a monument is within private land, then,
prior to the making of the declaration, the provisions of this section
shall have effect.

(2) The Authority shall serve on the owner and any lawful
occupier of the private land a notice in writing of his intention to
declare a monument therein, together with a plan clearly showing
the situation of the intended monument.

(2A) The Authority shall fix to the private land a copy of
the notice and plan served under subsection (2). (Added, 38 of
1982,s.5)

(3) Within 1 month, or such longer period as may be allowed
by the Governor in any particular case, after the service of a notice
under subsection (2), the owner or a lawful occupier may object by
petition to the Governor to the intended declaration.

(4) The Governor, upon considering an objection made under
subsection (3), may direct that-

(a) the intended declaration shall not be made; or

(b) the objection be referred to the Governor in Council.

(5) The Governor in Council, upon considering an objection
referred to him under subsection (4), may direct that-

(a)the intended declaration be made by the Authority in
accordance with section 3;

(b)the intended declaration be so made, subject to such
variations or conditions as he thinks fit; or

(c) the intended declaration shall not be made.

(6) A direction of the Governor under subsection (4)(a) or
of the Governor in Council under subsection (5) shall be final.
(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 5)

5. (1) Subject to this section, the Authority, and any desig-
nated person authorized by him in writing, may, for the purposes of
this Ordinance, at all reasonable times-

(a) enter and inspect any proposed monument or monument;

(b) with the prior approval of the Governor-
(i) fence, repair, maintain, preserve or restore any
proposed monument or monument;
(ii) excavate or search for relics in any proposed
monument or monument and remove any relics hitherto
undiscovered.(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 6)





(2) Neither the Authority nor a designated person authorized
by him may enter any residential premises, in the exercise of the
powers conferred by subsection (1), unless-

(a)he first obtains the consent in writing of the lawful occupier
of such premises; or
(b)he has given to the lawful occupier thereof not less than 48
hour's notice in writing of his intention to enter.

(3) Nothing in this section shall authorize-

(a)the exclusion from any part of a proposed monument or
monument of-
(i) the owner or lawful occupier of the proposed monu-
ment or monument;
(ii) a person beneficially interested in the proposed
monument or monument; or
(iii) a person authorized by such owner, occupier or
person beneficially interested in the proposed monument
or monument; or

(b)the excavation of a proposed monument or monument or
the search for relies in residential premises, without the
consent of the owner and the lawful occupier of the
residential premises. (Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 6)

6. (1) Subject to subsection (4), no person shall-

(a)excavate, carry on building or other works, plant or fell
trees or deposit earth or refuse on or in a proposed
monument or monument; or
(b)demolish, remove, obstruct, deface or interfere with a
proposed monument or monument,

except in accordance with a permit granted by the Authority.
(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 7)

(2) A person aggrieved by the refusal of the Authority to grant
him a permit may, within 14 days after the date of such refusal,
appeal by way of petition to the Governor who may confirm, vary or
reverse the refusal.

(3) The decision of the Governor on the appeal shall be final.

(4) The Authority may, after consultation with the Board and
with the approval of the Governor, by notice in the Gazette, declare
any proposed monument or monument to be exempt from this
section. (Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 7)

7. The Authority may, with the prior approval of the
Governor, grant to a person who proposes to carry out work
for the maintenance, preservation or restoration of a monument
such sum as the Authority thinks fit for the purpose of assisting the
person to carry out the work.





8. (1) Subject to this section, the Authority may, with the prior
approval of the Governor, pay to the owner or lawful occupier of a
proposed monument or monument compensation in respect of financial
loss suffered or likely to be suffered by him by reason of

(a)the exercise by the Authority, or by a designated person
authorized by him, of the powers specified in section 5(1); or

(b)a refusal to grant a permit or any conditions imposed in a
permit.

(2) The compensation shall be such amount as may be-

(a)agreed between the Authority and the owner or lawful
occupier of the proposed monument or monument; or

(b) assessed by the District Court under section 9.

(3) No compensation shall be awarded under this section in respect
of financial loss which has been or may be suffered in connexion with a
contract made or anything done by the owner or lawful occupier of the
proposed monument or monument after the service of a notice under
section 2A(4) or section 4(2).

(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 8)

9. (1) In default of agreement under section 8(2)(a), the owner or
lawful occupier may apply to the District Court to assess the amount of
compensation payable under section 8.

(2) The District Court may, on such application, award to the
applicant such compensation as it thinks reasonable in the
circumstances.

RELICS

10. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, the ownership of every relic
discovered in Hong Kong after the commencement of this Ordinance
shall vest in the Government from the moment of discovery.

(2) The Authority may, or behalf of the Government, disclaim the
ownership of a relic so discovered, and upon such disclaimer

(a)the ownership of the Government in the relic shall be
extinguished; and

(b)the ownership of the relic shall vest in the person, who, but
for the enactment of this Ordinance, would otherwise have
been the owner thereof.

DISCOVERY AND EXCAVATION OF ANTIQUITIES

11. (1) Any person who discovers, or knows of the discovery of an
antiquity or supposed antiquity shall forthwith report the discovery to
the Authority or to a designated person.





(2) A person who makes a report under subsection (1), shall, if so
requested by the Authority or a designated person, identify to the
Authority or to the designated person the antiquity or supposed
antiquity in respect of which the report was made.

(3) A person who discovers an antiquity or supposed antiquity
shall take all reasonable measures to protect it.

(4) The Authority may, with the prior approval of the Governor,
award to a person who makes a report under subsection (1) such sum
by way of reward as the Authority thinks fit.

(5) A designated person to whom a report is made under this
section shall forthwith inform the Authority in writing of the report.

(6) Subject to subsection (7), the Authority, and any designated
person authorized by him in writing, may enter upon and inspect the site
of the discovery of an antiquity or supposed antiquity.

(7) Neither the Authority nor a designated person authorized by
him may enter any residential premises, in the exercise of the powers
conferred by subsection (6), unless

(a)he first obtains the consent in writing of the lawful occupier of
such premises; or

(b)he has given to the lawful occupier thereof not less than 48
hours' notice in writing of his intention to enter.

12. No person, other than the Authority and a designated person
authorized by him, shall

(a)excavate or search for antiquities except in accordance with a
licence granted to him;

(aa) use a metal detector at any proposed monument or monument
except in accordance with a licence granted to him to excavate
and search for antiquities; (Added, 38 of 1982,s.9)

(b)remove any relic hitherto undiscovered from a proposed
monument or monument, or collect or remove any object
which he supposes to be a relic from the site of its discovery,
otherwise than for the purposes of protecting the same or in
accordance with a licence granted to him. (Amended, 38 of
1982, s. 9)

13. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, the Authority may grant to any
person a licence to excavate and search for antiquities.

(2) A licence may not be granted to a person unless the Authority
is satisfied that he

(a)has had sufficient scientific training or experience to enable
him to carry out the excavation and search satisfactorily;

(b)has at his disposal sufficient staff and financial or other
resources to enable him to carry out the excavation and search
satisfactorily; and





(c)is able to conduct, or arrange for, a proper scientific study
of any antiquities discovered as a result of the excavation
and search. (Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 10)

(3) Subject to subsection (2), a licence may be granted or
renewed for a period not exceeding 12 months.

(4) A licence shall be in the prescribed form and shall specify
the area of land in respect of which it is granted.

(5) A licence shall not be transferable.

(6) The Authority may include such conditions in a licence as
he considers appropriate, and in particular but without prejudice to
the generally hereof, may include conditions as to the conduct of any
excavation and search, the reporting, mapping and documenting
thereof, the use of a metal detector, the preservation of materials
discovered, their removal, examination and return, and the making
and delivery of casts, rubbings, squeezes and other reproductions.
(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 10)

14. (1) The holder of a licence may, subject to the conditions
thereof, enter upon and excavate and search for antiquities, in, on or
under-

(a)any Crown land within the area specified in the licence;
and

(b)subject to subsection (2), any private land within the area
specified in the licence.

(2) The holder of a licence shall not be entitled to enter upon,
or excavate or search for antiquities in, on or under private land
unless he first obtains the consent in writing of the owner and any
lawful occupier of the land.

15. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the Authority may cancel
any licence.

(2) A licence shall not be cancelled unless the holder of the
licence has been given reasonable opportunity to make representa-
tions to the Authority as to why his licence should not be cancelled.

(3) As soon as possible after the cancellation of a licence, the
Authority shall, by notice in writing, served either personally or by
registered post, inform the person whose licence has been cancelled
of the cancellation and of the reasons therefor.

(4) Failure to comply with subsection (3) shall not invalidate
the cancellation of a licence.

16. (1) A person aggrieved by the refusal of the Authority to
grant him a licence, or to renew his licence, or by the cancellation of
his licence, may within 14 days after the date of such refusal or
cancellation appeal by way of petition to the Governor who may
confirm, vary or reverse the refusal or cancellation.

(2) The decision of the Governor on the appeal shall be final.





ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY
BOARD

17. (1) There is hereby established an Antiquities Advisory Board
consisting of such members as the Governor may appoint, one of whom
shall be appointed by the Governor to be Chairman. (Replaced, 29 of 1986,
s. 2)

(2) The Board shall meet at such times and places as the Chairman
may direct.

(3) At any meeting of the Board the Chairman or, in his absence, a
member elected by the members present at that meeting to act as
Chairman shall preside. (Replaced, 29 of 1986, s. 2)

(4) Not less than one-half of the number of members of the Board
shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the Board. (Amended, 29 of
1986, s. 2)

(5) The procedure at a meeting of the Board shall be such as the
Board may determine.

18. The Board may advise the Authority on any matters relating to
antiquities, proposed monuments or monuments or referred to it for
consultation under section 2A(1), section 3(1) or section 6(4).

(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 12)

MISCELLANEOUS

19. (1) Any person who-

(a)knowingly makes a false statement to the Authority or to a
designated person as to the situation or circumstances of the
discovery of an antiquity;

(b)contravenes section 11 (1), or section 12; (Amended, 38 of 1982,
s. 13)

(c)without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with a request
made to him by the Authority or a designated person under
section 11(2); or

(d)wilfully obstructs the Authority, or any designated person
authorized by him, in the exercise of his powers under section
5(1) or section 11(6),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.

(2) Any person who contravenes section 6(1) shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 100,000 and

imprisonment for 1 year.(Added, 38 of 1982, s. 13)





20. (1) Subject to this section, in any civil or criminal proceedings if
it is proved that a relic or alleged relic was in Hong Kong after the date
of commencement of this Ordinance, it shall be presumed, until the
contrary is proved, that the discovery of the relic or alleged relic
occurred after that date.

(2) A presumption arising under subsection (1) shall be rebutted if
the court is satisfied that the relic or alleged relic

(a)has been in the possession of a party to the proceedings, or of
such a party and any identifiable person from whom he
acquired possession, for a period of not less than 6 years prior
to the commencement of the proceedings; or

(b)has at any time before the commencement of the proceedings
been imported into Hong Kong.

(3) In any civil or criminal proceedings a certificate, purporting to
be signed by the Authority and stating that anything is an antiquity,
shall be admissible in evidence and shall be prima facie evidence of the
facts stated therein.

20A. Any document or notice to be served or given under this
Ordinance may be served or given by registered post.

(Added, 38 of 1982, s.
14)

21. A sum-

(a) granted under section 7;

(b) awarded as compensation under section 8 or 9;

(c) awarded under section 11(4),

shall be paid from such money as may be provided from time to time by
the Legislative Council.

22. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations-

(a) prescribing the forms of licences and permits;

(b)prescribing the manner in which applications for licences and
permits shall be made;

(c)prescribed the fees (if any) to be paid to the Authority upon
the grant or renewal of licences;

(d)regulating the conduct of excavations and searches for
antiquities;

(e)providing for the management and control of antiquities,
proposed monuments and monuments; (Amended, 38 of
1982,s. 15)

(f)providing for the prohibition and control of access to
excavations, proposed monuments, monuments and sites, and
for the payment, restriction and regulation of entrance

fees thereto; and(Amended, 38 of 1982, s. 15)





(g)generally for the better carrying out of the provisions of
this Ordinance.

(2) No regulations made under this Ordinance shall-

(a)prohibit or restrict the access to a proposed monument or
monument of the owner or lawful occupier of the proposed
monument or monument or of any person beneficially
interested therein, or of any person authorized by the
owner, occupier or such person; or (Amended, 38 of
1982,s. 15)

(b)confer upon a person any right which he would not
otherwise have had to enter upon private land.
Originally 64 of 1971. L.N. 94/74. L.N. 370/81. 38 of 1982. L.N. 14/83. L.N. 67/85. 29 of 1986. L.N. 286/75. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 128.) (Cap. 97.) Declaration of proposed monuments etc. and plans thereof. Duration of declaration of proposed monument. Objection to declaration of proposed monument within private land. Declaration of monuments and plans thereof. Objection to declaration of monument within private land. Control of monuments generally. Acts prohibited in relation to certain monuments except under permit. Grant of sums for preservation, etc., of monuments. Compensation. Assessment of compensation by District Court. Certain relics to be property of Government. Discovery of antiquities. No excavation, etc., of antiquities, without licence. Grant of licences. Rights of licensee. Cancellation of licence. Appeal against refusal of licence. Establishment and meetings of Antiquities Advisory Board. Board may advise Authority. Offences. Evidence. Service by post. Payments to be made from funds provided by the Legislative Council. Regulations.

Abstract

Originally 64 of 1971. L.N. 94/74. L.N. 370/81. 38 of 1982. L.N. 14/83. L.N. 67/85. 29 of 1986. L.N. 286/75. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 128.) (Cap. 97.) Declaration of proposed monuments etc. and plans thereof. Duration of declaration of proposed monument. Objection to declaration of proposed monument within private land. Declaration of monuments and plans thereof. Objection to declaration of monument within private land. Control of monuments generally. Acts prohibited in relation to certain monuments except under permit. Grant of sums for preservation, etc., of monuments. Compensation. Assessment of compensation by District Court. Certain relics to be property of Government. Discovery of antiquities. No excavation, etc., of antiquities, without licence. Grant of licences. Rights of licensee. Cancellation of licence. Appeal against refusal of licence. Establishment and meetings of Antiquities Advisory Board. Board may advise Authority. Offences. Evidence. Service by post. Payments to be made from funds provided by the Legislative Council. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2312

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

53

Number of Pages

14
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:41 +0800
<![CDATA[TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE) (COMMERCIAL TELEVISION LIMITED) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2311

Title

TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE) (COMMERCIAL TELEVISION LIMITED) ORDER

Description






TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE)
(COMMERCIAL TELEVISION LIMITED) ORDER

(Cap. 52, section 9)

[3rd October, 1975.1

1. This order maybe cited as the Television (Period of Validity of
Licence) (Commercial Television Limited) Order.

2. The licence granted under section 8 of the Ordinance to
Commercial Television Limited on the 25th September 1975 shall be valid
for the period of 15 years commencing on the 7th September 1975 or on
such earlier day as the licensee shall commence commercial
broadcasting of television broadcasts.
L.N. 232/75. Citation. Period of validity of CTV's licence.

Abstract

L.N. 232/75. Citation. Period of validity of CTV's licence.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2311

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

52

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:40 +0800
<![CDATA[TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE) (ASIA TELEVISION LIMITED) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2310

Title

TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE) (ASIA TELEVISION LIMITED) ORDER

Description






TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE)
(ASIA TELEVISION LIMITED) ORDER

(Cap. 52, section 9)

[25 November 1988]

L.N. 311188 -

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Television (Period of Validity of
Licence) (Asia Television Limited) Order.

Period of validity of licence

2. Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance, any licence which is next
granted under section 8 of the Ordinance to Asia Television Limited after this
order comes into operation shall be valid for the period beginning on
1 December 1988 or the date of the licence, whichever is the later, and ending on
30 November 2000.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2310

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

52

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:40 +0800
<![CDATA[TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE) (TELEVISION BROADCASTS LIMITED) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2309

Title

TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE) (TELEVISION BROADCASTS LIMITED) ORDER

Description






TELEVISION (PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF LICENCE)
(TELEVISION BROADCASTS LIMITED) ORDER

(Cap. 52, section 9)

[25 November 19881

L.N. 310188 -

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Television (Period of Validity of Licence)
(Television Broadcasts Limited) Order.

Period of validity of licence

2. Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance, any licence which is next
granted under section 8 of the Ordinance to Television Broadcasts Limited after this
order comes into operation shall be valid for the period beginning on 1 December
1988 or the date of the licence, whichever is the later, and ending on 30 November
2000.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2309

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

52

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:39 +0800
<![CDATA[TELEVISION (STANDARDS OF PROGRAMMES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2308

Title

TELEVISION (STANDARDS OF PROGRAMMES) REGULATIONS

Description






TELEVISION (STANDARDS OF PROGRAMMES)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 52, section 27)

[24 December 19641

L.N. 183 of 1964 - L.N. 100 of 1968, L.N. 34 of 1973, L.N. 135 of 1977, 49 of 1987, R. Ed. 1987,

L.N. 326 of 1988

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Television (Standards of Programmes)
Regulations.

2. Application

The standards laid down in these regulations shall apply to all material
broadcast by a licensee.

3. Material to be included

(1) (a) Programmes broadcast by a licensee shall include a reasonable

proportion of material which is wholly of Hong Kong origin.

(b) For the purposes of this subregulation material shall only be

regarded as being wholly of Hong Kong origin if-
(i) it has been produced-
(A) both in substance and in form in Hong Kong; or

(B)by the licensee by whom it is broadcast, by any employee of
that licensee or by any company which, in relation to that
licensee, is a subsidiary company; and

(ii) the Broadcasting Authority is satisfied that it was produced
primarily for the Hong Kong market. (L.N. 326 of 1988)

(2) The Broadcasting Authority shall specify from time to time such
proportions as it considers reasonable. (49 of 1987 s. 17)

4. Material to he excluded

The programmes broadcast by a licensee shall exclude material which is likely

(a) to offend against good taste or decency;

(b) to mislead or alarm;





(c) to encourage or to incite to crime, civil disorder or civil disobedience;

(d)to discredit or bring into disrespect the law or social institutions including
any religion; and

(e) to serve the interest of any foreign political party.

5. News services (L.N. 100 of 1968)

A licensee shall broadcast news covering international and local affairs, which
shall be presented

(a) impartially;

(b) accurately; and

(c)from sources or services approved by the Broadcasting Authority. (L.N.
34 of 1973; L.N. 135 of 1977; 49 of 1987 s. 17)

6. General exemption (L.N. 100 of 1968)

Notwithstanding these regulations, the Broadcasting Authority may permit a
licensee to broadcast at appropriate times in appropriate circumstances- (49 of 1987
s. 17)

(a) genuine works of art or literary merit; and

(b) programmes giving serious presentation of moral or social issues.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2308

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

52

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:39 +0800
<![CDATA[TELEVISION (ADVERTISING) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2307

Title

TELEVISION (ADVERTISING) REGULATIONS

Description






TELEVISION (ADVERTISING) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 52, section 27)
[24 December 1964]

L.N. 184 of 1964- 49 of 1987, R.Ed. 1987, L.N. 76 of 1989, L.N. 302 of 1989

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Television (Advertising) Regulations.

2. Advertisements to he clearly identified

Advertising material shall be clearly identifiable as advertisement, and an
advertising magazine shall be described as such when being broadcast.

3. Subliminal advertisements

(1) No subliminal advertising may be broadcast.

(2) For the purposes of this regulation, 'subliminal advertising' means the
broadcasting of advertising material which is not broadcast for sufficient time to
enable a person to obtain a conscious picture of the material.

4. Sponsored programmes

(1) Where a programme is sponsored, a licensee shall remain responsible for its
content.

(2) A licensee shall not permit the sponsoring of any programme of news or
religious matter.

(3) Save with the permission of the Broadcasting Authority, a licensee shall not
permit the sponsoring of any programme of educational matter.

(4) A licensee shall ensure that any contract for the provision of a sponsored
programme contains provisions by virtue of which he acquires the right to refuse to
accept or else the right to edit any such programme which does not comply with the
standards as laid down by the Governor in Council or the Broadcasting Authority.

(49 of 1987 s. 17)

5. Placing of advertising material in programmes

(1) Advertising material other than magazine programmes may be placed only at
the beginning or end of a programme or in a natural break occurring therein.





(2) No advertisement or group of advertisements shall exceed the period
of time specified by the Broadcasting Authority in Codes of Practice issued by it
from time to time.
(3) The period of time between an advertisement or group of
advertisements and the next advertisement or group of advertisements shall be
not less than that specified by the Broadcasting Authority in Codes of Practice
issued by it from time to time.
(4) Advertising material shall not be inserted in any programme of
religious or educational matter or programmes containing such other matter as
the Broadcasting Authority may specify, and the period of time between any
advertisement and the beginning or end of any such programme shall be not
less than the period specified by the Broadcasting Authority. (L.N. 302 of
1989)
(49 of 1987 s. 17)

6. Advertisements for medical preparations

No advertisement for any medical preparation shall be broadcast without
the approval in writing of the Director of Health obtained in respect of the
whole of the advertising material.
(L.N. 76 of 1989)

7. Certain advertisements prohibited

No advertisement of a religious or political nature or concerned with any
industrial dispute shall be broadcast.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2307

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

52

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:38 +0800
<![CDATA[TELEVISION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2306

Title

TELEVISION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TELEVISION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 52





CHAPTER 52

TELEVISION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ..........................4
2. Interpretation .......................4
2A. Service etc. of notices .............6

PART II
(Repealed)

PART III

LICENCE TO BROADCAST

6A. Grant or holding of licences to or by certain companies prohibited 6
7. Application for licence ..............7
8. Grant of licences ....................7
9. Period of validity of licence ........8
10. Competence of applicants for licences 9
11. Special conditions of licence .......10

IIA. Exceptions to special conditions of licence ...... 11
IIB. Statement of effect of sections 10, 11 and 11 A to be made in prospectus 11
12. Limitations on contracts by licensee 12
13. Renewal of licence ..................12
13A. Suspension of licence ..............12
14. Revocation of licence ...............13
15. Inquiry by Broadcasting Authority ... 14

16. Notice of intended revocation or non-renewal and power to continue licence

in force ................................15
17. Compulsory purchase of land, buildings, etc . is

PART IIIA

SHAREHOLDING AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS
AND RELATED MATTERS

17A. Licensees prohibited from holding certain shares, etc . 16





Section.................................... Page
17C........Aggregate of certain voting shares of licensee not to exceed 49% 17
17D...............................10% holding limit 17
17E...Licensee to supply to Broadcasting Authority certain information as regards
transfers of its shares and certain other particulars 19
17F..Broadcasting Authority may require licensee to distribute certain documents 21
17G...............Permission for retention of certain shares, etc . 23
17H...Particulars required as regards application to register allotments, etc . 25
171...Additional requirements regarding form and content of licensee's register 27
17J..........Provisions regarding certain entries in licensees' registers 27

17K....................................Relevant interest 27

17L.........................Interests to be disregarded 28
17M.............................Declarations-offence 29
PART IV
BROADCASTING TECHNICAL CONDITIONS
18...........................Transmission requirements 30
19...............Directions in respect of transmission requirements 31
20.............................Technical requirements 31
20A...........................Transmission facilities 31

20B..............'Must carry' provision ...................................................... 32

21.................Inspection and testing of technical equipment 33

......................PART V
....................PROGRAMMES
22.................Broadcast services .... 34

23..................................Advertising 34
24.............................Programmes for schools 36
25...................................(Repealed) 36
25A...........General requirements in respect of Government programmes 36
26............................Standards of programmes 36
27........Standards established by regulations made by Governor in Council 37
28...Standards established by Codes of Practice issued by Broadcasting Authority 37
29.......Governor in Council may issue directions to Broadcasting Authority 37
30.............................Broadcasting contests 37
31..............................Defamatory material 38

PART VI
CONTROL AND MISCELLANEOUS
32. (Repealed)
.......................................................................................................
38





Section.................................... Page
33. Material to be submitted to the Broadcasting Authority on demand 38
34. Directions of the Broadcasting Authority 39
35. Broadcasting Authority may prohibit programmes 39

36. Broadcasting Authority may prohibit broadcasting of material rendered by

certain individuals ..................39
36A.......................................Broadcasting Authority to consult affected licensees 39
36B.......................................(Repealed) 40
37. Broadcasting Authority may impose financial penalty 40
38. Appeal to the Governor in Council ....40

39. Determination of appeal ............................
41

40. Licensee to submit returns ...........41
41. Royalty ..............................42
41A.......................................(Repealed) 45
42. Powers of Financial Secretary in relation to royalty 45
43. Licensee to submit audited accounts ..46
44. Recovery of royalty and financial penalty 47
45. Investigation of licensees' business .47
45A.......................................Sections 42 and 45; supplementary provisions 48
46. Confidential material to be safeguarded 48
47. Savings and transitional .............49





CHAPTER 52

TELEVISION

To make provision for licensing companies to broadcast wireless television, for
controlling the standards of programmes broadcast by such companies and for
purposes connected therewith.

[6 November 1964]

Originally 32 of 1964 33 of 1965, 65 of 1972, 7 of 1973, L.N. 16 of 1977, 73 of 1980, 80 of
1982, L.N. 67 of 1985, 49 of 1987, 25 of 1988, 72 of 1988, R. Ed. 1988, L.N. 242 of 1989

PART 1

RRELIMINARY

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Television Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

(1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'application' means an application for a licence made under section 7;

'broadcasting' means transmitting wireless television;

'Broadcasting Authority' means the Broadcasting Authority established by section
3 of the Broadcasting Authority Ordinance (Cap. 391); (Added 49 of 1987 s.
17)

'Code of Practice' means a Code of Practice issued by the Broadcasting Authority
under section 20 or 28; (Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

'disqualified person' means-

(a) an advertising agent;

(b) a company which supplies material for broadcasting by a licensee;

(c) a company-

(i) which is a licensee; or

(ii) which transmits sound or television material, whether within or
without Hong Kong; or

(d)a person who exercises control of a company specified in paragraph
(b) or (c); (Added 7 of 1973 s. 2)

'exercise control of a company' means-

(a) to hold office in that company; or

(b)to be the beneficial owner of more than 15% of the voting shares of
that company:





Provided that a person shall not be a disqualified person in relation to a
company which is a licensee by reason only that he holds office in, or more
than 15% of the voting shares in, that company; (Added 7 of 1973 s.2)

'licence' means a licence to broadcast granted under section 8;

licensee means a company granted a licence and includes such company when
making application for the licence;

'licensee's register' means the register which a licensee is required to keep by virtue
of section 95 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), and in case the licensee did
not hold the licence on 24 November 1987, the reference in section 17G(1)(b)
to the licensee's register shall, in relation to him, be construed as including a
reference to the register which he was so required to keep on that date or on any
earlier date; (Added 72 of 1988s.2)

'material' includes pictures, words, music and other sounds whether produced,
spoken or made at the time or recorded in any manner;

'ordinarily resident in Hong Kong' includes

(a) in the case of a person-

(i)residence in Hong Kong for not less than 180 days in any
calendar year; or

(ii) residence in Hong Kong for not less than 300 days in any 2
consecutive calendar years; and

(b) in the case of a company, a company-

(i) which is formed and registered in Hong Kong under the
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32);

(ii)of which the directors participating actively in the direction of
the company

(A) in case there are 2 such directors, each shall be; or

(B)in case there are more than 2 such directors, the majority
thereof shall each be,

for the time being ordinarily resident in Hong Kong and also
have been so resident for at least one continuous period of not
less than 7 years; and (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 2)

(iii)the control and management of which is bona fide exercised in
Hong Kong; (Added 7 of 1973 s. 2)

'subsidiary company' means any company which, pursuant to section 2 of the
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), is, for the purposes of that Ordinance, deemed
to be a subsidiary of another company; (Added 72 of 1988s.2)

'Telecommunications Authority' means the Telecommunications Authority for the
purposes of the Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap. 106);

,'voting shares' means shares in the company which entitle the registered owner
thereof to vote at meetings of shareholders of the company.





(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance a body corporate (other than a company
within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32)) established or
incorporated by Ordinance shall be regarded as being a company ordinarily resident
in Hong Kong if (but only if ) for the time being

(a)the person participating actively in the direction or management of the
body, or in case there are 2 such persons, each of those persons, or in
case there are more than 2 such persons, each of a majority of those
persons, satisfies the requirements as to residence in section
17D(1)(a); and

(b)such direction and management is bona fide exercised in Hong Kong.
(Added 72 of 1988 s. 2)

(3) When 2 or more persons have a joint interest, then for the purposes of this
Ordinance each of those persons shall be regarded as having the entire of the
interest to the exclusion of any other person. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 2)

(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

2A. Service etc. of notices

(1) A notice under this Ordinance may be served or given by prepaying (where
requisite), registering and posting an envelope addressed to the person on or to
whom the notice is to be served or given at his usual or last known place of abode or
business and containing such notice; and, unless the contrary is proved, the notice
shall be deemed to have been served or given and received at the time at which such
envelope would have been delivered in the ordinary course of post.

(2) For the purposes of this section a company within the meaning of the
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) shall be deemed to have a usual place of abode at its
registered office, and any other body corporate shall be deemed to have a usual
place of abode at its principal office or any other place at which it carries on
business.

(Added 72 of 1988 s. 3)

PART II

(Repealed 49 of 1987 s. 17)

PART 111

LICENCE TO BROADCAST

6A. Grant or holding of licences to or
by certain companies prohibited

A licence shall neither be granted to nor held by a company which, by virtue of
section 2 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), is, for the purposes of that
Ordinance, deemed to be a subsidiary of another company.

(Added 72 of 1988 s. 4)





7. Application for licence

(1) Any company complying with section 10 may apply in writing in a form
determined by the Broadcasting Authority for a licence to broadcast.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be submitted to the Broadcasting
Authority at such place and within such time as may be determined by the
Broadcasting Authority in any particular case.

(Replaced 7of 1973 s. 5. Amended 49 of 1987s.17)

8. Grant of licences

(1) The Governor may appoint the Broadcasting Authority to consider
applications and to make recommendations thereon to the Governor in Council.
(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

(2) (a) Having considered the recommendations submitted under

subsection (1), the Governor in Council may grant a licence which
shall be subject, in addition to the conditions set out in this
Ordinance, to such conditions as he may specify, which conditions
may relate to any matter contained in the application form submitted
by the licensee under section 7.

(b) Subject to paragraph (e) and without affecting the generality of

paragraph (a), conditions attached to a licence may include-

(i) a condition requiring the licensee to broadcast such programmes,
announcements and other material as the Broadcasting
Authority shall require and at such time or times, or within such
period or periods and on such programme service or programme
services as that authority shall specify when making the
requirement;

(ii) a condition prohibiting or restricting, in a manner specified in the
condition, the broadcasting by the licensee of advertising
material which is of a class or description so specified.

(c) (i)In case material, pursuant to a condition attached to a licence, is
required to be broadcast at any time between the hours of 7 p.m.
and 10 p.m. in any period from Monday to Friday inclusive, it
shall not, without the consent of the licensee concerned, on any
day either exceed, or exceed in the aggregate, 30 minutes in
duration.

(ii) The periods during which broadcasting material, pursuant to a
condition attached to a licence, is required to be broadcast shall
in the aggregate not exceed any of the following

(A) 2-1 hours in any period of 24 hours commencing at 6

2

a.m.;





(B)21 hours in the 15 hours between the hours of 7 p.m. and 10
p.m. in any period from Monday to Friday inclusive in any
week;

(C)in case the programme service is a Chinese service, 12 hours
in any week; and

(D)in case the programme service is an English service. 6 hours
in any week. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 5)

(3) A licence granted under this section shall for the purpose of section 8 of the
Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap. 106) be deemed to be a licence granted by the
Governor in Council under that Ordinance for the purposes of establishing and
operating a television broadcasting service and such associated telecommunication
services ancillary thereto as may be authorized by the Telecommunications
Authority and to authorize the possession or use of any apparatus referred to in
section 8(1)(b) of the Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap. 106) which is used for or
in connection with the operation by the licensee of such broadcasting or other
service. (Amended 7 of 1973 s. 6; 72 of 1988 s. 5)

(3A) Save in so far as a licensee shall not be required to obtain a licence under
the Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap. 106) to establish and operate any
associated telecommunication service ancillary to the operation of a television
broadcasting service he shall comply at all times with the provisions of that
Ordinance which relate to the establishment and operation of a television
broadcasting service and any associated telecommunication service ancillary
thereto. (Added 7 of 1973 s. 6)

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2) and section 11 a licence
may be granted to a company

(a) which is a disqualified person;

(b) in which a disqualified person exercises control; or

(c)which is a disqualified person and in which another disqualified
person exercises control,

and the licence may contain such conditions relating to the disqualified person and
to the control exercised by him as the Governor in Council may see fit to impose
under subsection (2). (Added 33 of 1965 s. 2)

9. Period of validity of licence

(1) A licence shall be-

(a)valid for such period as the Governor in Council may determine by
order; and (Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

(b)subject to renewal within that period of validity on such dates as may
be specified in the licence or determined by the Governor in Council
by order.

(2) An order made by the Governor in Council under subsection (1)(a) or (b)
shall be published in the Gazette.

(Replaced 7 of 1973 s. 7)





10. Competence of applicants for licences

A licence may be granted only to a company formed and registered under the
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) which complies with the following conditions

(a) the only business carried on by the company shall be-
(i) to establish and operate a television broadcasting service;

(ii) to establish and operate such associated telecommunication
services ancillary to the operation of a television broadcasting
service as may be authorized by the Telecommunications
Authority; and

(iii) to carry on such forms of business as may be directly

1 connected or associated with the foregoing;

(b)the majority of the directors of the company shall each be a person
who is for the time being ordinarily resident in Hong Kong and who
also has been so resident for at least one continuous period of not
less than 7 years; (Amended 80 of 1982 s. 2; 72 of 1988 s. 6)

(c)the majority of the directors required under paragraph (b) shall
participate actively in the direction of the company;

(d)a quorum of any meeting of the directors of the company shall have a
majority of directors each of whom shall be a person who satisfies the
requirements of paragraph (b) as to residence; (Amended 80 of 1982
s. 2; 72 of 1988 s. 6)

(e)the principal officers of the company, including the officer responsible
for the selection of programmes, shall each be a person who satisfies
the requirements of paragraph (b) as to residence; (Amended 80 of
1982 s. 2; 72 of 1988 s. 6)

(f)no disqualified person other than a person whose disqualification was
disclosed in the application for the licence shall exercise control of the
company;

(g)the company shall be prohibited under its articles of association from
registering the transfer of any of its voting shares to the nominee of
any person or company;

(h)the articles of association of the company shall (with the necessary
modifications) include a provision similar to the provisions of section
17D(1) and (2) and provide that the company shall, before registering
the transfer, allotment or issue of any of its voting shares, require to
be furnished to it a declaration signed by or on behalf of the transferee
or the person to whom the shares are to be allotted or issued stating--

(i) whether or not the transferee or such person is the nominee of
any person or of a company or other body corporate;





(ii) in the case the transferee or such person is an individual, whether
or not the person is, on the date of the transfer, allotment or
issue, ordinarily resident in Hong Kong and whether or not the
person has been so resident for at least one continuous period
of 7 years or in case the transferee or such person is a company
or other body corporate, whether or not the body is a company
ordinarily resident in Hong Kong or, where appropriate, is, by
virtue of section 2(2), to be regarded as being a company so
resident;

(iii) if the individual was not so resident or if the company or other
body is not ordinarily resident in Hong Kong or is not, by virtue
of section 2(2), to be regarded as being a company so resident,
whether or not, the transferee or the person to whom the shares
are to be allotted or issued, taking the transfer, allotment or
issue into account, has a relevant interest in 2% or more of the
voting shares of the company and where the transferee or such
person has a relevant interest in that percentage or more, also
stating the number and percentage of such shares in which he
has such interest; (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 6)

(i)the company shall be empowered under its memorandum of
association to comply fully with the provisions of this Ordinance and
the conditions of its licence:

Provided that paragraph (g) shall not be construed as requiring the company's
articles of association to prohibit the registration of a transfer which relates to any
interest in shares which is an exempt security interest for the purposes of section
17L(1). (Added 72 of 1988 s. 6)

(Replaced 7 of 1973 s. 7)

11. Special conditions of licence

(1) Subject to section 1 11A, a licensee
(a) shall comply at all times with section 10(a) to (i);

(b) (Repealed 72 of 1988 s. 25)

(c)shall refuse to register the allotment, issue or transfer of any voting
shares of the licensee if to do so would, or would be likely to,
contravene section 17B, 17C or 17D; and (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 7)

(d) (Repealed 72 of 1988 s. 25)

(2) Subject to section IIA, no disqualified person who exercises control of a
licensee company shall increase such control--

(a)by augmenting the percentage of voting shares of the company
which he holds as the beneficial owner thereof; or

(b) as the result of the change of office held by him in the company.





(3) Subject to section 1 11A, a licensee shall not assign its licence to any
person or company.

(Replaced 7 of 1973 s. 7)

11A. Exceptions to special conditions of licence

(1) On the application of a licensee the Governor in Council may, if he is
satisfied that the public interest so requires, approve

(a)an increase in the control exercised by a disqualified person in the
company; or

(b)the introduction of a disqualified person to exercise control of the
company. (Amended 73 of 1980 s. 3)

(2) Without prejudice to any action which may be taken against a licensee
under section 13A, 14 or 37, if because of the registration by the licensee of a
transfer, allotment or issue of shares the requirements of section 17C are
contravened, whether the registration has been effected by the licensee or not, the
licensee shall

(a)forthwith notify the Broadcasting Authority and also the secretary of
the Unified Exchange (within the meaning of the Stock Exchanges
Unification Ordinance (Cap. 361) of the transfer, allotment or issue, as
the case may be, and the contravention; and

(b)refuse to register or, where appropriate, cause to be refused the
registration of, an allotment, issue or transfer of such shares to any
other person, being a company or other body corporate or any other
person who is an unqualified person for the purposes of section 17C,
until such time as a notice in writing is received by the licensee from
the Broadcasting Authority stating that such registrations may be
resumed. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 8)

(3) On the application of a licensee the Governor in Council may approve the
assignment of its licence to any other company competent to apply for a licence
subject to such conditions as may be specified by the Governor in Council.

(Added 7 of 1973 s. 7)

11B.Statement of effect of sections 10, 11
and 11A to be made in prospectus

A licensee shall ensure that a clear statement of the effect of sections 10, 11 and
1 11A is made in any prospectus within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance
(Cap. 32) which may be issued at any time in respect of the company.

(Added 7 of 1973 s. 7)





12. Limitations on contracts by licensee

(1) A licensee shall not, except in respect of material for broadcasting for
the supply of which it is contracting, agree to broadcast or to refrain from
broadcasting any material. (Replaced 49 of 1987 s. 17)
(2) Any provision in a contract which requires a licensee to broadcast or
to refrain from broadcasting any material, other than material to be supplied
under the contract, shall not be enforceable against the licensee.

13. Renewal of licence

(1) Not less than 12 months before the date of renewal of a licence the
Broadcasting Authority shall submit recommendations to the Governor in
Council concerning the renewal of the licence and the terms and conditions
subject to which it maybe renewed. (Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)
(2) Having considered the recommendations submitted under subsec-
tion (1), the Governor in Council may-
(a)renew a licence subject to such terms and conditions as he may
specify; or
(b)renew a licence by means of granting a new licence in substitution
therefor, and in doing so, may-
(i) impose such terms and conditions as he may specify; and
(ii) direct that the period of validity of the new licence shall date
from the date on which the existing licence was granted.
(Replaced 7 of 1973 s. 8)

13A. Suspension of licence

(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the Broadcasting Authority
may suspend a licence under this Ordinance for such period, being a period not
exceeding 30 days, as is specified in the suspension.
(2) A licence shall only be suspended under this section where, if having
regard to such of the following as is or are appropriate in the particular case,
namely, the number of penalties imposed on the licensee under section 37 since
the issue of the licence, the number of occasions on which, since such issue, the
requirements of this Ordinance (apart from section 37) have, in relation to the
licensee, been contravened, any failure by the licensee, whether by act or
omission, to comply with a condition attached to the licence, or any such failure
to comply with any direction or order applicable to the licensee and given or
made by the Broadcasting Authority either under this Ordinance or under a
provision of a Code of Practice, the Broadcasting Authority is satisfied that the
licence should be suspended.
(3) (a)The following provisions shall apply in relation to the suspension
under this section of a licence-





(i)the Broadcasting Authority shall not suspend the licence unless
and until it has given to the holder of the licence notice in writing
stating that that authority has under consideration the
suspension of the licence and the grounds upon which and any
other reason why such suspension is being considered; and

(ii) the Broadcasting Authority shall consider any representation or
objection made to it as regards the proposed suspension.

(b)The notice referred to in paragraph (a) shall, in addition to stating the
matters required by that paragraph, state that representations and
objections as regards the proposed suspension may be made to the
Broadcasting Authority during such period (being a period of not less
than 28 days beginning on the date of the notice) as shall be specified
in the notice (which representations and objections are hereby
authorized to be made either orally or in writing).

(4) In case the Broadcasting Authority suspends a licence under this section
the holder of the licence may, within the period of 21 days beginning on the date of
the suspension, appeal to the Governor in Council by way of petition against the
suspension.

(5) Where a licence is suspended under this section the suspension shall not
come into force before

(a)in case such an appeal is not taken, the expiration of the period during
which such an appeal may be taken; or

(b)in case such an appeal is taken, the appeal is either withdrawn or
determined.

(Added 72 of 1988 s. 9)

14. Revocation of licence

(1) Where the Governor in Council considers that there may be cause for
revoking a licence he may order the Broadcasting Authority to conduct an inquiry
and submit recommendations concerning the revocation of the licence, and, after
considering such recommendations and such other information, matter and advice as
he may see fit, may revoke the licence. (Amended 49 of 1987s.17)

(2) The revocation of a licence under subsection (1) shall take effect subject to
the notice required to be given under section 16.

(3) Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2), the Governor in Council may at
any time revoke a licence

(a)for failure by the licensee to pay, within one month after payment
thereof has been demanded, any royalty owing by him or to pay any
financial penalty imposed on him under section 37;





(b)if having regard to such of the following as is or are appropriate in
the particular case, namely, the number of times the licence has been
suspended, the number of penalties imposed on the licensee under
section 37 since the issue of the licence,the number of occasions on
which, since such issue, the requirements of this Ordinance (apart
from section 37) have, in relation to the licensee, been contravened,
any failure by the licensee, whether by act or omission, to comply
with a condition attached to the licence, or any such failure to comply
with any direction or order applicable to the licensee and given or
made by the Broadcasting Authority either under this Ordinance or
under a provision of a Code of Practice, he is satisfied that the licence
should be revoked; (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 10)

(M) if the licensee--

(i) goes into compulsory liquidation or into voluntary liquidation
other than for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction;
or

(ii) makes any assignment to, or composition with, its creditors; or
(Added 7 of 1973 s. 9)

(c)if it appears to him that the security of Hong Kong so requires,
(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

and such revocation shall take effect forthwith or on such day as the Governor in
Council specifies.

15. Inquiry by Broadcasting Authority

(1) When so ordered under section 14(1) the Broadcasting Authority shall
conduct an inquiry for the purpose of making recommendations concerning the
revocation of the licence specified in the order.

(2) The Broadcasting Authority may consider information and matter received
from any source.

(3) The following provisions shall apply in relation to the making of
recommendations under this section

(a)the Broadcasting Authority shall not recommend the revocation of a
licence unless and until it has given to the holder of the licence
notice in writing stating that that authority has under consideration
the making of such a recommendation and the grounds upon which
and any other reason why such a recommendation is being
considered; and

(b)the Broadcasting Authority shall consider any representation or
objection made to it as regards the proposed recommendation.
(Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 11)





(4) The notice referred to in subsection (3) shall, in addition to stating the
matters required by that subsection, state that representations and objections as
regards the proposed recommendation may be made to the Broadcasting Authority
during such period (being a period of not less than 28 days beginning on the date of
the notice) as shall be specified in the notice (which representations and objections
are hereby authorized to be made either orally orinwriting). (Replaced 72 of 1988
s.]])

(5) The Broadcasting Authority shall consider any recommendations submitted
by the licensee and such further information and matter as it may consider necessary
by reason for such representations.

(6) The Broadcasting Authority shall make recommendations to the Governor in
Council.

(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

16. Notice of intended revocation or non-renewal

and power to continue licence in force

(1) Where it is decided not to renew, or to revoke pursuant to section 14(1), a
licence under this Ordinance, the Governor in Council shall cause notice in writing of
the decision to be given to the licensee concerned, and

(a)in case the decision is a decision not to renew a licence, the notice
shall be given at least 18 months prior to the day on which the licence
will expire; and

(b)in case the decision is a decision to revoke a licence, the decision shall
come into effect on the day specified therein which shall be a day
which is not earlier than the 60th day after the date of the decision.
(Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 12)

(2) Where it is necessary for the due compliance with this section the Governor
in Council may extend the term of any licence:

Provided that such extension shall not continue in force any exclusive right to
broadcast.

17. Compulsory purchase of land, buildings, etc.

(1) Where

(a) notice is given under section 16; or

(b) a licence is or has been, or is to be, revoked under section 14(3), the
Governor in Council may direct The Financial Secretary Incorporated to acquire by
purchase any lands (including any interest in land), buildings, installations and
equipment belonging to and used by the licensee for the purposes of his licence.

(2) Not less than 6 months nor more than 12 months after the giving of notice
under section 16 or, where a licence is or has been, or is to be, revoked





under section 14(3), at any time within 12 months after the giving of the direction
under subsection (1), The Financial Secretary Incorporated may acquire by purchase
such parts of the lands, buildings, installations and equipment belonging to and
used by the licensee for the purposes of his licence as may be specified by The
Financial Secretary Incorporated. In the event of the price offered by The Financial
Secretary Incorporated being refused, the price shall be determined by an arbitrator
appointed for the purpose by the Secretary of State.

(3) Where land is purchased under subsection (2), The Financial Secretary
Incorporated shall, within 1 month after the purchase, register in the Land Office by
memorial a declaration that it has been so purchased.

(4) All the property purchased under subsection (2) shall, as the case may be,
vest in The Financial Secretary Incorporated

(a)on the date of the termination of the licence after notice of
revocation;

(b)upon the expiry of the licence after notice of a decision not to renew;

(c)where the licence is revoked under section 14(3), when the revocation
takes effect or when a price is offered by The Financial Secretary
Incorporated, whichever is the later,

and thereupon all rights in such property on the part of the licensee shall cease and
determine.

(5) Nothing in this section shall confer on the licensee any right to require The
Financial Secretary Incorporated to purchase any part of his lands, buildings,
installations or equipment.

PART IIIA

SHAREHOLDING AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS AND
RELATED MATTERS

17A. Licensees prohibited from holding certain shares, etc.

(1) A licensee shall not hold, either directly or indirectly, shares in any company
which

(a)carries on any business or other activity which, in the opinion of the
Broadcasting Authority, is not directly connected with television
broadcasting; or

(b)is a company less than 51 % of the issued shares of which are
registered in, and only in, the name of the licensee or a subsidiary
company of the licensee and where management is not under the
control of the licensee.

(2) A licensee shall not acquire an interest in any other company unless the
acquisition has previously been approved by the Broadcasting Authority.





17B.*

17C. Aggregate of certain voting shares
of licensee not to exceed 49%

(1) The aggregate of the voting share of a licensee each of which is a voting
share to which this section applies shall not exceed 49% of the total number of
voting shares of the licensee.

(2) This section applies to a voting share of a licensee

(a)whose relevant entry in the licensee's register contains the name of
any person who is an unqualified person for the purposes of this
section; and

(b)in relation to which the voting right carried by the share is for the
time being exercisable as regards any question or other matter
whatsoever which may be determined by a poll at any general
meeting of the licensee.

(3) A person shall be an unqualified person for the purposes of this section if

(a)in case the person is an individual, he either is not for the time being
ordinarily resident in Hong Kong or has not been so resident for at
least one continuous period of not less than 7 years;

(b)in the case the person is a company or other body corporate, the
body is not a company ordinarily resident in Hong Kong.

17D. 10% holding limit

(1) Subject to section 17G, the following shall not hold a relevant interest in
more than 10% of the voting shares of a licensee

(a)an individual person who either is not for the time being ordinarily
resident in Hong Kong or has not been so resident for at least one
continuous period of not less than 7 years; and

(b)a company or other body corporate which is not either a company
ordinarily resident in Hong Kong or a body corporate which, by
virtue of section 2(2), is to be regarded as being a company so
resident.

(2) Subject to section 17G(6), where for the time being a person to whom the
restriction in subsection (1) applies has a relevant interest in more than 10% of the
voting shares of a licensee, notwithstanding anything contained in the articles of
association of the licensee or any provision of the laws of Hong Kong apart from
this subsection, he shall, as regards the licensee, be qualified, and be qualified only,
to exercise, or cause to be exercised, in relation to any question

To be added by 72 of 1988 s.
14.





or matter arising at a general meeting of the licensee, voting rights which do not
exceed in their aggregate the number of voting rights which 10% of the voting
shares of the licensee carry.

(3) Where

(a)a person has a relevant interest in 35% or more of the shares of a
company or other body corporate whether incorporated or otherwise
formed in or outside Hong Kong; and

(b)the company or other body corporate or a subsidiary company
thereof, has a relevant interest in 2% or more of the voting shares of a
licensee,

then for the purposes only of subsection (1) the person shall be regarded as having
a relevant interest in voting shares of the licensee (in addition to any other such
interest which he has either apart from this subsection or by virtue of another
application in relation to him of this subsection) and the number of those shares in
which he shall be regarded by this subsection as having a relevant interest shall be
the number which bears the same proportion to the number of voting shares of the
licensee in which the company or other body corporate mentioned in paragraph (b)
has a relevant interest as the number of shares, being shares mentioned in paragraph
(a) and as regards which he has a relevant interest, bears to the aggregate of the
voting shares issued by the company mentioned in paragraph (a).

(4) Where a person has control of a company, whether directly or indirectly,
and that company or a subsidiary company thereof has a relevant interest in voting
shares of a licensee, then for the purposes of subsection (1) (and for no other
purpose) the person shall be regarded as having, to the exclusion of the company or
the subsidiary company, as may be appropriate, a relevant interest in those shares.

(5) Where 2 or more persons jointly have a relevant interest in voting shares of
a licensee and one or more (but not all) of those persons either is or are not for the
time being resident in Hong Kong or has or have not been so resident for at least
one continuous period of not less than 7 years, for the purposes only of this section
the other such person or, where appropriate, each of the other such persons shall be
regarded as being restricted under subsection (1).

(6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (4), for the purposes only of
that subsection a person shall be regarded as having control of a company if the
control is exercisable through a nominee or results from, or is exercised by means of,
a trust, agreement, arrangement, understanding or practice and whether or not the
means has legal or equitable force or is based on legal or equitable rights.

(7) Subsection (1) shall not be construed as affecting the ability of a person to
transfer a relevant interest in a voting share of a licensee pursuant to the
requirements of a notice under section UG(7).





certain information as regards transfers of its
shares and certain other particulars

(1) If on the commencement of this section a company or other body corporate
or any other person to whom the restriction in section 17D applies has a relevant
interest in 2% or more of the voting shares of a licensee, the licensee shall, as soon
as may be, give to the Broadcasting Authority in writing the following particulars,
namely, the name of the person, the number of the shares registered in his name on
such commencement, and the percentage of the issued voting shares of the licensee
which those shares then constituted.

(2) If-

(a) (i) voting shares of a licensee are allotted or issued (whether severally
or jointly); or

(ii) an application is made to register (whether severally or jointly) a
transfer of such voting shares,

to a company or other body corporate or any other person to whom
the restriction in section 17D applies (in this subsection
subsequently referred to as 'the relevant person'); and

(b)either the shares allotted or issued or to which the application relates,
at the time of the allotment or issue or at the time of the application, in
themselves, or those shares together with other such voting shares
registered (whether severally or jointly) in the licensee's register in
the name of the relevant person, when added together, comprise

(i)at least 2% of, but less than 4% of, the voting shares of the
licensee; or

(ii) at least 4% of, but less than 6% of, such voting shares; or (iii)
at least 6% of, but less than 8% of, such voting shares; or (iv) 8
% or more of such voting shares; and

(c)by reason only of the allotment, issue or transfer, as may be
appropriate, the shares to which the allotment, issue or application
relates or, as may be appropriate, the aggregate referred to paragraph
(b) comes within a limit specified in paragraph (b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv),

the licensee, whether or not, in the case of such an application, the application has
been made to him, shall, as soon as may be, give to the Broadcasting Authority in
writing the particulars mentioned in subsection (4) and the allotment or issue or the
transfer to which the application relates shall not be registered in the licensee's
register unless and until the licensee receives a notice in writing from the
Broadcasting Authority to the effect that the registration has the approval of that
authority.





(3) Where-

(a)particulars have been given under subsection (2) to the Broadcasting
Authority as regards an application described in that subsection
(which application is in this subsection subsequently referred to as
'the earlier application'); and

(b)an application is received to register the transfer of voting shares of
the licensee who, as regards the earlier application, was the relevant
licensee, and the person by whom the shares are transferred was
(whether he acted on his own or jointly with others), in relation to the
earlier application, the relevant person within the meaning of
subsection (2); and

(e)by reason only of the transfer either such person has no holding of
such voting shares or the holding or combined holdings of such
shares which caused the requirements of subsection (2) to apply is or
are reduced so that the holding or, where appropriate, the holdings
together, either--

(i) come within none of the limits specified in subsection (2)(b); or

(ii) come within any particular such limit, the licensee, whether or not
the application was made to him, shall, as soon as may be, give to the Broadcasting
Authority in writing the particulars mentioned in subsection (4).

(4) The particulars referred to in subsection (2) or (3) are-

(a)in relation to an allotment, issue or application referred to in
subsection (2)

(i) the name of the relevant person within the meaning of that
subsection;

(ii) the total number of voting shares of the relevant licensee which
will stand registered in the name of such relevant person
(whether severally or jointly) in that licensee's register
immediately after registration of the shares allotted, issued or
transferred should that registration have the approval of the
Broadcasting Authority; and

(b) in relation to an application mentioned in subsection (3)--

(i) the name of the person referred to in. subsection (3)(b); and

(ii)the total number of voting shares (if any) of the relevant licensee
held by the person referred to in subparagraph (i) immediately
after registration of the transfer; and

(c)in relation to any application mentioned in this section, the
percentage (if any) of the issued voting shares of the relevant
licensee which the shares mentioned in paragraph (a)(ii) or (b)(ii), as
may be appropriate, comprise.





(5) Where

(a)a licensee sends to the Broadcasting Authority by registered post
particulars required to be given to that authority by subsection (2);
and

(b)within the period of 21 days, beginning on the day on which the
particulars were so posted, the Broadcasting Authority does not give
notice to the licensee of its decision as regards giving an approval for
the purposes of that subsection,

for the purposes of this section, a decision by the Broadcasting Authority to give
the approval shall be regarded as having been made on the last day of that period.

(6) (a)Particulars contained in a declaration made for the purposes of this
section shall be confidential and apart from those it is appropriate to
enter in a licensee's register or in a register kept for the purposes of
this Ordinance by a licensee (if the licensee thinks fit to keep such a
register or to enter therein such particulars) shall neither be entered in
any register, other than a register kept for the purposes of this
Ordinance by the Broadcasting Authority (if the Broadcasting
Authority thinks fit either to keep such a register or to enter therein
such particulars), nor be disclosed either by the person by whom they
are received or by any employee of that person.

(b)Paragraph (a) shall not be construed as prohibiting the disclosure of
information

(i) to the Broadcasting Authority;

(ii) to the Secretary for Recreation and Culture; or (Amended L.N.
242 of 1989)

(iii) with a view to the institution of or otherwise for the purpose of or
in connection with legal proceedings.

to distribute certain documents

(1) (a)Subject to subsection (3), for the purpose of enabling section 17C(1)
to be complied with, the Broadcasting Authority may, at any time
within the period of 3 months beginning on the commencement of
this section, by a direction in writing, require a licensee, within such
period as is specified in the direction (being a period of not less than
90 days beginning on the date of the direction), to

(i) distribute, within such period as is so specified (being a period of
not less than 21 days beginning on such date), to each person
whose name stood entered in the licensee's





register immediately before such commencement a copy of a
document the form and contents of which shall be specified
in the direction; and
(ii)as regards the direction, comply with the following
requirements of this section.
(b)Without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), a document to
which a direction under this section relates shall have attached
thereto a declaration and contain instructions the form and terms
of which shall be specified in the direction.
(2) In case the Broadcasting Authority gives a direction under this
section, the following provisions shall apply-
(a)the licensee to whom the direction is given shall comply with the
direction;
(b)each of the persons to whom the document specified in the
direction is distributed shall complete the declaration attached to
the document and return it to such licensee so that it is received
by him not later than the date specified in that regard in the
instructions in the document.
(3) Where 2 or more names are recorded in an entry in a licensee's
register, the requirements of a direction under this section, in so far as they
require the licensee concerned to distribute a document, shall be regarded as
having been complied with as regards those names if such licensee sends a
document specified in the direction to one of the persons whose names are so
recorded.
(4) Where a document is distributed by a licensee pursuant to a direction
under this section and-
(a)the declaration attached thereto is not returned to and received
by the licensee concerned on or before the date specified in that
regard in the instructions in the document; or
(b)the document or the form of declaration is duly returned but
in relation to it either no declaration is made or there is a
declaration which is not properly made,
any voting rights attached to shares of the licensee and in relation to which the
person to whom the document was distributed is for the time being registered
(whether solely or jointly) in the licensee's register shall not be exercisable until
a declaration similar to that which was attached to the document is properly
made by the person or persons concerned and received by the licensee.
(5) (a)As soon as may be after the date specified under this section for
the receipt by a licensee of documents distributed by the licensee
pursuant to a direction under this section, the licensee shall
furnish to the Broadcasting Authority the following-
(i) the particulars contained in the declarations required by the
direction to be attached to such documents and which have





been properly made by the persons concerned and duly
returned to the licensee; and

(ii) a statement of the number of such forms of declaration which
were so distributed but were either not so made or so returned,
together with a statement of the number of the licensee's voting
shares as regards which the provisions of subsection (4) apply.

(b)Where the provisions of subsection (4) cease to apply to voting
rights, the licensee shall inform the Broadcasting Authority in writing
of the cesser and also the total number of the voting shares of the
licensee which carry in their aggregate the voting rights to which the
cesser relates.

(c)The Broadcasting Authority may give to a licensee a direction in
writing, specifying the manner in which the obligations imposed on
the licensee by paragraph (b) are to be discharged, and in case the
Broadcasting Authority gives such a direction, the licensee
concerned shall comply with it.

(6) Where for the time being, as regards a licensee
(a) the aggregate specified in section 17C(1) is exceeded; and

(b)by virtue of subsection (4) voting rights attached to shares of the
licensee are not exercisable; and

(c)a declaration of the kind last referred to in subsection (4) is received
by the licensee,

the voting rights shall begin and continue to become exercisable in, and only in,
such manner as will enable the requirements of section 17C(1) to be complied with
at all times and the licensee's register shall be dealt with accordingly.

17G. Permission for retention of certain shares, etc.

(1) Where-

(a)a company or other body corporate or any other person to whom the
restriction in section 17D applies holds voting shares of a licensee;
and

(b)an application for registration in the licensee's register of the transfer
to him of the shares was received on or before 24 November 1987;
and

(c)because of the number of shares held by him the requirements of
section 17D are contravened,

if, but only if, he has previously made as regards the shares a declaration referred to
in section 17F(2)(b) he may, within the period of 6 months beginning on the day on
which section 17D came into operation, apply in accordance with subsection (3) to
the Broadcasting Authority in writing for a permission under this section.





(2) Where, within the period mentioned in subsection (1), a person who
is the holder of shares described in that subsection dies, his personal
representative may, within the period of 6 months beginning on the day on
which representation is raised in Hong Kong to the person's estate (and
whether the period mentioned in subsection (1) has expired or not), apply in
accordance with subsection (3) to the Broadcasting Authority for a permission
under this section.
(3) An application under this section shall be made through the relevant
licensee and in case a licensee receives such an application, he shall, as soon as
may be, forward the application to the Broadcasting Authority.
(4) Where an application is made under this section to the Broadcasting
Authority, the applicant shall, by way of a declaration signed by him or on his
behalf, disclose to that authority the number of voting shares of the relevant
licensee in which he has a relevant interest, together with the particulars which
would be required by section 17H to be so declared were the application one to
register a transfer of the shares, and that authority, having considered the
application, may-
(a)grant a permission under this section as regards all of such shares
which were acquired by the applicant, or where appropriate,
the relevant deceased person, on or before 24 November 1987
and in which, but for the permission, the applicant would
continue to have a relevant interest in contravention of the
requirements of section 17D (which shares shall be referred
to in the permission by reference to a certificate number or
otherwise); or
(b)grant such a permission as regards some only of the shares
described in paragraph (a) and specify in the permission, by
reference to a certificate number or otherwise, the particular
shares to which the permission relates; or
(c) refuse to grant a permission.
(5) (a)Where the Broadcasting Authority gives a permission under
subsection (4), it may declare that paragraph (b) is to apply to all
or any of the shares to which the permission relates.
(b)Where a declaration under paragraph (a) is made by the
Broadcasting Authority, subsection (6)(b) shall not apply as
regards any share to which the declaration relates.
(6) (a)Where a permission under this section is granted by the
Broadcasting Authority, then for so long, but only for so long, as
the applicant for the permission continues to have a relevant
interest in a share to which the permission relates, this Ordinance
shall not be regarded as being contravened in so far, and only in
so far, as it applies to the share or to the applicant's having a
relevant interest in the share.





(b)Without affecting the generality of paragraph (a) but subject to
subsection (5)(b), section 17B(2) shall not have effect in relation to
the exercise of any voting right attached to a share to which a
permission under this section relates.

(7) (a)Where a person has a relevant interest in voting shares of a licensee
in contravention of the requirements of section 17D and the person is
registered in the licensee's register as the holder of the shares
(whether solely or jointly), the Broadcasting Authority may serve on
the person a notice in writing requiring the person, within a period
specified in the notice and beginning on the date thereof (being a
period of not less than 60 days), to transfer or otherwise dispose of
so many of the shares as are necessary to effect a cesser of the
contravention.

(b) Where-

(i) a licensee holds shares in contravention of section 17A(1) or as a
result of acquiring an interest in a company for which an
approval was required by section 17A(2) but was not obtained;
or

(ii) a person to whom the restriction in section 17B(1)(a) applies has
an interest in any voting shares of a licensee and the person is
registered in the licensee's register as the holder of the shares,

the Broadcasting Authority may serve on the licensee or other
person, as may be appropriate, a notice in writing requiring the
person, within a period specified in accordance with the requirements
in that regard in paragraph (a), to transfer or otherwise dispose of the
shares.

(8) (a)Where a notice under subsection (7) is served on a person, the
person may apply to the Broadcasting Authority for an extension, or
a further extension, of the period within which the requirements of the
notice are to be complied with.

(b)Where an application is made under this subsection the Broadcasting
Authority shall only grant an extension or further extension if it is
satisfied that, having regard to the circumstances of the case, the
application is reasonable.

(9) Where a notice under subsection (7) is served on a person, subject to
subsection (8), the person shall comply with the requirements of the notice.

to register allotments, etc.

(1) Where an application is made to register an allotment, issue or transfer of
voting shares of a licensee, the following provisions shall apply





(a)the person making the application shall deliver with the application a
declaration signed by him or on his behalf or, in case the applicant is
a company or other body corporate, signed by a director or similar
officer of the body, stating whether or not all of the shares have been
allotted, issued or transferred to a nominee, and in case those shares,
or any of them, have been so allotted, issued or transferred, the
declaration shall also declare the name of the person or persons
entitled to the relevant interest in the shares so allotted, issued or
transferred; and

(b)in case the person or persons to whom the shares have been allotted,
issued or transferred is an individual or are individuals, the
declaration shall also declare whether that person or each of those
persons has been ordinarily resident in Hong Kong for at least one
continuous period of not less than 7 years and whether he or each of
them, as may be appropriate, is ordinarily resident in Hong Kong on
the date of the declaration; and

(c)in case the person making the application is a company or other body
corporate, the aforesaid declaration shall state whether the body
corporate is a company ordinarily resident in Hong Kong or, where
appropriate, it is, by virtue of section 2(2), to be regarded as being a
company so resident; and

(d)where the shares have been transferred to a person who is by virtue
of section 17B(3) to be regarded as having a relevant interest in
voting shares of a licensee, the declaration referred to in paragraph
(a) shall state the number of voting shares of the licensee in which
the person is, by virtue of section 17D(3), to be regarded as having a
relevant interest; and

(e)where the shares have been transferred to a person described in
section 17D(4), the declaration so referred to shall also state the name
of the company or subsidiary company in whose shares of the
relevant licensee, by virtue of that section, the person is for the
purposes of this Ordinance to be regarded as having a relevant
interest together with the number of those shares.

(2) The Governor in Council may by regulations provide that, in addition to the
particulars required to be given by any of the provisions of this section, particulars
specified in the regulations shall be given in writing to the person specified in the
regulations by the person from whom any application described in this section is
received, or shall be so given as regards a particular application if a requirement in
that behalf is made as regards the application in writing by a person so specified,
and such particulars may be specified generally in relation to applications so
described or in relation to applications so described which are of a particular class or
description specified in the regulations.





and content of licensee's register

(1) A licensee's register shall be in such form and contain such particulars as are
specified by the Broadcasting Authority in a notice published for the purposes of
this section in the Gazette and not withdrawn.

(2) The requirements of this section are in addition to, and not in substitution
for, the requirements of section 95 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32).

17J. Provisions regarding certain entries
in licensees' registers

Unless the contrary appears either from a declaration referred to in section
17F(2)(b) or for some other reason, then for the purposes only of sections 17D and
17E, the following provisions shall apply in relation to any entry, other than an entry
which relates to an exempt security interest for the purposes of section l7L(1) which
was in a licensee's register immediately before the commencement of this section

(a)the person whose name appears in the entry shall be regarded as
having a relevant interest in each of the shares to which the entry
relates and for so long as his name continues after such
commencement so to appear as regards any such share he shall be
regarded as having a relevant interest in that share; and

(b)in case the names of 2 or more persons appear in the entry, each of
those shall be regarded as being solely entitled to a relevant interest
in each of the shares to which the entry relates.

17K. Relevant interest

(1) Subject to section 17L, the following provisions of this section shall be
applied to determine, for the purposes of this Ordinance, whether or not a person
has a relevant interest in a share of a licensee or other company.

(2) Any reference in this Ordinance to a relevant interest, in relation to shares, is
to be read as including a reference to an interest of any kind whatsoever in the
shares; and accordingly there are to be disregarded any restraint or restriction to
which the exercise of any right attached to the interest is or may be subject.

(3) Where property is held on trust and an interest in shares is comprised in the
property, a beneficiary of the trust who, apart from this subsection, does not have
an interest in the shares is, for the purposes of this Ordinance, to be taken as having
a relevant interest in them.

(4) For purposes of this Ordinance, a person is taken to have a relevant interest
in shares if





(a)he enters into a contract for their purchase by him (whether for cash
or other consideration); or

(b)not being the registered holder, he is entitled to exercise any right
conferred by the holding of the shares or is entitled to control the
exercises of any such right.

(5) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a person is taken to have a relevant
interest in shares if, otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust

(a)he has a right to call for delivery of the shares to himself or to his
order;or

(b)he has a right to acquire an interest in shares or is under an
obligation to take an interest in shares,

whether in any case the right or obligation is conditional or absolute.

(6) For the purpose of subsection (4)(b), a person shall be regarded as being
entitled to exercise or control the exercise of any right conferred by the holding of
shares if he

(a)has a right (whether subject to conditions or not) the exercise of
which would make him so entitled; or

(b)is under an obligation (whether so subject or not) the fulfilment of
which would make him so entitled.

(7) It is immaterial for the purposes of this Ordinance that shares in which a
person has an interest are unidentifiable.

17L. Interests to be disregarded

(1) In determining for the purposes of this Ordinance whether or not a person
has a relevant interest in a share the following interests shall be disregarded

(a)where property is held on trust and an interest in shares is comprised
in that property, an interest in reversion or remainder or of a bare
trustee or a custodian trustee, and any discretionary interest;

(b) an interest which subsists by virtue of-

(i)any unit trust or mutual fund corporation authorized under
section 15 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333);

(ii)a charitable scheme made by order of any court of competent
jurisdiction; or

(iii) the vesting of a deceased's estate in any judicial officer between
the time of death and the grant of letters of administration;

(c)an interest for the life of himself or another of a person under a
settlement where the property comprised in the settlement consists of
or includes shares, and the conditions mentioned in subsection (3)
are satisfied;

(d) an exempt security interest;





(e)an interest in shares held by the Registrar of the Supreme Court; or
such interests, or interests of such a class or description, as may be
prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph by regulations made by
the Governor in Council.

(2) A person is not by virtue of section 17K(4)(b) to be taken as having a
relevant interest in shares by reason only of the fact that he has been appointed a
proxy to vote at a specified meeting of a licensee or other company or of any class of
its members and at any adjournment of that meeting, or has been appointed by a
corporation to act as its representative at any meeting of a licensee or other
company or of any class of its members.

(3) The conditions referred to in subsection (1)(c) are, in relation to a settlement--

(a) that it is irrevocable; and

(b)that the settlor has no interest in any income arising under, or
property comprised in, the settlement.

(4) An interest in shares is an exempt security interest for the purpose of
subsection (1) if it is held

(a) by a person who is-

(i) a bank or deposit-taking company licensed or registered under
the Banking Ordinance (Cap. 155);

(ii) an insurer who is authorized within the meaning of the Insurance
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 41); or

(iii)a stockbroker, an exempt dealer or a registered dealer within the
meaning of the Securities Ordinance(Cap. 333); and

(b)by way of security only for the purposes of a transaction entered into
in the ordinary course of his business as such a person.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (1) a person shall not be held not to be a
bare trustee in respect of any property by reason only

(a)that the person for whose benefit the property is held is not
absolutely entitled thereto as against the trustee by reason only that
he is an infant or is a person under a disability; or

(b)that the trustee has the right to resort to the property to satisfy any
outstanding charge or lien or for the payment of any duty, tax, cost or
other outgoing.

17M. Declarations---offence

A person who, in purported compliance with any obligation to make a
declaration to which he is subject by virtue of this Ordinance, gives any information
which he knows to be false in a material particular or recklessly gives information
which is so false commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction thereof to
a fine of $100,000.

(Part IIIA added 72 of 1988 s. 14)





PART IV

BROADCASTING TECHNICAL CONDITIONS

18. Transmission requirements

(1) A licensee shall, within such time as may be specified in its licence,
broadcast in such a manner as to enable its transmissions to be received to the
satisfaction of the Broadcasting Authority in all parts of Hong Kong.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the Broadcasting Authority may, on the
application of a licensee, exempt the licensee from complying with subsection (1) in
respect of broadcasts to any specified area of Hong Kong during any period
specified by the Broadcasting Authority.

(3) A licensee shall publish, in such manner as the Broadcasting Authority may
direct, notification of the commencement dates for broadcasting its programmes and
the areas of Hong Kong within which its transmissions may be received
satisfactorily.

(4) (a)A licensee shall, and shall only, transmit a broadcast in accordance
with a transmission plan which for the time being is prepared for the
purposes of this subsection by the Telecommunications Authority.

(b)A plan referred to in paragraph (a) may in particular include all or any
of the following, namely, frequencies on, or within the limits of which,
television broadcasts may be transmitted, the power or the maximum
or minimum power at which such broadcasts are to be transmitted,
provisions relating to the location of transmitters used to transmit
such broadcasts (including provisions prohibiting the location of
such transmitters in specified places or in places which are of a
specified class or description), provisions requiring or prohibiting the
use of specified antenna radiation patterns in the transmission either
of such broadcasts in general or of such broadcasts which are of a
specified class or description and provisions specifying the height or
the maximum or minimum height of antennae used in such
transmission. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 15)

(5) A licensee shall not activate, energise or otherwise operate any transmitter
or antenna system otherwise than in accordance with a condition attached to the
relevant licence. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 15)

(6) A condition which relates to the matters,referred to in subsection (5) shall
not be attached to a licence unless the terms of the condition have previously been
approved of by the Telecommunications Authority, and approvals under this
subsection may be given by the Telecommunications Authority either as regards
transmitters or antenna systems generally or as





regards transmitters or antenna systems which are of a particular class or
description specified in the approval. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 15)

(Replaced 7of 1973 s. 10. Amended49of 1987s.17)

19. Directions in respect of transmission requirements

(1) Without prejudice to section 18, the Broadcasting Authority may direct any
licensee to submit to it in writing, within such time as it may specify, the licensee's
proposals to enable its broadcasts to be received in any area of Hong Kong
specified by the Broadcasting Authority.

(2) The Broadcasting Authority may, after consideration of any proposals
submitted by a licensee under subsection (1), direct the licensee to ensure that its
broadcasts are capable of being received, to the satisfaction of the Broadcasting
Authority, within such area and within such time as the Broadcasting Authority may
specify.

(Replaced 49 of 1987 s. 17)

20. Technical requirements

(1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for the technical
requirements with which a licensee shall comply in broadcasting.

(2) The Broadcasting Authority may, on the advice of the Telecommunications
Authority, issue from time to time Codes of Practice relating to the technical
standards of broadcasts required to be maintained by licensees. (Replaced 7of 1973
s.]]. Amended49 of 1987s.17)

20A. Transmission facilities

(1) The Broadcasting Authority may direct any licensee

(a)to provide such broadcast transmission equipment, buildings and
other facilities as the Broadcasting Authority may specify at each
transmitter or translator site from which the licensee is transmitting,
or intends to transmit, its broadcasts;

(b)to co-ordinate and co-operate. in such manner as the Broadcasting
Authority may specify, with any other licensee or any other person
specified by the Broadcasting Authority in the use of any broadcast
transmission equipment, buildings or other facilities provided at any
transmitter or translator site, regardless of whether the broadcast
transmission equipment, buildings or other facilities have been
provided, or are intended to be provided, by the licensee or any other
licensee or any other person specified by the Broadcasting
Authority.

(2) A licensee may be required





(a)by a direction given by the Broadcasting Authority under subsection
(1); or

(b) by a term or condition inserted in its licence for that purpose, to
contribute to the expenses incurred by any other licensee in connection with the
development, installation and maintenance of any shared transmission facility.

(Added 7of 1973 s. 12. Amended49 of 1987s.17)

20B. 'Must carry' provision

(1) Notwithstanding anything otherwise contained in this Ordinance but
subject to the provisions of this section, the Governor in Council may by a direction
in writing require a licensee

(a)to connect to the telecommunications installation of the licensee or
permit the connection to such installation of, and when so connected
keep so connected, such other telecommunications installation or
apparatus (not being an installation or apparatus owned by another
licensee), or both, as is or are specified in the direction; and

(b) (i)to permit the transmission by means, either wholly or partly, of
the licensee's telecommunications installation for reception in 2
or more places in Hong Kong, of sound or visual images, or both,
which

(A)is or are supplied by any other person, other than a licensee,
for such transmission; and

(B)is or are specified in the licence or is or are of a description
so specified; or

(ii) to supply for transmission by means, either wholly or partly, of
the telecommunications installation of any other person, other
than a licensee, so specified and for such reception, sounds or
visual images, or both, which

(A) is or are so supplied by the licensee; and

(B) is or are either so specified or of such a description.

(2) Where the Governor in Council gives a direction under this section, the
licensee to whom it is given shall comply with the requirements of the direction until
it is withdrawn.

(3) (a)Where it is proposed to give a direction under this section, the
licensee to whom it is proposed to give the direction shall be given
notice in writing of the proposed direction and of its terms.

(b)The notice referred to in paragraph (a) shall, in addition to stating the
matters required by that paragraph, state that representations and
objections as regards the proposed direction may be made to the
Governor in Council during such period





(being a period of not less than 28 days beginning on the date
of the notice) as shall be specified in the notice (which
representations and objections are hereby authorized to be made
in writing).
(4) A copy of any notice under subsection (1) shall be sent to the
Broadcasting Authority and the Broadcasting Authority may, within the period
specified in that regard in the notice, make representations described in
subsection (3)(b).
(5) Where a notice under subsection (3) has been given-
(a)in case no representations or objections are made under this
section as regards the direction, the terms of the direction to
which the notice relates shall when given be the same as those
proposed, or may, with the agreement of the licensee concemed
and the Broadcasting Authority, differ from those proposed; or
(b)in case such representations or objections are made, the terms of
such direction may when given so differ to, and only to, an extent
which is appropriate having regard to the representations or
objections or any one or more of them.
(6) Where a direction is given under this section, the direction may
provide for the payment (specifying their amount or specifying a scale by
reference to which their amount is to be calculated) of fees to the licensee
concerned in relation to any thing done by him to comply with a requirement of
the direction, and such fee (if any) shall be payable either by a person specified
in the direction or, as the case may be, by a person who is of a class or
description so specified. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 16)

21. Inspection and testing of technical equipment

(1) The Telecommunications Authority or any person authorized by him
in this behalf may, at any reasonable time, inspect and test any equipment used,
or intended to be used, by a licensee for the production or transmission of any
television programme for the purpose of ascertaining whether or not the
licensee is complying at all times with the technical requirements of this
Ordinance, any regulations made thereunder, any Code of Practice and the
conditions of its licence in respect of the production and transmission of
television programmes.
(2) The directors, employees and servants of a licensee shall, for the
purpose of any inspection or test under subsection (1)-
(a)make available on request to the Telecommunications Authority
or any person authorized by him for the purpose of the
inspection or test and permit to be inspected and tested any part
of its equipment used, or intended to be used, for the production
or transmission of any television programme; and





(b)assist the Telecommunications Authority or such authorized
person in carrying out the inspection or test in any manner
specified by him; and
(c)answer directly and truthfully any questions put to them by the
Telecommunications Authority or such authorized person.
(3) The decision of the Telecommunications Authority that a licensee is
failing, or has failed at any time, to comply with any technical requirement of
this Ordinance, any regulation made thereunder, any Code of Practice or any
condition of his licence in respect of the production or transmission of
television programmes shall be final.
(4) Nothing in subsection (2) shall oblige any person to answer any
question put to him under that subsection which might incriminate him or
which he is unable to answer from his own knowledge or from information
reasonably available to him.
(Replaced 7 of 1973 s. 13)

PART V

PROGRAMMES

22. Broadcast services

(1) A licensee shall broadcast programme services in such language or
languages as may be specified in its licence.
(2) Each programme service shall be broadcast for not less than 5 hours
during each day.
(Replaced 7 of 1973 s. 13)

23. Advertising

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a licensee may broadcast advertising
material:
Provided that in relation to a particular programme service-
(a) no period during which such material (other than classified
advertising) is broadcast shall exceed-
(i) in case the material is broadcast during a break within a
programme, the maximum period specified as regards such
breaks in a Code of Practice issued under section 28 and
which applies for the time being to the service; or
(ii) in case the material is broadcast during an interval between 2
programmes, the maximum period specified as regards such
intervals in such a Code of Practice which so applies,





and in addition to the foregoing, in case there are 2 or more such
periods in any clock hour, they shall not in the aggregate exceed 10
minutes;

(b)where there are 2 or more such periods in any 24 hours beginning at 6
a.m. on any day, they shall not in the aggregate be greater than 10%
of the whole of the time during which there is in the 24 hours any
broadcast on that service;

(c)no classified advertisement is broadcast at any time which is not
between the hours of 2 a.m. and 12 noon and when such an
advertisement is broadcast, the limits (if any) specified under
subsection (2)(b) which are for the time being in force and are
applicable to the particular case are complied with. (Replaced 72 of
1988 s. 17)

(2) (a)Where the Broadcasting Authority is satisfied that to comply with the
requirements of subsection (1) would adversely affect standards of
presentation of a particular programme or of programmes of a
particular class or description on a particular programme service, it
may, as regards that service, permit a limit specified in subsection (1)
to be exceeded in a manner specified in the permission.

(b)The Broadcasting Authority may specify limits for the purposes of
subsection (1)(c) and such limits may relate to classified
advertisements generally or to classified advertisements which are of
a class or description specified by that authority.

(c)The Broadcasting Authority may, by a notice in writing given to the
licensee concerned, withdraw a permission given under this
subsection.

(d)Where the Broadcasting Authority gives a permission under this
subsection, then for so long as the permission remains in force
subsection (1) shall, in relation to the programme service to which the
permission relates, be construed and have effect subject to the terms
of the permission. (Replaced 72 of 1988s.17)

(3) In addition to the broadcasting of advertising material permitted by
subsection (1), a licensee may broadcast not more than 2 advertising magazine
programmes in any 7 day period and each such programme shall not exceed 15
minutes in duration.

(4) A licensee shall publish, in such manner as the Broadcasting Authority may
direct, the charges for broadcasting advertising material. (Amended 49 of 1987 s.
17)

(5) In broadcasting advertising material a licensee shall comply with any
regulations made by the Governor in Council and with any Code of Practice and the
Undesirable Medical Advertisements Ordinance (Cap. 23 1) and any





other Ordinance controlling or regulating advertising shall apply to such broadcasts.
(Amended 7 of 1973 s. 14)

(6) In this section 'clock hour' means a period of 60 minutes beginning on any
hour. (Added 72 of 1988s.17)

24. Programmes for schools

The programmes broadcast by licensees under section 22 shall include such
programmes for schools, supplied by the Government, as may be required by

the Broadcasting Authority.
(Replaced 7 of 1973 s. 15.Amended 49of 1987s.17)

25. (Repealed 72 of 1988 s. 25)

25A. General requirements in respect
of Government programmes

(1) Any material required under section 24 or pursuant to a condition attached
to a licence to be broadcast by a licensee shall be broadcast without charge to the
Government. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 18)

(2) A licensee shall, on the request of the Broadcasting Authority and on
receipt of reasonable notice, make available to the Government without charge any
part of its equipment specified by the Broadcasting Authority for the purpose of
broadcasting material required to be broadcast under section 24 or pursuant to a
condition attached to the relevant licence.

(3) Where the Broadcasting Authority makes a requirement under section 24, or
subsection (2), or pursuant to a condition attached to a licence, of more than one
licensee, that authority shall ensure that, so far as is reasonably practicable, as
between the licensees the obligations are imposed equitably. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s.
18)

(4) Nothing shall prevent a licensee, when broadcasting any material which it is
required under section 24 or pursuant to a condition attached to a licence to
broadcast, from broadcasting advertising material in accordance with section 23.

(Added 7of 1973 s. 15. Amended49of]987s.17;72 of 1988s.18)

26. Standards of programmes

A licensee shall at all times be responsible for ensuring that the programmes
broadcast shall, except in respect of material supplied by the Government

(a) comply with regulations made under section 27;

(b) conform with the standards established by Codes of Practice;





(e)comply with directions issued by the Broadcasting Authority
under section 34; and (Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)
(d)maintain a proper balance in their subject matter and a high
general standard of quality.
Approval of any material to be broadcast by the panel of film censors or the
public exhibition thereof shall not relieve the licensee of such responsibility.

27.Standards established by regulations
made by Governor in Council

(1) The Governor in Council may make regulations establishing
standards for the programmes to be broadcast by licensees.
(2) Without derogating from the generality of subsection (1), the
Governor in Council may make regulations establishing standards for-
(a) the broadcasting of advertising material; and
(b)the broadcasting of programmes containing political or religious
material.

28.Standards established by Codes of Practice
issued by Broadcasting Authority

The Broadcasting Authority may from time to time issue Codes of Practice
relating to programme and advertising standards. Such Codes of Practice shall
not be inconsistent with the standards established by regulations made under
section 27 and shall be supplemented or varied as may be required to comply
with any directions issued by the Governor in Council under section 29.
(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

29.Governor in Council may issue directions
to Broadcasting Authority

The Governor in Council may from time to time, in addition to and not
inconsistent with regulations made under section 27, issue directions to
the Broadcasting Authority regarding the standards of programmes or
advertisements being broadcast by a licensee, including the content and balance
of such programmes, and in such directions may require the Broadcasting
Authority to ensure compliance with the standards established.
(Amended 49 of 198 7 s. 17)

30. Broadcasting contests

Notwithstanding the provisions of the Gambling Ordinance (Cap. 148),
contests may be organized in connection with programmes broadcast by a
licensee and may form part of such programmes where-





(a)no fee is payable either in money or money's worth for participation in
such contests;

(b)the results of such contests are determined by the skill or knowledge
of the participant and not by chance; and

(e)such contests comply with any regulations made by the Governor in
Council and with any Codes of Practice which may provide for
limitations on types of prizes which may be awarded in such contests
and the maximum values of such prizes. (Amended 7 of 1973s.16)

31. Defamatory material

For the purposes of the law of defamation the broadcasting of words or other
matter shall be treated as publication in permanent form.

PART VI

CONTROL AND
MISCELLANEOUS

32. (Repeated 25 of 1988 s. 33(3))

33. Material to he submitted to the Broadcasting

Authority on demand

(1) A licensee shall supply to the Broadcasting Authority on demand any
material, including the script thereof, which is intended for broadcasting.

(1A) A licensee who is required to supply material under subsection (1) shall
either--

(a)supply the material in a form specified by the Broadcasting Authority;
or

(b)make available on demand without charge such of its equipment as is
necessary to enable the Broadcasting Authority to view the material.
(Added 73 of 1980 s. 4)

(2) The Broadcasting Authority may, if it is of the opinion that any programme
intended to be broadcast by a licensee may affect the peace and good order of Hong
Kong, require the licensee to pre-record the programme and submit it to the
Broadcasting Authority for approval before it is broadcast. (Added 7 of 1973 s. 17)

(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)





34. Directions of the Broadcasting Authority

The Broadcasting Authority may issue directions in writing to a licensee
requiring it to take such action with regard to the contents of programmes or
advertisements or to technical standards as the Broadcasting Authority considers
necessary in order to comply with the provisions of this Ordinance including any
Code of Practice.

(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

35. Broadcasting Authority may prohibit programmes

(1) The Broadcasting Authority may, by order in writing addressed to a
licensee, prohibit the broadcasting of any programme, any part thereof or of any
class of material.

(2) In making any order under subsection (1) the Broadcasting Authority shall
have regard to the programme planning requirements of the licensee and any
unreasonable disregard of such requirements shall be deemed to aggrieve a licensee
for the purpose of an appeal under section 38.

(3) Where the Broadcasting Authority is of the opinion that the peace or good
order of Hong Kong is threatened it may either orally or in writing prohibit the
broadcasting of any particular programme or part thereof, and shall signify such
prohibition in writing to the licensee.

(4) The broadcasting of any programme prohibited under subsection (3) shall
constitute an offence and on conviction the licensee and any other person shall be
liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Amended 72 of 1988 s. 19)

(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

36. Broadcasting Authority may prohibit broadcasting

of material rendered by certain individuals

The Broadcasting Authority may, by order in writing addressed to a licensee,
prohibit the broadcasting of any material rendered, passed or selected by any
person named in such order.

(Amended 49 of 198 7 s. 17)

36A. Broadcasting Authority to consult affected licensees

(1) Subject to subsection (2), the Broadcasting Authority shall, before it
prohibits any broadcast under section 35(1) or 36, consult with, and consider any
representations made to it by, any licensee who in the opinion of the Broadcasting
Authority will be affected by any prohibition imposed thereunder.

(2) Where the Broadcasting Authority thinks fit, it may, pending consultation
and consideration in pursuance of subsection (1), prohibit temporarily

any broadcast under section 35(1) or 36.
(Added 73 of 1980s. 5.Amended49 of 1987s.17)





36B. (Repealed 49 of 1987 s. 17)

37. Broadcasting Authority may impose financial penalty
(1) The Broadcasting Authority may, by notice in writing addressed to the
licensee, require the payment of the financial penalty specified in such notice.
(2) Financial penalties may be imposed-
(a) for failure to comply with any of the conditions of the licence;
(b)for failure to comply with any provision of this Ordinance or any
regulation made by the Governor in Council;
(c) for failure to comply with any Code of Practice; or
(d)for failure to comply with any direction or order issued or made
by the Broadcasting Authority under this Ordinance. (Amend-
ed 7 of 1973 s. 18)
(3) The financial penalties imposed under this section shall not exceed
$50,000 for the first occasion on which a penalty is imposed, and shall not
exceed $100,000 for the second occasion on which a penalty is imposed for
whatever reason, and shall not exceed $250,000 for any subsequent occasion on
which a penalty is imposed for whatever reason. (Amended 72 of 1988 s. 19)
(4) No penalty shall be imposed under this section except where the
Broadcasting Authority is satisfied that the licensee has been afforded
reasonable opportunity of complying with the particular requirement.
(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

38. Appeal to the Governor in Council

(1) Subject to this section, a licensee aggrieved by-
(a)any decision of the Broadcasting Authority in the exercise of any
discretion vested in it by or under this Ordinance (including any
prohibition under section 35); or
(b)anything contained in any Code of Practice or direction issued by
the Broadcasting Authority,
may appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council.
(2) No appeal under subsection (1) shall lie against a prohibition-
(a)under section 3 5(1), except within 14 days after the date on which
the licensee is notified of the prohibition under that section; or
(b) under section 35(3).
(3) Any person named in an order under section 36 prohibiting the
licensee from broadcasting material rendered, passed or selected by such person
may appeal against the order by way of petition to the Governor in Council.
(4) Where an appeal is lodged under this section the decision, order,
prohibition, direction or other thing appealed against shall be complied with
until the determination of the appeal.
. (Replaced 49 of 1987 s. 17)





39. Determination of appeal

(1) In determining an appeal the Governor in Council may receive advice and
information from any source including the Broadcasting Authority without
disclosing the same to the appellant, who shall not be entitled to make any
representations other than his petition. (Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

(2) The Governor in Council may determine an appeal by confirming, varying or
reversing any decision, prohibition, order or direction of the Broadcasting Authority
or by amending any Code of Practice. (Replaced 49 of 1987 s. 17)

40. Licensee to submit returns

(1) A licensee shall submit to the Broadcasting Authority not later than the
month of April in each year a return in a form specified by it showing

(Amended 73 of 1980 s. 8)

(a)the names and places of residence of the directors and office holders
in the licensee company;

(b)the names and places of residence of the beneficial owners of the
voting shares in the licensee company. (Amended 7 of 1973 S.19)

(2) A licensee shall submit at the same time as the return made under subsection
(1) a statutory declaration made by at least 2 directors of the licensee company
showing whether or not any disqualified person has exercised any control in the
licensee company during the year immediately preceding. (Amended 7 of 1973 s. 19)

(M) Without prejudice to subsection (1), a licensee shall submit to the
Broadcasting Authority in a form specified by it a return showing

(a)particulars of every change of the directors and office holders of the
licensee company, within 7 days after the change occurs;

(b) (Repealed 49 of 1987 s. 17)

(c)the name and place of residence of every person who is registered as
the holder of 5% or more of the voting shares of the licensee company,
within 7 days after the date on which he is so registered;

(d)particulars of any transfer of shares of the licensee company by or to a
member who, immediately before the registration of such transfer by
the licensee company, held 5% or more of the voting shares of such
company, within 7 days after the date on which such transfer is
registered. (Added 73 of 1980 s. 8)

(3) A licensee shall submit to the Broadcasting Authority on demand such
other information as it may consider that it requires for the purposes of exercising its
functions under this Ordinance.

(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)





41. Royalty

(1) A licensee shall, as regards each of its accounting years, pay to the
Government a royalty determined by reference to the amounts which, having
regard to this section, are the appropriate amounts for fees or other charges in
respect of advertising, whether in the form of display or other advertisements,
advertising magazine programmes, sponsored or promoted programmes or in
any other form of broadcast by the licensee, and as regards a particular such
year the amount of such royalty shall be determined in accordance with the
following rates-
(a) where such amounts for that year do not exceed $100 million, 1%
of that $ 100 million;
(b) where such amounts for that year exceed $ 100 million-
(i) as regards the first $100 million of those amounts, 1% of
those amounts;
(ii)as regards the second $100 million of those amounts (or in
case those amounts are less than $200 million but are not
less than $100 million, as regards the excess over $100
million), 5% of that $100 million or excess;
(iii) as regards the third $100 million of those amounts (or in
case those amounts are less than $300 million but are not
less than $200 million, as regards the excess over $200
million), 10 % of that $ 100 million or excess;
(iv) as regards the fourth $100 million of those amounts (or in
case those amounts are less than 5400 million but are not
less than $300 million, as regards the excess over $300
million), 15% of that $100 million or excess;
(v) as regards the fifth $100 million of those amounts (or in case
those amounts are less than $500 million but are not less
than 5400 million, as regards the excess over $400 million),
20% of that $100 million or excess;
(vi)as regards those amounts in so far as they exceed $500
million, 25% of the excess:
Provided that the amount of the royalty payable under this
section as regards any such accounting year shall not exceed an
amount which is equal to 12% of such appropriate amounts for
that year.
(2) The appropriate amount referred to in subsection (1) shall be the
amount which in the circumstances of a particular case would reasonably be
expected to be agreed to between the parties concemed were they negotiating in
the open market and at arm's length.
(3) (a) The royalty created by this section shall be payable quarterly in
accordance with paragraph (b).





(b)A licensee shall make a payment to the Director of Accounting
Services of the amount (if any) due on account of the royalty payable
by him under this section in respect of a quarter beginning on the I st
day of January, the I st day of April, the I st day of July or the I st
day of October in any year.

(4) A royalty payable under this section shall be due at the time when the fee or
other charge in respect of which the royalty is payable is due, either in whole or in
part, to the licensee concerned.

(5) (a)Within the period of 30 days immediately following a quarter referred
to in subsection (3), a licensee shall

(i) furnish to the Director of Accounting Services an account,
certified by the licensee, or by someone acting on his behalf, to
be true and correct, of the amounts described in subsection (1)
and due (whether in whole or in part) to the licensee in the
quarter; and

(ii) remit to the Director of Accounting Services the amount of the
royalty (if any) payable by him under this Ordinance in respect
of the quarter.

(b)The Director of Accounting Services may require accounts referred
to in paragraph (a)(i) to be in a form and contain particulars specified
by him, and in case a requirement under this paragraph is made and is
not withdrawn, any licensee concerned shall comply with it.

(6) (a)Where a royalty is payable under this Ordinance as regards a
particular quarter (in this subsection referred to as 'the current
quarter') but the licensee concemed is unable, before the expiration
of the current quarter or the period of 28 days commencing on the
expiration of that quarter, to ascertain the aggregate of the fees or
other charges by reference to which the amount due on account of
the royalty as respects the current quarter is to be determined, the
licensee shall, within the period of 30 days immediately following the
expiration of the current quarter, pay to the Director of Accounting
Services a sum the amount of which shall have been calculated by the
licensee having had regard to

(i)the sum (if any) paid by the licensee on account of the royalty in
respect of the quarter immediately preceding the current quarter;
and

(ii) an estimate by the licensee of the amount which, were such
aggregate ascertainable, would be payable by him on account of
the royalty as respects the current quarter.

(b)Where a payment is made under paragraph (a) and when ascertained
the amount due on account of the royalty payable





under this section as respects the current quarter is found to
exceed the amount of the payment-
(i)the excess or any part thereof shall be payable to the
Director of Accounting Services on demand; and
(ii)the making of the payment shall not prejudice any mode of
recovery should the licensee fail to pay any part of the excess
remaining to be paid pursuant to the requirements of
subparagraph (i).
(c)Where a payment is made under paragraph (a) and when
ascertained the amount referred to in paragraph (b) is found to
be less than the amount of the payment, the licensee concemed
shall be entitled to a refund equal to the amount of the
overpayment.
(7) Where the Director of Accounting Services believes that an amount
payable under this section by a licensee, in relation to any period consisting of
one quarter or of two or more consecutive quarters, was greater than the total
amount (if any) paid by him in relation to that period, then, without prejudice
to any other action which may be taken, he may make an estimate in one sum
of the total amount which in his opinion should have been paid in respect of the
quarter or quarters comprised in such period and may give to the licensee a
notice in writing specifying-
(a) the total amount so estimated;
(b)the total amount (if any) paid by the licensee in relation to the
said period; and
(c) the balance remaining unpaid.
(8) Where a notice is given under subsection (7) to a licensee, the
following provisions shall apply-
(a)the licensee may, if he claims that the total amount or, as the case
may be, the balance remaining unpaid is excessive, give a
notification to that effect in writing to the Director of Accounting
Services, within the period of 21 days beginning on the date of
the notice under subsection (7);
(b)on the expiration of the said period, if no notification under this
subsection is received by the Director of Accounting Services or,
if such a notification is so received, on determination of the
difference by agreement or arbitration, the balance remaining
unpaid as specified in the notification or the amended balance (if
any) as so determined shall become due and payable as if the
amount were one which the licensee was liable to pay for the
quarter during which the period of 14 days from the date of the
giving of the notice under subsection (7) expired or during which
the difference was determined by agreement or arbitration, or
where those quarters are different, whichever of them is the later.





(9) (a)Where a notification under subsection (8) is given, the difference to
which the notification relates shall be determined by arbitration under
the Arbitration Ordinance (Cap. 341), and for the purposes of giving
effect to the foregoing, the person by whom, or on whose behalf, the
notification is given and the Director of Accounting Services shall be
regarded as having concluded an arbitration agreement (within the
meaning of that Ordinance) whose provisions shall be deemed to
include a provision that the aforesaid difference shall, in the absence
of agreement, be determined by a single arbitrator.

(b)In the absence of agreement, the Arbitration Ordinance (Cap. 341)
shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to the determination of
a difference to which a notification under subsection (8) relates.

(10) Each of the following periods shall, for the purposes of this section, be
regarded as being an accounting year of a licensee

(a)in case the accounting year of a licensee begins on a day other than
the specified day, the period beginning on the specified day and
ending on the expiration of the licensee's accounting year in which the
specified day occurs;

(b)in case a licence commences to have effect on a day other than the
first day of an accounting year of the relevant licensee, the period
beginning on such commencement and ending on the expiration of the
licensee's accounting year in which the commencement occurs; and

(c)in case a licence is surrendered or revoked and the surrender or
revocation has effect on a day other than the first day of an
accounting year of the licensee, the period beginning on the
commencement of the licensee's accounting year in which the
surrender or revocation, as may be appropriate, has effect and ending
immediately before that surrender or revocation, as may be
appropriate, has effect.

(11) In subsection (10)(a) 'the specified day' means the day specified for the
purposes of that subsection by the Governor by notice in the Gazette.

(Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 20)

41A. (Repealed 72 of 1988 s. 20)

42. Powers of Financial Secretary in relation to royalty

(1) For the purpose of determining amounts payable on account of a royalty
payable under this Ordinance and ensuring its payment, any person authorized by
the Financial Secretary in that behalf may at all reasonable times





(a)enter any building or other premises in which a company to
which this section applies carries on business;
(b)require any person whom he reasonably believes to be employed
in connection with such business to produce for examination any
book, account, voucher, record, receipt or other document which
relates to such business and which is in his possession or under
his control;
(c)examine and, if he thinks fit, take copies of, or copies of any entry
in, any book, record or other document produced in pursuance of
a requirement under this section;
(d) remove any such document for further examination; and
(e)question any director or servant of such company in relation to
such business. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 21)
(2) All documents and copies thereof and all other information obtained
under subsection (1) shall be treated as confidential and used only for the
purposes set out in subsection (1).
(3) A person who is a director or a servant of a company to which this
section applies shall assist and shall not obstruct a person exercising a power
under this section. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 21)
(4) Any document removed in exercise of a power under this section shall
be returned as soon as is reasonably practicable. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 21)
(5) Every person authorized by the Financial Secretary under subsection
(1) shall be furnished with a copy of the authorization and when exercising a
power under this Ordinance shall, if requested by any person thereby affected,
produce such copy for inspection by the person. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 21)
(6) This section applies to a company which is either a licensee or a
company which, by virtue of section 2 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32),
for the purposes of that Ordinance, is deemed to be a subsidiary of a licensee.
(Added 72 of 1988 s. 21)

43. Licensee to submit audited accounts

(1) A licensee shall submit to the Financial Secretary not later than 6
months after the end of the accounting year of the licensee company audited
accounts prepared in such manner and containing such details as may be
approved and required by the Financial Secretary.
(2) Where a company is deemed under section 2 of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32) to be, for the purposes of that Ordinance, a subsidiary of a
licensee, the licensee shall, not later than 6 months after the end of an
accounting year of the company, submit, or cause to be submitted, to the
Financial Secretary a copy of the company's audited accounts for that year.
(Added 72 of 1988 s. 22)





44. Recovery of royalty and financial penalty

(1) Any royalty declared by the Financial Secretary in writing to be owing
to the Government and any financial penalty imposed by the Broadcasting
Authority and declared by it in writing to be owing to the Government, and not
remitted or reduced on appeal by the Governor in Council, shall be recoverable
as a civil debt.
(2) Any declaration in writing made under the hand of the Financial
Secretary or the Broadcasting Authority shall be prima facie evidence of the
debt.
(3) Any such royalty or financial penalty shall constitute a first charge on
the installations, equipment and other assets of the licensee.
(Amended 49 of 1987 s. 17)

45. Investigation of licensees' business

(1) Where the Broadcasting Authority is of opinion that it is necessary for
the proper performance of any of its functions under this Ordinance, it may
authorize any person at all reasonable times to--
(a)enter any building or other premises in which a company to
which this section applies carries on business;
(b)require any person whom he reasonably believes to be employed
in connection with such business to produce for examination any
book, account, voucher, record, or receipt or other document
which relates to such business and which is in his possession or
under his control;
(c)examine and, if he thinks fit, take copies of, or copies of any entry
in, any book, record or other document produced in pursuance of
a requirement under this section;
(d) remove any such document for further examination; and
(e)question any director or servant of such company in relation to
such business. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 23)
(2) A person who is a director or a servant of a company to which this
section applies shall assist and shall not obstruct a person exercising a power
under this section. (Replaced 72 of 1988 s. 23)
(3) All documents and copies thereof and all other information obtained
under this section shall be treated as confidential and used only for the purpose
of this Ordinance which shall include any inquiry conducted by the
Broadcasting Authority or any committee appointed thereby. (Amended 49 of
1987s.17)
(4) Any document removed in exercise of a power under this section shall
be returned as soon as is reasonably practicable. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 23)
(5) Every person authorized by the Broadcasting Authority under
subsection (1) shall be furnished with a copy of the authorization and when





exercising a power under this Ordinance shall, if requested by any person thereby
affected, produce such copy for inspection by the person. (Added 72 of 1988 s. 23)

(6) This section applies to any company to which section 42 applies. (Added
72 of 1988 s. 23)

45A. Sections 42 and 45; supplementary provisions

(1) In sections 42 and 45 'record' includes any information which-

(a)relates to a business in relation to which the powers under those
sections may be exercised; and

(b)is recorded in a form in which it can be extracted or retrieved by
equipment operating automatically in response to instructions given
for that purpose.

(2) The powers conferred by section 42(1)(b) and (e) or section 45(1)(b) and
(e) include a power

(a)to require a person described in section 42(1)(b) or section 45(1) (b),
as may be appropriate, to extract or retrieve, or cause to be extracted or
retrieved. in a visual or a printed or other written form, or in both, any
information referred to in subsection (1) and specified by the person
exercising the power, and if when extracted or retrieved the
information is in a printed or other written form, to require the person
so described to deliver it to the person exercising the power;

(b)to extract or retrieve himself. in either of or both such forms, by means
of the equipment normally used for that purpose, any information so
referred to; and

(c)to examine any information so extracted or retrieved and if thought fit
to remove it.

(Added 72 of 1988 s. 24)

46. Confidential material to he safeguarded

(1) Subject to subsection (2)--

(a)any information which is furnished by a licensee to, and any
document which is produced by a licensee to, the Broadcasting
Authority or any committee appointed thereby, the
Telecommunications Authority, or any person authorized thereby,
under this Ordinance shall be treated as confidential; and

(b)no such information or document or any copy thereof shall be
divulged or shown to any person other than in confidence to
members of the Broadcasting Authority or any committee appointed
thereby, or to a public officer acting in the





performance of his duties under or for the purposes of this Ordinance
or the Broadcasting Authority Ordinance (Cap. 39 1).

(2) A licensee may permit, subject to such conditions as it may specify, the
Broadcasting Authority, the Telecommunications Authority or any person
authorized thereby

(a) to divulge specified information which it has furnished thereto; or

(b)to show any specified document or any copy thereof which it has
produced thereto,

to any person or to any specified person.
(Added 7of 1973 s. 22. Amended 49 of 1987s.17)

47. Savings and transitional

(1) Any Code of Practice issued by the Television Authority and in use
immediately prior to the commencement of this section

(a)shall be deemed for all purposes to have been issued by the
Broadcasting Authority under section 20 or 28 as the case may be;

(b) subject to paragraph (e), shall remain in use; and

(c) may be amended or withdrawn by the Broadcasting Authority.

(2) Any order or direction issued or approval or permission granted by the
Television Authority under this Ordinance, which was in force immediately prior to
the commencement of this section, shall continue in force as if issued or granted by
the Broadcasting Authority.

(3) Any reference to the Television Authority in any Code of Practice, licence,
certificate or other document issued by the Television Authority or otherwise issued
under this Ordinance or in any agreement entered into by the Television Authority
shall be construed as a reference to the Broadcasting Authority.

(4) In this section 'Television Authority' means the Television Authority
appointed under the repealed section 3 of this Ordinance.

(Added 49 of 1987 s. 17)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2306

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

52

Number of Pages

50
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:37 +0800
<![CDATA[WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ORDINANCE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2305

Title

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ORDINANCE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 51

(Repealed by the Weights and Measures Ordinance 1987, No. 54 of 1987)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2305

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

51

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:37 +0800
<![CDATA[PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2304

Title

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS BY-LAWS

Description






PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS BY-LAWS

ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS

By-law .................................... Page-

1. Citation................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

PART 1
THE COUNCIL

2. Nominations of members of Council .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3
3. Ballot for elected members of Council ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

4. Meetings of Council ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... A4
5. Quorum of Council .......................... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

6. Notice of meetings of Council .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... A4
7. Chairman of meetings of Council ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... A4
8. Voting at meetings of Council .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
9. Adjournment of meetings of Council ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
10....................Minutes of meetings of Council ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

11................................Custody and use of the common seal of the Society ... ... ... ... A 5

PART II
ELECTION OF PRESIDENT AND VICE-
PRESIDENT

12................................Manner of election of President and Vice-President ... ... ... ... A 5

PART III
MEETINGS OF THE
SOCIETY

13..................General meetings of Society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6
14..................Notice of meetings of Society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

15...........Resolution ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

16.........................Quorum of general meetings of Society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
17.........................Cha~ of general meetings of the Society ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

18....................Procedure at meetings of Society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

PART IV
REGISTRATION

19...........Interpretation ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

20................................Appointment and functions of registration committee ... ... ... ... A 8

21......................Meetings of registration committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

PART V
DESIGNATION OF PROFESSIONAL
ACCOUNTANTS

22................Associates and Fellows ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

PART VI
PRACTICE OF PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY

23...........Interpretation ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A10







24. [Cancelled]

25................................Certified public accountants and public accountants ... ... ... ... A 10
26................................Appointment and functions of practising committee ... ... ... ... A10

27. Meetings of practising committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... All





By-law Page

PART VII
RESTRICTIONS IN CONNEXION WITH PRACTICE

28. Professional accountants not to practise with or employ certain persons ... All
29. Restrictions on name in which practice may be carried on ... ... ... ... A 12

PART VIII
REGISTERED STUDENTS

30...................Meaning of registered student ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

31...............Consent to registration ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

32..........Registration ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

33........Register ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

34...............Disciplinary provisions ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

35.....................Powers of Disciplinary Committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

36............Appeal to Council .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

PART IX
EXAMINATIONS

37...................Power of Council to make rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
38...................Restriction on taking examinations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A15

39...............Removal from register ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A15

40........................Establishment of Examinations Board ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15

41...............................Restriction on registration as a professional accountant ... ... ... ... A 16

PART X
AUDITORS

42.................Appointment of auditor .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16

43............Qualification etc . ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
44............Retirement of auditor .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16

45.................Nomination of auditors .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16

46...............Removal of auditor .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17

PART M
INDEMNIFICATIO
N

47...............................Indemnification of members of the Council and others ... ... ... A 17
48...............................Members of Council and others not to be liable for losses ... ... ... A 17





PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS BY-LAWS

(Cap. 50, section 8(4))

[1st January, 1973.]

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Professional Accountants By-
laws.

PART I

THE COUNCIL

2. (1) A professional accountant who is a candidate for election as
an elected member of the Council shall be nominated by 2 professional
accountants.

(2) The nomination referred to in paragraph (1) shall be-

(a) in writing;

(b)proposed by one professional accountant and seconded by
another professional accountant; and

(c)accompanied by a notice in writing signed by the candidate
that he is willing to offer himself for election to the Council.

(3) The nomination paper and notice referred to in paragraph (2)
shall be lodged with the Registrar not less than 18 days prior to the
annual general meeting.

(4) A candidate may withdraw at any time before the election is
held.

(5) The Registrar shall, not less than 14 days prior to the annual
general meeting, send to each professional accountant, to whom notice
has been given of the annual general meeting under by-law 14, a notice
containing the names of the candidates who have been nominated for
election.

3. (1) If a ballot is to be held under section 13(1)(b) of the
Ordinance, the Registrar shall, not less than 10 days prior to the annual
general meeting, send a ballot paper to each professional accountant
under by-law 14.

(2) The ballot paper shall contain-

(a) the names of the candidates, in alphabetical order of
surnames, for election as members of the Council; and

(b)a statement of the number of vacancies in respect of elected
members of the Council.

(3) A professional accountant shall be entitled to cast one vote in
respect of each vacancy.





(4) Completed ballot papers shall be returned to the Registrar
not less than 48 hours before the annual general meeting at which
the election is to be held.

(4A) The auditor of the Society shall count the number of
votes cast for each candidate and shall furnish to the Council a
confidential report in writing on the number of votes so cast.

(5) The Council shall meet before the annual general meeting
to receive from the auditor of the Society the confidential report
referred to in paragraph (4A) and to eliminate the candidates
receiving the lowest number of votes until the number of candidates
left equals the number of vacancies, and those candidates shall be
deemed to have been elected.

(6) If an equality of votes is found to exist between any
candidates, and the addition of one vote would entitle any candidate
to be declared elected, the President shall have a casting vote to
determine which of such candidates shall be deemed to have been
elected.

4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Council shall meet at
such times and places as it may determine.

(2) The Council shall meet at least once in every 3 months to
discuss the management and affairs of the Society.

(3) A meeting of the Council, other than the first meeting of
the first Council, may be called-
(a) on the order of the President; or

(b)at the request in writing, addressed to the Registrar, of
4 members of the Council.

5. Six members of the Council shall form a quorum at a
meeting of the Council.

6. (1) Except in the case of the first meeting of the first
Council, the Registrar shall give to each member of the Council-
(a)not less than 7 days notice in writing of an ordinary
meeting of the Council; and
(b) not less than 2 days notice of a special meeting.

(2) A notice given under paragraph (1) shall specify the time
and place for the holding of the meeting and the business to be
transacted thereat.

7. (1) The President, or in his absence the Vice-President,
shall be chairman at a meeting of the Council.

(2) If, 15 minutes after the time appointed for any meeting
of the Council, neither the President nor the Vice-President is





present, the members of the Council present may elect one of their
number to be chairman of the meeting.

8. (1) Subject to section 4(6) of the Ordinance, a question arising at
a meeting of the Council shall be decided by a majority vote of the
members present and voting.

(2) At a meeting of the Council, each member present shall have
one vote on any question before the Council and, in the event of an
equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

9. (1) A meeting of the Council may be adjourned from time to time
and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at an
adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting
which was adjourned.

(2) It shall not be necessary to give notice of an adjourned meeting
unless the meeting which was adjourned has by resolution so directed.

10. Minutes of all proceedings of meetings of the Council and all
committees thereof shall be entered in records kept for that purpose and
any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of the
meeting at which the proceedings were held or by the chairman of the
next succeeding meeting, shall be evidence of the proceedings.

11. (1) The Council shall provide for the safe custody of the
common seal of the Society.

(2) The* common seal of the Society shall not be used or affixed to
any instrument except on the authority of the Council.

PART II

ELECTION OF PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENT

12. (1) A member of the Council may propose an elected member as
President or Vice-President if the elected member is willing to serve if
elected.

(2) A proposal under paragraph (1) shall be seconded by another
member of the Council.

(3) No debate shall be allowed on such a proposal.

(4) If more than 1 member of the Council is proposed for election as
President or Vice-President, the election shall be determined by ballot.





PART III

MEETINGS OF THE SOCIETY

13. (1) The Council may, whenever it thinks fit, call a general
meeting of the Society.

(2) The Council shall call a general meeting of the Society on receipt
of a request in writing signed by not less than 20 professional
accountants, specifying the object of the proposed meeting.

(3) The notice calling a general meeting under paragraph (2), shall
be issued by the Registrar within 21 days of the receipt of such request.

(4) At a general meeting, no business other than that specified in
the notice shall be transacted.

14. The Registrar shall give not less than 21 days notice of any
general meeting of the Society to each professional accountant at his
registered address, specifying the day, place and hour of the general
meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted.

15. (1) A professional accountant shall, if he wishes to propose a
resolution unrelated to the ordinary annual business at an annual
general meeting, give to the Registrar not less than 14 days before the
annual general meeting notice of such resolution in accordance with
paragraph (2).

(2) Notice of a resolution shall be in writing and shall contain-

(a)the name and signature of the professional accountant who
wishes to propose the resolution;

(b)the name and signature of the professional accountant who
wishes to second the resolution;

(c)the names and signatures of at least 8 other professional
accountants who support the resolution; and

(d)a declaration that the motion relates to matters affecting the
Society or the accountancy profession.

(3) No resolution shall he discussed at an annual general meeting
unless notice under paragraph (1) has been given.

(4) The Registrar shall, not less than 10 days before the annual
general meeting, send to each professional accountant a notice
containing

(a) the proposed resolution;

(b)the names of the proposer, the seconder and the professional
accountants who support the resolution under paragraph
(2)(c).





16. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), 25 professional accountants
shall constitute a quorum at a general meeting of the Society.

(2) Subject to paragraph (4), if 15 minutes after the time
appointed for a general meeting, there is no quorum, the meeting
shall stand adjourned for not less than 1 week and not more than
4 weeks, to be held on such date and at such hour and place as the
Council may determine.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), at a meeting adjourned under
paragraph (2), the professional accountants present shall form a
quorum and shall have full power to transact the proposed business
of the adjourned meeting.

(4) Paragraph (2) shall not apply to a general meeting called
under by-law 13(2).

17. (1) The President, or in his absence the Vice-President,
shall be chairman at a general meeting of the Society.

(2) If, 15 minutes after the time appointed for a general meet-
ing of the Society, neither the President nor the Vice-President is
present, the professional accountants present at the meeting may
elect-

(a) a member of the Council who is present; or
(b)if no member of the Council is present, a professional
accountant who is present,

to be chairman of the meeting.

18. (1) A resolution or amendment thereto proposed and
seconded at a general meeting of the Society shall be put to the
meeting by the chairman and, subject to the provisions of paragraph
(2), shall be decided by a show of hands.

(2) Each professional accountant shall have 1 vote on a
question coming before or arising at a general meeting and in the
event of an equality of votes either on a show of hands or on the
holding of a poll under paragraph (3), the chairman shall have a
second or casting vote.

(3) Subject to paragraph (7), a poll shall be taken on a resolu-
tion or amendment thereto proposed and seconded at a general
meeting if requested-

(a)by not less than 10 professional accountants immediately
after the declaration by the chairman of the result of a
show of hands under paragraph (1); or
(b)upon the request in writing, signed and submitted before
the dissolution or adjournment of the meeting by not less
than 10 professional accountants present.





(4) Unless a poll is held under paragraph (3), a declaration by the
chairman that a resolution or amendment thereto has, on a show of
hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or lost, and an entry to that
effect in the minutes relating to that meeting shall be conclusive
evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the
votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution or any amendment
thereto.

(5) If a poll is held under paragraph (3) it shall be held in such
manner as the chairman may direct.

(6) The chairman shall appoint scrutineers from among the'
professional accountants present, not being proposers or seconders of
the resolution or any amendment thereto, or persons the subject of or
mentioned in the resolution or amendment thereto, and the scrutineers
shall sign their report on the result of the poll, which shall be declared by
the chairman.

(7) No poll shall be taken for the election of the chairman or the
adjournment of a general meeting.

(8) Subject to section 8(3) of the Ordinance, the votes of a
professional accountant on a poll may be given either personally or by
proxy.

(9) The instrument appointing a proxy (who shall be a member of
the Society) shall be in writing signed by the appointer or his attorney
duly authorized in writing.

(10) The appointment of a proxy shall have no effect unless the
instrument appointing the proxy, and the power of attorney or other
authority (if any) under which it is signed, is lodged with the chairman
not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting at which
the proxy proposes to vote, or within such lesser time as the chairman
may allow.

(11) Minutes of all proceedings at a general meeting of the Society
shall be entered in records kept for that purpose and any such minutes, if
purporting to be signed by the chairman of the meeting at which the
proceedings were held or by the chairman of the next succeeding
meeting, shall be evidence of the proceedings.

PART IV

REGISTRATION

19. In this Part, 'registration committee' means a committee
appointed under by-law 20(1).

20. (1) The Council may appoint a committee of not less than 5
professional accountants to examine the qualifications of an applicant
for registration under section 25 of the Ordinance.

(1A) A majority of the professional accountants appointed under
paragraph (1) shall be cl~ members.





(2) The registration committee shall examine the qualifications of
the applicant and shall advise the Council as to whether the applicant
should be registered or whether the application should be rejected.

(3) The Council shall not be bound to accept the advice of the
registration committee.

21. (1) The registration committee shall meet at least once in every 3
months, and at more frequent intervals if it so determines or if the
Council so requires.

(2) Three members of the registration committee shall form a
quorum at a meeting thereof.

(3) If at a meeting of the registration committee the number of
members of the committee present is insufficient to form a quorum, the
meeting shall stand adjourned for 1 week to be then held at the same
hour and place.

(4) The registration committee may, if it thinks fit, transact any of its
business by the circulation of papers, and a resolution in writing
approved in writing by a majority of the members thereof present in
Hong Kong shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a
meeting of the registration committee by the votes of the members so
approving the resolution.

PART V

DESIGNATION OF PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS

22. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a professional accountant shall

(a)be designated as an Associate of the Hong Kong Society of
Accountants;

(b)be entitled to use the initials 'A.H.K.S.A.' after his name;and

(c)be issued by the Registrar with a certificate, signed by the
President, certifying that he is an Associate of the Society.

(2) A professional accountant who satisfies the conditions

specified in paragraph (3) shall on payment of the fee fixed by the
Council- A

(a)be designated as a Fellow of the Hong Kong Society of
Accountants;

(b)be entitled to use the initials 'F.H.K.S.A.- after his name; and

(c) be issued by the Registrar with a certificate, signed by the
President, certifying that he is a Fellow of the Society.





(3) The conditions referred to in paragraph (2) are that the
professional accountant

(a) is a Fellow of an approved institute or any other

accountancy body accepted by the Council under sub-paragraph (ii)
of section 24(1)(c) of the Ordinance;

(b) has been an associate member of an approved institute or any
other accountancy body accepted by the Council under
sub-paragraph(ii)section 24(1)(c) of the Ordinance for
not less than 7 years,

(c)has been an Associate of the Society for not less than 7 years;
or

(d)has been for an aggregate period of not less than 7 years an
Associate of the Society and an associate of an approved
institute or any other accountancy body accepted by the
Council under sub-paragraph (ii) of section 24(1)(c) of the
Ordinance.

PART VI

PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY

23. In this Part, 'practising committee' means a committee
appointed under by-law 26(1).

24. [Cancelled, L.N. 137177]

25. (1) A professional accountant registered as such by virtue of
section 24(1) of the Ordinance and holding a practising certificate shall
describe himself as a 'Certified Public Accountant' and use the initials
'C.P.A.'.

(2) A professional accountant registered as such by virtue of
section 24(2) of the Ordinance and holding a practising certificate shall
describe himself as a 'Public Accountant' and use the initials 'P.A.'.

(3) If a firm is carrying on the business of public accountancy and
some of the partners of the firm are entitled to describe themselves as
'Certified Public Accountants' and others as 'Public Accountants% the
members of such firm shall collectively describe themselves as 'Public
Accountants'.

26. (1) The Council may appoint a committee of not less than 5
professional accountants to advise the Council on applications by
professional accountants for practising certificates.

(1A) A majority of the professional accountants appointed under
paragraph (1) shall be elected members.





(2) The practising committee shall-

(a)make such inquiries as it may consider necessary to ascertain
whether a professional accountant applying for a practising
certificate has had the experience required by section 29A of
the Ordinance and is otherwise eligible to hold a practising
certificate; and

(b)advise the Council as to the acceptance or rejection of the
application of such accountant.

(3) The Council shall not be bound to accept the advice of the
practising committee.

27. (1) The practising committee shall meet at least once in every 3
months, and at more frequent intervals if it so determines or if the
Council so requires.

(2) Three members of the practising committee shall form a quorum
at a meeting thereof.

(3) If at a meeting of the practising committee the number of
members of the committee present is insufficient to form a quorum, the
meeting shall stand adjourned for one week, to be then held at the same
hour and place.

(4) The practising committee may, if it thinks fit, transact any of its
business by the circulation of papers, and a resolution in writing
approved in writing by a majority of the members thereof present in
Hong Kong shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a
meeting of the practising committee by the votes of the members so
approving the resolution.

PART VII

RESTRICTIONS IN CONNEXION WITH PRACTICE

28. Save with the approval in writing of the Council, a professional
accountant holding a practising certificate who knowingly

(a)permits his name to be made use of in connexion with the
practice of public accountancy by a person who is not a
professional accountant holding a practising certificate;

(b)employs, in or in connexion with his practice as an accountant,
a person whose name has been removed from the register
under section 35(1)(a) of the Ordinance and has not been
restored thereto; or

(e)practises in partnership as an accountant with a person who is
not entitled to practise as a certified public accountant or
public accountant,

shall be guilty of professional misconduct.





29. Save with the approval in writing of the Council, a professional
accountant who, either on his own account or in partnership with any
other professional accountant, practises as a certified public accountant
or public accountant other than

(a) in his own name;

(b)in his own name in association with the names of his partners;
or

(c)in the name of a firm in which he was lawfully practising at the
commencement of these by-laws,

shall be guilty of professional misconduct.

PART VIII

REGISTERED STUDENTS

30. In this Part-

-registered student' means a student registered with the Society.

31. (1) A person desiring to become a registered student shall

(a) apply to the Council in such form as it may specify;

(b)furnish to the Council such evidence as the Council may
require that he

(i) is 16 years of age or more;

(ii) has attained the requisite standard of education; and

(iii) is of good character; and

(c) pay to the Council-

(i) the fee fixed by the Council; and

(ii) the fee fixed by the Council for annual registration with
the Society.

(2) The Council shall, if satisfied that such a person has reached the
age of 16 years, has attained the requisite standard of education
prescribed by paragraph (3), and has a good character, authorize the
Registrar to register such person as a student.

(3) A person shall be deemed to have attained the requisite
standard of education if he

(a) is the holder of a Hong Kong Certificate of Education

English

with credits in at least 5 subjects (including English and
Mathematics);

(b) has passed examinations in the subjects specified in sub-
paragraph (a)which in the opinion of the Council are of
an equivalent standard to the Hong Kong Certificate of
Education (English);




(c) is a graduate of a university approved by the Council; or



(d) is the holder of a diploma in accountancy awarded by an
educational institute approved by the Council:

Provided that the Council may in its absolute discretion exempt
from compliance with the requisite standard of education a person who--

(i) is over the age of 25 years;

(ii) has attained a standard of education acceptable to the
Council;and

(iii) has undergone 5 years practical experience as defined in by-
law 41.

32. (1) Registration of a person as a registered student shall-

(a)remain in force until the 1st day of January in the year
following the year in which he was so registered; and

(b)be renewable annualy not later than the 3 1st day of January in
each year.

(2) A registered student shall sign an undertaking, in the specified
form, to abide by such of these by-laws as are applicable to him.

33. (1) The Registrar shall keep a register of registered students and
shall advise the Council of the name of a registered student whose
annual registration fee is more than 2 months in arrear.

(2) The Council may direct the Registrar to remove from the register
of registered students the name of a student whose annual registration
fee is more than 3 months in arrear.

(3) The Registrar shall in writing notify a student of a direction of
the Council under paragraph (2), and if the annual registration fee
remains unpaid for more than 14 days after such notice the Registrar
shall remove the name of the student from the register.

34. A complaint that a registered student-

Crimes Ordinance;

(b)has been convicted in Hong Kong or elsewhere of any offence
involving dishonesty;

(c) has been guilty of misconduct in carrying out his duties;

(d)has been guilty of conduct which renders him unfit to become
a professional accountant; or

(e)has refused, or neglected without reasonable excuse, to
comply with such of these by-laws as are applicable to him,





shall be made to the Registrar who shall submit the complaint to the
Council which may, in its discretion, refer the complaint to the
Disciplinary Committee.



35. (1) If, after due inquiry, the Disciplinary Committee is satisfied
that a complaint referred to it under by-law 34 is proved the Disciplinary
Committee may, in its discretion, make any one or more of the following
orders against the registered student

(i)that he be declared unfit to remain a registered student, and
that the Registrar remove his name from the register of
registered students;

(ii) that he be declared uneligible for such period (not exceeding 2
years) to sit for such examinations of the Society as shall be
specified in the order;

(iii) that he be reprimanded;

(iv) that he be admonished.

(2) The Registrar shall cause a copy of an order made under this by-
law to be served forthwith upon the registered student concemed and
shall forward a copy to the Council.

(5) For the purposes of an inquiry under this by-law the
Disciplinary Committee shall have the powers specified in section 36 of
the Ordinance.

36. (1) A registered student aggrieved by an order made under by-
law 35 may, within 21 days of the date of service upon him of the order,
appeal to the Council.

(2) The practice and procedure on an appeal to the Council shall be
such as the Council may determine.

(3) On an appeal the Council may-

(a) affirm or vary the order;

(b)rescind the order and substitute any other order which might
have been made by the Disciplinary Committee under by-law
35.

(4) The Registrar shall notify the registered student concerned of
the decision of the Council.

PART IX

EXAMINATIONS

37. The Council may make rules prescribing

(a) the examinations of the Society;

(b) the syllabuses therefor;

(c) the sections into which the examinations are to be divided;





(d) the times for holding the examinations;

(e) examination fees;

(f) the period within which any examination must be passed;

(g)exemptions from examinations or concessions which may be
granted; and

(h) any other matter incidental to the holding of examinations.

38. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a person shall not be entitled to
enter for an examination of the Society unless he

(a) is a registered student;

(b)has paid his annual registration fee to the Society for the year
in which the examination is held; and

(c)complies with such regulations relating to the examination as
the Council may specify.

(2) Paragraph (1)(a) and (b) shall not apply to a member of an
approved institute specified in Part B of the Schedule to the Ordinance
who is entering for an examination pursuant to the requirements of
section 29B of the Ordinance.

39. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Registrar shall remove from the
register the name of any registered student who

(a)has not presented himself for any of the examinations of the
Society within 5 years from the date of his registration as a
registered student; or

(b)has not passed the final section of the examinations of the
Society within 10 years from the date of his registration as a
registered student.

(2) The Council may extend the period of time specified in
paragraph (1)(a) or (b) in any particular case.

40. (1) There is hereby established an Examinations Board, the
members of which, whether members of the Society or not, shall be
appointed by the Council and shall hold office until they resign or are
removed from office by the Council.

(2) The functions of the Examinations Board shall be to advise the
Council on

(a) the conduct and control of examinations of the Society;

(b) the appointment and remuneration of examiners; and

(c)such other functions as may be specified by the Council from
time to time.

(3) Members of the Examinations Board shall be paid such fees as
the Council may determine.





41. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a registered student who passes
the examinations of the Society shall not be registered as a professional
accountant unless he has not less than 5 years practical experience.

(2) The Council may, in the case of a graduate of a university
approved by the Council or the holder of a diploma in accountancy
awarded by an educational institute approved by the Council who has
attended a full time course for not less than 3 years, reduce the period of
practical experience required by paragraph (1) by such amount as it
thinks fit, not being more than 2 years.

(3) In this by-law

'practical experience' means experience acceptable to the Council as an
employee of a professional accountant practising as a certified
public accountant or a public accountant or in the financial, cost
accountancy or statistical department of an organization in
industry, commerce or the public service or in a similar department.

PART X

AUDITORS

42. (1) The Society shall at each annual general meeting appoint an
auditor, who shall hold office until the next annual general meeting.

(2) The Council may fill any casual vacancy in the office of auditor.

43. (1) A person shall not be eligible for appointment under by-law
42 as auditor unless he is a professional accountant holding a practising
certificate.

(2) The following persons shall not be qualified for appointment as
auditor

(a) a member of the Council; and

(b) a partner of a member of the Council.

(3) The remuneration of the auditor shall be fixed by the Society at
a general meeting.

44. The auditor shall be eligible for reappointment and shall
be deemed to have been nominated for reappointment unless he
informs the Council 1 in writing, not less than 14 days before the
annual general meeting, that he does not wish to be so nominated.

45. (1) A person, other than a retiring auditor, shall not be capable
of being appointed auditor at an annual general meeting





unless notice of intention to nominate him for appointment as auditor
has been received by the Registrar not less than 14 days before the
annual general meeting.

(2) Every such notice shall be signed by 2 or more professional
accountants and shall be accompanied by notice in writing from the
person who is nominated that he is willing to be appointed as auditor.

(3) The Registrar shall send a copy of such a notice to the retiring
auditor.

(4) Notice of the names of all persons nominated for appointment,
or deemed to have been nominated for reappointment, shall be sent to
all professional accountants not less than 10 days before the annual
general meeting.

46. (1) The Society may, at a general meeting, by resolution passed
by not less than two-thirds of the voting members voting thereon,
remove the auditor from office and may, by resolution passed at the
same meeting by a majority of the voting members voting thereon,
appoint in his place another auditor.

(2) If no such appointment is made, the Council may appoint
another auditor in his place.

PART XI

INDEMNIFICATION

47. A member of the Council (which expression in this bylaw and by-
law 48 includes a member of a committee or subcommittee of the
Council), an officer employed by the Council and the auditor shall each
be indemnified by the Society against any liability incurred by him in
consequence of the performance of his duty as such, unless the same is
caused by his wilful default, or, in the case of an auditor, his negligence
or wilful default or that of his partner or employee.

48. A member of the Council, an officer employed by the Council
and the auditor shall be liable only if liability arises from his own wilful
default or, in the case of an auditor, from his own negligence or wilful
default or that of his partner or employee.
L.N. 266/72. L.N. 137/77. Citation. Nominations of members of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 4.) L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Ballot for elected members of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 6.) L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Meetings of Council. Quorum of Council. L.N. 137/77. Notice of meetings of Council. Chairman of meetings of Council. Voting at meetings of Council. Adjournment of meetings of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 16.) Minutes of meetings of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 17.) Custody and use of the common seal of the Society. Manner of election of President and Vice-President. General meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 31.) Notice of meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 32.) Resolution. Quorum of general meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 35.) Chairman of general meetings of the Society. Procedure at meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 36.) Interpretation. Appointment and functions of registration committee. L.N. 137/77. Meetings of registration committee. L.N. 137/77. Associates and Fellows. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Interpretation. Certified public accountants and public accountants. Appointment and functions of practising committee. L.N. 137/77. Meetings of practising committee. L.N. 137/77. Professional accountants not to practise with or employ certain persons. Restrictions on name in which practice may be carried on. Meaning of registered student. Consent to registration. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Registration. L.N. 137/77. Register. L.N. 137/77. Disciplinary provisions. (Cap. 200.) Powers of Disciplinary Committee. Appeal to Council. Power of Council to make rules. Restriction on taking examinations. L.N. 137/77. Removal from register. Establishment of Examinations Board. Restriction on registration as a professional accountant. L.N. 137/77. Appointment of auditor. Qualification etc. Retirement of auditor. Nomination of auditors. Removal of auditor. Indemnification of members of the Council and others. Members of Council and others not to be liable for losses.

Abstract

L.N. 266/72. L.N. 137/77. Citation. Nominations of members of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 4.) L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Ballot for elected members of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 6.) L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Meetings of Council. Quorum of Council. L.N. 137/77. Notice of meetings of Council. Chairman of meetings of Council. Voting at meetings of Council. Adjournment of meetings of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 16.) Minutes of meetings of Council. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 17.) Custody and use of the common seal of the Society. Manner of election of President and Vice-President. General meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 31.) Notice of meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 32.) Resolution. Quorum of general meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 35.) Chairman of general meetings of the Society. Procedure at meetings of Society. (cf. S. Rhodesia by-law 36.) Interpretation. Appointment and functions of registration committee. L.N. 137/77. Meetings of registration committee. L.N. 137/77. Associates and Fellows. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Interpretation. Certified public accountants and public accountants. Appointment and functions of practising committee. L.N. 137/77. Meetings of practising committee. L.N. 137/77. Professional accountants not to practise with or employ certain persons. Restrictions on name in which practice may be carried on. Meaning of registered student. Consent to registration. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. L.N. 137/77. Registration. L.N. 137/77. Register. L.N. 137/77. Disciplinary provisions. (Cap. 200.) Powers of Disciplinary Committee. Appeal to Council. Power of Council to make rules. Restriction on taking examinations. L.N. 137/77. Removal from register. Establishment of Examinations Board. Restriction on registration as a professional accountant. L.N. 137/77. Appointment of auditor. Qualification etc. Retirement of auditor. Nomination of auditors. Removal of auditor. Indemnification of members of the Council and others. Members of Council and others not to be liable for losses.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2304

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

50

Number of Pages

17
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:36 +0800
<![CDATA[PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2303

Title

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 50





CHAPTER 50

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

2. Interpretation........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART II

THE HONG KONG SOCIETY OF ACCOUNTANTS

3. Incorporation of Society ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

4. Appointment of President and Vice-President ... ... ... ... ... 4

5. Office of Society ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

6. Official seal and authentication thereof, and instruments executed thereunder 5
7. Objects of the Society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
8. Power of Society to make by-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
9. General meetings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART III

THE COUNCIL OF THE SOCIETY
10. Establishment and composition of the Council. . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
11. Filling vacancies in Council ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
12. Compulsory retirement of elected members ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
13. Procedure for election of professional accountants as elected members ... ... ... 8
14. Governor may appoint a professional accountant to Council if Council fails to

fill a vacancy ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

15. Vacation of office by Council members ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

16. Accounts .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

17. General powers of Council ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
is. Particular powers of Council ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
19. Council may accept grants, gifts, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
20. Reimbursement of expenses of Council members ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

PART IV

REGISTRATION OF PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS
21. Appointment of Registrar and notification to Registrar General ... ... ... ... 12
22. Register of professional accountants ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
23. Certificate of registration ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 12
24. Qualifications for registration as professional accountant ... ... ... ... ... 12
25. Application for registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...





Section...................................... Page

26. Acceptance or refusal of registration ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

27. Removal from register of certain persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

28. Expiry of registration and renewal ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

28A Registration of firms .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

28B.....................Application for registration of a firm ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

BASIC................................Provisions of sections 22, 23, 26. 27, 28, 39 41 to apply to firms ... ... ... 15

29. Requirements to practise as certified public accountant or public accountant 15

29A...........................Requirements for issue of a practising certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

29B......................................Additional requirements for issue of practising certificates in certain cases ... 16

30. Practising certificates ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

31. Registered office ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

32. Publication of list of professional accountants holding practising certificates and

list of firms and evidence of same ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

PART V

DISCIPLINARY PROCEEDINGS

33................Disciplinary Committee ...... 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18
33A...............Power of Council to make rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18
34................Disciplinary provisions ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

35...........................Disciplinary powers of Disciplinary Committee ... ... ... ... ... 19

36. Powers of Disciplinary Committee with regard to obtaining evidence and the

conduct of proceedings ................... ... . ... ... ... ... 20

37.........................Conduct of inquiry and legal representation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

38................................Provisions relating to orders of the Disciplinary Committee ... ... ... ... 20
39................................Restoration of name of professional accountant to register ... ... ...

40. Restriction on removal of name of professional accountant from register ... ... 21

41.......Appeals .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

PART VI

OFFENCES

42..............Offences and penalties ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

43.......................Construction of references to auditors .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... ...
23

44. Ordinance not to apply to public officers in connexion with their duties ... ... 23






45. Fees and expenses 23

46. Fees payable to Registrar General ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

47. Amendment of Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

48. Omission to give notice of meetings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

49. Resignation from the Society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

Schedule. Approved institutes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24





CHAPTER 50

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS

To establish the Hong Kong Society 1. of Accountants and to provide
for
the registration and control of the accountancy accountancy
profession and
'for matters ancillary to or connected with the purposes aforesaid.

[1 January 1973.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Professional Accountants
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'approved institute' means an institute, society. association or other
body specified in the Schedule;

,,certified public accountant' means a professional accountant
registered as such by virtue of section 24(1) and holding a
practising certificate;

'Council' means the Council of the Society established under section
10;

'Disciplinary Committee' means the Disciplinary Committee appointed
under section 33;

'elected member' means a member of the Council elected under section
10(2)(c);

'practising certificate' means a current practising certificate issued
under section 30;

'President' means the President of the Society elected under section 4
and any person acting as President;

'professional accountant' means a person who is registered as a
professional accountant under section 22;

'public accountant' means a professional accountant registered as
such by virtue of section 24(2) and holding a practising certificate;

'register' means the register of professional accountants kept under
section 22;

'registered address' means any address of a professional accountant
which is entered in the register under section 22(2);

'registered office' means the registered office referred to in section 31;

'Registrar' means the Registrar appointed under section 21;

'Registrar General' means the Registrar General appointed under the
Registrar General (Establishment) Ordinance;





'Society- means the Hong Kong Society of Accountants incorporated
by section 3;

'Vice-President' means the Vice-President of the Society elected
under section 4 and any person acting as Vice-President.

PART II

THE HONG KONG SOCIETY OF ACCOUNTANTS

3. The persons registered as professional accountants under
section 22 shall

(a) be a body corporate with perpetual succession;

(b) be known as the Hong Kong Society of Accountants; and

(e)in that name be capable of suing and being sued and, subject
to this Ordinance, of doing and suffering all such other acts as
a body corporate may lawfully do and suffer.

4. (1) There shall be a President and a Vice-President of the Society,
who shall be elected by the Council from the elected members.

(2) The President and the Vice-President shall, unless they-

(a)resign their offices by notice in writing delivered to the
Registrar; or

(b)are deemed by virtue of section 15 to have vacated their
offices as members of the Council,

hold office from the date of their election until the conclusion of the
annual general meeting next occurring. (Replaced, 22 of 1977, s. 2)

(3) If a casual vacancy occurs in the office of President, the Vice-
President shall act as President.

(4) If a casual vacancy occurs in the office of Vice-President, the
Council may elect an elected member to fill the vacancy.

(5) For the purposes of this section and section 11, a casual
vacancy shall be deemed to occur when a person is temporarily absent
from Hong Kong or is temporarily unable to attend to the business of
the Council.

(6) Notwithstanding subsection (1), if only one elected member is
proposed for election to fill a vacancy in the office of President or Vice-
President, such elected member shall. without taking a vote upon the
proposal, be deemed to have been elected at the conclusion of the
meeting of the Council at which the vacancy is to be filled.

5. The Society shall maintain an office the address of which shall
be notified to the Registrar General.





6. (1) The Society shall have and may use a common seal, the
affixing of which shall be authenticated by the signature of the
Registrar.

(2) Any instrument purporting to be executed under the seal of the
Society shall be received in evidence and shall, unless the contrary is
proved, be deemed to be an instrument so executed.

7. The objects of the Society shall be-

(a) to maintain a register of professional accountants;

(b) to regulate the practice of the accountancy profession;

(e)to conduct examinations and act in such other manner as may
be necessary to ascertain whether persons are qualified to be
admitted to the register;

(d)to encourage the study of accountancy by accountants and
students, and to give certificates, bursaries, scholarships and
rewards on such terms and conditions as may be specified
from time to time;

(e)to maintain a library and reading rooms for the use of
accountants and students;

to establish and assist in establishing and supporting
associations, funds, trusts and schemes intended to benefit
accountants or their dependents, and to grant pensions and
allowances to any accountant or his dependents.

(g)to represent the views of the profession and to preserve and
maintain its integrity and status;

(h)to discourage dishonourable conduct and practices by
professional accountants, and for this purpose to hold
inquiries into the conduct of professional accountants;

(i)to provide for the settlement of disputes between professional
accountants;

(j)to take such action as the Society considers necessary in any
matter affecting the professional interests of professional
accountants;

(k)to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to
the attainment of the above objects.

8. (1) The Society may, subject to the approval of the Governor in
Council, make by-laws

(a)regulating the practice of accountancy by professional
accountants in Hong Kong;

(b) [Deleted, 22 of 1977, s. 31

(c) regulating meetings of the Society and the Council;

(d) governing the registration, training and education of stud-

ents;(Amended, 22 of 1977, s. 3)





(e) governing the discipline of students;

empowering the Council to make rules prescribing
examinations of the Society, the fees payable therefor and all
matters incidental to the holding thereof including exemptions
or concessions which may be granted in respect of the
examinations; (Amended, 22 of 1977, s. 3)

(g)regulating the conditions on which examiners shall be
engaged;

(h) regulating the appointment of an auditor;

(i)providing for the use and custody of the common seal of the
Society;

(j)providing for the custody, investment and expenditure of the
funds and the management of property of the Society;

(k) [Deleted, 14 of 1985, s. 2]

(1)specifying the designations for professional accountants and
the initials by which professional accountants may be known;

(m) [Deleted, 22 of 1977, s. 31

(n)regulating the nomination and election of elected members of
the Council;

(o)conferring on members of the Council and employees and
auditors of the Society a right of indemnity against the Society
for actions brought against them for things done by them in
the execution of the Ordinance;

(p)prescribing anything which is to be or may be prescribed by
the Ordinance;

(q)generally for the better carrying into effect of the purposes of
this Ordinance and for the furtherance of the objects of the
Society.

(2) A copy of any by-laws made by the Society shall, as soon as
practicable after the making thereof, be duly certified by the President
and transmitted by him for the approval of the Governor in Council.
(Amended, L.N. 137181)

(3) A by-law under subsection (1) may be made only by a majority
of two-thirds of the professional accountants present and voting at a
general meeting of the Society convened for the purpose of making the
by-laws. Notice of such meeting and of the by-laws to be proposed
thereat shall be sent by post to every professional accountant at his
registered address not less than 21 days before the date fixed for the
meeting, but the non-receipt of such a notice by any professional
accountant shall not invalidate the proceedings thereat. (Amended, 22
of 1977, s. 3)

(4) Until the first general meeting of the Society, the Governor may
make by-laws for the Society in respect of any of the matters specified in
subsection (1).





9. (1) The first annual general meeting of the Society shall be
held within 9 months after the commencement of this Ordinance.

(2) An annual general meeting of the Society shall be held not less
than once in every calendar year, and not more than 15 months after the
holding of the last preceding annual general meeting.

(3) General meetings of the Society, other than the annual general
meeting, shall be held as required by the by-laws.

(4) Any professional accountant may, at any meeting of the
Society, move any resolution which is not inconsistent with the
purposes and provisions of this Ordinance but may not move a
resolution in respect of any act done in pursuance of the powers
conferred by section 26, 27, 30, 34, 35, 36 or 39.

PART 111

THE COUNCIL OF THE SOCIETY

10. (1) There is hereby established the Council of the Hong Kong
Society of Accountants.

(2) The Council shall, subject to subsection (3), consist of the
following 14 members

(a)the Financial Secretary, or a person appointed by him as his
representative;

(b)the Director of Accounting Services, or a person appointed by
him as his representative; and (Amended, L.N. 1617 7)

(c)12 professional accountants (not being persons entitled to be
registered only under section 24(2) elected at an annual
general meeting of the Society, of whom at the time of election

(i) not less than 5 shall be holders of practising certificates;

(ii) not less than 5 shall be neither holders of practising
certificates nor employed by holders of practising certificates.
(Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 3)

(3) In addition to the members specified in subsection (2), the
Governor may appoint not more than 2 members, each of whom shall be
a representative of a university or other educational institution which
provides courses of instruction in accountancy.

11. (1) If a casual vacancy occurs under section 4(3) or (4), or a
vacancy is deemed to arise under section 15, the Council may appoint a
professional accountant of the class referred to in subparagraph (i) or
(ii) of section 10(2)(c), as the vacancy may require.

(2) A professional accountant appointed under subsection (1) to
fill





(a)a casual vacancy under section 4(3) or (4) shall hold office for
so long as the member in whose place he is appointed would
have held office or until the member resumes his office on the
Council, whichever is the earlier; or

(b)a vacancy under section 15 shall hold office for so long as the
member in whose place he is appointed would have held
office.

12. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and section 13(2), immediately
before the conclusion of each annual general meeting of the Society, the
6 elected members who have been longest in office since their last
election shall retire from office.

(2) Subject to section 13(2), immediately before the conclusion of
the first 2 annual general meetings of the Society after the
commencement* of the Professional Accountants (Amendment)
Ordinance 1985

(a)in the case of the first such annual general meeting, 5 elected
members who have been longest in office since their last
election shall retire from office; and

(b)in the case of the second such annual general meeting, 5
elected members who have been longest in office since their
last election, and 1 elected member from among the remaining 7
elected members who shall be selected by lot, shall retire from
office.

(3) Every elected member who retires from office in accordance with
this section shall be eligible for re-election.

(Replaced, 14 of 1985, s. 4)

13. (1) If the number of professional accountants nominated as
candidates for election to the Council at an annual general meeting of
the Society

(a)does not exceed the number of vacancies for elected members,
the candidates shall be deemed to have been elected to the
Council with effect from immediately before the conclusion of
the annual general meeting at which the vacancies are to be
filled;

(b)exceeds the number of vacancies for elected members, the
election shall be determined by ballot, and the candidates so
elected shall hold office as elected members with effect from
immediately before the conclusion of the annual general
meeting; or

(c)is less than the number of vacancies in respect of elected
members, the Governor may appoint a professional accountant
to fill any vacancy among the elected members of the Council
remaining unfilled at the conclusion of the annual general
meeting.





(2) A professional accountant appointed by the Governor under
subsection (1)(c) shall hold office until the next annual general meeting.

14. If a vacancy is not filled by the Council within 30 days by
appointment under section 11(1), the Governor may appoint a
professional accountant of the class referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or
(ii) of section 10(2)(c) to fill the vacancy, as the vacancy may require.

15. An elected member shall be deemed to have vacated his office
as a member of the Council if

(a)he resigns his office, by notice in writing delivered to the
Registrar;

(b)he is absent without permission of the President from 3
consecutive meetings of the Council of which he has had
notice to attend, and the Council resolves that his office shall
be vacant;

(c)he becomes bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition
with his creditors;

(d) he ceases to be ordinarily resident in Hong Kong;

(e)his name is removed from the register under section 27(1)(b),
(c) or (d) or section 35(1)(a); or

he ceases to belong to the class of which he was a member
under sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of section 10(2)(c):

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply if the
remaining number of elected members of that class is not less
than 5.

(Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 5)

16. (1) The Council shall maintain proper accounts of all
transactions of the Society and shall prepare for every financial year a
statement of the accounts of the Society, containing an income and
expenditure account and a balance sheet, both of which shall be signed
by the President.

(2) The Society in general meeting shall appoint an auditor who
shall be entitled at any time to have access to all books of account,
vouchers and other financial records of the Society and to require such
information and explanations thereon as he thinks fit.

(3) The auditor shall audit the statements drawn up under
subsection (1) as soon as possible and shall make a report thereon to
the Council.

(4) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts,
together with the auditor's report made under subsection (3), shall be





(a)sent to each professional accountant with the notice of the
annual general meeting; and

(b)submitted for approval to the annual general meeting of the
Society next following the end of the financial year to which
they relate.

(5) The auditor shall be entitled to attend the annual general
meeting of the Society at which the statement of accounts which have
been reported on by him are to be submitted for approval and to make
any statement or explanation he desires with respect to the accounts.

(6) The Council shall determine the period, which may be more or
less than 12 months, in respect of which the accounts of the Society
shall be made up.

(7) In this section 'financial year' means the period determined by
the Council under subsection (6) as the period in respect of which the
accounts of the Society shall be made up.

17. (1) The management and control of the Society and of its
property shall be vested in the Council and all such powers, acts or
things as may be exercised or done by the Society which are not
required by this Ordinance, or by a resolution passed by the Society in
general meeting, to be exercised or done by the Society may be exercised
or done by the Council.

(2) No such resolution of the Society shall invalidate the exercise of
any power or the doing of any act or thing by the Council before the
date of the resolution.

(3) Subject to this Ordinance, the Council may regulate its own
procedure and that of any committee appointed under section 18(1)(m)
relating to

(a) the holding of meetings;

(b) the notice to be given of such meetings;

(c) the proceedings at such meetings;

(d) the keeping of minutes at such meetings; and

(e) the custody, production and inspection of such minutes.

18. (1) Without derogating from the generality of the powers
conferred by section 17(1), the Council may

(a) do anything necessary for the better carrying out of the 1
objects of the Society;

(aa) fix registration and other fees; (Added, 22 of 1977, s. 4)

(b) appoint such employees and agents as it deems necessary;

(c) appoint the bankers of the Society;





(d)purchase, take on lease or in exchange, hire or otherwise
acquire any movable or immovable property, and erect any
buildings;

(e)sell, lease, mortgage, dispose of or otherwise deal with any
movable or immovable property of the Society;

invest moneys of the Society;

(g) borrow moneys upon security or otherwise;

(h)exchange information with similar bodies and with members of
the profession in other countries and arrange with such
bodies for the reciprocal recognition of accountants;

(i)establish and maintain branches of the Society in Hong Kong
and overseas and delegate the powers, duties and functions
of the Society to such branches;

(j)institute, conduct, defend, compound or abandon any legal
proceedings by or against the Society or its officers or
otherwise concerning the affairs of the Society and compound
or allow time for payment or satisfaction of any debts due or
of any claims or demands made by or against the Society;

(k)refer any claim or demand by or against the Society to
arbitration and comply with any award made as a result of
such arbitration;

(1)make and give receipts, releases and other discharges for
moneys payable to and for claims and demands of the
Society;

(m)appoint committees to assist or advise the Council in the
exercise of its powers and delegate to such committees such
of its powers as it may from time to time determine; and

(n)publish periodicals, booklets or other written material, and
produce or sponsor the production of documentary films or
other audio-visual material, and distribute the same by sale,
loan, hire or otherwise, with or without charge, as the Council
thinks fit.

(2) A committee appointed under subsection (1)(m) may, subject to
the by-laws of the Society, include persons who are not professional
accountants.

19. (1) The Council may, on behalf of the Society, accept property,
by way of grant, gift, testamentary disposition or otherwise, on such
conditions as it may determine.

(2) A list shall be kept by the Registrar of all donations to the
Society and the name of the donor and any special conditions attached
to the donation shall be entered in the list.

(3) Property donated to the Society for a specific purpose shall be
applied for that purpose.





20. No fees shall be paid to any member of the Council for his
services as a member, but a member may be repaid from the funds of the
Society any expenses incurred by him in relation to the affairs of the
Society.

PART IV

REGISTRATION OF PROFESSIONAL
ACCOUNTANTS

21. (1) The Council shall appoint, on such terms and conditions as
it thinks fit, a Registrar.

(2) The Registrar shall be the secretary to the Society and to the
Council and shall, on the instruction of the President, convene any
meeting of the Society or of the Council.

(3) The Council shall register the appointment of the Registrar with
the Registrar General.

22. (1) The Registrar shall maintain a register of professional
accountants, in such form as may be specified by the Council, and shall
be responsible for the custody thereof.

(2) Upon the making of an order for the registration of an applicant
under section 26(1), the Registrar shall enter in the register the following
particulars of the person to be registered

(a) his name,

(b)his residential address and any business address or, if he
holds a practising certificate, his residential address and his
registered office;

(c) the qualification by virtue of which he is registered; and

(d) such other particulars as the Council may direct.

(3) The register shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection
at the office of the Society by any person without charge.

23. When a person has been registered under section 22, the
Registrar shall issue to him a certificate of registration in such form as
the Council may determine.

24. (1) A person shall be qualified to be registered under this
Ordinance as a professional accountant if he proves to the satisfaction
of the Council that

(a) he has attained the age of 21 years;

(b)he is of good character and is a fit and proper person to be a
professional accountant; and (Amended, 22 of 1977,s.5)

0

(c) (i) he is a member of an approved institute;

(ii) he is a member of an accountancy body accepted by the
Council by resolution approved by two-thirds of its members
as being of a standard similar to an approved institute; or





(iii) he has passed such examinations in accountancy and
other subjects, is conversant with local law and practice and
has complied with such requirements relating to practical
experience as may be prescribed. (Replaced, 22 of 1977, s. 5)

(2) A person who is not qualified to be registered under subsection
(1) shall be entitled to be registered under this subsection as a
professional accountant if, at the commencement of this Ordinance, his
name is entered in Part 1 or Part II of the authorized list kept under
section 131(3) of the Companies Ordinance.

25. (1) A person shall apply to the Council to be registered as a
professional accountant under this Ordinance, in such form as the
Council may specify, and shall lodge with his application such
registration fee as may be fixed by the Council.

(2) The applicant shall, if so directed by the Council, attend in
person before the Council.

26. (1) The Council may order that an application for registration be
approved or rejected.

(2) If the Council orders the rejection of an application under
subsection (1)

(a)the order of rejection, which shall state the reason for
rejection, shall be served forthwith by the Registrar upon the
applicant either personally or by registered post addressed to
the address shown in the application; and

(b)the registration fee lodged with the application for registration
shall be refunded to the applicant.

27. (1) The Council shall order the name of any professional
accountant to be removed from the register if he

(a) resigns;

(b) dies;

(c)has been registered by mistake or in consequence of any
misleading, false or fraudulent statement, declaration or
representation, either oral or in writing;

(d) has failed to renew his registration under section 28.

(2) The name of a professional accountant shall not be removed
from the register under subsection (1)(d) unless notice is sent by
registered post to his registered address requiring him to renew his
registration within 30 days from the date of the notice.

(3) The order of the Council to remove the name of any
professional accountant from the register under subsection (1)(c)
shall be served forthwith by t he Registrar upon the professional
accountant concerned either personally or by registered post
addressed to his registered address.





(4) The Registrar shall not remove the name of a professional
accountant from the register

(a)before the expiry of 30 days after the date of service of the
order under subsection (3); or

(b)in the case of an appeal under section 41, before a decision of
the Court of Appeal affirming the order.

(5) When the name of a professional accountant is removed from
the register, under subsection (1)(c), the Registrar shall, as soon as
practicable thereafter, cause to be published in the Gazette a notice to
that effect. (Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 6)

(6) If the name of a professional accountant is removed from the
register under this section or section 35

(a)the certificate of registration and the practising certificate, if
any, issued to the professional accountant shall be deemed to
be cancelled with effect from the date on which his name is so
removed; and

(b)no refund of the registration fee or any part thereof shall be
made.

28. (1) Registration of a person as a professional accountant shall

(a)remain in force until 1 January in the year following the year in
which he was so registered; and

(b) be renewable annually.

(2) An application for renewal of registration as a professional
accountant

(a)shall be made to the Registrar not later than 15 December in the
year preceding the year of renewal in such form as the Council
may specify; and (Amended, 22 of 1977, s. 6)

(b)shall not be granted except on payment of the registration fee
fixed by the Council.

28A. A firm of certified public accountants or public accountants
shall be qualified to be registered under this Ordinance if the Council is
satisfied that

(a)all partners of the firm are registered under section 22(2); and

(b)all partners of the firm who reside in Hong Kong hold valid
practising certificates.

(Added, 22 of 1977, s. 7)

28B. Application for registration of a firm of certified public
accountants or public accountants under this Ordinance shall be made
to the Council in such form as the Council may specify and





there shall be lodged with the application such registration fee as may
be fixed by the Council.

(Added, 22 of 1977, s. 7)

28C. The provisions of sections 22, 23, 26, 27(1)(c) and (d), (2), (3),
(4), (5) and (6), 28, 39 and 41(1)(a) and (b)(i) shall apply mutatis mutandis
in relation to the registration of a firm of certified public accountants or
public accountants as they apply in relation to the registration of a
professional accountant.

(Added, 22 of 1977, s. 7)

29. (1) No person shall practise as a certified public accountant or
public accountant unless he is registered as a professional accountant
and holds a practising certificate.

(2) No person other than a professional accountant holding a
practising certificate shall hold any appointment or render any services,
whether unpaid or otherwise

(a)as an auditor of a company within the meaning of the
Companies Ordinance; or

(b)as an auditor of accounts for the purpose of any other
Ordinance.

(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall prevent-

(a) a person from-

(i) practising publicly and describing himself as an
accountant, secretary, book-keeper, tax-agent, taxconsultant
or cost-consultant; or

(ii) describing himself by any other designation, initials or
characters not conveying the impression that he is entitled to
practise as a certified public accountant or public accountant;
or

(iii) acting as an auditor of a registered trade union with the
approval of the Registrar of Trade Unions; or

(b)a member of a club, institution or association, which is not
carried on with a view to profit, from acting as auditor of the
club, institution or association; or

(c)the Council, upon application, from exempting any person
from the provisions of subsection (2)(b).

29A. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and section 29B. a practising
certificate shall not be issued to a professional accountant unless the
Council is satisfied that he

(a)has, after becoming a member of an approved institute or of
any other accountancy body accepted by the Council under
section 24(1)(c)(ii), or after registration as a professional
accountant, had not less than a total of 30 months full time
approved accounting experience in the office of





(i) a professional accountant holding a practising
certificate issued under this Ordinance;

(ii) a person practising public accountancy under the
jurisdiction of an approved institute specified in Part A of the
Schedule; or

(iii) a member of an accountancy body accepted by the
Council under section 24(1)(c)(ii); or

(b)has had a period of not less than 4 years full time approved
accounting experience in an office referred to in subparagraph
(i), (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (a) or any combination thereof.

(2) A practising certificate shall not be issued to an applicant
unless he satisfies the Council that he

(a) is ordinarily resident in Hong Kong; and

(b)possesses such local experience and knowledge of local law
and practice as the Council may consider necessary.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)(b) the Council may require
an applicant to sit such examinations as it may prescribe which shall
include an examination in local law and taxation, and may require an
applicant to have had not less than 1 year full time approved accounting
experience in Hong Kong.

(4) If the Council considers that an applicant has acquired
substantial experience in accountancy, either in Hong Kong or
elsewhere over a considerable period of time the Council may dispense
with the requirements of subsection (2).

(5) For the purposes of this section-

(a)'approved accounting experience' means such professional
accountancy experience as the Council may approve from time
to time as sufficient practical experience; and

(b)a person shall be treated as ordinarily resident if he has been
present in Hong Kong for not less than 180 days in the
preceding 12 months.

(Added, 22 of 1977, s. 8. Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 7)

29B. A practising certificate shall not be issued to an applicant who
is registered as a professional accountant under section 24 by virtue of
membership of an approved institute specified in Part B of the Schedule
unless, in addition to complying with the requirements of section 29A,
he passes such examinations of the Society in such subjects as may
from time to time be determined by the Council.

(Added, 22 of 1977, s. 8)

30. (1) A professional accountant may apply to the Registrar in the
month of November in any year, for a practising certificate, in the form
specified by the Council.

(2) If the Council is satisfied that the applicant has complied with
the requirements of section 29A and, where appropriate,





section 29B and intends to practise as a certified public accountant or
public accountant, the Registrar shall, on payment of the fee fixed by the
Council, issue to the professional accountant a practising certificate in
the form specified by the Council for the period of one calendar year
from 1 January next following the date of the application. (Amended, 22 of
1977, s. 9)

(3) The Council may permit the application for a practising
certificate to be made under subsection (1) at any time and upon such
application the Registrar may issue to the applicant a practising
certificate for any period not exceeding one calendar year and ending on
31 December in any year.

(4) Notwithstanding subsection (2), a person whose name was at
the commencement of this Ordinance entered in the authorized list of
auditors kept under section 131(3) of the Companies Ordinance shall be
entitled to be issued with a practising certificate.

(5) If the Council refuses an application under subsection (1), the
Registrar shall forthwith inform the applicant by notice in writing, served
either personally or by registered post, of the decision of the Council
and of the reasons for refusing to issue the practising certificate.

(6) If a professional accountant fails to commence practice within 6
months from the date of issue of the practising certificate the Council
may cancel the practising certificate. (A Added 22 Qf 1977,s.9)

31. (1) Every professional accountant who practises as a certified
public accountant or public accountant shall have a registered office in
Hong Kong to which all communications and notices may be addressed.

(2) The address of the registered office shall be given in the
application for a practising certificate.

(3) Any change in such address shall be notified to the Registrar
within 14 days thereof and shall be entered in the register by the
Registrar.

(4) Any professional accountant who practises as a certified public
accountant or public accountant in contravention of this section shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000. (Amended, 22 of 1977, s. 10)

32. (1) As soon as practicable after 1 January in every year, the
Registrar shall cause to be published in the Gazette

(a)a list of professional accountants holding practising
certificates for the period specified in such list and the
addresses of their registered offices; and

(b)a list of firms of certified public accountants and public
accountants registered under the Ordinance and the addresses
of their registered offices. (Replaced, 22 of 1977,s. 11)





(2) As soon as practicable after 1 July in every year, the Registrar
shall cause to be published in the Gazette a list of amendments to the
lists referred to in subsection (1). (Amended, 22 of 1977, s. 11)

(3) The list of professional accountants published under
subsection (])(a), and any amendments thereto under subsection (2),
shall be evidence that any person whose name appears therein is a
professional accountant holding a practising certificate for the period
specified therein. (Amended, 22 of 1977, s. 11)

(4) A certificate purporting to be signed by the Registrar that the
name of a person has or has not been entered in or has been removed
from the register, or that a person registered holds or does not hold a
practising certificate, shall be evidence of the facts stated therein.

PART V

DISCIPLINARY
PROCEEDINGS

33. The Council shall-

(a)appoint from among professional accountants a Disciplinary
Committee which shall consist of 5 members, of whom not less
than 3 shall be elected members and not less than 3 shall be
holders of practising certificates; and (Replaced, 14 qf 1985, s.
8)

(b)designate one of the members of the Disciplinary CornmIttee to
be chairman of the Committee.

33A. The Council may make rules providing for the conduct of
inquiries by the Disciplinary Committee and for other matters relating to
such inquiries, including a re-hearing in specified circumstances.

(Added, 14 of 1985, s. 9)

34. (1) A complaint that a professional accountant-

(a)has been convicted of any offence under Part V (Perjury) of the
Crimes Ordinance;

(b)has been convicted in Hong Kong or elsewhere of any offence
involving dishonesty;

(c) has whether or not as a professional accountant-

(i) falsified or caused to be falsified any document;

(ii) made any statement which is material and which he
knows to be false or does not believe to be true, in respect of
any document;

(d) has been negligent in the conduct of his profession;

(e) has been guilty of professional misconduct;





has wilfully refused or neglected to comply with the
provisions of any by-law made or any direction lawfully given
by the Council;

(g)has been guilty of dishonourable conduct as a professional
accountant,

shall be made to the Registrar who shall submit the complaint to the
Council which may, in its discretion, refer the complaint to the
Disciplinary Committee.

(1A) Where the Registrar has reason to believe that subsection
(1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) applies to a professional accountant,
he shall submit the facts to the Council which may, in its discretion, refer
the complaint to the Disciplinary Committee. (Added, 22 of 1977, s. 12.
Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 10)

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)(g), 'dishonourable conduct
means an act or omission of a professional accountant which would he
reasonably regarded as dishonourable by accountants of good repute
and competency.

35. (1) If, after due inquiry, the Disciplinary Committee is satisfied
that a complaint referred to it under section 34 is proved, the
Disciplinary Committee may, in its discretion

(a)order the name of the professional accountant to be removed
from the register, either permanently or for such period as it
may think fit;

(b) order the professional accountant to be reprimanded; or

(c)postpone judgment on the case for a period or periods, in the
aggregate, not exceeding 2 years,

and may in any case make such order as the Disciplinary Committee
thinks fit with regard to the payment of the costs of the Society and of
any complainant and of the professional accountant, and any costs
awarded may be recovered as a civil debt.

(1A) Where any rules made under section 33A provide for a re-
hearing by the Disciplinary Committee of a complaint referred to it under
section 34, any order or decision made under subsection (1) shall, if the
Disciplinary Committee re-hears the complaint, cease to have effect and
subsection (1) shall apply to such re-hearing as if it were the original
hearing. (Added, 14 of 1985, s. 11)

(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to require the
Disciplinary Committee to inquire into the question whether a
professional accountant was properly convicted but the Committee may
consider the record of a case in which such conviction was recorded
and such other evidence as may show the nature and gravity of the
offence.

(3) The Disciplinary Committee shall cause a copy of any order
made under subsection (1)(a), or of any such order as varied on appeal
by the Court of Appeal, as the case may be, to be





published in the Gazette together with a summary of the nature of
the complaint to which the order relates:

Provided that no order shall be so published before the expiry
of 30 days after the date of service of the order on the professional
accountant under section 38(1) or, in the case of an appeal under
section 41, before the decision of the Court of Appeal on such
appeal.

36. (1) For the purposes of an inquiry under section 35 the
Disciplinary Committee shall have the following powers-

(a) to take evidence on oath;

(b)to summon any person to attend the inquiry to give
evidence or produce any document or other thing in his
possession and to examine him as a witness;

(c)to admit or exclude the public or any member of the public
from the inquiry;

(d)to award to a witness such expenses as, in the opinion of
the Disciplinary Committee, he has incurred by reason of
his attendance.

(2) A summons to a witness shall be in the prescribed form
and shall be signed by the chairman of the Disciplinary Committee.

37. (1) At the hearing of a complaint-

(a) the complainant, or his solicitor or counsel; or

(b) the Registrar; or

(c)if the Council so directs, the solicitor or counsel for the
Registrar,

shall present the case against the accountant whose conduct is the
subject of an inquiry under section 35.

(2) A professional accountant whose conduct is the subject of
such an inquiry shall be entitled to be represented by counsel or a
solicitor throughout the inquiry.

38. (1) The Registrar shall cause a copy of any order made
under paragraph (a) or (b) of section 35(1) to be served forthwith
upon the professional accountant concerned, either personally or by
registered post addressed to his registered address.

(2) The Registrar shall not remove the name of a professional
accountant from the register by virtue of an order made under
subsection (1)(a) of section 35 or record a reprimand in the register
by virtue of an order made under subsection (1)(b) of that section
before the expiry of 30 days after the date of service of the order on
the accountant or in the case of an appeal under section 41 before
the decision of the Court of Appeal on such appeal.





39. (1) A person whose name has been removed from the
register under the provisions of this Ordinance may apply to the
Council for the restoration of his name to the register.

(2) The Council may, after making such inquiry as it may
consider necessary, reject an application under subsection (1) or
allow it, subject to such conditions if any as it may think fit to
impose.

(3) The Council shall, if it allows an application under subsec-
tion (1), order the Registrar to restore the name of the applicant to
the register and thereupon the Registrar shall restore the name
accordingly.

40. The name of a professional accountant shall not be
removed from the register by reason of any conviction involving
dishonesty if prior to the date of his registration the Council was
aware of the conviction.

41. (1) An appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal by-

(a)any person whose application for registration has been
rejected by an order under section 26(1);

(b) a professional accountant-
(i) whose name the Council has ordered under para-
graph (e) or (d) of section 27(1) to be removed from the
register;
(ii) whose application under section 30 for a practising
certificate is refused; or
(iii) who is aggrieved by an order made in respect of
him under paragraph (a) or (b) of section 35(1),

and the Court of Appeal may confirm, vary or reverse the order or
decision appealed against.

(2) The decision of the Court of Appeal upon such appeal
shall be final.

(3) The practice and procedure in relation to any such appeal
shall be in accordance with rules of court made under the Supreme
Court Ordinance:

Provided that the Court of Appeal shall not hear any such
appeal unless notice of the appeal has been given by the appellant
within 30 days after service upon him of-

(a) a copy of an order under section 26(1);

(b)a copy of an order under paragraph (c) or (d) of section
27(1); (Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 12)

(c) a copy of a decision under section 30; or

(d) a copy of an order under paragraph (a) or (b) of section 35(1).





PART VI

OFFENCES

42. (1) Subject to this section, any person who-

(a)being summoned to attend as a witness or to produce a
document or other thing under section 36(1)(b), refuses or
fails to do so or to answer any question put to him by the
Disciplinary Committee; (Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 13)

(b)fraudulently procures himself or any other person to be
registered by means of any misleading, false or fraudulent
representation or statement, either oral or in writing;

(c)makes or causes to be made any falsification in the register or
in any matter relating to the register;

(d)personates or represents himself as being the person referred
to in any certificate or document presented to the Council or
the Disciplinary Committee;

(e)falsely pretends to be qualified to practise as a certified public
accountant or public accountant;

(f)falsely takes or uses any name, initials, title, addition or
description implying that he is qualified to be registered as a
professional accountant or to practise as a certified public
accountant or public accountant;

(g)not being a professional accountant, either directly or
indirectly, practises as a certified public accountant or public
accountant;

(h)not being a professional accountant, knowingly permits the
use of or uses in connexion with his business, trade, calling or
profession the description 'professional accountan- or the
characters or any written words, initials or abbreviations of
words intended to cause, or which may reasonably cause, any
person to believe that the person using the same is a
professional accountant;

(i)not being a professional accountant holding a practising
certificate

(i) advertises, publishes or represents himself as qualified to
practise as a certified public accountant or public accountant
or knowingly permits himself to be so advertised, published or
represented; or

(ii) takes or uses in conjunction with his name, or any
name which he may have assumed or by which he may
describe himself, the description 'certified public account-
ant' or 'public accountant- or uses after or in conjunction
with his name the initials 'C.P.A.' or 'P.A.' or the
characters 0 or or
knowingly permits the use of or uses such description,
initials or characters in connexion with his business, trade,

calling or profession,(Amended, 14 of 1985, s. 13)





shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
520,000 and to imprisonment for 12 months. (Amended, 22 of 1977,s. 13)

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply in relation to the use by any
member of an overseas body or institute of accountants, not being a
professional accountant, of any description or initials which he is
entitled to use under the constitution of that body or institute if by such
use he does not represent that he is a professional accountant or is
entitled to practise as a certified public accountant or public accountant.

(3) No person shall be required to answer any question or produce
any document or other thing which, in the opinion of the Disciplinary
Committee, may tend to incriminate him; and a witness shall, in respect
of any evidence given by him before the Disciplinary Committee, be
entitled to the same privileges to which he would be entitled if he were
giving evidence before a court.

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

43. Subject to paragraphs (a)(iii) and (c) of section 29(3), any
reference in any Ordinance to an auditor or an auditor whose name is in
the authorized list of auditors kept under section 131(3) of the
Companies Ordinance shall be construed as a reference to a professional
accountant holding a practising certificate.

44. This Ordinance shall not apply to the Director of Aduit or to
any other public officer in connexion with his duties as such.

45. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, no person shall be
entitled to recover any fees, remuneration or expenses for or in respect
of any appointment held or services rendered by him as a certified public
accountant or public accountant unless he is a professional accountant
holding a practising certificate.

46. There shall be. paid to the Registrar General for the registration
of any document required by this Ordinance to be registered or to be
delivered, sent or forwarded to the Registrar General such fees as the
Governor may prescribe by notice in the Gazette.

47. The Governor may by order published in the Gazette amend the
Schedule.

48. The omission to give notice of any meeting of the Council or
any general meeting of the Society, or the failure by a member of the
Council or a professional accountant to receive such a notice





shall not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting or any resolution
passed thereat.

49. (1) A professional accountant may, by notice in writing under
his hand, tender to the Council his resignation from the Society.

(2) The resignation shall take effect upon the deletion from the
register, with the approval of the Council, of the professional
accountant's name.

(3) The Council may refuse to accept the resignation of a
professional accountant if

(a)it has reason to believe that such accountant has been guilty
of conduct, or that circumstances exist, which could justify the
removal of his name from the register under section 35(1)(a);

(b)it is aware that a complaint concerning such accountant has
been preferred and is before the Council or the Disciplinary
Committee; or

(e) the professional accountant is indebted to the Society.

SCHEDULE [ss. 2, 29A, 29B 47.1

APPROVED INSTITUTES

PART A

The Association of Certified Accountants The Australian
Society of Accountants The Institute of Chartered
Accountants in Australia The Institute of Chartered
Accountants in England and Wales The Institute of Chartered
Accountants in Ireland The Institute of Chartered
Accountants in Scotland

PART B

The Institute of Cost and Management Accountants The
Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy.

Replaced 22 of 1977, s. 14)
Originally 68 of 1972. L.N. 16/77. 22 of 1977. L.N. 137/81. 14 of 1985. L.N. 267/72. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. (Cap. 100.) Incorporation of Society. Appointment of President and Vice-President. Office of Society. Official seal and authentication thereof, and instruments executed thereunder. Objects of the Society. Power of Society to make by-laws. General meetings. Establishment and composition of the Council. Filling vacancies in Council. Compulsory retirement of elected members. (14 of 1985.) [*19.4.1985.] Procedure for election of professional accountants as elected members. Governor may appoint a professional accountant to Council if Council fails to fill a vacancy. Vacation of office by Council members. Accounts. General powers of Council. Particular powers of Council. Council may accept grants, gifts, etc. Reimbursement of expenses of Council members. Appointment of Registrar and notification to Registrar General. Register of professional accountants. Certificate of registration. Qualifications for registration as professional accountant. (Cap. 32.) Application for registration. Acceptance or refusal of registration. Removal from register of certain persons. Expiry of registration and renewal. Registration of firms. Application for registration of a firm. Provisions of sections 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 39 & 41 to apply to firms. Requirements to practise as certified public accountant or public accountant. (Cap. 32.) Requirements for issue of a practising certificate. Schedule. Additional requirements for issue of practising certificates in certain cases. Schedule. Practising certificates. (Cap. 32.) Registered office. Publication of list of professional accountants holding practising certificates and list of firms and evidence of same. Disciplinary Committee. Power of Council to make rules. Disciplinary provisions. (Cap. 200.) Disciplinary powers of Disciplinary Committee. Powers of Disciplinary Committee with regard to obtaining evidence and the conduct of proceedings. Conduct of inquiry and legal representation. Provisions relating to orders of the Disciplinary Committee. Restoration of name of professional accountant to register. Restriction on removal of name of professional accountant from register. Appeals. (Cap. 4.) Offences and penalties. Construction of references to auditors. (Cap. 32.) Ordinance not to apply to public officers in connexion with their duties. Fees and expenses. Fees payable to Registrar General. Amendment of Schedule. Omission to give notice of meetings. Resignation from the Society.

Abstract

Originally 68 of 1972. L.N. 16/77. 22 of 1977. L.N. 137/81. 14 of 1985. L.N. 267/72. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. (Cap. 100.) Incorporation of Society. Appointment of President and Vice-President. Office of Society. Official seal and authentication thereof, and instruments executed thereunder. Objects of the Society. Power of Society to make by-laws. General meetings. Establishment and composition of the Council. Filling vacancies in Council. Compulsory retirement of elected members. (14 of 1985.) [*19.4.1985.] Procedure for election of professional accountants as elected members. Governor may appoint a professional accountant to Council if Council fails to fill a vacancy. Vacation of office by Council members. Accounts. General powers of Council. Particular powers of Council. Council may accept grants, gifts, etc. Reimbursement of expenses of Council members. Appointment of Registrar and notification to Registrar General. Register of professional accountants. Certificate of registration. Qualifications for registration as professional accountant. (Cap. 32.) Application for registration. Acceptance or refusal of registration. Removal from register of certain persons. Expiry of registration and renewal. Registration of firms. Application for registration of a firm. Provisions of sections 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 39 & 41 to apply to firms. Requirements to practise as certified public accountant or public accountant. (Cap. 32.) Requirements for issue of a practising certificate. Schedule. Additional requirements for issue of practising certificates in certain cases. Schedule. Practising certificates. (Cap. 32.) Registered office. Publication of list of professional accountants holding practising certificates and list of firms and evidence of same. Disciplinary Committee. Power of Council to make rules. Disciplinary provisions. (Cap. 200.) Disciplinary powers of Disciplinary Committee. Powers of Disciplinary Committee with regard to obtaining evidence and the conduct of proceedings. Conduct of inquiry and legal representation. Provisions relating to orders of the Disciplinary Committee. Restoration of name of professional accountant to register. Restriction on removal of name of professional accountant from register. Appeals. (Cap. 4.) Offences and penalties. Construction of references to auditors. (Cap. 32.) Ordinance not to apply to public officers in connexion with their duties. Fees and expenses. Fees payable to Registrar General. Amendment of Schedule. Omission to give notice of meetings. Resignation from the Society.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2303

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

50

Number of Pages

25
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:35 +0800
<![CDATA[TRANSFER OF BUSINESS (PROTECTION OF CREDITORS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2302

Title

TRANSFER OF BUSINESS (PROTECTION OF CREDITORS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TRANSFER OF BUSINESSES (PROTECTION
OF CREDITORS) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 49





CHAPTER 49

TRANSFER OF BUSINESSES (PROTECTION
OF CREDITORS)

To protect creditors on the transfer of businesses, to provide for the
liability of transferees of business, the manner in which such
liability may be avoided and for matters incidental thereto and
connected therewith, and to repeal the Fraudulent Transfers of
Businesses Ordinance.

[27 June 1980.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Transfer of Businesses
(Protection of Creditors) Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'appeal' includes a motion for a new trial or to set aside a verdict,
finding or judgment;

'business' means a business, or any part thereof, consisting of a trade
or occupation (other than a profession) whether or not it is carried
on with a view to profit;

'charge' means

(a)a debenture within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance;

(b) a mortgage;

(c) a bill of sale;

(d) a lien; or

(e) any document,

under or pursuant to which a business or any assets thereof are
charged as security for the payment of money or the performance of
an obligation, and includes an equitable charge;

'charge-holder' means a person who, under or pursuant to a charge,
and for the purpose of enforcing payment of any money or for the
performance of any obligation, may sell any business;

'date of transfer' means the date on which a transfer takes effect or is
intended to take effect;

'notice of transfer' means a notice of transfer in accordance with
section 5;

'registered charge' means a charge which is registered under

(a) the Land Registration Ordinance;

(b) the Companies Ordinance;

(c) the Bills of Sale Ordinance; or

(d) any other enactment;





'transfer' means the transfer or sale of a business, but does not include

(a)the sale of the stock-in-trade of a business in the ordinary
course of its trade;

(b) the creation of a charge;

(c) the transfer of land or any share or interest therein; or

(d)the transfer of a vessel (or the transfer of any interest or share
therein), other than

(i) a vessel to which Part IV of the Shipping and Port
Control Ordinance applies; or

(ii) a trawler to which Part XII of the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance applies;

'transferee' means the person to whom a business is transferred by a
transferor;

'transferor' means

(a)in the case of the sale of a business under or pursuant to a
charge, the person whose business has been or is intended to
be sold;

(b)in every other case, the person by whom or on whose behalf
the transfer has been or is intended to be made.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance 'transferor' and 'transferee'
respectively include a sub-transferor and a subtransferee.

3. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, whenever any business is
transferred, with or without the goodwill thereof, the transferee shall,
notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, become liable for all the
debts and obligations, including liability for tax charged or chargeable
under the Inland Revenue Ordinance, arising out of the carrying on of
the business by the transferor.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where a part of a business is
transferred (other than the goodwill thereof ) and in any proceedings

(a)the transferee would, but for this subsection, be adjudged
liable under this Ordinance for any debts and obligations
arising out of the carrying on of the business by the
transferor; and

(b)it is shown to the satisfaction of the court hearing the
proceedings that

(i) the transferee purchased such part of the business in
good faith and for value; and





(ii) at the date of transfer of such part of the business,
the transferee had no knowledge (whether actual, con-
structive or imputed) that what he was acquiring formed
part of a business,
the transferee shall not be liable under this Ordinance for the debts
and obligations arising out of the carrying on of the business by
the transferor.

4. (1) A transferee shall not become liable under section 3 if
a notice of transfer has been given not more than 4 months, and
not less than 1 month, before the date of transfer and has become
complete at the date of transfer.

(2) Where a notice of transfer has been given but the notice
has not become complete at the date of transfer, the liability of the
transferee under section 3 shall cease with effect from the date on
which the notice of transfer becomes complete.

(3) Where a notice of transfer has not been given before or at
the date of transfer, the liability of the transferee under section 3
shall cease with effect from the date on which a notice of transfer,
which is given after the date of transfer, becomes complete.

(4) A notice of transfer shall, subject to subsections (5) and (6),
become complete upon the expiration of 1 month after the date of
the last publication of the notice in accordance with section 5.

(5) Subject to subsection (6), in the case of a notice of transfer
referred to-
(a)in subsection (1), if proceedings are instituted against the
transferor in respect of any liability of the transferor arising
before such notice has become complete and out of the
carrying on of his business; or
(b)in subsection (2) or (3), if proceedings are instituted against
the transferee in respect of any liability of the transferee
under section 3 arising before such notice becomes
complete,
the notice of transfer shall (for the purposes of such proceedings
only) be deemed incomplete pending the final determination of such
proceedings, including all possible appeals, and pending the expira-
tion of all periods during which such appeals may be brought.

(6) Where proceedings are instituted, a notice of transfer shall.
not be deemed incomplete under subsection (5) unless within 1
month of the proceedings being instituted-
(a)they are served on the transferor or transferee, as the case
may be; or
(b)written notice that they have been instituted is sent by
registered post to the last known address of such transferor
or transferee.





5. (1) Except in the case of a transfer by way of sale under
or pursuant to a charge, a notice of transfer shall contain the
following particulars-
(a) the full name and address of the transferor;
(b)the nature of the business and the name or style under
which, and the full address at which, it has been carried on
during the period of 6 months immediately preceding the
date of transfer;
(c) the date of transfer;
(d)the full name and the residential and business addresses of
the transferee;
(e) if the transferee-
(i) intends to carry on or is carrying on the business,
the full address where, and the name and style under which,
he is carrying it on or intends to carry it on; or
(ii) is not carrying on the business and does not intend
to carry it on, a statement to that effect; and
a statement that at the expiration of 1 month after the date
of the last publication of the notice pursuant to subsection
(3), the liability of the transferee for all the debts and
obligations arising out of the carrying on of the business
by the transferor shall cease by virtue of this Ordinance
unless proceedings are instituted prior to such expiration.

(2) In the case of a transfer by way of sale under or pursuant
to a charge, a notice of transfer shall contain the following
particulars-

(a)the nature of the business, and the name or style under
which, and the full address at which, it has been carried on
during the period of 3 months immediately preceding the
date of transfer;
(b)the full name and address of the person whose business has
been, or is intended to be, transferred by way of sale under
or pursuant to the charge;

(c)details of the charge under or pursuant to which the transfer
by way of sale has been or is to be made, sufficient to
enable any document creating or evidencing the charge to
be readily identified and, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, such details shall include-
(i) the date when the charge was made, given, executed
or came into existence;
(ii) the consideration for which the charge was executed,
made or given or, if there was no such consideration, the
circumstances in which it came into existence;
(iii) in the case of a registered charge, the date of the
registration of the charge, the title of any enactment under





which it was registered and any number or other means of
identifying the charge assigned to it upon registration;

(d) the date of transfer; and

(e)the amount of money, payment of which has been secured by
the charge and which was owing

(i) at the date of the publication of the notice of transfer; or

(ii) if the transfer has already taken effect, at the date of the
transfer so taking effect.

(3) Every notice of transfer shall be signed-

(a)by both the transferor and the transferee, in the case of a
transfer to which subsection (1) applies; or

(b)by the charge-holder and the transferee, in the case of a
transfer to which subsection (2) applies,

Gazette;

(ii) any 2 of such Chinese language newspapers circulating in
Hong Kong as may be approved for the purpose by the
Secretary for for Home Affairs, and
(iii) 1 English language newspaper circulating in Hong Kong
which has been so approved.

6. (1) The transferee shall be entitled to be indemnified-

(a)by the transferor, except in the case of a transfer by way of
sale under or pursuant to a charge; or

(b)by the charge-holder, if the transfer is by way of sale under or
pursuant to a charge,

for all amounts for which the transferee is made liable under this
Ordinance and for which he would not otherwise be liable.

(2) The amount of such an indemnity may be recovered by civil
proceedings as a debt or liquidated demand.

7. Nothing in this Ordinance shall relieve or be deemed to relieve a
transferor or transferee, or any person who sells a business under or
pursuant to a change, from any liability to which he would otherwise be
subject.

8. (1) A transferee who in good faith and without preference has
paid in discharge or partial discharge of any liability for which he became
liable under this Ordinance, and for which he would not otherwise have
been liable, an amount which is equal to the value of the business
acquired by him, at the date on which the transfer took effect, shall not
be liable further under this Ordinance.

(2) The value of a business acquired by a transferee at the date on
which the transfer takes effect shall, until the contrary is proved,





be presumed to be an amount equal to the amount paid or agreed to be
paid (whether in terms of money or by means of any other
consideration) for the acquisition of the business.

9. Subject to section 6, no action shall be instituted to recover any
debt from or to enforce any obligation against any person liable therefor
under this Ordinance, and for which he would not otherwise have been
liable, more than 1 year after the date on which the transfer in respect of
which the liability arose took effect.

10. This Ordinance shall not apply to any transferee where the
transfer is effected

(a) by the Official Receiver or a trustee in bankruptcy;

(b)by the liquidator of a company in liquidation other than
voluntary liquidation;

(c) by the Cotonial Treasurer Incorporated;

(d) by the Director of Education Incorporated;

(e) by the Director of Social Welfare Incorporated;

(f)by a person selling under or pursuant to a charge which has
been registered for not less than 1 year at the date when the
transfer takes effect;

(g) pursuant to any order or direction of any court;

(h) by an executor or administrator; or

(i) by operation of law.

11. (1) The Fraudulent Transfers of Businesses Ordinance is
repealed.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the Fraudulent Transfers of
Businesses Ordinance shall continue to apply with respect to a transfer

(a) which took effect; and

(b)in respect of which notice was given under section 3 of that
Ordinance,

before the coming into operation of this Ordinance, as if this Ordinance
had not been passed.
Originally 32 of 1980. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 32.) (Cap. 128.) (Cap. 32.) (Cap. 20.) (Cap. 313.) (Cap. 281.) Transferee of business to be liable for liabilities of transferor. (Cap. 112.) Circumstances in which the transferee's liability ceases. Contents of notice of transfer and manner of giving notice. Right of transferee to indemnity. Liability of parties not affected. Limitation of liability of transferee. Limitation of time for institution of proceedings. Saving. Repeal and saving. (Cap. 49, 1964 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 32 of 1980. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 32.) (Cap. 128.) (Cap. 32.) (Cap. 20.) (Cap. 313.) (Cap. 281.) Transferee of business to be liable for liabilities of transferor. (Cap. 112.) Circumstances in which the transferee's liability ceases. Contents of notice of transfer and manner of giving notice. Right of transferee to indemnity. Liability of parties not affected. Limitation of liability of transferee. Limitation of time for institution of proceedings. Saving. Repeal and saving. (Cap. 49, 1964 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2302

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

49

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:34 +0800
<![CDATA[FACTORS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2301

Title

FACTORS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

FACTORS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 48





CHAPTER 48.

FACTORS ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section. ..................................Page.

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

2. Interpretation........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

DISPOSITIONS BY MERCANTILE AGENTS.

3.......................................Powers of mercantile agent with respect to disposition of goods ...

4....................Pledge of documents of title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
5....................Pledge for antecedent debt ... .1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

6. Rights acquired by exchange of goods or documents ... ... ... ... 3

7......................Agreement through clerk, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

8...........................Provisions as to consignor and consignee ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

DISPOSITIONS BY SELLERS AND BUYERS OF GOODS.

9. Disposition by seller remaining in possession ... ... ... ... ... 4

10...........................Disposition by buyer obtaining possession ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

11. Effect of transfer of document of title on vendor's lien or right of

stoppage in transitu 1 ................ ... ... ... ... ... 4

SUPPLEMENTARY.

12......................Mode of transferring document ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
13......................Saving for rights of true owner ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

14. Saving of common law powers of agent ... ... ... ... ... ... 5





CHAPTER 48.

FACTORS.
To consolidate and amend the law relating to factors.

[1st July, 1896.1

PRELIMINARY.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Factors Ordinance.

(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'document of title' includes any bill of lading, dock warrant, warehouse
keeper's certificate, and warrant or order for the delivery of goods,
and any other document used in the ordinary course of business
as proof of the possession or control of goods, or authorizing or
purporting to authorize, either by indorsement or by delivery, the
possessor of the document to transfer or receive goods thereby
represented;

'goods' includes wares and merchandise;

'mercantile agent' means a mercantile agent having, in the customary
course of his business as such agent, authority either to sell
goods, or to consign goods for the purpose of sale, or to buy
goods, or to raise money on the security of goods;

'person' includes any body of persons corporate or unincorporate;
'pledge' includes any contract pledging, or giving a lien or security on
goods, whether in consideration of an original advance, or of any
further or continuing advance, or of any pecuniary liability.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a person shall be deemed to
be in possession of goods or of the documents of title to goods, where
the goods or documents are in his actual custody or are held by any
other person subject to his control, or for him, or on his behalf.

DISPOSITIONS BY MERCANTILE AGENTS.

3. (1) Where a mercantile agent is, with the consent of the owner, in
possession of goods or of the documents of title to goods, any sale,
pledge, or other disposition of the goods, made by him when acting in
the ordinary course of business of a mercantile agent, shall, subject to
the provisions of this Ordinance, be as valid as if he were expressly
authorized by the owner of the goods to make the same:

Provided that the person taking under the disposition acts in good
faith, and has not, at the time of the disposition, notice that the person
making the disposition has not authority to make the same.





(2) Where a mercantile agent has, with the consent of the owner,
been in possession of goods or of the documents of title to goods, any
sale, pledge, or other disposition, which would have been valid if the
consent had continued, shall be valid notwithstanding the
determination of the consent:

Provided that the person taking under the disposition has not, at
the time thereof, notice that the consent has been determined.

(3) Where a mercantile agent has obtained possession of any
documents of title to goods by reason of his being or having been, with
the consent of the owner, in possession of the goods represented
thereby, or of any other documents of title to the goods, his possession
of the first-mentioned documents shall, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed to be with the consent of the owner.

(4) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the consent of the owner
shall be presumed in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

4. A pledge of the documents of title to goods shall be deemed to
be a pledge of the goods.

S. Where a mercantile agent pledges goods as security for a debt
or liability due from the pledgor to the pledgee before the time of the
pledge, the pledgee shall acquire no further right to the goods than
could have been enforced by the pledgor at the time of the pledge.

6. The consideration necessary for the validity of a sale, pledge, or
other disposition of goods, in pursuance of this Ordinance, may be
either a payment in cash, or the delivery or transfer of other goods, or of
a document of title to goods, or of a negotiable security, or any other
valuable consideration; but where goods are pledged by a mercantile
agent in consideration of the delivery or transfer of other goods, or of a
document of title to goods, or of a negotiable security, the pledgee shall
acquire no right or interest in the goods so pledged in excess of the
value of the goods, document, or security when so delivered or
transferred in exchange.

7. For the purposes of this Ordinance, an agreement made with a
mercantile agent through a clerk or other person authorized in the
ordinary course of business to make contracts of sale or pledge on his
behalf shall be deemed to be an agreement with the agent.

8. (1) Where the owner of goods has given possession of the
goods to another person for the purpose of consignment or sale, or has
shipped the goods in the name of another person, and the consignee of
the goods has not had notice that such person is not the owner of the
goods, the consignee shall, in respect of





advances made to or for the use of such person, have the same lien on
the goods as if such person were the owner of the goods, and may
transfer any such lien to another person.

(2) Nothing in this section shall limit or affect the validity of any
sale, pledge, or disposition by a mercantile agent.

DISPOSITIONS BY SELLERS AND BUYERS OF GOODS.

9. Where a person, having sold goods, continues, or is, in
possession of the goods or of the documents of title to the goods, the
delivery or transfer by that person, or by a mercantile agent acting for
him, of the goods or documents of title under any sale, pledge, or other
disposition thereof, or under any agreement for sale, pledge, or other
disposition thereof, to any person receiving the same in good faith and
without notice of the previous sale. shall have the same effect as if the
person making the delivery or transfer were expressly authorized by the
owner of the goods to make the same.

10. Where a person, having bought or agreed to buy goods,
obtains, with the consent of the seller, possession of the goods or the
documents of title to the goods, the delivery or transfer, by that person
or by a mercantile agent acting for him, of the goods or documents of
title, under any sale, pledge, or other disposition thereof, or under any
agreement for sale, pledge, or other disposition thereof, to any person
receiving the same in good faith and without notice of any lien or other
right of the original seller in respect of the goods, shall have the same
effect as if the person making the delivery or transfer were a mercantile
agent in possession of the goods or documents of title with the consent
of the owner.

11. Where a document of title to goods has been lawfully
transferred to a person as a buyer or owner of the goods, and that
person transfers the document to a person who takes the document in
good faith and for valuable consideration, the last-mentioned transfer
shall have the same effect for defeating any vendor's lien or right of
stoppage in transitu as the transfer of a bill of lading has for defeating
the right of stoppage in transitu.

SUPPLEMENTARY.

12. For the purposes of this Ordinance, the transfer of a document
may be by indorsement, or, where the document is by custom or by its
express terms transferable by delivery or makes the goods deliverable to
the bearer, then by delivery.

13. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall authorize an agent to exceed
or depart from his authority as between himself and his principal, or
exempt him from any liability, civil or criminal, for so doing.





(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall prevent the owner of goods
from recovering the goods from an agent or his trustee in bankruptcy at
any time before the sale or pledge thereof, or shall prevent the owner of
goods pledged by an agent from having the right to redeem the goods
at any time before the sale thereof, on satisfying the claim for which the
goods were pledged, and paying to the agent, if by him required, any
money in respect of which the agent would by law be entitled to retain
the goods, or the documents of title thereto, or any of them, by way of
lien as against the owner, or from recovering from any person with
whom the goods have been pledged any balance of money remaining in
his hands as the produce of the sale of the goods after deducting the
amount of his lien.

(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall prevent the owner of goods
sold by an agent from recovering from the buyer the price agreed to be
paid for the same, or any part of that price, subject to any right of set-off
on the part of the buyer against the agent.

14. The provisions of this Ordinance shall be construed in
amplification and not in derogation of the powers exercisable by an
agent independently of this Ordinance.

(Note.-The following Acts in their application to the Colony were
repealed by this Ordinance

4 Geo. 4, cap. 83: 6
Geo. 4, cap. 94;

5 6 Vict., cap. 39.)
Originally 6 of 1896. (Cap. 48, 1950.) 8 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 52 & 53 Vict. C. 45. Short title. Interpretation. Powers of mercantile agent with respect to disposition of goods. Pledge of documents of title. Pledge for antecedent debt. Rights acquired by exchange of goods or documents. Agreement through clerk, etc. Provisions as to consignor and consignee. Disposition by seller remaining in possession. Disposition by buyer obtaining possession. Effect of transfer of document of title on vendor's lien or right of stoppage in transitu. Mode of transferring document. Saving for rights of true owner. Saving of common law powers of agent.

Abstract

Originally 6 of 1896. (Cap. 48, 1950.) 8 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 52 & 53 Vict. C. 45. Short title. Interpretation. Powers of mercantile agent with respect to disposition of goods. Pledge of documents of title. Pledge for antecedent debt. Rights acquired by exchange of goods or documents. Agreement through clerk, etc. Provisions as to consignor and consignee. Disposition by seller remaining in possession. Disposition by buyer obtaining possession. Effect of transfer of document of title on vendor's lien or right of stoppage in transitu. Mode of transferring document. Saving for rights of true owner. Saving of common law powers of agent.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2301

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

48

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:33 +0800
<![CDATA[APPRENTICESHIP (PERIODS OF APPRENTICESHIP) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2300

Title

APPRENTICESHIP (PERIODS OF APPRENTICESHIP) NOTICE

Description






APPRENTICESHIP (PERIODS OF APPRENTICESHIP)L.N. 350184.
NOTICE

(Cap. 47, section 46)

[12 October 1984.1

1. This notice may be cited as the Apprenticeship (Periods of Citation.

Apprenticeship) Notice.

2. For the purposes of the Ordinance the periods ship to be served by apprentices in the designated trades appearing periods or
apprenticeship.

in the first column of the Schedule are specified respectively in the

second column thereof.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]
Trade Period of Apprenticeship

Years)
Bamboo Scaffolder 3
Bookbinder 3

Bricklayer/ Plasterer/Tiler 3
Cable Jointer (Power) 4
Carpenter/ Joiner 3
Clothing Machine Mechanic 3
Compositor 3
Construction Plant Mechanic 4
Electrical Appliances Service Mechanic 4
Electrical Fitter 4
Electrician 4
Fitter 4
Gas Utilization Fitter 3
Goldsmith (Fine-gold) 3
Goldsmith (K-gold) 4
Hotel Cook (Western Style) 3
Instrument Mechanic 4
Knitting Machine Mechanic 3
Lift Electrician 4
Lift Mechanic 4
Machinist 4
Metal Furniture Maker 3
Mould and Die Maker and Repairer 4
Offset Litho Plate-Maker 3
Overhead Linesman 4
Painter/ Decorator (Furniture) 3
Painter/ Decorator/ Sign Writer 3
Plumber 3
Precious Stone Setter 3
Printing Machine Operator (Letterpress) 3





Trade Period of Apprenticeship
Years)
Printing Machine Operator (Offset Litho) 3
Process Camera Operator 3
Radio/Television Mechanic 4
Refrigeration/ Air-Conditioning Mechanic 4
Repairman (Electronics Manufacturing) 3
Textile Mechanic 3
Tool and Die Maker 4
Vehicle Body Repairer/ Builder 4
Vehicle Electrician 4
Vehicle Mechanic 4
Vehicle Painter 3
Vehicle Panel Beater/Body Builder 4
Wood Furniture Maker 3
L.N. 350/84. Citation. Specification of periods of apprenticeship. Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 350/84. Citation. Specification of periods of apprenticeship. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2300

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

47

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:33 +0800
<![CDATA[APPRENTICESHIP (DESIGNATION OF TRADES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2299

Title

APPRENTICESHIP (DESIGNATION OF TRADES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






APPRENTICESHIP (DESIGNATION OF TRADES)L.N 65176,
L N: 115178.
(CONSOLIDATION) ORDER L.N. 139178.

L.N. 1 40179
L.N. 156180.

(Cap. 47, section 45) L, N, 220181.
L.N. 275181.
L.N. 349184
(20 September 1976.]

1. This order may be cited as the Apprenticeship (Designation Citation.

of Trades) (Consolidation) Order.
2. The trades in the Schedule are specified as designatedDesignation of

trades for the purposes of the Ordinance. trades.
SCHEDULE
Vehicle Mechanic L.N. 1651-6,
Vehicle Electrician
Vehicle Panel Beater/Body Builder
Vehicle Painter
Construction Plant Mechanic
Clothing Machine Mechanic
Knitting Machine Mechanic
Electrical Fitter
Electrical Appliances Service Mechanic
Cable Jointer (Power)
Overhead Linesman
Lift Electrician
Lift Mechanic
Refrigeration/ Air-Conditioning Mechanic
Radio/Television Mechanic
Mould and Die Maker and Repairer
Printing Machine Operator (Letterpress)
Compositor
Process Camera Operator
Offset Litho Plate-Maker
Printing Machine Operator (Offset Litho)
Bookbinder
Textile Mechanic
Electrician L.N. 15178.
Machinist
Fitter
Toot and Die Maker
Instrument Mechanic
Bricklayer/ Plasterer/Tiler L.N. 139178.
Bamboo Scaffolder
Plumber
CarpenterlJoiner L. N. 140179.
Painter, 'Decorator /Sign Writer
Wood Furniture Maker
Metal Furniture Maker
Painter/ Decorator (Furniture)
Hotel Cook (Western Style) L.N. (56180.
Repairman (Electronics Manufacturing) L.N. 22018 1.
Vehicle Body Repairer/ B Builder L.N. 275181.
Gas Utilization Fitter L.N. 349184.
Goldsmith (K-gold)
Goldsmith (Fine-gold)
Precious Stone Setter
L.N. 165/76. L.N. 15/78. L.N. 139/78. L.N. 140/79. L.N. 156/80. L.N. 220/81. L.N. 275/81. L.N. 349/84. Citation. Designation of trades. L.N. 165/76. L.N. 15/78. L.N. 139/78. L.N. 140/79. L.N. 156/80. L.N. 220/81. L.N. 275/81. L.N. 349/84.

Abstract

L.N. 165/76. L.N. 15/78. L.N. 139/78. L.N. 140/79. L.N. 156/80. L.N. 220/81. L.N. 275/81. L.N. 349/84. Citation. Designation of trades. L.N. 165/76. L.N. 15/78. L.N. 139/78. L.N. 140/79. L.N. 156/80. L.N. 220/81. L.N. 275/81. L.N. 349/84.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2299

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

47

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:32 +0800
<![CDATA[APPRENTICESHIP REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2298

Title

APPRENTICESHIP REGULATIONS

Description






APPRENTICESHIP REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

PART II

APPRENTICESHIP IN DESIGNATED
TRADES

3.....................Minimum period of apprenticeship ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

4.....................................Terms and conditions to be contained in contract of apprenticeship ... A 2

5..............Period of probation .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

6............................Probationary period to be part of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... ... A 3

7.......................Medical examination of apprentices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

PART III

HOURS OF EMPLOYMENT AND
OVERTIME

8................................Hours of work and periods of employment of apprentices ... ... ... A 4

9.......................Overtime employment of apprentices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

10...........................Power to extend limits of overtime employment ... ... ... ... ... A 6

11.........................Power to prohibit overtime employment ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

12.........Offences ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

PART IV

REGISTRATION

13.........Register ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A6

14.............................Mode of registration of contracts of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... A 6

15.........................Mode of registration of variation document ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

16. Records to be maintained by employers ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7





APPRENTICESHIP REGULATIONS

(Cap. 47, section 47)

[19 July 1976.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Apprenticeship
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

-hours worked' means the time during which an apprentice is employed,
exclusive of the intervals allowed for meals or rest;

'overtime employment' means any period during which an apprentice is
at work outside the period of employment permitted under
regulation 8;

'period of employment' means the period, inclusive of the intervals
allowed for meals or rest, within which an apprentice may be
employed on any day;

'rest day' means a continuous period of not less than 24 hours during
which a registered apprentice is entitled to abstain from working for
his employer;

'week' means the period between midnight on Saturday night and
midnight on the succeeding Saturday night.

PART II

APPRENTICESHIP IN DESIGNATED
TRADES

3. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the period of apprenticeship

required to be served by an apprentice in a designated trade shall
not be less than 3 years in any case. -p#

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply where the Commissioner
in exercise of his powers under the Ordinance reduces the
period of apprenticeship in any case or class of cases.

4. Every contract of apprenticeship in a designated trade shall
contain all such provisions as may be necessary to bind the parties to
the contract of apprenticeship and to define the rights and obligations
of the parties, and shall include provisions with respect to the following





(a)that the apprentice of his own free will and with the consent of
his guardian (if any) binds himself to serve his employer as an
apprentice during the period of apprenticeship stated in the
contract of apprenticeship;

(b) that during the period of apprenticeship the employer will-

(i) employ the apprentice and, to the best of his ability, skill
and knowledge, teach the apprentice or cause him to be taught
in such skills and operations as may be specified by the Commissioner in relation to
the designated trade in which he is apprenticed; and

(ii) permit the apprentice to attend any course of instruction
specified in an attendance order made by the
Commissioner;

(c) the period of apprenticeship;

(d) the period of probation to be served by the apprentice;

(e)the wages to be paid to the apprentice, and the frequency and
manner of payment of wages;

the normal hours of attendance by the apprentice at his place
of employment;

(g)the payment of sickness allowance or the entitlement to sick
leave during any illness of the apprentice;

(h)the entitlement of the apprentice to leave and holidays with
pay;

(i)any other terms and conditions under which the apprentice is
employed; and

(j)the grounds on which the apprentice may be suspended from
employment or the contract of apprenticeship may be
terminated.

5. (1) Every apprentice in a designated trade shall serve a period of
probation of not less than 3 months or more than 6 months commencing
from the date on 'Which his employment under the contract of
apprenticeship begins.

(2) During the period of probation either the employer or the
apprentice may terminate the contract of apprenticeship by giving to the
other party 7 days' notice, orally or in writing, of his intention to do so.

(3) Where any party terminates a contract of apprenticeship during
a period of probation without notice as required by paragraph (2), the
party terminating the contract shall pay to the other party a sum equal to
the amount of wages which would have accrued to the apprentice during
the period of notice.

6. A period of probation served by an apprentice shall be counted
as part of the period of apprenticeship under his contract of
apprenticeship.





7. (1) Every apprentice who enters into a contract of apprenticeship
in a designated trade shall be medically examined as to his fitness to be
employed in the designated trade.

(2) The medical examination of the apprentice shall be arranged by
the employer and shall take place prior to the registration of the contract
of apprenticeship.

(3) The cost of the medical examination shall be borne by the
employer.

PART 111

HOURS OF EMPLOYMENT AND
OVERTIME

8. (1) Subject to this Part, every employer shall comply with the
following provisions in relation to registered apprentices under his
employment

(a)the total hours worked by a registered apprentice shall not
exceed 8 hours in any day or 48 hours in any week;

(b)the total period of employment of a registered apprentice on
any day shall not exceed 9 hours and such period shall,
subject to paragraph (2), not begin earlier than 7 a.m. or end
later than 7 p.m.;

(c)no registered apprentice shall be required or permitted to work
continuously for a period of more than 5 hours without being
allowed an interval for a meal or rest after he has worked
continuously for 5 hours

(i) in the case of an apprentice under 16 years of age, of not
less than one hour; and

(ii) in any other case, of not less than half an hour;

(d)no registered apprentice shall be required or permitted to work
during any part of an interval allowed to him for a meal or rest
under sub-paragraph (c);

(e)no registered apprentice shall be employed on more than 6
days in any week;

(f)in any week in which a statutory holiday, within the meaning
of the Employment Ordinance, occurs, a registered apprentice
shall be given a day in that week, other than the statutory
holiday, as a rest day.

(1A) Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(a) and (b), in the case of a
registered apprentice of the age of 16 years or above, the Commissioner
may grant to the employer permission in writing that the apprentice may
work such period as is specified in the permission but so that the period
is not more than 10 hours in a day between the hours of 7 a.m. and 7
p.m. and the permission may be subject to such conditions, including
conditions as to the number and frequency of rest days and part rest
days, as the Commissioner sees fit.





(1 B) Nothing in paragraph (1A) shall be taken so as to permit the
employer to extend the hours worked by a registered apprentice under
paragraph (1)(a) to more than 48 hours per week.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(b) and paragraph (1A), in the
case of a registered apprentice of the age of 18 years or above, the
Commissioner may grant to the employer permission in writing that the
employment of the apprentice may begin earlier than 7 a.m. or end later
than 7 p.m. on any day.

(3) For the purposes of-

(a)paragraph (1)(c), work shall be deemed to be continuous
unless interrupted by the intervals prescribed in that
paragraph;

(b)paragraph (1)(e), a full day spent by an apprentice to attend a
course of instruction at a technical institution in compliance
with an attendance order shall be deemed to be employment
for one full day.

9. (1) Notwithstanding regulation 8 and without prejudice to
regulation 10, a registered apprentice of the age of 16 years or above
may be employed on overtime subject to the following conditions

(a)the total hours of overtime shall not exceed in the aggregate

(i) in the case of an apprentice under the age of 18 years,
150 hours in any year or 2 hours in any day;

(ii) in the case of an apprentice under the age of 18 years
who attains the age of 18 years during a year, 200 hours in that
year or 2 hours in any day; and

(iii) in the case of an apprentice of the age of 18 years or
above, 250 hours in any year or 2 hours in any day;

(b)the total hours worked by the apprentice shall not exceed 10 in
any day;

(c)the total period of employment of an apprentice on any day
shall not exceed 12 hours and such period shall, subject to
paragraph (2), not begin earlier than 7 a.m. or end

(i) in the case of an apprentice under the age of 18 years,
later than 7 p.m.;

(ii) in other cases, later than 9 p.m.;

(d)the employer shall not require or permit an apprentice to work
overtime if such overtime work would prevent the apprentice
from attending a course of instruction which he is required to
attend under an attendance order.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(c), in the case of an apprentice
of the age of 18 years or above, the Commissioner may





grant to the employer permission in writing that the employment of the
apprentice may begin earlier than 7 a.m. or end later than 9 p.m. on any
day.

(3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), in order to reckon the
aggregate hours of overtime account shall be taken only of that period
during which an apprentice works in excess of the number of hours
specified in regulation 8(1)(a) or a permission granted under regulation
8(1A) or outside the period of employment specified in regulation
8(1)(b).

10. The Commissioner may in any particular case authorize an
employer in writing to employ a registered apprentice on overtime in
excess of the aggregate number of overtime hours, or in excess of the
total hours which may be worked in any day, permitted under regulation
9.

11. The Commissioner may, if he is satisfied that the overtime
employment of a registered apprentice may prejudicially affect the health
of the apprentice, by notice in writing served on the employer, either
prohibit the overtime employment of the apprentice or specify such
conditions in respect of such overtime employment as he thinks fit.

12. Any employer who-

(a) contravenes regulation 8 or 9; or

(b)fails to comply with a notice served under regulation 11,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

PART IV

REGISTRATION

13. (1) The Commissioner shall cause a register to be maintained in
the form specified by him which shall contain

(a) all entries required to be made under the Ordinance in
respect of registered contracts of apprenticeship; and

(b)such particulars as he thinks fit of all contracts of
apprenticeship registered under the Ordinance.

(2) The register shall be kept at the place appointed by the
Commissioner and shall be open to inspection by any person free of
charge during normal office hours upon application in writing to the
Commissioner.

14. (1) A contract of apprenticeship required to be registered under
the Ordinance or to which section 17 of the Ordinance applies shall be
sent to the Commissioner together with 2 copies of it.





(2) The registration of a contract of apprenticeship shall be effected
by entering in the register the entries and particulars referred to in
regulation 13.

(3) 'When a contract of apprenticeship is registered under
paragraph (2)

(a)the original contract and the 2 copies shall be endorsed with a
note of its registration and the serial number in the register;
and

(b)the original contract shall be retained by the Commissioner,
one copy shall be sent to the employer and the other copy to
the apprentice or his guardian (if any).

15. (1) A variation document required to be registered under

the Ordinance shall be sent to the Commissioner together with 2
copies of it.

(2) The registration of a variation document shall be effected by
entering in the register the particulars of the variation.

(3) When a variation document is registered under paragraph (2)

(a)the original variation document and the 2 copies shall be
endorsed with a note of its registration; and

(b) the original variation document shall be retained by the
Commissioner, one copy shall be delivered to the employer and
the other copy shall be delivered to the apprentice or his
guardian (if any).

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

16. (1) Every employer who employs registered apprentices shall
keep or cause to be kept a record in the specified form of the following
particulars in relation to each registered apprentice

(a) his full name and address;

(b) the number of his Hong Kong identity card;

(e) the date of his birth;

(d) the name and address of his guardian (if any);

(e) the date of commencement of his apprenticeship;

the educational standard attained by him at the date of
commencement of his apprenticeship;

(g)any course of instruction attended by him under an
attendance order;

(k)the special qualifications (if any) specified for the purposes of
section 23 of the Ordinance and obtained by him.





(2) In addition to keeping a record under paragraph (1), an
employer shall make or cause to be made-
(a)a report in the specified form on the work performed by
every registered apprentice during each period of 6 months
and such report shall be completed by a responsible person
under whose supervision he has worked during that period;
(b)a record of particulars in the specified form of all overtime
worked by every registered apprentice; and
(c)a record of particulars in the specified form of all absences
of every registered apprentice from work and courses of
instruction under an attendance order, whether by reason
of illness, holidays or otherwise.

(3) If the guardian of the registered apprentice is a party to
the contract of apprenticeship, such guardian shall furnish the
employer with all information in his possession to enable the
employer to comply with paragraph (1).

(4) Any employer who, without reasonable excuse, contravenes
paragraph (1) or (2) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of $2,000.
L.N. 67/76. L.N. 155/80. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 155/80. Minimum period of apprenticeship. Terms and conditions to be contained in contract of apprenticeship. Period of probation. Probationary period to be part of apprenticeship. Medical examination of apprentices. Hours of work and periods of employment of apprentices. L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. (Cap. 57.) L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. Overtime employment of apprentices. L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. Power to extend limits of overtime employment. Power to prohibit overtime employment. Offences. Register. L.N. 155/80. Mode of registration of contracts of apprenticeship. Mode of registration of variation document. Records to be maintained by employers.

Abstract

L.N. 67/76. L.N. 155/80. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 155/80. Minimum period of apprenticeship. Terms and conditions to be contained in contract of apprenticeship. Period of probation. Probationary period to be part of apprenticeship. Medical examination of apprentices. Hours of work and periods of employment of apprentices. L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. (Cap. 57.) L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. Overtime employment of apprentices. L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. L.N. 155/80. Power to extend limits of overtime employment. Power to prohibit overtime employment. Offences. Register. L.N. 155/80. Mode of registration of contracts of apprenticeship. Mode of registration of variation document. Records to be maintained by employers.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2298

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

47

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:31 +0800
<![CDATA[APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2297

Title

APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 47





CHAPTER 47

APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section..................................... Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ............. ................. . ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

2. Interpretation......................1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

3. Application of Ordinance .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

PART 11

FUNCTIONS OF THE
DIRECTOR

4. Functions of the Director .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

5. Delegation by the Director or the Commissioner ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
PART 111
APPRENTICESHIPS
6. Employment of young persons in designated trades ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

7. Existing employment of young persons ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

8. Contents and form of contracts of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

9. Parties to contracts of apprenticeship ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

10..............................Extent to which contracts of apprenticeship are binding ... ... ... ... ... 7

11.......................Premium not to be demanded or received ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

12..............................Enticement or wrongful employment of apprentices ... ... ... ... ... 8

PART IV

TRAINING OF APPRENTICES
13. Power to require employer to provide adequate training ... ... ... ... 8

14.......................Attendance of courses by apprentices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
14A......................Preference to be given to registered apprentices ... ... ... ... ... ...
9

PART V

REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICESHIP
15. Compulsory registration of new contracts of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... ... 9
16. Compulsory registration of existing contracts of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... 11
IT Voluntary registration of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
18. Exemption from registration of contracts of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... ... 12
19. Effect of not lodging contracts of apprenticeship for registration ... ... ... ... 12
20. Compulsory registration of variation documents ... ... ... ... 12

PART VI

VARIATION OF CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICESHIP
21. Variation of registered contracts of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12






22. Apprenticeship term may be extended in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
23. Apprenticeship period may he shortened where special qualification is obtained ... 13
24. Assignment of contract of apprenticeship by employer ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
25. Assignment of contract of apprenticeship by the Director ... ... ... 1. ... 14
26. Effect of death of employer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

27. Effect of change in partners ... ... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... . 1. is





Section...................................... Page

PART VII

COMPLETION OR TERMINATION OF
APPRENTICESHIPS

28. Completion of apprenticeships ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

29. Suspension of apprentice for misconduct, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
30. Termination of contracts of apprenticeship ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... 17

31. Effect of termination of contract of apprenticeship for misconduct, etc. ... ... 18

32. Notification of termination of employment of an apprentice ... ... ... ... 19

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

33. Appointment of inspectors, etc. ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

34. Power of Governor to give directions ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

35. Powers of entry and inspection ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

36. Duty of public officers not to disclose source of complaint, etc . ... ... ... ... 20

37. Service of notices ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

38. Returns to be made to the Director ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21
39. Reference of disputes to the Director...... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... 21

40. Appeals to the Governor ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

41. Obstruction ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

42. Prosecution of offences ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

43. Evidence by certificate ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22 2

44. Power to extend age limit of young persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22
45. Governor to specify designated trades ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

46. Specification of certain matters by the Director ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

46A. Amendment of specification to affect subsisting contracts ... ... ... ... 23

47. Regulations .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
48. Application of the Employment Ordinance 24





CHAPTER 47

APPRENTICESHIP

To promote and regulate the employment of apprentices in certain
trades and occupations, and to provide for matters connected
therewith and incidental thereto.

[19 July 1976.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Apprenticeship Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires---

apprentice means the party to a contract of apprenticeship who agrees
to learn a trade or occupation;

-attendance order' means an attendance order made under section 14
requiring a registered apprentice to attend a course of instruction,

-certificate of completion- means a certificate of completion of an
apprenticeship given under section 28,

'Commissioner- means the Commissioner for Labour;

,,contract of apprenticeship' means an agreement made between an
employer and an apprentice whereby the employer agrees to teach
and the apprentice agrees to learn a trade or occupation,

'designated trade' means a trade or occupation specified to be a
designated trade under section 45;

'Director' means the Director of Technical Education and Industrial
Training; (Added, 13 of 1982, s. 2)

,,employer' means

(a)a person who is engaged in a trade, occupation or business
and who employs any other person as his employee; and

(b)the duly authorized agent, manager or factor of such first
mentioned person;

'guardian', in relation to an apprentice who is a minor, means the
person who is a party to a contract of apprenticeship under section
9 as his guardian.,

'inspector' means any person appointed under section 33 as an
inspector;

'party', in relation to a contract of apprenticeship, means any person
who is a party to the contract under section 9;





'register' means the register of contracts of apprenticeship maintained
by the Director under this Ordinance; (Amended, 13 of 1982,s.2)

'registered contract of apprenticeship' means a contract of
apprenticeship registered under this Ordinance, and 'registered
apprentice' means an apprentice who is a party to any such
contract; (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 2)

'technical institution' means the Hong Kong Polytechnic, any technical
institute operated by the Vocational Training Council under the
Vocational Training Council Ordinance or any institution approved
by the Director which provides technical education in subjects
appropriate to designated trades; (Replaced, 13 of 1982, s. 2)

'variation document' means a document varying a registered contract of
apprenticeship referred to in section 21;

'young person' means a person of or over the age of 14 years and
under the age of 19 years or such other age as may be determined
by the Governor under section 44.

3. This Ordinance shall not apply to any young person who is, or is
to be, engaged for or employed in service in any capacity at sea in a
ship.

PART 11

FUNCTIONS OF THE DIRECTOR
Amended 13 of 1982, s.
11)

4. (1) In relation to the employment and training of apprentices in
designated trades and apprentices who are parties to contracts of
apprenticeship registered tinder section 17, the Director shall

(a)co-operate with technical institutions for the purpose of
ensuring that such apprentices obtain the necessary
instruction appropriate to the trade to which they are
apprenticed;

(b)ensure that adequate facilities are provided by employers for
the training of such apprentices;

(c.)ensure that the training of such apprentices is properly carried
out;

(d) inquire into the progress and welfare of such apprentices;

(e)investigate complaints from employers or such apprentices,
alleged breaches of contracts of apprenticeship or
contraventions of this Ordinance;

generally advise and assist employers in the employment and
training of such apprentices.





(2) The Director shall recommend to organizations representing the
interests of employers the taking of such steps as are desirable to
ensure that there are a sufficient number of employees skilled in
designated trades to satisfy the requirement for such employees.

(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

5. (1) Subject to subsection (3), the Director or, as the case may be,
the Commissioner may, either generally or in any particular case,
delegate to an inspector or any other public officer the performance or
exercise on his behalf of any of the functions, duties or powers imposed
or conferred upon him under this Ordinance.

(2) Where any function, duty or power under this Ordinance is
performed or exercised by an inspector or any other public officer, the
Director or, as the case may be, the Commissioner shall, unless the
contrary is proved, be deemed to have delegated to the inspector or
other public officer under subsection (1) the performance or exercise of
the function, duty or power.

(3) The Director or, as the case may be, the Commissioner shall not
delegate his powers under section 46 or 47.

(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 3)

PART 111

APPRENTICESHIPS

6. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and section 7, an employer may
employ a young person in a designated trade only if the young person

(a)is an apprentice under a valid contract of apprenticeship in
accordance with section 8; or

(b)has completed an apprenticeship, and is in possession of a
certificate of completion, in that trade.

(2) The Director may, on application made to him in writing by an
employer, exempt the employer in writing from the provisions of
subsection (1)

(a)in relation to any young person, if the Director is satisfied that
the young person has undergone sufficient training in the
designated trade in which he is to be or is employed;

(b)if the employer is, in the opinion of the Director, unable to give
any young person adequate training in the designated trade in
which he is to be or is employed; or

(c)if the Director with the advice of the Vocational Training
Council is, for any other reason, of the opinion that that
subsection shall not apply to the employer. (Amended, 13 of
1982, ss. 4 11)





(3) Any employer who contravenes subsection (1) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

7. (1) Where a young person is in employment as an apprentice
under a contract of apprenticeship in a trade or occupation on the date
when such trade or occupation is specified as a designated trade, the
employer may continue to employ such apprentice if the contract has
been registered under section 17. (Replaced, 13 of 1982,s.5)

(2) Where a young person is in employment as an apprentice under
a contract of apprenticeship in a trade or occupation on the date when
such trade or occupation is specified as a designated trade and
subsection (1) does not apply to such contract, the employer shall

(a) register the contract under section 16(1); or

(b) obtain an exemption from registration under section 18(2).

(3) Where a young person is in employment in a trade or
occupation but not under a contract of apprenticeship on the date when
such trade or occupation is specified as a designated trade, the
employer shall within 60 days after the date on which the trade or
occupation is so specified (or such further time as the Director may
permit).

(a)enter into a contract of apprenticeship with the young person
in accordance with section 8; or

(b)on application made to the Director. obtain an exemption in
writing from the provisions of section 6(1). (Amended, 13 of
1982 s. 11)

8. (1 Every contract of apprenticeship in a designated trade shall
be in writing and shall. in addition to any other particulars, contain the
prescribed terms and conditions.

(2) Every such contract of apprenticeship shall be in the specified
form or in a form which is substantially similar to the specified form.

9. (1) Every contract of apprenticeship under section 8 shall be
signed by the parties.

(2) The parties to a contract of apprenticeship shall be---

(a) the employer (of the one part), and

(h)subject to subsection (3). the apprentice (of the second part).

(3) If at the time of signing a contract of apprenticeship the
apprentice is a minor, any one of the following persons shall be joined
as a party to the contract as the guardian of the apprentice--





(a) the father or mother of the apprentice;

(b)a guardian of the apprentice, if any, appointed under, or
acting by virtue of, the Guardianship of Minors Ordin-
ance; or

(c)any relative or other person who is acceptable to the
Director as guardian of the apprentice for the purposes of
this Ordinance. (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

10. (1) An employer who is a party to a registered contract of
apprenticeship shall be bound by the contract until-

(a) the period of the apprenticeship expires;

(b)the contract is assigned to another employer under section
24 or 25; or

(c) the contract is terminated under section 30,
whichever first occurs.

(2) An apprentice who is a party to a registered contract of
apprenticeship shall be bound by the contract until-

(a) the period of the apprenticeship expires. whether or not
during that period he attains the age of 21 years; or

(b) the contract is terminated under section 30,
whichever first occurs.

(3) A guardian who is a party to a registered contract of
apprenticeship shall be bound by the contract until-

(a) the apprentice attains the age of 21 years;

(b) the period of the apprenticeship expires; or

(c) the contract is terminated under section 30.
whichever first occurs.

11. (1) No employer shall either by himself or through his
agent directly or indirectly or by any pretence or device---

(a) require or permit any person to pay or give; or

(b) demand or receive from any person,
any premium, fee, gift, reward, bonus, or commission consisting of
money or of any valuable security or of other property or interest in
property of any description,---

(i)for entering into (whether with that person or any other
person) a contract of apprenticeship in a designated trade;

(ii)for agreeing to a variation, assignment or termination of a
registered contract of apprenticeship., or

(iii)for registering a contract of apprenticeship under section
17.





(2) Any employer who contravenes subsection (1) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

12. Any person who-

(a)induces a registered apprentice to terminate his contract of
apprenticeship in contravention of section 30; or

(b)employs a registered apprentice whom he knows is bound by
a contract of apprenticeship to another employer,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

PART IV

TRAINING OF APPRENTICES

13. (1) If at any time the Director or an inspector has reasonable
cause to believe that the training being provided by an employer to a
registered apprentice is inadequate in any respect, the Director or
inspector may, by notice in writing served personally or by registered
post, require the employer- (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(a) to take such steps to render the training adequate; and

(b) within such time,

as may be specified in the notice.

(2) Any employer who without reasonable excuse fails to comply
with a notice served under subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000 and, commencing
with the day following the date of conviction for the offence, to a further
fine of $200 for every day during which the offence continues.

14. (1) Where in the opinion of the Director a suitable course of
instruction at a technical institution is available for any registered
apprentice and the apprentice should attend such course, the Director
may make an attendance order in the specified form requiring the
apprentice to attend the course whether the course is during his normal
hours of employment or otherwise. (Amended, 13 of 1982, S. 11)

(2) An attendance order shall-

(a)specify the technical institution concerned, the name and
nature of the course of instruction and the number of hours
per week the apprentice is required to attend the course; and

(b)be served on the employer and the apprentice, and a copy of it
shall be sent to the technical institution concerned.





(3) If an attendance order requires an apprentice to attend a course
of instruction during his normal hours of employment. the employer
shall permit the apprentice to attend the course and the time spent at the
course shall be deemed to be time spent at work in the employment of
the employer.

(4) If any fees are required to be paid in respect of a course of
instruction, and any examinations or tests incidental to such course,
which an apprentice is required to attend under an attendance order,
such fees shall, subject to subsection (5), be paid by the employer.

(5) An employer may require an apprentice or his guardian (if any)
to pay any fees which are required to be paid in respect of a specified
course of instruction, and any examinations or tests incidental to such
course, which an apprentice is required to repeat by reason of his failure
to satisfactorily complete the course or to pass any examination or test
held in connexion with the course.

(6) Where during the continuance of an attendance order the
employer on whom the attendance order was served under subsection
(2) ceases to be the employer by virtue of section 24, 25, 26 or 27, the
Director shall--- (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(a)serve on the new employer a copy of the attendance order and
this section shall bind the new employer as if he were the
original employer; and

(b)notify the technical institution concerned of the name and
address of the new employer.

(7) Any employer who fails to permit an apprentice to comply with
an attendance order shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $2,000 and, commencing with the day following
the date of conviction for the offence, to a further fine of 5200 for every
day during which the offence continues during the continuance of the
attendance order.

14A. Where the Director makes an attendance order in relation to a
registered apprentice, the technical institution specified in the order
shall give preference to the registered apprentice, if he has attained the
minimum educational requirements for entrance to the course, over other
candidates who are not registered apprentices., for positions on the
course.

(Added, 43 of 1980, s. 2. Amended, 13 of' 1982, s. 11)

PART V

REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTS OF
APPRENTICESHIP

15. (1) Every contract of apprenticeship entered into in compliance
with section 6(1)(a) shall be sent by the employer to the Director within
14 days after it is executed (or such further time as the Director may
permit) for registration under this Ordinance and the Director shall,
subject to subsection (2), register all such contracts.





(2) The Director may refuse to register a contract of appren-
ticeship sent under subsection (1) if he is satisfied that-

(a)the apprentice has not attained or will not attain the age of
14 years at the date of commencement of his employment
as an apprentice;

(b)the apprentice is disqualified under section 31 from enter-
ing into the contract of apprenticeship;

(c)the contract does not provide for adequate training in a
designated trade;

(d)the apprentice is not certified medically fit to undertake the
employment contemplated by the contract;

(e)the apprentice has not attained the minimum educational
standard prescribed as a prerequisite to employment as an
apprentice in the designated trade in which he is to serve
his apprenticeship;

(f)the employer does not employ sufficient persons who are
sufficiently skilled in the designated trade concerned and
able to give adequate instruction to enable the apprentice
to learn and attain a reasonable standard of proficiency in
the skills and operations specified by the Director in
relation to that trade;

(g)the employer does not have sufficient machinery, equip-
ment and materials to enable the apprentice to learn the
skills and operations specified by the Director in relation to
the designated trade concerned during the normal hours of
employment laid down by the employer for his employees;

(h)subject to section 23, the period of apprenticeship required
to be served by the apprentice differs from that specified
for the designated trade in which he is apprenticed;

(i)the apprentice is subject to any obligations under any other
contract of apprenticeship;

(j)the contract has not been read over and explained to, and
is not clearly understood by, the apprentice and his guard-
ian (if any);

(k)the apprentice and his guardian (if any) have not freely
assented to the contract;

the contract contravenes this Ordinance;

(m)the terms and conditions of the contract as a whole are not
for the benefit of the apprentice.

(3) Where the Director refuses to register a contract of appren-
ticeship under subsection (2) he shall forthwith notify the parties to
the contract in writing of his refusal and the grounds for refusal and
the contract shall cease to be valid with effect from the date specified
in such notice.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)





16. (1) An employer who is a party to a contract of appren-
ticeship to which section 7(2) applies shall within 60 days after the
date on which the trade or occupation to which the contract relates
is specified as a designated trade (or such further time as the Director
may permit) send the contract to the Director for registration under
this Ordinance and the Director shall, subject to subsections (2) and
(3) and section 18(2), register such contract.

(2) Before registering a contract of apprenticeship under sub-
section (1), the Director may require the parties to make any
necessary variations to the contract so that it complies with section
8(1) and such variations shall become part of the contract and shall
be signed by the Director and the parties.

(3) The Director may refuse to register a contract of appren-
ticeship sent under subsection (1) on any ground specified in section
15(2).

(4) Where the Director refuses to register a contract of appren-
ticeship under subsection (3) he shall forthwith notify the parties to
the contract in writing of his refusal and the grounds for refusal and
the contract shall cease to be valid with effect from the date specified
in such notice.
(A mended, 13 of 1982, s. 11

17. (1) An employer who enters into a contract of apprentice-
ship that is not required to be registered under section 15(1) or 16(1)
may, if the contract is in a form similar to that provided for in
section 8, send the contract at any time to the Director for registra-
tion under this Ordinance, and the Director may, subject to subsec-
tions (2) and (3), register that contract. (Replaced, 43 of 1980, s. 3)

(2) Before registering a contract of apprenticeship under sub-
section (1), the Director may require the parties to make any
necessary variations to the contract so that it complies with section
8(1) and if the parties agree such variations shall become part of the
contract and shall be signed by the Director and the parties.

(3) The Director may refuse to register a contract of appren-
ticeship sent under subsection (1) if he is satisfied that-

(a)the trade or occupation to which the contract relates is one
in respect of which an apprenticeship is not appropriate or
necessary;

(b)had the contract been in respect of a designated trade, he
would have refused to register the contract on any ground
specified in section 15(2).

(4) Where the Director refuses to register a contract of appren-
ticeship under subsection (3) he shall forthwith notify the parties to
the contract in writing of his refusal and the grounds for refusal.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)





18. (1) [Deleted, 13 of 1982, s. 61

(2) In the case of any contract of apprenticeship to which section
7(2) applies, the Director may, if he is satisfied that the apprentice has
undergone the major part of his apprenticeship period, instead of
registering the contract grant to the employer an exemption in writing
from registration of the contract on such terms and conditions as the
Director thinks fit.

(3) Where the Director grants an exemption from registration under
subsection (2) he shall forthwith notify the parties to the contract of the
exemption and the terms and conditions (if any) under which the
exemption is granted.

(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

19. If a contract of apprenticeship which is required to be
registered under this Ordinance is not sent for registration within the
prescribed time or such further time permitted by the Director the
employer shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction
to a fine of $2.000. and the court may order any employer who is
convicted of an offence under this section to send the contract of
apprenticeship to the Director for registration.

(Amended, 13 of1982. s. 11)

20. (1) Every variation document shall be sent by the employer to
the Director within 14 days after it is executed (or such further time as
the Director may permit) for registration tinder this Ordinance and the
Director shall. subject to subsection (2). register all such variation
documents.

(2) The Director may refuse to register a variation document sent
tinder subsection (1) if he is satisfied that

(a)the apprentice and his guardian (if any have not freely
assented to the variation:

(b) the variation contravenes this Ordinance.. or

(c) the variation is not for the benefit of the apprentice.

(3) Where the Director refuses to register a variation documem
tinder subsection (2) he shall forthwith notify the parties to the contract
in writing of his refusal and the grounds for refusal.

(A mended, 13 of] 982, v. 1

PART VI

VARIATION' OF CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICESHIP

21. Without prejudice to this Part. no variation of a registered
contract of apprenticeship shall be valid unless

(a)the variation is contained in a document signed by the parties
to the contract: and

(b) the variation document is registered under section 20.





22. (1) Where the Director is of the opinion that a registered
apprentice has not or will not satisfactorily complete his apprenticeship
on grounds of--

(a)absence or the apprentice, due to illness or any other
reasonable cause, from employment,

(b)non-attendance of the apprentice. due to illness or any other
reasonable cause. at any, course of instruction which he is
required to attend under an attendance order: or

(c)failure of the apprentice to pass any examination Or test which
he is required to pass,

the Director may extend the period of apprenticeship specified in the
contract of apprenticeship for a further period not exceeding one year.

(2) Where the Director extends the period of apprenticeship under
subsection (1) lie shall

(a)enter in the register and in any copy! of the contract of
apprenticeship produced to him a note of the extended period:
and

(b) notify in writing the parties to the contract and. if necessary.
the technical institution concerned of the extended period and
the grounds on which the period as extended. 13 of 1982. V.
11

23. (1) Where a person. before entering into a contract of
apprenticeship in a designated trade. obtains any special qualification
specified by the Director in respect of that designated trade for the
purposes of this section, the Director may reduce the minimum period of
apprenticeship specified for that designated trade by any period not
exceeding one year.

(2) Where the Director reduces the period of apprenticeship under
subsection (1) he shall

(a)enter in the register and in any copy of the contract of
apprenticeship produced to him a note of the reduced period;
and

(b)notify the parties to the contract in writing of the reduced
period and the grounds on which the period was reduced.

(A Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11

24. (1) A registered contract of apprenticeship shall not be
assigned from one employer to another employer except pursuant to
this section or section 25.

(2) On receipt of an application in writing for approval to assign a
contract of apprenticeship, the Director may, after making such inquiries
as he thinks fit and obtaining the consent of the apprentice and his
guardian (if any), approve the proposed assignment.





(3) Where approval is granted under subsection (2) to the
proposed assignment of a contract of apprenticeship, the Director shall
forward a form of assignment to the parties for completion by the parties
and the new employer and return to the Director.

(4) On receipt of the completed form of assignment by the Director
he shall enter the name of the new employer in the register and the date
on which the assignment is to come into effect.

(5) Where an assignment of a contract of apprenticeship is
registered under subsection (4) the Director shall notify in writing

(a) the original employer;

(b) the new employer; and

(c) the apprentice and his guardian (if any),

of the assignment and the date on which it is to come into effect.

(6) Where the Director refuses to approve an application for
assignment of a contract of apprenticeship under subsection (2), he
shall notify the applicant in writing of his refusal and the grounds for
refusal.

(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

25. (1) Where-

(a)the Director is of the opinion that an employer is for any
reason unable to, or does not, give an apprentice under a
registered contract of apprenticeship adequate training in
accordance with the contract; or

(b)an employer notifies the Director in writing that he is, or will
be, unable to give an apprentice under a registered contract of
apprenticeship adequate training in accordance with the
contract,

the Director may. with the consent of the apprentice and his guardian (if
any), assign the contract to another employer who is prepared to accept
such assignment and shall forward a form of assignment to the parties
for completion by the parties and the new employer and return to the
Director. Where the original employer is for any reason unable or
refuses to sign the form of assignment, his signature on such form shall
not be required.

(2) On receipt of the completed form of assignment by the Director
he shall enter the name of the new employer in the register and the date
on which the assignment is to come into effect.

(3) When an assignment of a contract of apprenticeship is
registered under subsection (2), the Director shall notify in writing

(a) the original employer (if he can be traced);

(b) the new employer; and

(c) the apprentice and his guardian (if any),

of the assignment and the date on which it is to come into effect.

Amended 13 of 1982, s. 11)





26. (1) Where the employer of a registered apprentice dies,
the contract of apprenticeship to which the employer was a party
shall not be determined by his death if the trade or occupation in
which the apprentice was employed is carried on by the personal
representative of the deceased employer. Such personal representa-
tive shall be the new employer and the contract shall be binding on
him as if he were a party to the contract in place of the deceased
employer.

(2) Where under subsection (1) a contract of apprenticeship
binds a personal representative, he shall, within 30 days after the
death of the employer, notify the Director in writing of such death
and the date thereof. (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(3) The Director shall, on receipt of a notification under
subsection (2), enter in the register- (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(a)a note of the death of the employer and the date thereof,
and

(b) the name of the personal representative.

(4) Where the name of the personal representative is registered
under subsection (3), the Director shall notify In writing---
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(a) the personal representative; and

(b) the apprentice and his guardian (if any),

of such registration.

(5) A personal representative who contravenes subsection (2)
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $2,000.

27. (1) Where the employer of a registered apprentice is a
partnership and any change takes place in the partners, the contract
of apprenticeship to which the partnership was a party shall not be
determined by such change if the trade or occupation in which the
apprentice was employed is carried on by the new partners. Such
new partners shall be the new employer and the contract shall be
binding on them as if they were a party to the contract in place of the
partnership.

(2) Where under subsection (1) a registered contract of appren-
ticeship binds the new partners, they shall, within 30 days after the
date of the change in the partners, notify the Director in writing of
such change and the date thereof. A notification by any one of the
partners shall be sufficient. (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(3) The Director shall, on receipt of a notification under
subsection (2), enter in the register- (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(a)a note of the change in the partners and the date thereof,
and

(b) the names of the new partners.





(4) When the names of the new partners are registered under
subsection (3), the Director shall notify in writing- (Amended, 13 of
1982, s. 11)

(a) such partners; and

(b) the apprentice and his guardian (if any), of such registration.

(5) A new partner who contravenes subsection (2) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 52,000.

PART VII

to_
COMPLETION OF TERMINATION -R
APPRENTICESHIPS

28. (1) An employer shall, within 14 days (or such further time as
the Director may permit) after the date of expiry of a period of
apprenticeship of

(a) a registered apprentice; or

(b)an apprentice whose contract of apprenticeship is exempted
from registration under section 18(2),

complete a certificate of completion in the specified form in relation to
the apprentice and send it to the Director.

(2) On receipt of a certificate of completion under subsection (1),
the Director shall, if he is satisfied that the apprentice has satisfactorily
completed his apprenticeship in accordance with his contract of
apprenticeship

(a)countersign the certificate of completion and give it to the
apprentice; and

(b)in the case of a registered apprentice, enter in the register a
note of the completion of the apprenticeship.

(3) Any employer who fails to comply with subsection (1) shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 52,000.

(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

29. (1) An employer may suspend from employment with or without
pay, any registered apprentice for a period not exceeding 14 9

days-

(a)in accordance with an express provision in the contract of
apprenticeship providing for suspension;

(b)as a disciplinary measure for any reason for which the
employer could terminate the contract of apprenticeship in
accordance with an express provision in the contract providing
for termination;





(e)pending a decision by the employer as to whether or not he
will exercise his right to terminate the contract of
apprenticeship in accordance with an express provision in the
contract;

(d)pending the outcome of any criminal proceedings against the
registered apprentice arising out of or connected with his
employment:

Provided that where such criminal proceedings are not
concluded within the period of 14 days such suspension may
be extended till the conclusion of the criminal proceedings.

(2) Where a registered apprentice is suspended under subsection
(1)-

(a)the employer shall, within 3 days after the date of the
commencement of the suspension. and

(b)the apprentice may at any time after he is notified by his
employer of the suspension,

report the matter to the Director, and the report made by the employer
shall be in writing stating the period of suspension and the grounds for
the suspension. (Amended, 13 of 1982. s. 11)

(3) The Director shall, on receipt of a report under subsection (2).
after making such inquiries as he thinks fit,- (Amended, 13 of' 1982,s.11)

(a) confirm the suspension;

(b) set aside the suspension; or

(c) set aside part of the period of suspension,

and where a period of suspension is set aside the employer shall, if the
suspension was without pay, pay the apprentice the wages which
would have accrued to him during such suspension.

(4) The Director shall notify the parties in writing of his decision
under subsection (3) and shall enter the decision in the register.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(5) An employer who contravenes subsection (2)(a) shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

30. (1) Subject to subsection (3), a registered contract of
apprenticeship may be terminated

(a) by the parties, if all the parties agree to the termination;

(b)by any party, in accordance with any express provision in the
contract of apprenticeship providing for such termination;

(c) by the apprentice in the event of his marriage;





(d) by the Director---

(i) if he is satisfied that the employer is unable to, or does
not, give the apprentice adequate training in accordance with
the contract of apprenticeship; or

(ii) if he is satisfied that it is for the benefit of the apprentice
to terminate the contract.

(2) Not less than 14 days' notice in writing shall be given, where a
contract of apprenticeship is to be terminated

(a) under subsection (1)(a), by either party to the Director;

(b)under subsection (1)(b), by the party wishing to terminate the
contract to the other party and the Director;

(c)under subsection (1)(c), by the apprentice to his employer and
the Director;

(d)under subsection (])(d), by the Director to all the parties unless
the Director is satisfied that a shorter period of notice would be
beneficial to the apprentice. (Amended, 43 of 1980, s. 4)

(3) A termination of a registered contract of apprenticeship shall
not be valid until

(a)in the case of termination under subsection (1)(a), the Director
is satisfied that all the parties agree to the termination;

(b)in the case of termination under subsection (1)(b) or (d), the
Director has given all the parties an opportunity to be heard
by, or to make representations to, him;

(c)in the case of termination under subsection (1)(c), the Director
is satisfied that the appprentice is married,

and the Director has entered in the register a note of the termination and
the date on which it is to come into effect.

(4) Where under subsection (3) the Director enters the termination
of a contract of apprenticeship in the register he shall notify all the
parties of the termination and the date on which it is to come into effect.

(5) If the Director decides not to enter the termination of a contract
of apprenticeship in the register he shall notify all the parties of his
decision and the reasons for such decision.

(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

31. (1) Where a registered contract of apprenticeship is terminated

(a)under section 30(1)(b) on the ground of misconduct by the
apprentice; or

(b)on the ground of a breach or repudiation of the contract of
apprenticeship by an apprentice,





such former apprentice shall, during the period of 2 years after the
date of the termination, be disqualified from-

(i) entering into a contract of apprenticeship in any de-
signated trade or in the trade in respect of which the
apprentice was registered prior to his disqualification;
or (Amended, 43 of 1980, s. 5)
(ii) attending the course of instruction at a technical institu-
tion specified by the Director in the original attendance
order. (Replaced, 43 of 1980, s. 5)

(2) The Director shall give written notice of the disqualifica-
tion of an apprentice under this section to the technical institution at
which the apprentice was attending prior to his disqualification and
may send copies of the notice of the disqualification of an apprentice
to any other technical institution that provides a course in respect of
which the disqualification applies. (Added, 43 of 1980, s. 5)
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

32. (1) Where the employment of a registered apprentice
ceases otherwise than on completion of his apprenticeship under
section 28 or on termination of a contract of apprenticeship under
section 30, the employer shall, within 14 days after such cessation of
employment, send to the Director a notice in the specified form in
relation to the apprentice.

(2) The Director shall, on receipt of a notice under subsection
(1), enter in the register a note of the cessation of employment of the
apprentice.

(3) An employer who contravenes subsection (1) shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$1,000.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

33. The Governor may appoint inspectors and such other
officers as he may consider necessary for carrying out the purposes
of this Ordinance.

34. (1) The Governor may give to the Director and to any
public officer such directions as he thinks fit with respect to
the performance or exercise of their functions, duties or powers
under this Ordinance, either generally or in any particular case.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(2) A person to whom a direction is given by the Governor
under subsection (1) shall, in the performance or exercise of his
functions, duties or powers under this Ordinance, comply with that
direction.





35. The Director and an inspector may, for the purposes of
this Ordinance- (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(a)enter, inspect and examine, by day or night, any premises
or place in which he knows, or has reasonable cause to
believe, that an apprentice or a young person is employed;

(b)in any such case, take with him any person whom he may
reasonably need to assist him;

(c)require the production, for purposes of inspection, of any
record, return, report or other document relating to the
employment of an apprentice or young person, and may
take copies of any such document;

(d)make such examination and inquiry as may be necessary to
ascertain whether the requirements of this Ordinance are
complied with, and seize anything which may appear to be
evidence of an offence under this Ordinance;

(e)examine, with respect to matters under this Ordinance, any
person whom he finds in any premises or place which he is
entitled under this section to enter, and require any such
person to answer any questions relating to those matters
and to make a statutory declaration as to the truth of the
answers to those questions.

36. (1) Save as provided in subsection (4), no public officer
shall disclose to any person, other than another public officer, the
name or identity of any person who has made a complaint alleging a
breach of any term or condition of a registered contract of appren-
ticeship or a contravention of any provision of this Ordinance or as
a result of which any such breach or contravention has come to his
notice or to the notice of any other public officer.

(2) No public officer shall disclose to an employer of a
registered apprentice or his representative that a visit to the
premises or place where an apprentice is employed was made in
consequence of the receipt of any such complaint as is referred to
in subsection (1).

(3) Save as provided in subsection (4), where as a result of or
in connexion with the enforcement of a contract of apprenticeship or
any provision of this Ordinance any manufacturing or commercial
secret or any working process comes to the knowledge of a public
officer, such officer shall not at any time (whether or not at the
relevant time he is still a public officer) disclose such secret or process
to any person.

(4) Where in any proceedings a court considers that justice so
requires, the court may order the disclosure of the name or identity
of any person who has made any such complaint as is referred to in
subsection (1) or the disclosure of any such secret or process as is
referred to in subsection (3).





(5) Any person who contravenes subsection (1), (2) or (3) shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
52,000.

37. Any notice to be served or given or any document to be
served or sent under this Ordinance may, except where the Ordi-
nance otherwise provides, be given, sent or served by registered post.

38. For the purposes of this Ordinance, the Director may, by
notice in writing served by registered post or by notice in the
Gazette, require any employer or class of employers to make returns
and reports in such form and at such times as he may in such notice
direct.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

39. Where a dispute arises between the parties to a registered
contract of apprenticeship regarding an alleged breach of any term
or condition of the contract, any such party may refer the dispute to
the Director who shall endeavour to settle it by conciliation.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

40. (1) Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Director or
any public officer in the performance or exercise of any function,
duty or power under this Ordinance may appeal to the Governor
against the decision.

(2) An appeal under subsection (1) shall be in writing sent to
the Chief Secretary within- (Amended, L.N. 226176)

(a)14 days after the date on which the aggrieved person was
informed of the decision or he otherwise comes to know of
the decision, whichever is the later; or

(b) such further period as the Governor may in any case allow.

(3) On consideration of an appeal under subsection (1), the
Governor may confirm, vary or reverse the decision of the Director
or other public officer, or substitute therefor such other decision or
make such other order as he thinks fit, which shall be final.

(4) Where a decision or order of the Governor under subsec-
tion (3) is in respect of a registered contract of apprenticeship, or a
variation or assignment of such contract, the Director shall enter
such decision or order in the register.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

41. Any person who obstructs the Director, an inspector or
any person authorized by the Director in writing, performing or
exercising any function, duty or power under this Ordinance shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)





42. (1) No prosecution for an offence under section 6, 12 or
19 shall be commenced without the consent in writing of the
Director. (Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

(2) Before the Director gives his consent to prosecute under
subsection (1) he shall hear the person against whom the allegation
is made, or give him an opportunity of being heard. (Amended, 13
of 1982, s. 11)

(3) A prosecution for any offence under this Ordinance may be
conducted by an officer of the Technical Education and Industrial
Training Department or the Labour Department authorized in that
behalf in writing by the Director. (Replaced, 13 of 1982, s. 7)

(4) Nothing in this section shall derogate from the powers of
the Attorney General in respect of the prosecution of criminal
offences.

43. (1) A certificate-

(a)stating whether or not a contract of apprenticeship is
registered under this Ordinance; or

(b)containing a copy of any entry required to be made under
this Ordinance in the register,

and purporting to be signed by or on behalf of the Director shall be
admitted in evidence without further proof on its production in any
legal proceedings and-
(i)until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the
certificate is so signed; and
(ii) the certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the facts
stated therein.

(2) A copy of a contract of apprenticeship or a variation
document certified by or on behalf of the Director as a true copy of a
contract of apprenticeship or variation document, as the case may
be, shall be admitted in evidence without further proof on its
production in any legal proceedings and-

(a)until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the
certificate is so signed; and

(b)the certified copy of the contract of apprenticeship or
variation document shall be prima facie evidence of its
contents.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

44. (1) The Governor may, by notice in the Gazette, extend
the upper age limit in the definition of 'young person' in section 2
from 18 years to an age limit not exceeding 21 years.

(2) Sections 6 and 7 shall not apply to an employer in respect
of a person who-





(a)is in his employment in a designated trade at the date when
the upper age limit in the definition of 'young person- is
extended under subsection (1); and

(b)is included within the definition of 'young person' by
virtue of the extension,

for so long as the employer continues to employ the young person in
that designated trade.

45. The Governor may by order specify any trade or occupa-
tion to be a designated trade.
(Replaced, 13 of 1982, s. 8)

46. (1) The Director may, for the purposes of this Ordinance,
specify-

(a) the form of contracts of apprenticeship;

(b)the form of register and any other forms required to be
specified under this Ordinance:

(c)the periods of apprenticeship to be served by apprentices in
designated trades;

(d)the skills and operations to be taught to registered appren-
tices by employers;

(e)the training programmes to be followed in the teaching of
registered apprentices;

the courses of instruction to be attended by registered
apprentices;

(g) the special qualifications for the purposes of section 23;

(h)the examinations and tests required to be passed by
registered apprentices prior to the completion of their
apprenticeships;

(i) the records to be kept in respect of registered apprentices;

(j) any other matters which he thinks it expedient to specify.

(2) The Director may publish in the Gazette any matter
specified by him under subsection (1).

(3) Copies of any form specified by the Director shall be
supplied to an employer free of charge on application to the
Director.
(Amended, 13 of 1982, s. 11)

46A. Any amendment of an order under section 45 relating to
any trade or occupation shall apply to every subsisting contract of
apprenticeship for that trade or occupation from the date on which
that contract was entered into.
(Added, 13 of 1982, s. 9)





47. (1) The Director, with the approval of the Commissioner, may
make regulations for all or any of the following purposes(Amended, 13
of 1982, s. 10)

(a)prescribing the terms and conditions to be included in a
contract of apprenticeship in a designated trade;

(b)prescribing the period of probation to be served by
apprentices in designated trades and the termination of
contracts of apprenticeship during the period of probation;

(c)prescribing the minimum standard of education required to be
attained by persons as a pre-requisite to their employment as
apprentices in designated trades;

(d)prescribing the hours of employment of registered
apprentices;

(e)providing for the frequency and manner of payment of wages
to registered apprentices;

providing for the medical examination of apprentices in
designated trades;

(g)providing for the registration of contracts of apprenticeship
and other matters which are required to be registered under
this Ordinance and the maintaining of the register.

(h)prescribing any thing which is to be or may be prescribed
under this Ordinance;

(i) generally for the better carrying out of the provisions and
purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) Any regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention of specified provisions thereof shall be an offence and
may prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of 55.000.

(3) All regulations made under subsection (1) shall be submitted to
the Governor and shall be subject to the approval of the Legislative
Council.

48. The following provisions of the Employment Ordinance shall
mutatis mutandis, and subject to any specific provisions to the
contrary contained in this Ordinance or in a contract of apprenticeship,
apply to employers, registered apprentices and registered contracts of
apprenticeship under this Ordinance--

(a) Part IVA (Protection against anti-union discrimination),

(h) Part V (Payment of wages);

(c) Part VI (Deductions from wages).

(d) Part VII (Sickness allowance),.

(e) Part VIII (Holidays with pay);

(ea) Part VIIIA (Annual leave with pay); (Added, 43 of 1980, s.6)





(f)Part IX (Ancillary provisions relating to sickness allow-
ance and holidays with pay)..

(g)Part IXA (Liability to pay wages of sub-contractor's and
nominated sub-contractor's employees); and (Added, 43
of 1980, s. 6)
(h)Part XIII (Offences and penalties). (Added, 43 of' 1980,
s.6)
Originally 8 of 1976. L.N. 226/76. 43 of 1980. 13 of 1982. L.N. 164/76. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 1130.) Application of Ordinance. Functions of the Director. Delegation by the Director or the Commissioner. Employment of young persons in designated trades. Existing employment of young persons. Contents and form of contracts of apprenticeship. Parties to contracts of apprenticeship. (Cap. 13.) Extent to which contracts of apprenticeship are binding. Premium not to be demanded or received. Enticement or wrongful employment of apprentices. Power to require employer to provide adequate training. Attendance of courses by apprentices. Preference to be given to registered apprentices. Compulsory registration of new contracts of apprenticeship. Compulsory registration of existing contracts of apprenticeship. Voluntary registration of apprenticeship. Exemption from registration of contracts of apprenticeship. Effect of not lodging contracts of apprenticeship for registration. Compulsory registration of variation documents. Variation of registered contracts of apprenticeship. Apprenticeship term may be extended in certain cases. Apprenticeship period may be shortened where special qualification is obtained. Assignment of contract of apprenticeship by employer. Assignment of contract of apprenticeship by the Director. Effect of death of employer. Effect of change in partners. Completion of apprenticeships. Suspension of apprentice for misconduct, etc. Termination of contracts of apprenticeship. Effect of termination of contract of apprenticeship for misconduct, etc. Notification of termination of employment of an apprentice. Appointment of inspectors, etc. Power of Governor to give directions. Powers of entry and inspection. Duty of public officers not to disclose source of complaint, etc. Service of notices. Returns to be made to the Director. Reference of disputes to the Director. Appeals to the Governor. Obstruction. Prosecution of offences. Evidence by certificate. Power to extend age limit of young persons. Governor to specify designated traders. Specification of certain matters by the Director. Amendment of specification to affect subsisting contracts. Regulations. Application of the Employment Ordinance. (Cap. 57.)

Abstract

Originally 8 of 1976. L.N. 226/76. 43 of 1980. 13 of 1982. L.N. 164/76. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 1130.) Application of Ordinance. Functions of the Director. Delegation by the Director or the Commissioner. Employment of young persons in designated trades. Existing employment of young persons. Contents and form of contracts of apprenticeship. Parties to contracts of apprenticeship. (Cap. 13.) Extent to which contracts of apprenticeship are binding. Premium not to be demanded or received. Enticement or wrongful employment of apprentices. Power to require employer to provide adequate training. Attendance of courses by apprentices. Preference to be given to registered apprentices. Compulsory registration of new contracts of apprenticeship. Compulsory registration of existing contracts of apprenticeship. Voluntary registration of apprenticeship. Exemption from registration of contracts of apprenticeship. Effect of not lodging contracts of apprenticeship for registration. Compulsory registration of variation documents. Variation of registered contracts of apprenticeship. Apprenticeship term may be extended in certain cases. Apprenticeship period may be shortened where special qualification is obtained. Assignment of contract of apprenticeship by employer. Assignment of contract of apprenticeship by the Director. Effect of death of employer. Effect of change in partners. Completion of apprenticeships. Suspension of apprentice for misconduct, etc. Termination of contracts of apprenticeship. Effect of termination of contract of apprenticeship for misconduct, etc. Notification of termination of employment of an apprentice. Appointment of inspectors, etc. Power of Governor to give directions. Powers of entry and inspection. Duty of public officers not to disclose source of complaint, etc. Service of notices. Returns to be made to the Director. Reference of disputes to the Director. Appeals to the Governor. Obstruction. Prosecution of offences. Evidence by certificate. Power to extend age limit of young persons. Governor to specify designated traders. Specification of certain matters by the Director. Amendment of specification to affect subsisting contracts. Regulations. Application of the Employment Ordinance. (Cap. 57.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2297

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

47

Number of Pages

26
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:31 +0800
<![CDATA[FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RESTRICTION ON RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2296

Title

FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RESTRICTION ON RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RESTRICTION ON
RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT)
ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 46





CHAPTER 46

FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RESTRICTION ON
RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT)

To amend the law relating to the recognition and enforcement qf'
.foreign judgments; to bar the bringing fo proceedings in Hong
Kong as an alternative to the enforcement of a foreign
judgment;and to provide for matters incidental thereto.

[28 June 1985.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Foreign Judgments
(Restriction on Recognition and Enforcement) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'court', in relation to an overseas country. includes any tribunal or
person having power to make, confirm. enforce, vary or revoke a
maintenance order as defined in section 2 of the Maintenance
Orders (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance.

'judgment' means any judgment or order (by whatever name called)
given or made by a court in any civil proceedings.

,.overseas country- means any place outside Hong Kong.

3. (1) Subject to this section, a judgment given by a court of an
overseas country in any proceedings shall not be recognized or
enforced in Hong Kong if

(a)the bringing of those proceedings in that court was contrary
to an agreement under which the dispute in question was to
be settled otherwise than by proceedings in the courts of that
country; and

(b) the person against whom the judgment was given-

(i) did not bring or agree to the bringing of those
proceedings in that court; and

(ii) did not counter-claim in the proceedings or otherwise
submit to the jurisdiction of the court.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply where the agreement referred to
in paragraph (a) of that subsection was illegal, void or unenforceable or
was incapable of being performed for reasons not attributable to the
fault of the party bringing the proceedings in which the judgment was
given.

(3) In determining whether a judgment given by a court of an
overseas country should be recognized or enforced in Hong Kong, the
court in Hong Kong shall not be bound by any decision of the court of
the overseas country relating to any of the matters mentioned in
subsection (1) or (2).





(4) Nothing in subsection (1) shall affect the recognition or
enforcement in Hong Kong of a judgment to which the Foreign
Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance applies

(a)by virtue of section 17(4) of the Nuclear Installations Act 1965
as extended to Hong Kong by the Nuclear Installations (Hong
Kong) Order 1972; or

(b) by virtue of-

(i) section 13(3) of the Merchant Shipping (Oi] Pollution)
Act 1971; or

(ii) section 6(4) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1974, as
extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping (Oil
Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order 1975.

4. For the purposes of determining whether a judgment given by a
court of an overseas country should be recognized or enforced in Hong
Kong, the person against whom the judgment was given shall not be
treated as having submitted to the jurisdiction of the court by reason
only of the fact that he appeared (conditionally or otherwise) in the
proceedings for any of the following purposes

(a) to contest the jurisdiction of the court;

(b)to ask the court to dismiss or stay the proceedings on the
ground that the dispute in question should be submitted to
arbitration or to the determination of the courts of another
country;

(c)to protect, or obtain the release of, property seized or
threatened with seizure in the proceedings.

5. (1) No proceedings may be brought by a person in Hong Kong
on a cause of action in respect of which a judgment has been given in
his favour in proceedings between the same parties, or their privies, in a
court of an overseas country. unless that judgment is not enforceable or
entitled to recognition in Hong Kong.

(2) This section shall not apply to judgments given before the
commencement of this Ordinance.

6. (1) The Ordinances specified in the Schedule ('the amended
Ordinances-) are amended to the extent indicated therein.

(2) This Ordinance shall not apply to a judgment-

(a)registered under any of the amended Ordinances before the
commencement of this Ordinance, or

(b)in respect of which proceedings at common law for its
enforcement were finally determined before such
commencement.

and the amended Ordinances shall continue to have effect in relation to
any judgment referred to in paragraph (a) as if this Ordinance had not
been enacted.





SCHEDULE [s. 6.1

In section 2(1) in the definition of---judgment-by
deleting 'Place;' and substituting the following

'place, but does not include a judgment which by
(Cap.46.) virtue of the Foreign Judgments (Restriction on
Recognition and Enforcement) Ordinance cannot be
recognized or enforced in Hong Kong;

In section 2(1) in the definition of---maintenanceorder-

(a)in paragraph (h) by deleting the comma at the end
thereof and substituting the following

... and---.

(b)by deleting---and. in the case of a maintenance order
which has been varied. means that order as varied;';

(c) by inserting after paragraph (h) the following-

in the case of a maintenance order which has
been varied. that order as varied. but does
not include a maintenance order being. or
made pursuant to. a judgment which by
(Cap. 46) virtue of the Foreign Judgments (Restriction
on Recognition and Enforcement) Ordin-
ance cannot he recognized or enforced in
Hong Kong:

(1) In section 2(1) by deleting the definition of
'judgment'

and substituting the following-

---Judgment---means-

(a)a judgment or order given or made by a court in
any civil proceedings: or

(b)a judgment or order given or made by a court in
any criminal proceedings for the payment of a
sum of money in respect of compensation or
damages to an injured party.

but does not include a judgment which by virtue of
(cap. 46.) the Foreign Judgments (Restriction on Recognition
and Enforcement) Ordinance cannot be recognized or
enforced in Hong Kong:

(2) In section 6-

(a)in subsection (2)(a)(i) by deleting---otherwisethan for
the purpose of protecting. or obtaining the release of.
property seized. or threatened with seizure. in the
proceedings or of contesting the jurisdiction of that
court;

(b) in subsection (3) by deleting paragraph (b).
Originally 37 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 188.) Overseas judgments given in breach of agreement for settlement of disputes. 1982 c. 27, s. 32. (Cap. 319.) (1965 c. 57.) (App. III, p. DC1.) (1971 c. 59.) (1974 c. 43.) (App. III, p. DL1.) Certain steps not to amount to submission to jurisdiction of overseas court. 1982 c. 27, s. 33. Certain foreign judgments a bar to proceedings on the same cause of action. 1982 c. 27, s. 34. Consequential and transitional. Schedule. (Cap. 9.) (Cap. 188.) (Cap. 319.)

Abstract

Originally 37 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 188.) Overseas judgments given in breach of agreement for settlement of disputes. 1982 c. 27, s. 32. (Cap. 319.) (1965 c. 57.) (App. III, p. DC1.) (1971 c. 59.) (1974 c. 43.) (App. III, p. DL1.) Certain steps not to amount to submission to jurisdiction of overseas court. 1982 c. 27, s. 33. Certain foreign judgments a bar to proceedings on the same cause of action. 1982 c. 27, s. 34. Consequential and transitional. Schedule. (Cap. 9.) (Cap. 188.) (Cap. 319.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2296

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

46

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:30 +0800
<![CDATA[BILLS OF LADING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2295

Title

BILLS OF LADING ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BILLS OF LADING ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 45





CHAPTER 45.

BILLS OF LADING.

Relating to bills of lading.

[14th December, 1886.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Bills of Lading
Ordinance.
(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. Every consignee of goods named in a bill of lading, and
every indorsee of a bill of lading, to whom the property in the
goods therein mentioned passes upon or by reason of such consign-
ment or indorsement, shall have transferred to and vested in him
all rights of suit, and be subject to the same liabilities, in respect
of such goods as if the contract contained in the bill of lading had
been made with himself.

3. Nothing in this Ordinance shall prejudice or affect any
right of stoppage in transitu, or any right to claim freight against
the original shipper or owner, or any liability of the consignee or
indorsee by reason or in consequence of his being such consignee
or indorsee, or of his receipt of the goods by reason or in con-
sequence of such consignment or indorsement.

4. Every bill of lading in the hands of a consignee or
indorsee for valuable consideration representing goods to have
been shipped on board a vessel shall be conclusive evidence of
such shipment as against the master or other person signing the
same, notwithstanding that such goods or some part thereof may
not have been so shipped, unless such holder of the bill of lading
has had actual notice at the time of receiving the same that the
goods had not been in fact laden on board:

Provided that the master or other person so signing may
exonerate himself in respect of such misrepresentation by showing
that it was caused without any default on his part, and wholly by
the fraud of the shipper, or of the holder, or of some person under
whom the holder claims.
Originally 29 of 1886. (Cap. 45, 1950.) 5 of 1924. Short title. Rights under bill of lading to vest in consignee or indorsee. 18 & 19 Vict. c. 111, s. 1. Saving as to stoppage in transitu or claims for freight. 18 & 19 Vict. c. 111, s. 2. Bill of lading in hands of consignee, etc., evidence of shipment as against master. 18 & 19 Vict. c. 111, s. 3.

Abstract

Originally 29 of 1886. (Cap. 45, 1950.) 5 of 1924. Short title. Rights under bill of lading to vest in consignee or indorsee. 18 & 19 Vict. c. 111, s. 1. Saving as to stoppage in transitu or claims for freight. 18 & 19 Vict. c. 111, s. 2. Bill of lading in hands of consignee, etc., evidence of shipment as against master. 18 & 19 Vict. c. 111, s. 3.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2295

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

45

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:29 +0800
<![CDATA[UNITED KINGDOM DESIGNS (PROTECTION) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2294

Title

UNITED KINGDOM DESIGNS (PROTECTION) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

UNITED KINGDOM DESIGNS (PROTECTION) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 44





CHAPTER 44.

UNITED KINGDOM DESIGNS (PROTECTION).

To protect the registered proprietor of any design registered in the
United Kingdom.

[28th December, 1928.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the United Kingdom Designs
(Protection) Ordinance.

2. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the registered
proprietor of any design registered in the United Kingdom under the
Registered Designs Acts, 1949 to 1961, or any Act amending or
substituted for those Acts shall enjoy in this Colony the like privileges
and rights as though the certificate of registration in the United
Kingdom had been issued with an extension to this Colony.

3. The registered proprietor of a design shall not be entitled to
recover any damages in respect of any infringement of copyright in a
design from any defendant who proves that at the date of the
infringement he was not aware, nor had any reasonable means of making
himself aware, of the existence of the registration of the design:

Provided that nothing in this section shall affect any proceedings
for an injunction.

4. The court shall have power, upon the application of any person
who alleges that his interests have been prejudicially affected, to declare
that exclusive privileges and rights in a design have not been acquired
in this Colony under the provisions of this Ordinance upon any of the
grounds upon which the United Kingdom registration might be
cancelled under the law for the time being in force in the United
Kingdom. Such grounds shall be deemed to include the publication of
the design in Hong Kong prior to the date of registration of the design
in the United Kingdom.

(Amended, 15 of 1932, s. 2)
Originally 18 of 1928. (Cap. 44, 1950.) 15 of 1932. 33 of 1939. Short title. Rights in U. K. extended to Colony. (12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6 c. 88. 4 & 5 Eliz. 2 c. 74, s. 44. 6 & 7 Eliz. 2 c. 38, s. 1. 9 & 10 Eliz. 2 c. 25). Innocent infringer not liable in damages. Grounds upon which court may declare that rights have not been acquired in this Colony.

Abstract

Originally 18 of 1928. (Cap. 44, 1950.) 15 of 1932. 33 of 1939. Short title. Rights in U. K. extended to Colony. (12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6 c. 88. 4 & 5 Eliz. 2 c. 74, s. 44. 6 & 7 Eliz. 2 c. 38, s. 1. 9 & 10 Eliz. 2 c. 25). Innocent infringer not liable in damages. Grounds upon which court may declare that rights have not been acquired in this Colony.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2294

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

44

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:29 +0800
<![CDATA[TRADE MARKS RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2293

Title

TRADE MARKS RULES

Description






TRADE MARKS RULES

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule....................................... Page
1. Citation ..............................A 6
2. Interpretation ........................A 6

OF TRADE MARKS SECTIONS 9 To 12)

PRELIMINARY ADVICE (SECTION 73)

3. Unacceptable words and representations A 6
4. Royal Arms, etc . .....................A 7
5. Armorial bearings, insignia, flags, etc . A 7
6. Living persons or persons recently dead A 7
7. Name or description of goods ..........A 8
8. Preliminary advice by Registrar as to distinctiveness A 8

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF A TRADE MARK
(SECTION 13)

9. Form of application ...................A 8
10........................................Specification must be justified by use or intended use A 9
11........................................Separate applications for different classes A 9
12........................................Representations of marks to be satisfactory A 9
13........................................Specimens of trade marks in exceptional cases A 10
14........................................Series of trade marks A10
is........................................Transliteration and translation A10

PROCEDURE ON RECEIPT OF AN APPLICA11ON FOR
REGISTRATION OF A TRADE MARK

16........................................Search A10
17........................................Acceptance, absolute or conditional; objection All
18........................................Registrar's objections. Hearing All
19........................................Registrar's conditions, etc. Hearing All
20........................................Decision of Registrar All
21........................................Disclaimer A 12

ADVERTISEMENT OF APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
OF A TRADE MARK (SECTION 14)

22........................................Advertisement of application A 12

OPPOSITION To APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
OF A TRADE MARK (SECTION 15)

23........................................Notice of opposition A 12
24........................................Counter-statement A 13
25........................................Evidence in support of opposition





Rule Page

26. Evidence in support of application ..A 13
27. Evidence in reply by opponent .......A 13
28. Further evidence ....................A 14
29. Exhibits ............................A 14
30. Hearing .............................A 14
31. Extension of time ...................A 14
32. Withdrawal of appeal ................A 14
33. Advertisement of trade mark as amended under section 15(9) A 15
34. Security for costs. Costs in uncontested cases A15

REGISTRATION OF A TRADE MARK (SECTION 17)

35. Entry in register ...................A 15
36. Death of applicant before registration A 16
37. Certificate of registration .........A 16

NON-COMPLETION OF REGISTRATION (SECTION 17(4))

38. Non-completion within 12 months .....A 16

ASSOCIATED TRADE MARKS (SECTION 24)

39. Associated marks ....................A 16

ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSMISSION (SECTIONS 41 To 44)

40. Joint application for registration of assignment or transmission A 17
41. Application by subsequent proprietor for registration of assignment or
transmission ............................A 17
42. Particulars to he stated in application A 17
43. Case accompanying application .......A 17
44. Proof of title ......................A 18
45. Application for registration of assignment without goodwill A 18
46. Entry in register ...................A 18
47. Separate registrations ..............A 19
48. Registrar's certificates ............A 19
49. Registrar's directions for advertisement of assignment without goodwill of
trade mark in use .......................A 19
CERTIFICATION TRADE MARKS ((SECTIONS 64, 65, 66 AND 68)
50. Application for registration ........A 20
51. Rules to apply as to applications for registration of ordinary trade marks A 20
52. Case: Draft regulations .............A 20





Rule....................................... Page

53....................Advertisement of application
............................................................. A 20

54........................................Opposition to application A 21
55........................................Application by registered proprietor for alteration of regulations A 21
56........................................Rectification of certification trade mark entries in register A 21

RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION (SECTIONS 45 To 47)

57........................................Renewal of registration A 21
58........................................Notice before expiration of registration A 22
59........................................Advertisement of non-payment of renewal fee A 22
60........................................Removal of trade mark from register. Restoration A 22
61........................................Record of removal A 22
62........................................Notice and advertisement of renewal and restoration A 23

RECTIFICATION AND CORRELATION OF REGISTER
(SECTIONS 37, 48, 49, 50 AND 57)

63........................................Application to rectify or remove a trade mark from the register A 23

64....................Procedure on receipt of application
............................................................. A 23

65........................................Intervention by third parties A 23
66........................................Application under section 50(1) A 24
67........................................Evidence A 24
68........................................Advertisement of certain applications A 24
69........................................Certificate of validity to be noted A 24

ALTERATION OF REGISTERED TRADE MARK (SECTION 51)

70....................Application for alteration ........................................... A 25

71........................................Advertisement before decision A25
72........................................Alteration and notification thereof A 25
73........................................Advertisement illustration A 25

CLASSIFICATION (SECTIONS 8 AND 54)

74........................................Classification of goods A 26
75........................................Application by registered proprietor for conversion of specification A 26
76........................................Advertisement of proposed conversion. Opposition A 26
77........................................Conversion of specification A 27

DEFENSIVE TRADE MARKS (SECTIONS 55 To 57)

78........................................Application under section 55 A 27





Rule...................................... Page

REGISTERED USERS (SECTIONS 50(2) AND 58 To 63)

79.......................................Application for entry of registered user A 28
80.......................................Entry and notification A 28
81.......................................Application of registered proprietor to vary entry A 28
82.......................................Application by registered proprietor or user to cancel entry A 28
83.......................................Application under section 60(1)(c) to cancel entry A 28
84.......................................Notification and intervention A 29
85.......................................Application of registered user under section 50(2) A 29

DISCRETIONARY POWER (SECTION 74)

86.......................................Hearing A 29
87.......................................Application for hearing A 30
88.......................................Notice of hearing A 30
89.......................................Notification of decision A 30
POWER To DISPENSE WITH EVIDENCE ETC.
90.......................................Dispensing with evidence, etc . A 30
EXTENSION OF TIME
91.......................................Extension of time A 30
92.......................................Excluded days A 31
POWER To TAX COSTS
92A......................................Power to tax costs A 31
FEES
93.......................................Fees A 31
FORM
94.......................................Forms A 31
DOCUMENTS
95.......................................Size, etc. of documents A 32
96.......................................Signature of documents by partnerships, companies and associations A 32
97.......................................Service of documents A 32

98. Amendment.......................of documents
............................................................................... A 32





Rule ......................................Page

ADDRESS

99. Address ..............................A33
100.......................................Address for service A 33
101.......................................Alteration of address in register A 34
AGENTS
102.......................................Agency A 34

CERTIFICATES

103.......................................Certificates by Registrar A35
104.......................................Certificate of mark registered without limitation of colour A 36
105.......................................Certificate for use in obtaining registration abroad A 36

DECLARATIONS

106.......................................Manner in which, and person before whom, declaration is to be taken A 36
107.......................................Seal or signature of officer taking declaration to prove itself A 37

SEARCH

108. Search to ascertain whether trade mark resembling submitted mark is on

record
........................................................................................................... A 37

APPLICATIONS AND APPEALS To THE
COURT

109. Application or appeal to Court. Right of defendant in action for infringement A 37
110. Application to be served on the Registrar A 38
ORDERS OF THE COURT
ill. Copy of order of Court to be left at the Registry A 38
112. Publication of order of Court A38

DAYS AND HOURS OF
BUSINESS

113......................................Days and hours A 39

Schedule 1. Fees .........................A 39
Schedule 2. Forms ........................A 46
Schedule 3. Classification of Goods ......A 86
Schedule 4. Classification of Goods. Names of the Classes ses A 88





TRADE MARKS RULES
(Cap. 43, section 90)

[1 January 19551

47 of 1954, Schedule L.N. 28 of 1964, L.N. 58 of 1968, L.N. 125 of 1974, L.N. 199 of 1977,
L.N. 242 of 1981, L.N. 397 of 1984, L.N. 113 of 1985, L.N. 256 of 1987, R. Ed. 1987, L.N.
234 of 1989,

1. Citation

These rules may be cited as the Trade Marks Rules.

2. Interpretation

In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Registry' means the Trade Marks Registry, Hong Kong;

section means a section of the Ordinance, a subsection being indicated by a number
enclosed in brackets immediately following the number of the section;

'specification' means the designation of goods in respect of which a trade mark, or a
registered user of a trade mark, is registered or proposed to be registered

REGISTRABILITY OF TRADE MARKS (SECTIONS 9
TO 12)

PRELIMINARY ADVICE (SECTION
73)

3. Unacceptable words and representations

(1) The Registrar may refuse to accept any application for the registration of a
mark upon which any of the following appear

(a)The words 'Patent', 'Patented', 'Registered', 'Registered Design%
'Copyright', 'Entered at Stationers' Hall', 'To counterfeit this is a
forgery', or words to the like effect.

(b)Representations of Their Majesties or any member of the Royal
Family, or any colourable imitations thereof.

(c)The words 'Red Cross' or 'Geneva Cross' and representations of
the Geneva and other crosses in red, or of the Swiss Federal cross in
white on a red ground or silver on a red ground, or such
representations in a similar colour or colours.





(2) Where there appears in a trade mark the registration of which is applied for a
representation of a cross in any colour, not being one of those mentioned in subrule
(1)(c), the Registrar may require the applicant as a condition of acceptance to
undertake not to use the cross device in red, or in white on a red ground or silver on
a red ground, or in any similar colour or colours.

(3) Representations of exhibition medals and awards that have been granted to
an applicant or his predecessor in business in respect of the goods for which a trade
mark is proposed to be registered may appear on the mark but shall not be accepted
as a registrable feature thereof. Representations of medals and awards that have not
been so granted to the applicant or his predecessor in business may not appear on
the mark.

4. Royal Arms, etc.

The following features may not appear on trade marks the registration of which
is applied for

(a)representations of the Royal or Imperial Arms, crests, armorial
bearings or insignia, or devices so nearly resembling any of the
foregoing as to be likely to be mistaken for them;

(b)representations of the Royal or Imperial crowns, or of the Royal,
Imperial or National flags;

(c)any words, such as 'RoyaL' or 'Imperial', or any letters or devices if
used in such a manner as to be likely to lead persons to think that the
applicant either has or recently has had Royal patronage or
authorization, whether or not such be the case;

(d) the word 'Anzac'.

(L.N. 28 of 1964)

5. Armorial bearings, insignia, flags, etc.

Where a representation of the armorial bearings, insignia, orders of chivalry,
decorations, flags or devices of any state, city, borough, town, place, society, body
corporate, institution or person appears on a mark, the Registrar, before proceeding
to register the mark, may require to be furnished with a consent to the registration
and use of such emblems from such official or other person as appears to the
Registrar to be entitled to give consent, and in default of such consent he may refuse
to register the mark.

6. Living persons or persons recently dead

Where the name or representation of any person appears on a trade mark the
Registrar shall, if he so require, before proceeding to register the mark be





furnished with consent from him or, in the case of a person recently dead, from his
legal representatives, and in default of such consent he may refuse to register the
mark.

7. Name or description of goods

(1) Where the name or description of any goods appears on a trade mark, the
Registrar may refuse to register such mark in respect of any goods other than the
goods so named or described.

(2) Where the name or description of any goods appears on a trade mark, which
name or description in use varies, the Registrar may permit the registration of the
mark for those and other goods, and in that case the applicant shall state in his
application that the name or description will be varied when the mark is used upon
goods covered by the specification other than the named or described goods.

8. Precautionary advice by Registrar as to distinctiveness

(1) Any person who proposes to apply for the registration of a trade mark in
Part A or Part B of the register in respect of any goods may apply to the Registrar on
Form TM-No. 1, or on Form TM-No. 2 in a case when he is also making an
application under rule 108(1), for advice as to whether the trade mark, of which
representations shall accompany the Form, appears to the Registrar prima facie to be
inherently adapted to distinguish within the meaning of section 9 or inherently
capable of distinguishing within the meaning of section 10 as the case may be in
relation to those goods, and shall apply separately in relation to goods comprised
within different classes of goods in Schedule 4. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) A notice of withdrawal of an application for the registration of a trade mark
given under section 73(3) for the purpose of obtaining repayment of any fee paid on
the filing of the application shall be given in writing within 2 months from the date of
the notice of the Registrar's objection.

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF A TRADE
MARK
(SECTION 13)

9. Form of application

(1) An application under section 13 for the registration of a trade mark in Part A
or Part B of the register shall be addressed to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 3, and
shall have affixed thereto a representation of the mark. The application shall be
signed by the applicant or his agent. If the application is





made for or on behalf of a partnership or a body corporate it shall be signed in
manner provided by rule 96, but in either case it may be signed by an agent. (L.N.
256 of 1987)

(1A) Every application claiming priority under section 13A of the Ordinance by
reason of an application made or deemed to have been made in a Convention
country shall specify the country in which the application was made and the date of
that application, and the applicant shall furnish a certificate by the registrar or other
registering authority of that country, or otherwise verify the application made or
deemed to be made therein to the satisfaction of the Registrar. (L.N. 199 of 1977)

(2) (Repealed L.N. 256 of 1987)

(3) Each application shall be for registration in respect of goods in one class
only of Schedule 4.

(4) Each application shall be accompanied by 14 additional representations of
the trade mark exactly corresponding to that affixed to Form TM-No. 3. (L.N. 199 of
1977; L.N. 256 of 1987)

10. Specification must be justified by use or intended use

In the case of an application under section 13 for registration in respect of all
the goods included in a class, or of a large variety of goods, the Registrar may refuse
to accept the application unless he is satisfied that the specification is justified by
the use of the mark which the applicant has made, or intends to make if and when it is
registered.

11. Separate applications for different classes

Applications under section 13 for the registration of the same mark in different
classes shall be treated as separate and distinct applications, and in all cases where a
trade mark is registered under the same official number for goods in more than one
class, whether on conversion of the specification under rule 75 or otherwise, the
registration in respect of the goods included in each separate class shall be deemed
to be a separate registration for all the purposes of the Ordinance.

12. Representations of marks to he satisfactory

In any application under section 13, the Registrar, if dissatisfied with any
representation of a mark, may at any time require another representation satisfactory
to him to be substituted before proceeding with the application.





13. Specimens of trade marks in exceptional cases

In any application under section 13

(a)where a drawing or other representation or specimen cannot be given
in manner aforesaid, a specimen or copy of the trade mark may be
sent either of full size or on a reduced scale, and in such form as the
Registrar may think most convenient; and

(b)the Registrar may also, in exceptional cases, deposit in the Registry a
specimen or copy of any trade mark which cannot conveniently be
shown by a representation, and may refer thereto in the register in
such manner as he may think fit.

14. Series of trade marks

When application under section 13 is made for the registration of a series of
trade marks under section 26, a representation of each trade mark of the series shall
be affixed, as aforesaid, to the application form, and 14 additional sets of
representations shall be supplied therewith.

(L.N. 199 of 1977; L.N. 256 of 1987)

15. Transliteration and translation

In any application under section 13

(a)where a trade mark contains a word or words in characters other than
Roman, there shall, unless the Registrar otherwise directs, be
endorsed on the application form a sufficient transliteration and
translation to the satisfaction of the Registrar of each of such words,
and every such endorsement shall state the language to which the
word belongs and shall be signed by the applicant or his agent; and

(b)where a trade mark contains a word or words in a language other than
English, the Registrar may ask for an exact translation thereof
together with the name of the language, and such translation and
name, if he so requires, shall be endorsed and signed as aforesaid.

PROCEDURE ON RECEIPT OF AN APPLICATION FOR
REGISTRATION OF A TRADE MARK

16. Search

Upon receipt of an application for the registration of a trade mark in respect of
any goods the Registrar shall cause a search to be made, amongst the





registered marks and pending applications, for the purpose of ascertaining whether
there are on record in respect of the same goods or description of goods any marks
identical with the mark applied for, or so nearly resembling it as to render the mark
applied for likely to deceive or cause confusion.

17. Acceptance, absolute or conditional; objection

After such search, and consideration of the application, and of any evidence of
use or of distinctiveness or of any other matter which the applicant may or may be
required to furnish, the Registrar may accept the application absolutely, or he may
object to it, or he may express his willingness to accept it subject to such conditions,
amendments, disclaimers, modifications or limitations as he may think right to
impose.

18. Registrar's objections. Hearing

If the Registrar objects to the application, he shall inform the applicant of his
objections in writing, and unless within 3 months the applicant applies for a hearing
or makes a considered reply in writing to those objections he shall he deemed to
have withdrawn his application.

(LN. 28 of 1964; L.N. 256 of 1987)

19. Registrar's conditions, etc. Hearing

(1) If the Registrar is willing to accept the application subject to any conditions,
amendments, disclaimers, modifications or limitations, he shall communicate such
willingness to the applicant in writing, and, if the applicant objects to such
conditions, amendments, disclaimers, modifications, or limitations he shall within 3
months from the date of the communication apply for a hearing or communicate his
considered objections in writing, and if he does not do so he shall be deemed to
have withdrawn his application. If the applicant does not object to such conditions,
amendments, disclaimers, modifications or limitations, he shall forthwith notify the
Registrar in writing, and alter his application accordingly. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) The Registrar may require that a transliteration or translation of a word trade
mark, or the name of a device trade mark, appears on the mark in Chinese characters
if in his opinion this is necessary to avoid the likelihood of deception or confusion
and for the protection of the public.

20. Decision of Registrar

(1) The decision of the Registrar, at a hearing as in rule 18 or 19, or without a
hearing if the applicant has duly communicated his considered objections or
considered reply in writing, and has stated that he does not desire to be heard, shall
be communicated to the applicant in writing, and if the





applicant objects to such decision he may within 3 months by applying upon
Form TM-No. 5 require the Registrar to state in writing the grounds of, and
the materials used by him in arriving at, his decision. (L.N. 256 of 1987)
(2) In a case where the Registrar makes any requirements to which the
applicant does not object, the applicant shall comply therewith before the
Registrar issues such statement in writing. The date when such statement is sent
to the applicant shall be deemed to be the date of the Registrar's decision for
the purpose of appeal.

21. Disclaimer
The Registrar may call on an applicant to insert in his application such
disclaimer as the Registrar may think fit, in order that the public generally may
understand what the applicant's rights, if his mark is registered, will be.

ADVERTISEMENT OF APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
OF A TRADE MARK (SECTION 14)

22. Advertisement of application
(1) An application for the registration of a trade mark required or
permitted to be advertised by section 14 shall be advertised by the applicant in
one issue of the Gazette.
(2) In the case of an application with which the Registrar proceeds only
after the applicant has lodged the written consent to the proposed registration
of the registered proprietor of another trade mark or another applicant, the
words 'BY CONSENT' shall appear in the advertisement.
(3) If, with the approval of the Registrar, no representation of the trade
mark is included in the advertisement of the application, the applicant shall
supply a detailed description of the trade mark, approved by the Registrar, and
shall state in the advertisement that a representation of the trade mark is
deposited in the Registry for inspection.
(4) When an application relates to a series of trade marks the Registrar
may, if he thinks fit, direct the applicant to insert with the advertisement of the
application a statement of the manner in which the several trade marks differ
from one another.

OPPOSITION To APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
OF A TRADE MARK (SECTION 15)

23. Notice of opposition
Any person may within a period of 2 months from the date of the
advertisement of an application for registration of a trade mark give notice in





writing to the Registrar of opposition to the registration. The notice shall be on
Form TM-No. 6 and shall contain a statement of the grounds upon which the
opponent objects to the registration. It shall be accompanied by a duplicate
which the Registrar shall send to the applicant.
(L.N. 256 of 1987)

24. Counter-statement

Within 2 months from the receipt of such duplicate the applicant shall send
to the Registrar a counter-statement on Form TM-No. 7 setting out the
grounds on which he relies as supporting his application. The applicant shall
also set out what facts, if any, alleged in the notice of opposition he admits. The
counter-statement shall be accompanied by a duplicate which the Registrar
shall send to the opponent.
(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 256 of 1987)

25. Evidence in support of opposition

Within 3 months from the receipt of the duplicate the opponent shall leave
with the Registrar such evidence by way of statutory declaration as he desires
to adduce in support of his opposition. The statutory declaration shall be
accompanied by a copy which the Registrar shall send to the applicant.
(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 113 of 1985; L.N. 256 of 1987)

26. Evidence in support of application

If an opponent leaves no evidence, he shall, unless the Registrar otherwise
directs, be deemed to have abandoned his opposition but, if he does leave
evidence, then, within 3 months from the receipt of the copy of the statutory
declaration, the applicant shall leave with the Registrar such evidence by way of
statutory declaration as he desires to adduce in support of his application. The
statutory declaration shall be accompanied by a copy which the Registrar shall
send to the opponent.
(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 113 of 1985; L.N. 256 of 1987)

27. Evidence in reply by opponent

Within 3 months from the receipt of the copy of the statutory declaration
the opponent may leave with the Registrar evidence by way of statutory
declaration confined strictly to matters in reply. The statutory declaration shall
be accompanied by a copy which the Registrar shall send to the applicant.
(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 113 of 1985; L.N. 256 of 1987)





28. Further evidence

No further evidence shall be left by either side, but in any proceedings before
the Registrar he may at any time, if he thinks fit, give leave to either the applicant or
the opponent to leave any evidence upon such terms as to costs or otherwise as the
Registrar may think fit.

29. Exhibits

Where there are exhibits to statutory declarations left with the Registrar in an
opposition, a copy or impression of each exhibit shall be sent to the other party on
his request, and at his expense, or if such copies or impressions cannot conveniently
be furnished, the originals shall be left with the Registrar so that they may be open
to inspection. The original exhibits shall be produced at the hearing unless the
Registrar otherwise directs.

(L.N. 28 of 1964)

30. Hearing

(1) Upon completion of the evidence the Registrar shall give notice to the
parties of a date when he will hear the arguments in the case. The appointment shall
be for a date at least 14 days after the date of the notice, unless the parties consent
to a shorter notice. Within 7 days from the receipt of the notice any party who
intends to appear shall so notify the Registrar on Form TM-No. 8. A party who
receives as aforesaid and who does not, within 7 days from the receipt thereof, so
notify the Registrar on Form TM-No. 8, may be treated as not desiring to be heard
and the Registrar may act accordingly. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) The Registrar shall communicate to the parties, in writing, his decision and
the grounds of his decision. (L.N. 28 of 1964)

31. Extension of time

Where in opposition proceedings an extension of time is granted under rule 91
to any party, the Registrar may thereafter, if he thinks fit, without giving the party so
favoured a hearing, grant any reasonable extension of time to the other party in
which to take any subsequent step.

32. Withdrawal of appeal

Where under section 15(8) an appellant is entitled to withdraw his appeal, the
withdrawal shall be effected by notice given to the Registrar and to the other parties,
if any, to the appeal within 7 days after the leave referred to in that section has been
obtained.





33. Advertisement of trade mark as
amended under section 15(9)

When under section 15(9) permission is given for a trade mark to be
modified, the Registrar shall require the mark as amended to be advertised in
one issue of the Gazette.

34. Security for costs. Costs in uncontested cases

(1) Where a party giving notice of opposition or an applicant sending a
counter-statement after receipt of a copy of such a notice neither resides nor
carries on business in Hong Kong, the Registrar may require him to give
security, in such form as the Registrar may deem sufficient, for the costs of the
proceedings before the Registrar, for such amount as to the Registrar may seem
fit, and at any stage in the opposition proceedings may require further security
to be given at any time before giving his decision in the case. (L.N. 256 of
1987)
(2) In the event of an opposition being uncontested by the applicant, the
Registrar in deciding whether costs should be awarded to the opponent shall
consider whether proceedings might have been avoided if reasonable notice had
been given by the opponent to the applicant before the notice of opposition was
lodged.

REGISTRATION OF A TRADE MARK (SECTION 17)

35. Entry in register

(1) As soon as may be after the expiration of 2 months from the date of
the advertisement in the Gazette of any application for the registration of a
trade mark, the Registrar shall, subject to any opposition and the determination
thereof, and subject to the provisions of section 17(1), and upon payment of the
prescribed fee on Form TM-No. 9, enter the trade mark in the register. The
entry of a trade mark in the register shall give the date of the registration, the
goods in respect of which it is registered, and all particulars named in section 3,
and such other particulars as the Registrar may deem necessary. (L.N. 256 of
1987)
,(2) In the case of an application which the Registrar accepts only after
the applicant has lodged the written consent to the proposed registration of the
registered proprietor of another trade mark or another applicant for
registration, the aforesaid entry in the register shall state that it is 'BY
CONSENT', and shall give the number of the previous registration or the
application for registration.
(3) When a trade mark has been entered in the register, the fact of
registration shall be advertised in the Gazette.





36. Death of applicant before registration

In the case of the death of any applicant for the registration of a trade mark after
the date of his application, and before the trade mark has been entered in the
register, the Registrar, after the expiration of the prescribed period of advertisement
and the determination of any opposition to the application, may, on being satisfied
of the applicant's death, enter in the register, in place of the name of such deceased
applicant, the name, address and description of the person owning the trade mark,
on such ownership being proved to the satisfaction of the Registrar.

37. Certificate of registration

Upon the registration of a trade mark the Registrar shall issue to the applicant a
certificate in Form TM-No. 10, and shall affix thereto a copy of the mark supplied by the
applicant under rule 9(4). No fee shall be charged for the certificate.

(L.N. 28 of 1964)

NON-COMPLETION OF REGISTRATION (SECTION 17(4))

38. Non-completion within 12 months

Where registration of a trade mark is not completed within 12 months from the
date of the application by reason of default on the part of the applicant, the Registrar
shall on Form TM-No. 11 give notice to the applicant or to his agent of such non-
completion. If after 14 days from the date when the notice was sent, or such further
time as the Registrar may allow, the registration is not completed, the application
shall be deemed to be abandoned.

ASSOCIATED TRADE MARKS (SECTION 24)

39. Associated marks

(1) Where a mark is registered as associated with any other mark or marks the
Registrar shall note upon the register in connection with the first-mentioned mark
the numbers of the marks with which it is associated, and shall also note upon the
register in connection with each of the associated marks the number of the first-
mentioned mark as being a mark associated therewith.

(2) An application by a registered proprietor under section 24(2) to dissolve the
association between 2 or more associated trade marks shall be made on Form TM-No.
12, and shall include a statement of the grounds of

the application.(L.N. 256 of 1987)





ASSIFNMENT AND TRANSMISSION (SECTIONS 41
To 44)

40. Joint application for registration
of assignment or transmission

Where a person becomes entitled by assignment or transmission to a registered
trade mark he may, conjointly with the registered proprietor, make application to the
Registrar on Form TM-No. 13 to register his title.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

41.Application by subsequent proprietor for registration
of assignment or transmission

Where a person becomes entitled to a registered trade mark in the manner
referred to in rule 40, and no conjoint application as therein mentioned is made, he
shall make application to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 14 to register his title.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

42. Particulars to he stated in application

An application under rule 40 or 41 shall contain the name, trade or business
address, nationality and description of the person claiming to be entitled, together
with full particulars of the instrument, if any, under which he claims, and such
instrument shall be produced to the Registrar for inspection, preferably at the time of
application. The full names of all the partners in a partnership shall be given in the
body of the application. The Registrar may in any case require and retain an attested
copy of any instrument produced for inspection in proof of title, but such copy shall
not be open to public inspection.

43. Case accompanying application

Where in the case of an application on Form TM-No. 13 or TM-No. 14 the
person applying for registration of his title does not claim under any document or
instrument which is capable in itself of furnishing proof of his title, he shall, unless
the Registrar otherwise directs, either upon or with the application, state a case
setting forth the full particulars of the facts upon which his claim to be proprietor of
the trade mark is based, and showing that the trade mark has been assigned or
transmitted to him. If the Registrar so requires, the case shall be verified by a
statutory declaration on Form TM-No. 15.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)





44. Proof of title

The Registrar may call on any person who applies to be registered as proprietor
of a registered trade mark for such proof or additional proof of title as he may require
for his satisfaction.

45. Application for registration of

assignment without goodwill

(1) An application under rule 40 or 41 relating to an assignment, on or after the
date of the commencement of the Ordinance, of a trade mark in respect of any goods
shall state

(a)whether the trade mark was, at the time of the assignment, used in a
business in any of those goods; and

(b)whether the assignment was made otherwise than in connection with
the goodwill of that business,

and, if both these circumstances subsisted, then the applicant shall leave with the
Registrar a copy of the Registrar's directions to advertise the assignment, obtained
upon application under section 41(6) and rule 49, and such proof, including copies of
advertisements or otherwise, as the Registrar may require that his directions have
been fulfilled; and if the Registrar is not satisfied that the directions have been
fulfilled, he shall not proceed with the application.

(2) For the purposes of section 18(3) the period within which a corporation may
be registered as the subsequent proprietor of a registered trade mark upon
application made under rule 40 or 41 shall be 6 months from the date on which the
trade mark was entered in the register or such further period not exceeding 6 months
as the Registrar may allow, on application being made to him on Form TM-No. 16 by
the applicant for registration of title or the registered proprietor, as the case may be,
at any time before or during the period for which the extension can be allowed. (L.N.
256 of 1987)

46. Entry in register

(1) When the Registrar is satisfied as to the title of the person claiming to be
registered, he shall cause him to be registered as proprietor of the trade mark in
respect of the relevant goods, and shall enter in the register his name, trade or
business address, nationality and description, and particulars of his assignment or
transmission.

(2) If so requested by the registered proprietor the Registrar shall make an
endorsement of the assignment or transmission on the certificate of registration.





47. Separate registrations

Where pursuant to an application under rule 40 or 41, and as the result of a
division and separation of the goods of a registration or a division and separation of
markets, different persons become registered separately under the same official
number as subsequent proprietors of a trade mark, each of the resulting separate
registrations in the names of those different persons shall be deemed to be a
separate registration for all the purposes of the Ordinance.

48. Registrar's certificates

Any person who desires to obtain the Registrar's certificate under section 41(5)
shall send to the Registrar, with his application on Form TM-No. 17, a statement of
case in duplicate setting out the circumstances, and a copy of any instrument or
proposed instrument effecting the assignment or transmission. The Registrar may
call for any evidence or further information that he may consider necessary, and the
statement of case shall be amended if required to include all the relevant
circumstances and shall if required be verified by a statutory declaration. The
Registrar, after hearing if so required the applicant and any other person whom the
Registrar may consider to be interested in the transfer, shall consider the matter and
issue a certificate thereon or a notification in writing of approval or disapproval
thereof, as the case may be. Where a statement of case is amended, 2 fair copies
thereof in its final form shall be left with the Registrar. The Registrar shall attach a
copy of the statement of case in its final form to the certificate and affix his seal
thereto.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

49.Registrar's directions for advertisement
of assignment without goodwill of trade
mark in use

(1) An application to the Registrar under section 41(6) shall be made by the
assignee on Form TM-No. 18 and shall state the date on which the assignment was
made. The application shall give particulars of the registration in the case of a
registered trade mark, and, in the case of an unregistered trade mark, shall show the
mark and give particulars of the registered trade mark that has been assigned
therewith in accordance with section 41(3). The Registrar may call for any evidence
or further information, and if he is satisfied with regard to the various matters he
shall issue directions in writing with respect to the advertisement of the assignment.

(2) A request to the Registrar for an extension of the period within which the
application may be made, which shall be on Form TM-No. 19, may be made at any
time before or during the period for which extension can be allowed. The extension
of the period which the Registrar may allow shall not exceed 3 months.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)





CERTIFICATION TRADE MARKS (SECTIONS 64, 65, 66 AND 68)

50. Application for registration

An application for the registration of a certification trade mark under section 64
shall be made to the Registrar upon Form TM-No. 20, and shall be accompanied by a
duplicate of the application on Form TM-No. 20.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

51. Rules to apply as to applications for registration

of ordinary trade marks

(1) These rules shall apply to such applications as they apply to applications
for the registration of ordinary trade marks, except that the applicant shall not be
deemed to have abandoned his application if in the circumstances of rule 18 or 19 he
does not apply for a hearing or reply in writing.

(2) The address of an applicant to register a certification trade mark shall be
deemed to be a trade or business address for all the purposes for which such an
address is required by these rules.

52. Case. Draft regulations

The applicant shall send to the Registrar with his application or when required
by the Registrar a case setting out the grounds on which he relies in support of his
application together with draft regulations for governing the use of the mark on Form
TM-No. 21, all being in duplicate. The Registrar may communicate to the applicant
any observations he may have to make on the sufficiency of the case or the
suitability of the draft regulations and the applicant may modify either of those
documents. The Registrar may at any time call for such evidence, if any, as he thinks
fit and shall, if required, hear the applicant before acting as provided in section 65(5).
When the application has been accepted the approved regulations, as well as the
form of application, shall be open to public inspection.

53. Advertisement of application

An application for the registration of a certification trade mark required to be
advertised under section 66 shall be advertised by the applicant in one issue of the
Gazette. The advertisement shall set forth all the conditions and limitations subject
to which the application has been accepted.





54. Opposition to application

(1) Any person may within a period of 2 months from the date of the
advertisement of an application for registration of a certification trade mark give
notice in writing to the Registrar of opposition under section 66(1). The notice shall
be on Form TM-No. 6 and rules 23 to 34 shall apply to the proceedings thereon.

(2) Within the same period as is mentioned in subrule (1) any person may give
notice to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 22 of opposition under section 66(2). Rules
23 to 34 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the proceedings on such notice of
opposition with substitution of Form TM-No. 23 for Form TM-No. 7, and of Form
TM-No. 24 for Form TM-No. 8. In any case of doubt any party may apply to the
Registrar for directions.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

55. Application by registered proprietor

for alteration of regulations

An application by a registered proprietor of a certification trade mark under
section 68(1) for an alteration of the deposited regulations shall be made on Form
TM-No. 25. Where the Registrar requires such an application to be advertised by the
applicant in the Gazette the time within which any person may give notice to the
Registrar of opposition to the application shall be 2 months from the date of the
advertisement.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

56. Rectification of certification trade

mark entries in register

An application by an aggrieved person to the Registrar under section 68(2) for
the expunging or varying of an entry in the register of or relating to a certification
trade mark, or for varying the relevant deposited regulations, shall be made on Form
TM-No. 26, and shall include full particulars of the grounds on which the application
is made.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION (SECTIONS 45 To
47)

57. Renewal of registration

At any time not more than 3 months before the expiration of the last registration
of a trade mark any person may leave with the Registrar a fee for the renewal of the
registration of the mark upon Form TM-No. 27, and, if he





is not the registered proprietor, shall sign a statement on the Form that he is
directed by the registered proprietor to pay the fee (if such be the case) and shall
give his address. Before taking any further step the Registrar may either-
(L.N. 256 of 1987)
(a)require the person leaving the fee to furnish within 10 days an
authority to pay the fee signed by the registered proprietor, and if
he does not furnish such authority may return the fee and treat it
as not received; or
(b)communicate with the registered proprietor stating that the fee
has been received and that the registration will in due course be
renewed.

58. Notice before expiration of registration
At a date not less than 1 month and not more than 2 months before the
expiration of the last registration of a mark, if no fee upon the Form TM-No.
27 has been received, the Registrar shall notify the registered proprietor in
writing of the approaching expiration.

59. Advertisement of non-payment of renewal fee
If at the date of the expiration of the last registration of a mark the
renewal fee has not been paid, the Registrar shall advertise the fact in the
Gazette, and if within 1 month of the date of that advertisement the renewal fee
upon Form TM-No. 27 together with an additional fee upon Form TM-No.
28 is received, he may renew the registration without removing the mark from
the register.
(L.N. 256 of 1987)

60. Removal of trade mark from register. Restoration
Where, at the expiration of 1 month from the date of the advertisement
mentioned in rule 59, the fees therein mentioned have not been paid, the
Registrar may remove the mark from the register as of the date of the
expiration of the last registration, but may, upon payment of the renewal fee
upon Form TM-No. 27 together with a restoration fee upon Form TM-No.
29, restore the mark to the register if satisfied that it is just so to do, and upon
such conditions as he may think fit to impose.
(L.N. 256 of 1987)

61. Record of removal
Where a trade mark has been removed from the register, the Registrar
shall cause to be entered in the register a record of the removal and of the cause
thereof.





62. Notice and advertisement of renewal and restoration

(1) Upon the renewal or restoration and renewal of a registration, a notice to
that effect shall be sent to the registered proprietor and the renewal or restoration
and renewal shall be advertised in the Gazette.

(2) If so requested by the registered `proprietor the Registrar shall make an
endorsement of the renewal on the certificate of registration.

RECTIFICATION AND CORRECTION OF REGISTER
(SECTIONS 37, 48, 49, 50 AND 57)

63. Application to rectify or remove
a trade mark from the register

An application to the Registrar under any of the sections 37, 48, 49, 50 or 57 for
the making, expunging or varying of any entry in the register shall be made on Form
TM-No. 30, and shall be accompanied by a statement setting out fully the nature of
the applicant's interest, the facts upon which he bases his case and the relief which
he seeks. Where the application is made by a person who is not the registered
proprietor of the trade mark in question it shall be accompanied by 2 copies of the
application and 2 copies of the statement, and the Registrar shall forthwith send
these copies to the registered proprietor at his trade or business address as entered
in the register, and, if an address for service different therefrom is entered in the
register, at that address also.

(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 256 of 1987)

64. Procedure on receipt of application

Upon such application being made, and copy thereof transmitted to the
registered proprietor, if necessary, the provisions of rules 24 to 31 and 34 shall apply
mutatis mutandis to the further proceedings thereon; but the Registrar shall not
rectify the register or remove the mark from the register for the sole reason that the
registered proprietor has not filed a counter-statement. In any case of doubt any
party may apply to the Registrar for directions.

65. Intervention by third parties

Any person other than the registered proprietor alleging interest in a registered
trade mark in respect of which an application is made on Form TM-No. 30 may apply
to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 31 for leave to intervene, stating thereon the nature
of his interest, and the Registrar may refuse or grant such leave, after hearing (if so
required) the parties concemed, upon such conditions and terms as he may deem fit.
Before dealing in any way





with the application for leave to intervene the Registrar may require the
applicant to give an undertaking to pay such costs as in the circumstances he
may award to any party.
(L.N. 256 of 1987)

66. Application under section 50(1)

An application to the Registrar under section 50(1) for the alteration of
the register by correction, change, cancellation, or striking out goods, or for
the entry of a disclaimer or memorandum, may be made by the registered
proprietor of the trade mark or by such person as may satisfy the Registrar that
he is entitled to act in the name of the registered proprietor. Such applications
shall be made on Form TM-No. 32, TM-No. 33, TM-No. 34, TM-No.
35, TM-No. 36, TM-No. 37 or TM-No. 38, as may be appropriate; but an
application on Form TM-No. 35, or TM-No. 36, or TM-No. 38 shall be
signed by the registered proprietor or other person entitled under this rule
unless in exceptional circumstances the Registrar otherwise allows, or in the
case of Form TM-No. 38 only it is signed by an agent expressly authorized for
the purpose of such an application.
(L.N. 256 of 1987)

67. Evidence

In the case of an application as in rule 66, the Registrar may require such
evidence by statutory declaration or otherwise as he may think fit as to the
circumstances in which the application is made.

68. Advertisement of certain applications

Where application is made, on Form TM-No. 37, to enter a disclaimer or
memorandum relating to a trade mark, the Registrar, before deciding upon
such application, shall advertise the application in the Gazette to enable
any person desiring so to do to state, within 1 month of the date of the
advertisement, any reasons in writing against the making of the entry of the
disclaimer or memorandum.
(L.N. 256 of 1987)

69. Certificate of validity to he noted

Where the Court has certified as provided in section 75 with regard to the
validity of a registered trade mark, the registered proprietor thereof may
request the Registrar on Form TM-No. 39 to add to the entry in the register
a note that the certificate of validity has been granted in the course of the





proceedings, which shall be named on the Form. An office copy of the certificate
shall be sent with the request, and the Registrar shall so note in the register and
publish the note in the Gazette.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

ALTERATION OF REGISTERED TRADE MARK (SECTION 5 1)

70. Application for alteration

Where a person desires to apply under section 51 that his registered trade mark
may be added to or altered, he shall make his application on Form TM-No. 40 and
shall furnish the Registrar with 4 copies of the mark as it will appear when so added
to or altered.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

71. Advertisement before decision

The Registrar shall consider the application and shall, if it appears to him
expedient, require the application to be advertised by the applicant in one issue of
the Gazette before deciding it. Within 2 months from the date of such advertisement
any person may give notice of opposition to the application on Form TM-No. 41
accompanied by a duplicate of the notice, and may also send therewith a further
statement of his objections in duplicate. The Registrar shall send the duplicate
notice, and the duplicate of any further statement of objections, to the applicant, and
the provisions of rules 24 to 31 and 34 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the further
proceedings thereon. In any case of doubt any party may apply to the Registrar for
directions.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

72. Alteration and notification thereof

If the Registrar decides to allow the application he shall add to or alter the mark
in the register, and shall insert in the Gazette a notification that the mark has been
altered. If the mark so added to or altered has not been advertised under rule 71, the
notification shall also contain a short statement of the nature of the addition or
alteration and an intimation that the amended mark can be seen by the public at the
Registry.

73. Advertisement illustration

In connection with an application to alter a registered trade mark the Registrar
may at any time require the applicant to supply to the Government Printer a printing
block satisfactory to the Registrar and suitable for





advertising the mark with the addition or alteration as aforesaid, if in the opinion of
the Registrar an advertisement describing the addition or alteration in words would
not be likely to be understood by persons interested in the matter.

CLASSIFICATION (SECTIONS 8 AND 54)

74. Classification of goods

(1) For the purposes of trade marks registrations dated before the
commencement of the Ordinance goods are classified in the manner appearing in
Schedule 3, unless any specification has been converted to Schedule 4 in
accordance with rule 75.

(2) For the purposes of trade marks registrations dated on or after the date of
the commencement of the Ordinance, and of registrations of registered users
thereunder, and for the purposes of any registrations dated before the
commencement of the Ordinance whereof the specifications have been converted in
accordance with rule 75, goods are classified in the manner appearing in Schedule 4.

75. Application by registered proprietor

for conversion of specification

(1) Where the specification of a registered trade mark is founded on Schedule 3
the registered proprietor may apply to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 42 for the
conversion of that specification so that it may be founded on Schedule 4, whether
with or without the striking out of goods therefrom, but so that the registration
retains its original date, and he shall include in the application a request for the like
conversion of the specification of the goods of any registered users under that
registration. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) After receipt of such application the registrar, in accordance with section
54(3), shall send to the registered proprietor a proposal showing the form which, in
the Registrar's view, the amendment of the register should take.

(3) Two or more registrations of a trade mark in respect of goods falling within
the same class of Schedule 4, having the same date of registration, may be
amalgamated upon conversion in accordance with this rule.

76. Advertisement of proposed conversion. Opposition

(1) The proposal for amendment under section 54(3) shall be advertised by the
applicant in one issue of the Gazette. Notice of any opposition shall be given on
Form TM-No. 43 within 2 months from the date of the advertisement, and shall be
accompanied by a duplicate of the notice and by a





statement in duplicate showing how the proposed conversion would be contrary to
section 54(2). (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) The Registrar shall send the duplicate copies to the registered proprietor,
who shall, within 1 month from the date of the Registrar's letter sending such
duplicates, send to the Registrar a counter-statement setting out fully the grounds
on which the opposition is contested. The counter-statement shall be accompanied
by a duplicate, which the Registrar shall forthwith send to the opponent.

(3) The Registrar may then require or admit evidence directed to the questions
in issue, and if so desired by either party he shall, before deciding the matter, give
the parties an opportunity of being heard thereon.

77. Conversion of specification

(1) When a proposal for the conversion of a specification in accordance with
rule 75 has been advertised and has not been opposed, and the time for notice of
opposition has expired, or having been opposed the opposition has been determined
and a conversion allowed, the Registrar shall make all the entries in the register
necessary to give effect to the conversion in accordance with the proposal as
advertised, or the proposal as amended after opposition or appeal thereon, and shall
enter in the register the date when such entries were made.

(2) For the purpose of determining the next renewal of a registration the
specification of which has been so converted the expression 'the expiration of the
last registration' shall have regard to the same date as it had, in accordance with
section 45, with regard to the registration before conversion.

DEFENSIVE TRADE MARKS (SECTIONS 55 To 57)

78. Application under section 55

An application for the registration of a defensive trade mark under section 55
shall be made to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 44, and shall be accompanied by a
statement of case setting forth full particulars of the facts on which the applicant
relies in support of his application, verified by a statutory declaration made by the
applicant or some other person approved for the purpose by the Registrar. The
applicant may send with this declaration, or subsequently, such other evidence as he
may desire to furnish, whether after request made by the Registrar or otherwise, and
the Registrar shall consider the whole of the evidence before deciding on the
application. In all other respects, and where they are appropriate and it is not
otherwise stated, these rules shall apply to such applications as they apply to
applications for the registration of ordinary trade marks.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)





REGISTERED USERS (SECTIONS 50(2) AND 58 To 63)

79. Application for entry of registered user

An application to the Registrar for the registration under section 58 of a person
as a registered user of a registered trade mark shall be made by that person and the
registered proprietor on Form TM-No. 45.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

80. Entry and notification

The entry of a registered user in the register shall state the date on which the
application for such entry was made, which date shall be deemed to be the date of
registration as a registered user of the person mentioned in the entry. The entry shall
state the trade or business address of the registered user, and, if an application by
him on Form TM-No. 38 for the inclusion of an address for service which is different
therefrom has been approved, that address also. Notification in writing of the
registration of a registered user shall be sent to the registered proprietor of the trade
mark and to the said registered user and shall be inserted in the Gazette. The cost of
the notification in the Gazette shall be paid by the applicants.

(L.N. 28 of 1964)

81. Application of registered proprietor to vary entry

An application by the registered proprietor of a trade mark for the variation of
the registration of a registered user of that trade mark under section 60(1)(a) shall be
made on Form TM-No. 46, and shall be accompanied by a statement of the grounds
on which it is made, and, where the registered user in question consents, by the
written consent of that registered user.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

82. Application by registered proprietor
or user to cancel entry

An application by the registered proprietor or any registered user of a trade
mark for the cancellation of the registration of a registered user of that trade mark
under section 60(1)(b) shall be made on Form TM-No. 47, and shall be accompanied
by a statement of the grounds on which it is made.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

83. Application under section 60(1)(c) to cancel entry

An application by any person for the cancellation of the registration of a
registered user under section 60(1)(c) shall be made on Form TM-No. 48, and shall
be accompanied by a statement of the grounds on which it is made.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)





84. Notification and intervention

The Registrar shall notify in writing applications under rules 81, 82 and 83 to the
registered proprietor and each registered user (not being the applicant) whose
registration is the subject of any such application, and shall give notice thereof by
advertisement in the Gazette. Any person who intends to intervene in the
proceedings shall within 2 months of the publication of such advertisement give
notice to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 49 to that effect and shall send therewith a
statement of the grounds of his intervention. The Registrar shall thereupon send
copies of such notice and statement to the other parties, so that the intervention
may be known to the applicant, the registered proprietor, the registered user whose
registration is in suit, and any other registered user who intervenes. Any such party
may, within such time or times as the Registrar may appoint, leave evidence in
support of his case, and the Registrar after giving the parties an opportunity of
being heard may accept or refuse the application or accept it subject to any
conditions, amendments, modifications or limitations he may think right to impose.

(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 256 of 1987)

85. Application of registered user under section 50(2)

(1) Applications under section 50(2) shall he made on Form TM-No. 32, or TM-
No. 33, or TM-No. 34, or TM-No. 38, as may be appropriate, by a registered user of a
trade mark, or by such person as may satisfy the Registrar that he is entitled to act in
the name of a registered user; and the Registrar may require such evidence by
statutory declaration or otherwise as he may think fit as to the circumstances in
which the application is made. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) In case of the registration of a registered user for a period, in accordance
with section 58(3)(d), the Registrar shall cancel the entry of the registered user at the
end of that period. Where some or all of the goods are struck out from those in
respect of which a trade mark is registered, the Registrar shall at the same time strike
them out from those specifications of registered users of the trade mark in which
they are comprised. The Registrar shall notify every cancellation or striking out
under this paragraph to the registered users whose permitted use is affected thereby
and the registered proprietor of the trade mark.

DISCRETIONARY POWER (SECTION 74)

86. Hearing

Before exercising adversely to any person any discretionary power given to the
Registrar by the Ordinance, or these rules, the Registrar shall, if so required, hear him
on the subject.





87. Application for hearing

An application for a hearing shall be made within 1 month from the date of the
notification by the Registrar of any objection to an application or the date of any
other indication that he proposes to exercise a discretionary power.

88. Notice of hearing

Upon receiving such an application the Registrar shall send by post to the
person applying 10 days' notice of a time when he may be heard. Within 5 days from
the date when such notice would be delivered in the ordinary course of post the
person applying shall notify the Registrar whether or not he intends to be heard on
the subject.

89. Notification of decision

The decision of the Registrar in the exercise of any such discretionary power as
aforesaid shall be notified to the person affected.

POWER To DISPENSE WITH EVIDENCE, ETC.

(L.N. 28 of 1964)

90. Dispensing with evidence, etc.

Where under these rules any person is required to do any act or thing, or to
sign any document, or to make any declaration on behalf of himself or of any body
corporate, or any document or evidence is required to be produced to or left with the
Registrar, and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Registrar that from any
reasonable cause such person is unable to do any such act or thing, or to sign such
document, or to make such declaration, or that such document or evidence cannot
be produced or left as aforesaid, it shall be lawful for the Registrar, upon the
production of such other evidence, and subject to such terms as he may think fit, to
dispense with any such act or thing, signature, declaration, document or evidence.

EXTENSION OF TIME

91. Extension of time

If in any particular case the Registrar is satisfied that the circumstances are
such as to justify an extension of the time for doing any act or taking any
proceeding under these rules, not being a time expressly provided in the Ordinance
or prescribed by rule 45(2) or 49(2), he may extend the time for so





doing upon such terms as he may direct, and shall give notice thereof to other
interested parties. The extension may be granted though the time has expired for
doing the act or taking the proceeding.

92. Excluded days

Whenever the last day fixed by the Ordinance, or by these rules, for doing any
act or thing at the Registry shall fall on a day when the Registry is closed for the
transaction of business or on a Saturday, such day shall be an excluded day for the
purposes of the Ordinance and these rules, and it shall be lawful to do the act or
thing on the first day following such excluded day which is not an excluded day.

POWER To TAX COSTS

92A. Power to tax costs

The Registrar shall have power to tax any costs awarded by him under the
Ordinance.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

FEES

93. Fees

(1) The fees to be paid in relation to trade marks shall be those specified in
Schedule 1 and in any case where a form listed in that Schedule in relation to any
matter is required to be used that form shall be accompanied by the fee specified in
respect of that matter.

(2) Fees shall be paid by such means, and in such manner, as the Registrar
directs.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

FORMS

94. Forms

The forms mentioned in these rules are those contained in Schedule 2, modified
as necessary to enable them to be used accompanied by the appropriate fee (if any),
and such forms shall be used in all cases in which they are applicable and may be
modified as directed by the Registrar to meet other cases.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)





A 32 CAP. 431 Trade Marks Rules [1989
Ed.

[Subsidiary]

DOCUMENTS

95. Size, etc. of documents

Subject to any other directions that may be given by the Registrar, all
applications, notices, statements, representations, or other documents required by
the Ordinance or by these rules to be left with or sent to the Registrar shall be upon
strong paper of a size of approximately 210 x 297 mm, and, except in the case of
statutory declarations and affidavits, on one side only, and shall have on the left-
hand part thereof a margin of not less than 40 mm.

(L.N. 397 of 1984)

96.Signature of documents by partnerships,
companies and associations

A document purporting to be signed for or on behalf of a partnership shall
contain the names of all the partners in full and shall be signed by all the partners or
by any qualified partner stating that he signs on behalf of the partnership, or, except
in the case of a statutory declaration, by any other person who satisfies the
Registrar that he is authorized to sign the document. A document purporting to be
signed for or on behalf of a body corporate shall be signed by a director or by the
secretary or other principal officer of the body corporate, or, except in the case of a
statutory declaration, by any other person who satisfies the Registrar that he is
authorized to sign the document. A document purporting to be signed for or on
behalf of an association of persons may be signed by any person who appears to
the Registrar to be duly qualified.

(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 199 of 1977, L.N. 256 of 1987)

97. Service of documents

All applications, notices, statements, representations, or other documents
authorized or required by the Ordinance or these rules to be made or sent to, or left
with the Registrar, or any other person may be sent through the post by a prepaid
letter.

98. Amendment of documents

Any document or drawing or other representation of a trade mark may be
amended, and any irregularity in procedure which in the opinion of the Registrar
may be excused without detriment to the interests of any person may be corrected, if
the Registrar thinks fit, and on such terms as he may direct.





ADDRESS

99. Address

Where any person is by the Ordinance or these rules bound to furnish the
Registrar with an address, the address given shall in all cases be as full as possible,
for the purpose of enabling any person easily to find the place of trade or business
or residence of the person whose address is given. The Registrar may require the
address to include the name of the street, and the number in the street or name of the
premises, if any.

100. Address for service

(1) The Registrar may require an applicant, opponent or agent, or a registered
proprietor or registered user of a trade mark, who does not reside or carry on
business within Hong Kong to give an address for service within Hong Kong, and
such address may be treated as the actual address of that person for all purposes
connected with the matter in question. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) Any registered proprietor or registered user of a trade mark, or any person
about to be registered as such may, if he so desires, give upon Form TM-No. 38 an
address for service for entry in the register, and such address may be entered by the
Registrar. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(M) No fee shall be charged in respect of Form TM-No. 38 if it is presented with
Form TM-No. 9, Form TM-No. 13, Form TM-No. 14 or Form TM-No. 45. (L.N. 256 of
1987)

(3) All applications on Form TM-No. 38 under this rule shall be signed by the
applicant for registration or the registered proprietor or registered user, as the case
may be, or by an agent expressly authorized by him for the purpose of such an
application, unless in exceptional circumstances the Registrar otherwise allows.

(4) In any case in which no address for service is entered in the register, the
Registrar may treat the trade or business address of the registered proprietor or
registered user as therein entered as his address for service for all purposes
connected with the registration.

(5) Any written communication addressed to a party or person as aforesaid at
an address given by him, or treated by the Registrar, as his address for service shall
be deemed to be properly addressed.

(6) The Registrar, at any time that a doubt arises as to the continued availability
of an address for service entered in the register, may request the person for whom it
is entered, by letter addressed to his trade or business address in the register, to
confirm the address for service, and if within 3 months of making such a request the
Registrar receives no confirmation of that address, he may strike it off the register.





101. Alteration of address in register

(1) A registered proprietor or registered user of a trade mark whose trade or
business address is changed so that the entry in the register is rendered incorrect
shall forthwith request the Registrar on Form TM-No. 32 to make the appropriate
alteration of the address in the register, and the Registrar shall alter the register
accordingly if he is satisfied in the matter. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) A registered proprietor or registered user of a trade mark whose address for
service in Hong Kong entered in the register is changed, whether by discontinuance
of the entered address or otherwise, so that the entry in the register is rendered
incorrect, shall forthwith request the Registrar on Form TM-No. 38 to make the
appropriate alteration of the address in the register, and the Registrar shall alter the
register accordingly if he is satisfied in the matter. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(3) A registered proprietor or registered user of a trade mark whose registered
trade or business address or address for service is altered by a public authority, so
that the changed address designates the same premises as before, may make the
aforesaid request to the Registrar on Form TM-No. 32 or TM-No. 38, as the case may
be, without payment of fee and if he does so he shall leave therewith a certificate of
the alteration given by the authority. If the Registrar is satisfied as to the facts of the
case, he shall alter the register accordingly.

(4) In case of the alteration of the address of a person entered in the register as
the address for service of more than one registered proprietor or registered user of
trade marks, the Registrar may, on proof that the said address is the address of the
applicant and if satisfied that it is just to do so, accept an application from the
person on Form TM-No. 38 amended so as to suit the case for the appropriate
alteration of the entries of his address as the address for service in the several
registrations, particulars of which shall be given in the Form, and may alter the
entries accordingly. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(5) All applications under this rule on Form TM-No. 38 shall be signed by the
registered proprietor or the registered user, as the case may be, or by an agent
expressly authorized by him for the purpose of such an application, unless in
exceptional circumstances the Registrar otherwise allows.

AGENTS

102. Agency

(1) Except as otherwise required by these rules, any application, request or
notice which is required or permitted by the Ordinance or these rules to be made or
given to the Registrar, and all other communications between an applicant or a
person making such a request or giving such a notice and the





Registrar, and between the registered proprietor or the registered user of a trade mark
and the Registrar or any other person, may be signed, made or given by or through
an agent.

(2) Any such applicant, person making request or giving notice, proprietor or
registered user may appoint an agent to act for him in any proceeding or matter
before or affecting the Registrar under the Ordinance and these rules. In case of
such appointment, service upon the agent of any document relating to the
proceeding or matter shall be deemed to be service upon the person so appointing
him, all communications directed to be made to such person in respect of the
proceeding or matter may be addressed to such agent, and all attendances upon the
Registrar relating thereto may be made by or through such agent. In any particular
case the Registrar may require the personal signature or presence of an applicant,
opponent, proprietor, registered user or other person. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2A) The Registrar may by notice in writing require an agent to produce in
accordance therewith written evidence of his authority to act. Where, in the course
of proceedings before the Registrar, an agent is appointed for the first time or one
agent is appointed in substitution for another, the person making the appointment
shall, before the agent first acts in those proceedings, sign and send to the Registrar
Form TM-No. 50. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(3) The Registrar shall not be bound to recognize as such agent any person who
has been convicted criminally or struck off the roll kept under and in accordance with
the provisions of the Legal Practitioners Ordinance (Cap. 159) and of any regulations
made thereunder or (during the term of his suspension) any person who has been
suspended from acting as an attorney, solicitor, or proctor.

CERTIFICATES

103. Certificates by Registrar

The Registrar may give a certificate, other than a certificate under section 17(3),
as to any entry, matter or thing which he is authorized or required by the Ordinance
or these rules to make or do, upon receipt of a request therefor on Form TM-No. 51
from any person who, if the Registrar' thinks fit so to require, can show an interest in
the entry, matter or thing to his satisfaction. The Registrar shall include in the
certificate a copy of any mark if he is furnished by the applicant with a copy thereof
suitable for the purpose. Every certificate of registration so given shall have specified
on the face thereof whether the same is to be used in legal proceedings or for the
purpose of obtaining registration abroad or for purposes other than use in legal
proceedings or obtaining registration abroad.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)





104. Certificate of mark registered
without limitation of colour

Where a mark is registered without limitation of colour the Registrar may grant a
certificate of its registration, for the purpose of obtaining registration abroad, either
in the colour in which it appears upon the register or in any other colour or colours;
but in the last-mentioned case the certificate shall be marked 'FOR USE IN
OBTAINING REGISTRATION ABROAD ONLY'.

105. Certificate for use in obtaining registration abroad

Where c a certificate of registration of a trade mark is desired for use in
obtaining registration abroad, the Registrar shall include in the certificate a copy of
the mark and may require the applicant for the certificate to furnish him with a copy
of the mark suitable for the purpose and, if the applicant fails to do so, may refuse to
issue the certificate. The Registrar may state in the certificate such particulars
concerning the registration of the mark as to him may seem fit, and may omit
therefrom reference to any disclaimers appearing in the register; but in the last-
mentioned case the certificate shall be marked 'FOR USE IN OBTAINING
REGISTRATION ABROAD ONLY'.

DECLARATIONS

whom, declaration is to be taken

(1) The statutory declarations required by the Ordinance, and these rules, or
used in any proceedings thereunder, shall be made and subscribed as follows

(a)in Hong Kong-before any justice of the peace, notary public or any
commissioner or other officer authorized by law in Hong Kong to
administer an oath for the purpose of any legal proceeding; (L.N. 256
of 1987)

(b)in any other part of Her Majesty's dominions-before any court, judge,
justice of the peace, notary public, or any officer authorized by law to
administer an oath there for the purpose of a legal proceeding;

(c)if made out of Her Majesty's dominions-before a British Minister or
person exercising the function of a British Minister, or a British
consul, vice-consul or other person exercising the functions of a
British consul, or a notary public, or a judge or magistrate.

(2) A person signing the declaration by virtue of the provisions of rule 96 shall
state thereon the capacity in which he makes the declaration.





107. Seal or signature of officer taking
declaration to prove itself

Any document purporting to have affixed, impressed or subscribed thereto or
thereon the seal or signature of any person authorized by rule 106 to take a
declaration in testimony that the declaration was made and subscribed before him,
may be admitted by the Registrar without proof of the genuineness of the seal or
signature or of the official character of the person or his authority to take the
declaration.

SEARCH

resembling submitted mark is on record

(1) Any person may request the Registrar, on Form TM-No. 2, to cause a search
to be made in respect of specified goods classified in any one class of Schedule 4 to
ascertain whether any trade mark is on record at the date of the search which
resembles a trade mark of which duplicate representations accompany the Form. The
Registrar shall cause such a search to be made and the person making the request to
be informed of the result thereof. (L.N. 256 of 1987)

(2) Any person may, on presentation of Form TM-No. 52-

(a) inspect or make a search in any one class of the register; or

(b)inspect a notice of opposition, counter-statement or decision in
connection with any opposition or application for rectification of the
register relating to any particular trade mark. (L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 256
of 1987)

APPLICATIONS AND APPEALS TO THE
COURT

defendant in action for infringement

(1) When any person intends to apply to the Court such application shall be
made to the Court by notice of motion.

(2) When any person intends to appeal to the Court such appeal shall be made
by notice of motion within 3 months from the date of the decision appealed against.

(3) When the Registrar decides to refer an application to the Court, the
applicant shall apply to the Court within 3 months from the date of the decision so to
refer, and unless he so applies he shall be deemed to have abandoned the
application.





(4) Where under subsection (6) of section 13 or subsection (8) of section 15 an
applicant becomes entitled and intends to withdraw his application, he shall give
notice of the intention in writing to the Registrar and to the other parties, if any, to
the appeal within 3 months after the leave referred to in those subsections has been
obtained.

(5) A defendant in an action for infringement may, in regard to any registered
trade mark in issue, counterclaim for the rectification of the register and shall within
the time limited for the delivery of the counterclaim serve the Registrar with the
same, and the Registrar shall be entitled to take such part in the action as he may
think fit without delivering a defence or other pleading.

(6) The times specified in subrules (2) and (3) may be extended by the Court or
Registrar upon the application of any party interested and notwithstanding that the
time so specified has expired.

(7) The Court appealed to may, on the application of either party or of its own
motion, remove any application or appeal from Court to Chambers or vice versa, and
may give such directions as to the scale upon which costs may be taxed as to the
Court may seem proper.

110. Application to be served on the Registrar

Every application to the Court under the Ordinance whether by way of appeal
or otherwise shall be served on the Registrar.

ORDERS OF THE
COURT

111. Copy of Order of Court to be left at the Registry

Where an order has been made by the Court in any case under the Ordinance,
the person in whose favour such order has been made, or such one of them, if more
than one, as the Registrar may direct, shall forthwith leave with the Registrar an
office copy of such order, together with Form TM-No. 53 if required. The register
may, if necessary, thereupon be rectified or altered by the Registrar.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

112. Publication of order of Court

Whenever an order is made by the Court under the Ordinance the Registrar
may, if he thinks that the order should be made public, cause it to be published in
the Gazette by and at the expense of the person in whose favour the order has been
made, or such one of them, if more than one, as the Registrar may direct.





DAYS AND HOURS OF
BUSINESS

113. Days and hours

The Registry shall be open to the public and the register shall be open to
inspection, on application made on Form TM-No. 52, every week-day, except
Saturday, between the hours of 9.30 a.m. and 4 p.m., and on Saturdays between the
hours of 9.30 a.m. and 12 noon.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

SCHEDULE 1 [rule

Form No.
Fee No. Matter or Proceeding Amount (Schedule 2)
1 On request for the Registrar's preliminary advice
under section 73 and rule 8, for each trade
mark submitted in respect of one class 100 TM-No. 1.
2. For a search under rule 108(1) in respect of one
class-
(i) Without application for the Registrar's
advice under rule 8 ............150 TM-No. 2.
(ii) With application for the Registrar's advice

under rule 8 .................220 TM-No. 2.
3. On application not otherwise charged to register
a trade mark (section 13(1), and rule 9(1)) or a
series of trade marks ~ion 26(1) and rule 14)
for a specification of goods included in one
class ........................450 TM-No. 3.
4. On a request to the Registrar to state grounds of decision
relating to an application to register a trade
mark, and materials used (section 13(4)

and rule 20) ...................................................... 1,000 TM-No. 5.

5. On notice of opposition before the Registrar
under ~ion 15 and rule 23, for each
application opposed, by opponent 3.50 TM-No. 6.
6. On lodging a counter-statement in answer to a
notice of opposition under section 15 and rule
24, for each application opposed, by the
applicant; or in answer to an application under
any of the sections 37, 48, 49 and 57, by the
proprietor in respect of each trade mark; or in
answer to a notice of opposition under section
51 or 54, for each application or conversion
opposed, by the proprietor ...220 TM-No. 7.





Fee No. Matter or Proceeding Amount Form No.
(Schedule 2)
7. On the hearing of each opposition under section
15 and rule 30, by applicant and by opponent
respectively; or on the hearing of an applica-
tion under any of the sections 37, 48, 49 and
57, by applicant and by proprietor respectively;
or on the hearing of an opposition under
section51 or 54, by proprietor and by

opponent respectively ...1,000TM-No.
8.

8. For one registration of a trade mark not

otherwise charged for a specification of goods

included in one class ...750TM-No.
9.

8a. For one registration of a series of trade marks
under section 26(1) and rule 14, for a
specification of goods included in one class-

(i) For the first mark .750TM-No.
9.
(ii) And for every other mark of the series so

8b.For registration under sections 65 and 66 of a
certification trade mark for a specification of

goods included in one class 750 TM-No.
9.

8c. For registration upon applications made at the
same time of one certification trade mark,
under sections 65 and 66, for specifications of
goods not all included in one class-

In respect of each class 750 TM-No.
9.
Total fee in no case to exceed $15,000 for
any number of classes.

8d.For one registration under section 55 and rule 78,
of a defensive trade mark for a specification of

goods included in one class 750 TM-No.
9.

8e.Upon each addition to the registered entry of
a trade mark of a note that the mark is
associated with a newly registered mark

(sections 24 to 26 and rule 39) 50 TM-No.
9.

9. On an application, under section 24(2) and rule

39(2), to dissolve the association between

registered trade marks ..350TM-No.
12.

10. On application, under section 43 and rule 40 or







41, to register a subsequent proprietor in a case

of assignment or transmission of a single trade

mark ....................400TM-No. 13 or 14.

10a. On application, under section 43 and rule 40 or

41, to register a subsequent proprietor of more

than one trade mark standing in the same
name, the devolution of title being the same in
each case-

(i) For the first mark .400TM-No. 13 or 14.
(ii) And for every other mark 50





Matter or Proceeding Amount(Schedule 2)

Fee No. Form No.
11. On application, under section 18(3) and rule
45(2), for extension of time for registering a
corporation as subsequent proprietor of trade

marks on one assignment .300 TM-No. 16.

12. On application for certificate of the Registrar,
under section 41(5) and rule 48-

(i) For the first mark proposed to be assigned 400 TM-No. 17.

(ii) And for every other mark of the same
proprietor included in that assignment 20

13. On application, under section 41(6) and rule

49(1), for directions by the Registrar for
advertisement of assignment of trade marks in
use, without goodwill-
(i) For one mark assigned 220 TM-No. 18.
(ii) And for every other mark assigned with
the same devolution of title 20

14. On application, under section 41(6) and rule

49(2), for extension of time for applying for

directions for advertisement of assignment of
trade marks in use, without goodwill, in respect

of one devolution of title 300 TM-No. 19.

15. On application, under section 64 and rule 50,

to register a certification trade mark for a

specification of goods included in one class 700 TM-No. 20.

15a. On application made at the same time under

section 64 and rule 50 to register one

certification trade mark for specifications of
goods not all included in one class-

In respect of each class 700 TM-No. 20.
Total fee in no case to exceed $14,000 for
any number of classes.

16. On notice of opposition under section 66(2) and

rule 54(2), for each application opposed, by the

opponent ...............350 TM-No. 22.

17. On lodging a counter-statement in answer to a

notice of opposition under section 66(2) and

rule 54(2), for each application opposed, by the

applicant ..............220 TM-No. 23.







18. On the hearing of each opposition before the

Registrar under section 66(2) and rule 54(2), by

applicant and by opponent respectively 1,000 TM-No. 24.

19.On request, under section 68(1) and rule 55, by
the registered proprietor of a certification trade
mark to permit alteration of the deposited
regulations thereof-
(i) For the regulations of one such registration 220 TM-No. 25.
(ii) For the same or substantially the same
regulations of each other registration
proposed to be altered in the same way

and included in the same request 50





Fee No. Matter or Proceeding Amount Form No.
(Schedule 2)
20. On application, under section 68(2) and rule 56,
to expunge or vary the registration of a certi-
fication trade mark or to vary the deposited
regulations of a certification trade mark or of
certification trade marks of the same registered
proprietor where the regulations are sub-

stantially the same .......450 TM-No.
26.

21. For renewal, under section 45 and rule 57, of

registration of a trade mark at expiration of

last registration .........2,000 TM-No.
27.

21a. For renewal, under section 45 and rule 57, of

registration of a series of trade marks ~ion

26(1)) at expiration of last registration-

(i) For the first mark of the series 2,000 TM-No.
27.
(ii) And for every other mark of the series 50

21 b. For renewal, under section 45 and rule 57, of

registrations of the same certification trade

mark with the same date for goods in more
than one class-

In respect of each class 2,000 TM-No. 27.

Total fee in no case to exceed $40,000 for
any number of classes.

22. Additional fee under rule 59 220TM-No. 28.
23. Restoration fee under rule 60 700 TM-No. 29.

24.On application, under section 37, 48, 49 or 57 and
rule 63, for rectification of the register or

removal of trade mark from the register 1,000 TM-No. 30.

25.On application, under rule 65, for leave to
intervene in proceedings under section 37, 48,
49 or 57 for rectification of the register or

removal of trade mark from the register 350 TM-No. 3 1.

26. For altering, under section 50 and rule 66, one or
more entries of the trade or business address of
a registered proprietor or a registered user of a
trade mark where the address in each case is
the same and is altered in the same way (unless
exempted from fee under rule 10 1 (3))-

(i) For the first entry 100 TM-No. 32.
(ii) And for every other entry 20







27.On request, not otherwise charged, for correction
of clerical error or for permission to amend

application .............. 100TM-No. 33.

2 8. On application, under section 50 and rule 66, to
change the name or description of a proprietor
or a registered user of a single trade mark
where there has been no change in the

proprietorship or in the identity of the user 100 TM-No. 34.





Fee No. Matter or Proceeding Amount Form No.
(Schedule 2)
28a. On application, under section 50 and rule 66, to
change the name or description of a proprietor
or a registered user of more than one trade
mark standing in the same name, where there
has been no change in the proprietor or in the
identity of the user, the change being the same
in each case-

(i) For the first mark 100 TM-No.
34.
(ii) And for every other mark 20

29.For cancelling, under section 50(1)(c) or (d) and
rule 66, the entry or part of the entry of a trade
mark upon the register on the application of

the registered proprietor of the trade mark 100 TM-No. 35 or 36

30.On request, under section 50(1)(e) and rule 66, by
registered proprietor of a trade mark for entry

of disclaimer or memorandum in the register 100 TM-No.
37.

31. For cancelling or making one or more entries of

an address for service of a registered proprietor

or a registered user of a trade mark where the
address in each case is the same, on application
made after the registration in each case-

(i) For the first entry 100 TM-No.
38.

(ii) And for every other entry included in the

application
................................................ 20

31a. For altering one or more entries of an address

for service in the register included in one
application for alteration, where the address
and the alteration in each case are the same-
(i) For the first entry 100 TM-No. 38.
(ii) And for every other entry 20

Total fee in no case to exceed $8,000 for
any number of entries.

32. On request to enter in the register and advertise a
certificate of validity, under section 75 and rule
69-

(i) For the first registration certified 150 TM-No. 39.
(ii) And for every other registration certified
in the same certificate 30

33.On an application to the Registrar, under section
51 and rule 70, for leave to add to or alter a

single registered trade mark 400 TM-No. 40.







33a. On an application to the Registrar, under section
51 and rule 70, for leave to add to or alter more
than one registered trade mark of the same
proprietor, being identical marks, the addition
or alteration to be made, in each case, being the
same-

(i) For the first mark 400 TM-No. 40.
(ii) And for every other mark 220





Fee No. Matter or Proceeding Amount Form No.

(Schedule 2)
34. On notice of opposition, under section 51(2) and
rule 7 1, to application for leave to add to
or alter registered trade marks, for each

application opposed .....350TM-No.
41.

35.On application by registered proprietor, under
section 54 and rule 75, for conversion of

specification ...........100TM-No.
42.

36. On notice of opposition, under section 54(3) and
rule 76(1), to a conversion of the specification
or specifications of a registered trade mark or
registered trade marks-

(i) For one mark ........350TM-No.
43.
(ii) For every other mark of the same
proprietor having the same specification 50

37.On application, under section 55 and rule 78,
to register a defensive trade mark for a

specification of goods included in one class 800 TM-No.
44.

38.On application, under section 58 and rule 79, to
enter a registered user of a registered trade
mark in respect of goods within the

specification thereof ...450TM-No.
45.

38a. On application, under section 58 and rule 79, to
enter the same registered user of more than one
registered trade mark of the same registered
proprietor in respect of goods within the
respective specifications thereof and subject to
the same conditions and restrictions in each
case-

(i) For the first mark ..450TM-No.
45.
(ii) And for every other mark of the
proprietor included in the application and
statement of case .......50

39.On application by the proprietor of a single trade
mark, under section 60(1)(a) and rule 81, to

vary the entry of a registered user thereof 400 TM-No. 46.

39a. On application by the proprietor of more than
one trade mark under section 60(1)(a) and rule
81, to vary the entries of a registered user
thereof-

(i) For the first mark ..400 TM-No. 46.
(ii) And for every other mark of the






proprietor for which the same user is
registered, included in the application 50

40.On application by the proprietor or registered
user of a single trade mark, under section
60(1)(b) and rule 82, for cancellation of the

entry of a registered user thereof 350 TM-No. 47.

40a. On application by the proprietor or registered
user of more than one trade mark, under
section 60(1)(b) and rule 82, for cancellation of
the entries of a registered user thereof-





Form No.
Fee No. Matter or Proceeding Amount (Schedule 2)

(i) For the first mark .350TM-No.
47.
(ii) And for every other mark of the
proprietor for which the same user is
registered, included in the application 30

41. On application under section 60(1)(c) and rule 83,

to cancel the entry of a registered user of a

single trade mark .......350 TM-No. 48.

41a. On application under section 60(1)(c) and rule 83,

to cancel the entries of a registered user of

more than one trade mark-

(i) For the first mark .350 TM-No. 48.
(ii) And for every other mark of the same
proprietor for which the same user is
registered, included in the application 30

42.On notice under section 61 and rule 84 of
intention to intervene in one proceeding for the
variation or cancellation of entries of a

registered user of trade marks 220 TM-No. 49.

43.For certificate of the Registrar (other than
certificate under section 17(3)), under rules 103

to 105, of the registration of a trade mark 150 TM-No. 51.

43a.For certificate of the Registrar (other than
certificate under section 17(3)), under rules 103
to 105, of the registration of a series of trade

marks (section 26) ......220 TM-No. 51.

44. For inspecting, or making a search in any one
class of the register, or inspecting a notice of
opposition, counter-statement or decision in
connection with any opposition or application
for rectification of the register relating to any
particular trade mark, for every half hour or

part thereof ............20TM-No. 52.

45.For every entry in the register of a rectification
thereof or an alteration therein, not otherwise

charged .................200 M-No. 53.

45a.On application to the Registrar for an extension
of time under rule 91 for doing any act or

taking any proceeding ...100

46.For office copy of entry in the register or of
document, for each page or portion of a page 4
47.For certifying office copy, or MS. or photo-







graphic or printed matter 75

48.On the taxation of a bill of costs, for every $100
or fraction of $100 of the amount allowed-

(a) for the first $100,000 6

(b) for the next $150,000 4
(c) for the next $250,000 3
(d) for the remainder ...1

(L.N. 234 of 1989)





SCHEDULE 2 [rule 941

FORMS

(N.B. These forms are obtainable at the Trade Marks Registry)
Fee No.
Form No. Description (Schedule 1)
TM-No. 1Request, under section 73 and rule 8, for Registrar's
preliminary advice on registrability 1
TM-No. 2 Request for search under rule 108(1) 2

TM-No. 3Application for registration of Trade Mark or series of
trade marks (other than Certification or Defensive

Trade Marks) .................3

TM-No. 5Request for statement of Registrar's grounds of decision 4
TM-No. 6Notice of opposition before Registrar to application for
registration of a Trade Mark (other than a Certifica-

tion Trade Mark) .............5

TM-No. 7Counter-statement to opposition before Registrar to
application for registration of Trade Mark (other than

a Certification Trade Mark) ..6

TM-No. 8Notice to Registrar of attendance at bearing in
opposition matter (other than in respect of a
Certification Trade Mark), or in rectification, removal

or certain other proceedings .7

TM-No. 9 Application for entry of trade mark in register and issue

of certificate of registration ........................... 8, 8a, 8b,
8c or 8d

and 8e

TM-No. 10 Certificate of registration of a Trade Mark
TM-No. 11 Notice of non-completion of registration of Trade Mark

(section 17(4) and rule 38)

TM-No. 12Application to Registrar, under section 24(2) and rule
39(2), to dissolve association between registered Trade

Marks ....................9

TM-No. 13Request, under rules 40 and 42 to 45, by registered
proprietor and transferee to register transferee as

subsequent proprietor ....10 or 10a

TM-No. 14 Request, under rules 41 to 45, to be registered as

subsequent proprietor ....10 or 10a

TM-No. 15 Statutory Declaration in support of Statement of Case

accompanying Form TM-No. 13 or TM-No. 14

TM-No. 16Application, under section 18(3) and rule 45(2), for
extension of time to request registration of







corporation-assignee as subsequent proprietor 11

TM-No. 17Application for certificate of Registrar under section
41(5) and rule 48 with reference to proposed

assignment of a registered Trade Mark 12





Form No. Description Fee No.
(Schedule 1)
TM-No. 18Application, under section 41(6) and rule 49(1), for

Registrar's directions for advertisement of assignment

of Trade Mark in use, without goodwill 13

TM-No. 19Application, under section 41(6) and rule 49(2), for
extension of time in which to apply for directions for
advertisement of assignment of Trade Mark in use,

without goodwill ............14

TM-No. 20 Application, under section 64 and rule 50, for the

registration of a Certification Trade Mark 15 or
15a

TM-No. 21 Regulations governing the use of Certification Trade

Mark (section 65(4) and rule 52)

TM-No. 22Notice to Registrar, under section 66(2) and rule 54(2) of
opposition to an application for registration of a

Certification Trade Mark ....16

TM-No. 23Counter-statement in reply to notice of opposition,
under section 66(2) and rule 54(2), to an application

for registration of a Certification Trade Mark 17

TM-No. 24Notice to Registrar, under section 66(2) and rule 54(2) of
attendance at hearing in opposition concerning a

Certification Trade Mark ....18

TM-No. 25Request, under section 68(1) and rule 55, for consent of
Registrar to alteration of Certification Trade Mark

regulations .................19

TM-No. 26Application to Registrar, under section 68(2) and rule
56, for expunging or varying an entry in register
relating to a Certification Trade Mark or varying the

deposited regulations .......20

TM-No. 27 Application, under section 45 and rule 57, for renewal of

registration of a Trade Mark 21, 21a or 21b

TM-No. 28Forwarding additional fee, under rule 59, to accompany
renewal fee (Form TM-No. 27) within one month

after advertisement of non-payment of renewal fee 22

TM-No. 29Forwarding additional fee, under rule 60, to accompany
renewal fee (Form TM-No. 27) for restoration to
register of Trade Mark removed for non-payment of

fee .........................23

TM-No. 30 Application, under rule 63, for rectification of register or







removal of Trade Mark from register ....................... 24

TM-No. 31Application, under rule 65, for leave to intervene in
proceedings for rectification of register or removal of

Trade Mark from register ....25

TM-No. 32 Application, under section 50 and rule 66, for alteration

of trade or business address in register 26 or
nil

TM-No. 33 Request for correction of clerical error in register or

amendment of application ....27

TM-No. 34Request, under section 50 and rule 66, to enter change of
name or description of registered proprietor, or

registered user, of Trade Mark on register 28 or
28a





Form No. Description Fee No.
(Schedule 1)
TM-No. 35Application by registered proprietor, under section

50(1)(c) and rule 66, for cancellation of entry of Trade
Mark in register .............29

TM-No. 36Request by registered proprietor, under section 50(1)(d)
and rule 66, to strike out goods from those for which

Trade Mark is registered .....29

TM-No. 37Request by registered proprietor, under section 50(1)(e)
and rule 66, to enter a disclaimer or memorandum in

register .....................30

TM-No. 38Request, under rule 100(2) or 101(2), for entry,
alteration or cancellation in the register of address for

service ......................31 or 31a or nil

TM-No. 39 Request, under section 75 and rule 69, for entry on

register and advertisement of certificate of validity 32

TM-No. 40 Application, under section 51 and rule 70, for addition

to or alteration of registered Trade Mark 33 or
33a

TM-No. 41Notice of opposition, under section 51(2) and rule 71, to
application to add to or alter a registered Trade Mark 34
TM-No. 42Application, under section 54 and rule 75, for conversion

of specification from Schedule 3 to Schedule 4 35

TM-No. 43Notice of opposition, under section 54(3) and rule 76(1),
to proposal for conversion of specification from

Schedule 3 to Schedule 4 .....36

TM-No. 44 Application, under section 55 and rule 78, for

registration of a defensive trade mark 37

TM-No. 45 Application, under section 58 and rule 79, for

registration of a registered user 38 or
38a

TM-No. 46Application by a registered proprietor, under section
60(1)(a) and rule 81, for variation of the entry of a

registered user ..............39 or
39a

TM-No. 47Application by registered proprietor or registered user,
under section 60(1)(b) and rule 82, for cancellation of

entry or registered user .....40 or
40a

TM-No. 48 Application, under section 60(1)(c) and rule 83, for







cancellation of entry of registered user 41 or
41a

TM-No. 49Notice, under section 61 and rule 84, of intention to
intervene in proceedings for variation or cancellation

of an entry of a registered user 42
TM-No. 50...........Authorization of agent, under rule 102(2)

TM-No. 51 Request for general certificate of Registrar, under rules

103 to 105 ...................43 or
43a

TM-No. 52 Application for permission to inspect or make a search

in the register (rule 108(2)) ....................... 44

TM-No. 53 Notice of order of court for alteration or rectification of

register (rule..............111)
45





FROM TM-No. 1.
Fee No. 1, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request for Registrar's preliminary advice as to distinctiveness or
capability of distinguishing, by a person proposing to
apply for the registration of a Trade Mark
(section 73 and rule 8)

I/We, (a)
..........................................................................................................

....................................

vice me/us whether the Trade Mark shown on
the accompanying foolscap sheet appears to him prima facie to be inherently
adapted to distinguish or inherently capable of distinguishing my/our goods so as
to comply with the requirements section 9 or section 10, respectively, of the
Ordinance for registrability in Part A or Part B of the register.

The goods in respect of which Ilwe propose to apply for registration of the
said

Trade Mark are (b)
...........

.......... 1
........... in class (e)
Dated this .day of 19

(d) ..........................................................
To the Registrar of Trade
Marks, Hong Kong.

Note:If an application is made to register the trade mark, objection may arise if identical or resembling
trade marks are found on the register. A prior notification of any such relevant marks (if any are to be
found) can be obtained by a request to the Registrar made on Form TM-No. 2.

FORM TM-No. 2.
Fee No. 2, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
I-Request for Search under rule 108(1)
The Registrar is hereby requested under rule 108(1) to search in class*

................... in respect of (a)

'!e

Trade
Marks are
on

..........
.

e whether
any







Mark sent herewith mounted on a foolscap sheet.

Dated this .....................day of .................................... 119

(b) ..........................................................

(C)..........................................................





II-Request for Registrar's preliminary advice as to distinctiveness
or capability of distinguishing, by a person proposing
to apply for the registration of a Trade Mark
(section 73 and rule 8)

I/We, (a) .......

....................................
....................................

hereby request the Registrar to advice me/us whether the Trade Mark referred to
above appears to him prima facie to be inherently adapted to distinguish or
inherently capable of distinguishing my/our goods above mentioned so as to
comply with the requirements of section 9 or section 10, respectively, of the
Ordinance for registrability in Part A or Part B of the register.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(b)
To the Registrar of Trade
Marks, Hong Kong.

Note:Request I must be completed. Please refer to Fee No. 2(i) if Request His not completed, or Fee No. 2(ii) if
both Requests are completed.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

FORM TM-No. 3. FOR OFFICIAL USE

Fee No. 3, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

Application for Registration of Trade Mark APP. NO.
or series of Trade Marks in Part A or B of the
Register (section 13(1) and rule 9(1); section REG. NO.
26(1) and rule 14)

(a) Application is hereby made for registration of the following Mark in

Part of the Register in Class

REPRESENTATION OF MARK





(b) in respect of the following goods

(c) in the name of

(d) whose trade or business address is

COUNTRY STATE

(e) whose trade or business description is

MANUFACTURERS AND MERCHANTS

and who claims to be the proprietor thereof.

The Mark has been used in respect of the goods by-
(i) the applicant;
(ii) the predecessors in title of the applicant;
(iii) the licensees of the applicant; or
(iv) the licensees of the applicant's predecessors in title,
or by any combination of these persons

in since
and in Hong Kong since





(g)The applicant or his licensee (or both) proposes to use the Mark in respect
of the goods.

(h) Details of existing registration

(i) Details of an application under section 1
8(1)(b)

(j) For additional matter if required

(k) Name of agent (if any)

(1) Address for service

Signature ...............................................
Agent for Applicant

Notes

(a)Enter 'W' or 'B' as appropriate. One representation of the Mark must be
entered in the space provided. If the representation is larger than the space,
the representation may be mounted on paper or other suitable material that is
then fixed to the space and may be folded. Fourteen other representations of
the Mark must be sent unattached to the form. All representations should be
of uniform quality and well defined.





(b)Specify the goods. Only goods included in one class should be specified. A
separate application form is required for each class.

(c)Enter the full name of each applicant. Names of individuals must be entered in
full and the family name underlined. The names of all partners in a firm must
be given in full. If the applicant is a body corporate, the corporate name must
be entered together with the kind and country of incorporation. Where
appropriate, the state of incorporation within that country should be entered
in the box provided. Trading styles, e.g. 'trading as XYZ Company',
nationality and former names, e.g. 'formerly ABC Ltd'' are not required and
should not be given.

(d) Enter the full trade or business address of the applicant.

(e)If the printed trade or business description is incorrect it should be amended as
appropriate, e.g. 'importers and exporters'.

Delete if inapplicable. If applicable, enter the name of the country or place
in which the trade mark has been longest used; and enter the year of the first
user in that country or place and in Hong Kong.

(g) This paragraph applies regardless of whether paragraph (f) is applicable.

(h)State the countries in which the Mark is registered- If registered in the United
Kingdom or other Commonwealth country in which the Register is divided
into two parts, give the registration number, not omitting B if the number is
prefixed by that letter.

(i)If the applicant relies on section 1 8(1)(b), Form TM-No. 45 should
accompany the application. If this box is left blank, it will be assumed that the
applicant claims that the Mark is being used, or is proposed to be used, by him
whether or not a Form TM-No. 45 accompanies the application.

(j)Enter additional matters, e.g. a claim to priority, the date of the first
application made in a Convention country and the name of that Convention
country.

(k)If the applicant has appointed an agent to act on his behalf, the agents name
and address should be entered at (k) and (1).

(1)An address for service in Hong Kong to which all documents and notices may
be sent must be entered.

(m) The words 'Agent for Applicant' should be deleted if inapplicable.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)

FORM TM-No. 5. Fee No. 4, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request for Statement of Grounds of Decision
(section 13(4) and rule 20)

IN THE MATTER OF (a) ..........................................................................
the Registrar is hereby requested to state in writing the grounds of his decision,

dated the ................day of 19 after the bearing

on the .......day of .. .'' . 19 and the materials

used by him in arriving at the decision.











Dated this ......day of 19
.................(b)
To the Registrar of Trade
Marks, Hong Kong.

Note.If the Registrar has made any requirement to which the applicant does not
object, the applicant shall comply therewith before the Registrar issues the
grounds of his decision (See rule2O(2)).

FORM TM-No. 6.

Fee No. 5, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Notice of Opposition to Application for Registration
of
a Trade Mark
(section 15 and rule 23)
(To be accompanied by a duplicate)

IN THE MATTER OF an Application No . by

........... Of

I/We, (a)

hereby give notice of my/our intention to oppose the registration of the Trade

Mark advertised under the above number for class
...................................................

in the Gazette of the ..........day of 1

19 .............No . .................page The grounds of opposition

are as follows-

.....................................
.....................................
.....................................

(b)
.................................................................................................
............................

My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is:

.....................................
.....................................

Dated this ......................day of 19

(C)
.................................................
.........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 7.
Fee No. 6, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.







TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Form of Counter-Statement
(To be accompanied by a duplicate)

IN THE MATTER OF an Opposition by
......................................................

to Application No . for registration of a trade mark.





I/We .
................................................................................................................. the
applicant/s for registration of the above Trade Mark, hereby give notice that the
following are the grounds on which I/we rely as supporting my/our application

.
.
.......... 1

I/We admit the following allegations in the notice of opposition:

....................

.............1
...................................................................................

....................

My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is:

....................
....................

Dated this ......................day of 19

(a)
.................................................
.........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,

Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 8.
Fee No. 7, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 43)

Notice to the Registrar of Attendance at Hearing

I/We, (a)
.........................................................................................
...................

...................hereby give notice that

the hearing of the arguments in the case of*

(b) (1)Opposition to Application No .
........................................................... for registration of a Trade
Mark,

(2) Application that the entry in the register in respect of Trade Mark

.No . ...........may be removed,
(3) ............. may be amended by alteration of
.................or addition to the Trade Mark,
(4) ............. may be amended by a conversion
.................of the specification of goods,
(5) ............. may be amended otherwise than by

any change in the mark or of the
specification on conversion,







which, by the Registrar's Notice to me/us dated the day

of .............19 .is fixed for a.m. or p.m. at
the

Trade Marks Registry on the ......day of 19

will be attended by melus or by some person on my/our behalf.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(e) -11,11,11
.................(d)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 9.
Fee No. 8, 8a, 8b, 8c or 8d, and 8e, Schedule 1, Trade Marks
Rules.
Nos. of Fees not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Application for Entry of Trade Mark in the
Register

......................................and issue of Certificate of Registration
Application No . .....................for the registration of
Trade Mark ...........................has been advertised in the Gazette

of the .....................day of 19 and Ilwe now

request that the mark be entered in the register and that a certificate of registration

be issued to me/us.
Dated this .day of 119
...................(a)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,

Hong Kong.
Note: 1.When the mark to be registered is to be associated with one or more other
marks the amount payable on this Form must include (in addition to Foe
8, 8a, 8b, 8c or 8d) a fee (Fee 8e) in respect of tile note of such association to be
made in the registered entry of each of the other associated marks.

2. for the entry of an address for service of the registered proprietor
way be made on Form

A request 38 if it accompanies this
Form.

a L




FORM TM-No. 10.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 43)

Certificate of Registration

It is hereby certified that the Trade Mark a specimen of which is hereunto

annexed has been registered in Part
.......................................................................... of the register in
the name of
....................................................................................

....................................

. ...... ...
in class ..under No . as of the date of ..........

19 in respect of






.

.Sealed at my direction this .....day

of ...............19

Registrar General,
Registrar of Trade Marks.

Trade Marks Registry,
Registrar General's Department,
Hong Kong.




Note: 1.Registration is fora period of 7 years from the date first above-mentioned. At the end of
that period it may be renewed for 14 years, after which it may be renewed successively for
further periods of 14 years.

2. This certificate is not for use in legal proceedings or for obtaining registration
abroad.

3,U in any change of ownership of this trade mark, or change in address, application
should AT Upon be made to the Registrar or register the change.

FORM TM-No. 11.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Notice of Non-completion of Registration

No . ..............................

The Registrar, as required by section 17(4) of the Trade Marks Ordinance and rule 38 of
the Trade Marks Rules made thereunder, has to point out that the registration of the Trade
Mark in respect of which your application numbered by

this Registry as above was made on the day of
19 .....................has not been completed by reason of
your

default. Unless it is completed within 14 days from this date the application will be

treated as abandoned.

Dated this ...........day of 19

TO
....................................

.........
.........

Trade Marks Registry,
Registrar General's Department,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 12.
Fee No. 9, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Application to the Registrar under section 24(2) and rule 39(2)
to dissolve the Association between a registered Trade
Mark and (an) other registered Trade Mark(s)
(To be accompanied by a Statement of Case)
IN THE MATTER OF a Trade Mark No . ....................................................

registered in class
..............................................

I/We . .................................................................................................................

.................................. being

the Registered Proprietor/s of the above-numbered Trade Mark, hereby apply that the
association of this Trade Mark with the following Trade Mark/s registered in







my/our name:
No . .................registered in class
No . .................registered in class

may be dissolved and the register amended accordingly.





The grounds for this application are set forth in the accompanying Statement of Case.

Dated this ...............day of 19

(a)
.................................................
.........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 13.
Fee No. 10 or 10a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Joint Request to the Registrar by Registered Proprietor and
Transferee to register the Transferee as subsequent Proprietor
of Trade Marks upon the same devolution of title
(rules 40 and 42 to 45)

We, (a)
...........................................................................................
...................

...................................

and (b)
.................................................................................................
.....................

.........................1 1

hereby request, under rule 40, that the name of (c)
...................................................

...................................

carrying on business as (d)
........................................................................................

at (e)
....................................................... may

be entered in the Register of Trade Marks as proprietor of the Trade Mark/s

No . ................*in class as from the
(f) ..........................by virtue

of (g)
.................................................................................................
.......................

.....................................

(h) The Trade Mark at the time of the assignment was (h) (not) used in a business in the
goods in question, and the assignment (took) (h) (did not take) place on or after the
commencement of the Trade Marks Ordinance otherwise than in connection with the goodwill
of a business in the goods, (h) and there is sent herewith a copy of the Registrar's direction to
advertise the assignment, a copy of each of the advertisements complying therewith, and a
statement of the dates of issue of any publications containing them.







Dated this ......day of 19
.................(i)
.................(j)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,

Hong Kong.

Note: 1. The instrument under which the transferee claims should preferably accompany this
Form

2 A request for the entry of an address for service of the subsequent proprietor may be made
on a copy of Form TM-No. 38 if it accompanies this Form.





FORM TM-No. 14.
Fee No. 10 or 10a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MAP MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request to the Registrar to register a subsequent Proprietor of a
Trade Mark or Trade Marks upon the same devolution of title
(rules 41 to 45)

I/We, (a)
...........................................................................................
.................

.................................

hereby request ... under ... rule 41 that ... m
... my/our name
may be entered in the Register of Trade Marks as proprietor
...................................

of Trade Mark/s No . ...*in class as from
the (b)

I am/We are entitled to the Trade Mark/s by virtue of (e)
....................

.................................
.................................

.................................

(d) The Trade Mark at the time of the assignment was (d) (not) used in a
business in the goods in question, and the assignment (d) (took) (did not take)
place on or after the commencement of the Ordinance otherwise than in
connection with the goodwill of a business in the goods, (d) and there is sent
herewith a copy of the Registrar's direction to advertise the assignment, a copy of
each of the advertisement complying therewith, and a statement of the dates of
issue of any publications containing them.

Dated this ..............day of 19

(e)
...................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

Note: 1. The instrument under which the ~e= claims should preferably accompany this Form.

2. A request for the entry of an address for service of the subsequent proprietor may be made on a

copy of Form TM-No. 38 if it accompanies this Form.

IMPRESSED
Form TM-No. 15. $3.00
No Fee. DUTY PAID
STAMP
TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 43)

Declaration (only to be furnished when requested by Registrar)






in support of Statement of Case accompanying Form TM-No. 13
or TM-No. 14 (rule 43)

. ................of

solemnly and sincerely declare that the particulars set out in the statement of case,





exhibit marked
.......................................................................................................... and left by
me in connection with my request to be registered as subsequent

proprietor of the Trade Mark No . ....in class 1

are true and comprise every material fact and document affecting the present
proprietorship of the Trade Mark.

(a) And 1 make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same
to be true and by virtue of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance.

(b) ..........................................................

Declared at .................................................

this ...day of 19
........Before me (c)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 16.
Fee No. 11, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE M~ ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application under rule 45(2) for extension of time, in accordance
with
section 18(3), for the registration of the name of a Corporation as
subsequent Proprietor of a Trade Mark in the Register

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

.........................

for an extension time by (b) mouths of the period

of 6 months allowed by section 18(3) and rule 45(2) for registering its name, by
force of one assignment, as proprietor of the following Trade Mark/s registered
upon application/s conforming to section 18(1)(a):





(c) Registration Number Class

.........

Dated this ......................day of 19

(d) ...................................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 17.
Fee No. 12, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application for the Certificate of the Registrar under section
41(5)
and rule 48 with reference to a proposed Assignment of a
Registered Trade Mark

(To be accompanied by a Statement of Case and a copy of
the proposed assignment)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark/s No./s .................................................

registered in the name of
..............................................................................

in class/es ...............................................

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

....................... ........1

...

of
..............................................................................................................................
being the registered proprietor/s of the above-mentioned registered Trade Mark/s,
for the Registrar's certificate under section 41(5) with reference to a proposed
assignment of the registered Trade Mark/s No./s .....................................................

.... (b) 1

to
........................................................................................................................
.
of
..............................................................................................................................

.................. 1

in circumstances that are stated fully in the accompanying Statement of Case.

Dated this ...........day of ..................................... 19

(C) ..........................................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.











FORM TM-No. 18.
Fee No. 13, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application to the Registrar under section 41(6) and rule 49(1)
for
Directions for the Advertisement of an Assignment of
Trade Marks otherwise than in connection with the
goodwill of the business

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

.........................................

for the Registrar's S with respect to the advertisement of an
assignment to

him/them of the following Trade Marks otherwise than in connection with the
goodwill of the business in which they were used at the time of assignment,
namely:

(1) Registered Trade Marks:

*Registration number. Class. Goods in respect of which the
mark has been used and is
assigned.

all of which are or were registered in the name of (b)
................................................

........... *** -----
----------

who is the assignor;

(2) Unregistered Trade Marks (e), all being marks used in his business at the
time of assignment in respect of the goods stated below, by (b)
.................................

of .........................who is the assignor-

*Representation of mark.Goods in respect of which the mark
has been used and is assigned.

The date of assignment was the ..day of 19

The instrument effecting the assignment is sent herewith, together with a
copy thereof.

It is suggested that advertisement shall be directed as follows, namely, in
.........

...........................

*Additional marks may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the
Form.

Dated this ....day of ............................. 19

(d)






.................................................
.........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 19.
Fee No. 14, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application under section 41(6) and rule 49(2) for Extension
of
Time in which to apply for the Registrar's Directions for the
advertisement of an assignment of Trade Marks otherwise
than in connection with the goodwill of the business

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

....................... of

....................... for

c. extension of time of (b) month/s in which to apply for

the Registrar's directions for the advertisement of an assignment to him/ them of
the following Trade Marks otherwise than in connection with the goodwill of the
business in which they were used at the time of assignment, namely:-

(1) Registered Trade M*Registration Number. Class. Goods in respect of which the mark has
been used and is assigned.

all of which are or were registered in the name of (c)
.................................................

.....
of ...who is the assignor;

(2) Unregistered Trade Marks, all being marks used in his business at the time
of assignment and in respect of the goods stated below, by (c)
..................................

..of

is the assignor:

*Representation of mark.Goods in respect of which the mark
has been used and is assigned.

The date of assignment was the ..day of 19

*Additional marks may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(d)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 20.
Fee No. 15 or 15a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application for Registration of Certification Trade Mark under
section 64 and rule 50

(To be accompanied by 2 duplicates)

Application is hereby made for registration in Part A of the register of the
Certification Trade Mark mounted on the attached foolscap sheet in class
...............
in respect of

.................................

.................... 1

in the name of (b)
................................................................................................
......
whose address is (e)
................................................................................................
...

......................

5 additional unmounted representations of the Certification Trade Mark are
attached.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(d)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 2 1.
No Fee.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Draft Regulations for governing the use of Certification
Trade Mark
(section 65(4) and rule 52)

(To be accompanied by required duplicates)

Draft Regulations for governing the use of the Certification Trade Mark/s

referred to in the accompanying application dated the
.............................................

day of .............19 /as required by the Registrar on

the .........................day of 19 in respect of

application No . .....dated the day of







19 ..............and made by /(a)





FORM TM-No. 22.

Fee No. 16, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Notice to the Registrar under section 66(2) and rule 54(2)
of
Opposition to an Application for registration of
a Certification Trade Mark

(To be accompanied by a duplicate)

IN THE MATTER OF an Application No . by

............ .............of
...........................

I/We, (a)
............................................................................................
................

...........................

hereby give notice of my/our intention to oppose the registration of the
Certification Trade Mark advertised under the above number for class

................. in the Gazette of the day of

....... 1 ......19 .No . ..page

The grounds of opposition are as follows (b)

...........................
...........................
...........................

My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is

...........................

Dated this ......day of 119
.................(e)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 23.

Fee No. 17, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE M~ ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Form of Counter-Statement in reply to Notice under section
66(2)
and rule 54(2) of opposition to an application for registration
of a Certification Trade Mark

(To be accompanied by a duplicate)
IN THE MATTER OF an opposition by (a)






.................................................

to application No . .........for registration of a
Certification Trade Mark.

I/We, (b)
.........................................................................................
...................

.....applicant /s for registration
......................................................................................

the applicant/s for a registration of the Certification Trade Mark
advertised under





the above number hereby give notice that the following are the grounds on which
I/we rely as supporting my/our application-

....................................
.................................... 1
....................................

I/We admit the following allegations in the notice of opposition

....................................

My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is

....................................

Dated this .............day of 19

(C)
......................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 24.

Fee No. 18, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Hearing by the Registrar of an opposition under section 66(2)
and rule .54(2) to an application for registration of
a Certification Trade Mark

Notice of Attendance at Hearing

I/We, (a)
.........................................................................................
...................

....................................

..........*****
***** ..

hereby give no Hearing by the Registrar of the arguments in the case of


opposition by ........................to application
No . .................................for the registration of a Certification Trade

Mark, which, by the Registrar's Notice to melus dated the day

of .............19 .is fixed for a.m. or p.m.

at the Trade Marks Registry on the day of

19 will be attended by melus or by some person on my/our behalf.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(b)
.................(c)







To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 25.
Fee No. 19, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request for the consent of the Registrar of Trade Marks to alteration of
the deposited Regulations for use of a Certification Trade Mark
(section 68(1) and rule 55)

(To be accompanied by 2 copies)

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

...........................

..........'' ................
.................

who *is/are the proprietor/s of the Certification Trade Mark/s No. (b) ......................

........................... registered in class
........................... in respect of (e)
...........................

. .... ..
..... .

that deposited regulations for governing the use of the mark may be altered d in

lie' 'de ................. .... .....
...

the manner shown in red in the accompanying copies (d) of the regulations as proposed to be
altered, and for the consent of the Registrar of Trade Marks to such alteration.

Dated this .................day of 19

(e)
.................................................
.........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 26.
Fee No. 20, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application to the Registrar for the Expunging or Varying of
an entry in the Register relating to a Certification Trade
Mark or Varying the deposited Regulations
(section 68(2) and rule 56)

(To be accompanied by 2 copies and a Statement of Case in triplicate)

IN THE MATTER OF Certification Trade Mark No . ..................................

registered in the name of
...........................................................................................







.................. in class

I/We, (a)
...........................................................................................
.................

being an ...........................aggrieved
person/s, hereby apply *a'* p- ......





1. (b) that the entry in the register in respect of the above-mentioned

Trade Mark may be (c) expunged
varied in the following manner---

....................................

................................................................................................................................
.

2. (b) that the deposited regulations governing the use of the above

mentioned Trade Mark may be varied in the following manner ................................

....................................
....................................

The grounds of my/our application are as follows

......... . ...................................................

....................................

My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is

....................................

Dated this ..................day of 19

(d)
..........................................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 27.

FEE No. 21, 2 1 a or 2 1 b, Schedule 1, Trade Marks
Rules.

Nos. of Fees not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Renewal of Registration of Trade Mark (section 45 and rule 57)

(This form should not be filed more than 3
months
before the expiration of the last registration)

I/We, (a)
............................................................................................................

........................ ********

hereby leave prescribed fee of ........ for renewal
of registration of the Trade Mark No . in class

.1 ..................................................... . *which I am directed by the proprietor

of the Trade Mark, that is to say by (b)
....................................................................







............................. to pay.

Dated this .....................day of 19

(C) ..........................................................

(d) ..........................................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 28.
Fee No. 22, Schedule 1, Trade Marks
Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Additional Fee of $220 (rule 59) to accompany
Renewal Fee
(Form TM-No. 27), within 1 month after
advertisement
of non-payment of Renewal Fee

(To accompany Form TM-No. 27)

In pursuance of the notices issued by the Registrar, Ilwe hereby
transmit the additional fee of $220 (along with Form TM-No. 27) for the
renewal of the registration of the Trade Mark No .
..........................................................................

in class ...................................................

Dated this ......day of 119
.................(a)
.................(b)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

Note: This Form must be~ by the person/s signing the Form TM-No. 27 which
accompanies it.

FORM TM-No. 29.
Fee No. 23, Schedule 1, Trade Marks
Rules.

TRADE M~ ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Restoration of Trade Mark removed from
Register for
Non-payment of Fee (rule 60)

(To accompany Form TM-No. 27)

In pursuance of the notices issued by the Registrar, I/we hereby
transmit the additional fee of $700 (along with Form TM-No. 27) for
restoration to the register of the Trade Mark No .
.................................................................................

in class ...................................................

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(a)
.................(b)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

Note: This Form must be signed by the person/s signing the Form TM-No. 27
which accompanies it.





FORM TM-No. 30.
Fee No. 24, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application to the Registrar for the Rectification of the Register
or the Removal of a Trade Mark from the Register (rule 63)

IN THE MATTER OF the Trade Mark No . .................................................

registered in the name of
...........................................................................................

........................................................ in class

I/We, (a)
...........................................................................................
.................

....................................

hereby apply that the entry in the register in respect of the above-mentioned

Trade Mark may be removed (b) rectified in the following manner ...........................

....................................
....................................

The grounds of my/our application are as follows-

....................................
....................................
....................................

No action concerning the Trade Mark in question is pending in the Court. My/Our
address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is

....................................
....................................

Dated this ....day of 119

(C)
................................................
..........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.
Note: 1.This Form must be accompanied by a Statement of Case setting out the particulars required
by rule 63.

2.If the application is made by a person who is not the registered proprietor, it must be
accompanied by 2 copies of the application and 2 copies of the Statement of Case.

FORM TM-No. 3 1.
Fee No. 25, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application to the Registrar for Leave to intervene in Proceedings






relating to the Rectification of the Register or the Removal of
a Trade Mark from the Register (rule 65)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................

registered in the name of
...........................................................................................

................ in class

I/We, (a)
...........................................................................................
.................

....................................

hereby apply for leave to intervene in the proceedings relating to the rectification or removal of
the entry in the register in respect of the above-mentioned Trade Mark.





My/Our interest in the Trade Mark is
...............................................................





My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is-




Dated this ......day of 19

(b)
................................................
..........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks.
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 32.
Fee No. 26, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Request for Alteration of Trade or Business Address
in Register of Trade Marks
(section 50 and rule 66)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark/s No./s
............................................... registered in class
....................................................

.I/We
of being

the registered (a) proprietor/s of the Trade Mark/s numbered as above,

user/s
request that my/our trade/business (b) address in the Register of Trade Marks be
altered to

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(C)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,

Hong Kong.

Note:A registered proprietor or registered user whose address has been altered by a public
authority, so that the changed address designates the same premises as before, may make also
the statement below. In such a case, and if a certificate of the alteration given by the named
authority be supplied, no fee is payable on this Form (Rule 101(3)).

change of premises)

1. The change of address for the entry of which application is made above

was ordered by (a)
................................................................................................
....







.................. 11
..................

on the ............day of 19

2. A certificate of the alteration given by the named authority is attached.

(b)............................................
..............





FORM TM-No. 33.
Fee No. 27, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request for Correction of Clerical Error in Register or
for Amendment of Application

IN THE MATTER OF (a)
.............................................................................

I/We being the
.........................................................................................
..........

hereby request that
......................................................................................

........... 1

................
................................................................................. 1

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(b)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 34.
Fee No. 28 or 28a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request to enter Change of Name or Description of
Registered Proprietor (or Registered User) of
Trade Mark upon the Register
(section 50 and rule 66)

I/We (a)
.........................................................................................
....................

..................

hereby request that my/our name/s *s* and
description/s .may be enter . ..in,

the Register of Trade Marks as (b) proprietor/s of the Trade
registered user/s

Mark/s No .
..............................................................................................................
*registered in class .............................................

I am/We are entitled to (b) the said Trade Mark.

1 use the said Trade Mark as registered userls.

There has been no change in the (b)actual proprietorship 1







identity of the registered user/s





of the said Trade Mark, but (c)
.................................................................................

....................................

The entry at present standing in the register gives my/our name/s and
description/s as follows . .........................................................................................

....................................

Dated this .....day of 19
................(d)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
HongKong.

FORM TM-No. 35.
Fee No. 29, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application by Registered Proprietor of Trade Mark for
the cancellation of Entry thereof in Register
(section 50(1)(c) and rule 66)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................

Class
..............................................................................................
........................... Name of Registered Proprietor
.................................................................................

............... ..... 1

Trade or business address
.........................................................................................
Description
................................................................................................
...............

Application is hereby made by
...................................................................
of (a) ...........[or by
................. a member of the firm of
................. of (a)

on behalf of my said firm]
.........................................................................................

entry in the register of trade marks of the Trade Mark No .
.........................

........................ .......

in class .....................may be cancelled.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(b)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

Note:Rule 66 requires that an application on this Form shall be signed by the Registered Proprietor of the Trade






Mark, or other person entitled under that rule, unless in exceptional circumstances the Registrar otherwise
allows.





FORM TM-No. 36.
Fee No. 29, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Application by Registered Proprietor of Trade Mark to
the Registrar to strike out Goods from those
for which the Trade Mark is registered
(section 50(1)(d) and rule 66)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................

registered in class
..............................................................................................
........ Name of Registered Proprietor
.................................................................................

.....................................

Trade or business address
.........................................................................................
Description
................................................................................................
...............

Application is hereby made by
..........................................................................

of (a) ...............................[or by

...................... a member of the

of (a)
..............................................................................................
........................... on behalf of my said Firm]
........................................................................................

for the striking g- out of (b)

from the goods for which the Trade Mark No . .......................................... is

registered in class
..............................................

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(C)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

Note:Rule 66 requires that an application on this Form shall be signed by the Registered Proprietor
of the Trade Mark, or other person entitled under that rule, unless in exceptional circumstances
the Registrar otherwise allows.

FORM TM-No. 37.
Fee No. 30, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request by Registered Proprietor of a Trade Mark that a Disclaimer
or Memorandum relating thereto may be registered






(section 50(1)(e) and rule 66)

Request is hereby made by (a)
...........................................................................

.................. 1

......................... . ... ...
...........................

in the register un connection

........................ in class
............................





of the following .............................................
..................................

namely . ..................................................................................................................

..........

........ ...........

.........1 .................. ..................................
...................................................

Dated this .........day of 19

(b)
................................................
..........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 38.
Fee No. 31 or 31 a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Form of Request to the Registrar by a Registered Proprietor or
a Registered User of a Trade Mark, or a person about
to be registered as such, to enter, alter, or substitute
an Address for Service as part of his Registration
(rules 100(2) and 101(2))

Request is made by (a)
......................................................................................

...................... '' . . . .. . ...
............
who is about to be register h ed as (or) '' who is is theregistered( e b) (b) pro
proprietor user of Trade

Mark/s No . .......................... registered in
class ................................for the (c) inclusion, addition, alteration or

substitution of an address for service in Hong Kong in or to the entry thereof so

that the address for service in Hong Kong may read: (d)
..........................................

.....................................

Dated this .............day of 119

(e)
.......................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

Note:A registered proprietor or registered user whose address for service in Hong Kong has been altered by a
public authority, so that the changed address designates the same premises as before may make also the
statement below. In such a case, and if a celebrate of the alteration given by the named authority be supplied,
no fee is payable an this Form (Rule 101(3)).







(For use only in case of an address for service changed by
a public authority, without change of premises).

1. The change of address for the entry of which application is made above

was ordered by (a)
.................................................................................................
...

.......***** .... ........ ....

on the.............................ay of
19............





2. A certificate of the alteration given by the named authority is attached.

(b) ..........................................................

Note: 1. By Rules 100(3) and 101(5) an application on this Form must be signed by the applicant
for
registration or the registered proprietor or registered user, as the case may be, or by an agent
expressly authorized by him for the purpose of such an application, unless in exceptional
circumstances the Registrar otherwise allows.
2.A request on this Form to enter an initial address for service as part of a registration may be made
without fee if it accompanies one of the Forms TM-No. 9, No. 13, No. 14 or No. 45.

FORM TM-No. 39.
Fee No. 32, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request to the Registrar for entry on the Register and
advertisement of a note of a certificate of validity
by the Court under section 75
(rule 69)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark/s No./s ................................................

registered in class ......in the name of
.........................

I/We, (a)
............................................................................................................

....................................
....................................

hereby request the Registrar to add to the above-numbered entry/ies of a
Trade Mark in the register, and to advertise in the Gazette a note that in
(b)
.............................................................................................................................

....................................

............. .... .... *********
******

the Court certified that the validity of the said registration/s came into question
and
was decided in favour of the proprietor of the Trade Mark in the terms of the
accompanying office copy of the certificate of validity.

Dated this ........day of .... 19

(C) ..........................................................
To the Registrar of Trade
Marks, Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 40.
Fee No. 33 or 33a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE







(Chapter 43)

Application by Registered Proprietor for an addition to or
alteration of a Registered Trade Mark
(section 51 and rule 70)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................
in class ........................................





Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

........ 1

Trade Mark numbered as above,

.. . . ............ . . ..
..........

registered proprietor/s of the
that the Registrar shall add to it or alter it in the following particulars, that is

to say---(b) .............. ..........

.....1 ...1
.........................................................................................

.................. ..............
...................................

........
........ 1

Four copies of the mark as it will appear when so altered are attached.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(e)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 41. Fee No. 34, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Notice of Opposition to Application under section 51(2)
for addition to or alteration of a Registered
Trade Mark (rule 71)
(To be accompanied by a duplicate)
IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................

registered in the name of ..........

................. in class 1

I/We, (a) ...... ..... .

... ... ***
.......................................................................................
................

hereby give notice of my/our intention to oppose the addition to or alteration of
the Trade Mark numbered and registered as above, so that it shall be in the form

shown in the application advertised in the Gazette of the day

of .........19 ...No . .....page

The grounds of opposition are as follows-

...................................
................................... 1






...................................
....................................1
...................................

My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is-

.................................1 ..... 1
................

........ ...........................................
................

Dated this .......................... day of
19

(b)
.................................................
.........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 42. Fee No. 35, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Reclassification
Application to the Registrar under rule 75 by the Proprietor
of a Registered Trade Mark for the conversion of the
Specification from Schedule 3 to Schedule 4
(section 54)
IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................

registered in the name of
...........................................................................................

in class ................of Schedule 3.

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

.......................the registered

proprietor of the above-numbered Trade Mark, for the conversion of the specification of the above-
mentioned registration (b) and the specification/s of the registered user/s thereunder from Schedule
3 to Schedule 4 of the Trade Marks Rules.

The specification/s entered on the register in accordance with Schedule 3 is/are .
.....................................................................................................................

.....................................

Application is made that the Registrar should propose the following specification/s in
accordance with Schedule IV, upon conversion:

Class:
..................................................................
..........
Class:
..................................................................
..........

Dated this ........day of
............................................ 19

(C)
.................................................
.........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,

Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 43.
Fee No. 36, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Reclassification
Notice of Opposition to Proposal for Conversion of Specification
(section 54(3) and rule 76(1))
(To be accompanied by a duplicate and a Statement, in duplicate,
showing how the proposed conversion would be
contrary to section 54(2))
IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark/s No./s . ................................................







registered in the name of
...........................................................................................

................ in class of Schedule

3 of the Trade Marks Rules.





I/We, (a)
...........................................................................................
.................

................. .........hereby give notice

of my/our intention to oppose the proposal for the conversion of the specifica-

tion/s of the Trade Mark/s, advertised in the Gazette of the day

of ...............19 .No . ...page

The grounds of opposition are as follows-

............................
.............................1
............................

My/Our address for service in Hong Kong in these proceedings is

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(b)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 44.
Fee No. 37, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Application under section 55 and rule 78 for Registration of a
Trade Mark as a Defensive Trade Mark

Application is hereby made for registration in Part* .........................................

of the register of the Trade Mark shown hereunder as a defensive Trade Mark in

class
..............................................................................................
............................ in respect of (a)
..............................................................................................
........... ...
..............................................................................................
................................ in the name of (b)
..............................................................................................
........

..................

of (c)
.................................................................................................
........................

..................................(d)
trading

as .............................who

is/are the proprietr/s of the same Trade Mark registered in class ............................

in respect of ....................under No .

The particulars of the facts on which Ilwe rely in support of this application are set forth in






the accompanying Statement of Case (e).

Three additional copies of the mark are attached.

Dated this .....................day of 119

(f)
.................................................
........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 45. Fee No. 38 or 38a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules. No. of
Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE M~ ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)
Application for Registration of Registered User (rule 79)
(section 58)
(To be accompanied by a Statement of Case giving particulars and stating
as required by section 58(3), verified by a statutory declaration made by
the proprietor, or by some person authorized to act on his behalf and
approved by the Registrar)

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

....................................

............ .
....................................................................................

who is/are the registered proprietor/s of Trade Mark/s No./s .

registered in class in respect of (b)

that (c)
................................................................................................
......................
of (d)
................................................................................................
........................
trading as (e)
................................................................................................
.............

who hereby joins in the application, may be registered as a registered user of the
above-numbered Registered Trade Mark/s in respect of (f)
....................................

....................................

subject to the following conditions or restrictions-

..............................................................................

(9)
..............................................................................................
.............................

.....................................
(h) The proposed permitted use is to end on the day

of ................19 The proposed permitted use

is without limit of period.

Dated this ......day of 119
.................(i)
To the Registrar of Trade
Marks, Hong Kong.

Note: Afor the entry of an address for service of the registered user may be made on Form TM-No.
38 request 38 without payment of any fee if it accompanies this Form





FORM TM-No. 46.
Fee No. 39 or 39a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 43)

Application by the Registered Proprietor of a Trade Mark for
variation of the registration of a Registered User thereof with
regard to the goods or the conditions or restrictions
(section 60(1)(a); rule 81)

(To be accompanied by a Statement of the Grounds for the
application and the written consent (if given)
of the registered user)

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

.....................................

.

the proprietor of Trade Mark/s No./s . registered

in class in respect of (b)
....

!*at the registration of (c)
.........................................................................................

.....................................
...................................... .

as a registered user of the above-numbered Trade Mark/s in respect of (d)
..............................................................................................
..............................

.................................................................................
may be varied in the following

manner-(e)
................................................................................................
.............

.....................................

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(f)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 47. Fee No. 40 or 40a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules. No. of
Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 43)

Application by the Registered Proprietor of a Trade Mark or by
any of the Registered Users of the Trade Mark for the
cancellation of entry of a Registered User thereof
(section 60(1)(b); rule 82)







(To be accompanied by a Statement of the Grounds
for the application)

Application is hereby made by (a)
.....................................................................

.....................................
.....................................





being (b) the registered proprietor (a registered user) of Trade Mark/s No./s . ..........

.............. registered in class

in respect of (c)
.................................................................................................
........

for the cancellation of the entry under the above-mentioned registration/s of (d)
.....

....................................
....................................

as a registered user of the Trade Mark/s in respect of (e)
..........................................

....................................
....................................

The grounds for this application are set forth in the accompanying
statement.

Dated this ..day of 119
.....................................................................

..............
..............

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 48.
Fee No. 41 or 41 a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 43)

Application for cancellation of entry of a Registered User of a
Trade
Mark (section 60(1)(c); rule 83)

(To be accompanied by a Statement of the Grounds
for the application)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark/s No./s . ................................................

*registered in class in the name of (a)
..............

Application is hereby made by (b)
.....................................................................

(whose address for service ... e** in Hong Kong I ... g** in** in these
proceeding p** is d** in** is ..............................

....................................

for the cancellation of the entry under the above-mentioned registration/s of (c)
.... .... the
..............................................................................................
........................... as registered user thereof in respect of (d)
...........................................................







....................................
....................................

The grounds of this application, particulars of which are given in detail in the
accompanying statement of case, are (e)
...................................................................

.........
......... 1
.........

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(f)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 49.
Fee No. 42, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Notice to the Registrar under section 61 and rule 84 of
intention
to intervene in proceedings for the variation or cancellation of
an entry of a Registered User of a Trade Mark

(To be accompanied by a Statement of the Grounds
for intervention)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................

registered in class in the name of (a)

and

IN THE MATTER OF a registration of (b)
...................................................

...........................................
..............

thereunder as a registered user of the mark.
In reply to the Registrar's notification, dated the day

of ..................19 notice is hereby given of any

intention to intervene in the proceedings in the above
matter.

My address for service in Hong Kong for the purpose of these proceedings is
...

.....................................

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(C)

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

FORM TM-No. 50.
No Fee.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Form of Authorization where an agent is appointed during
the progress of an Application or where one agent
is substituted for another (rule 102(2A)

*I/We .
...............................................................................................................

have appointed(a)
...







......
...............................................................................................
............................

to act as my/our agent for (b)
...................................................................................

No .

and request that all notices, requisitions and communications relating thereto may
be sent to such agent at the above address.

I/We hereby revoke all previous authorizations, if any, in respect of the
same matter or proceeding.





I/We, hereby declare that I am/we are a (c)
........................................................

.....................

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(d)

Address (e)
........................................................

[To be struck out if the person appointing the agent desires his own address to be
treated as the address for service after registration].

I/We also authorize the said (a)
.........................................................................

..................... to complete Form TM-No. 38

requesting the entry of an address for service as part of any registration obtained
under the above authorization.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(d)

Address (e)
........................................................

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.
(L.N. 28 of 1964)

FORM TM-No. 5 1.
Fee No. 43 or 43a, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.
No. of Fee not applicable must be deleted before payment.

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Request for General Certificate of the Registrar (including
Certificate of Registration of a Trade Mark other than
a Certificate under section 17(3)
rules 103 to 105

IN THE MATTER OF *Trade Mark No . .....................................................

registered in class ..

I/We,
..............................................................................................
.................... of
..............................................................................................
................................

hereby request the Registrar to furnish me/us with (b) his certificate that (a)
............

............................ 1

....................................

This certificate is required (b) for use in legal proceedings/(b) for use in
obtaining registration abroad/(b) for use other than in legal proceedings or in
obtaining registration abroad.







Dated this ................day of .................
19

(C)
................................................
..........
(d)
................................................
..........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.





FORM TM-No. 52.
Fee No. 44, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Inspection of Register, etc. or making a search in
Register
(rule 108(2))

.........................................................................................
.............................hereby request

that 1 be permitted-

(a) to inspect or make a search in the Trade Marks Register, (a) Hem ~c out
(a) to inspect- words that am not
(b) applicable.

.......................................(b) Specify
relating to Trade Mark No . ...........document to
be
.......................................inspected.
registered in class ...................(See role 108).

(Signature)..............................................
..........

To the Registrar of Trade Marks,
Hong Kong.

Note: The fee payable on this application is for each half hour or part thereof.

(L.N. 28 of 1964)

FORM TM-No. 53.
Fee No. 45, Schedule 1, Trade Marks Rules.

TRADE MARKS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 43)

Notice of Order of Court for Alteration or Rectification
of
Register of Trade Marks (rule 111)

IN THE MATTER OF Trade Mark No . .......................................................

registered in class ....in the name of
.......................

Notice is hereby given to the Registrar that, by an Order of the Court made on

the ..day of ...........19

it was directed that
................................................................................................
....

......................... 1

An office copy of the Order of the Court is






attached.

Dated this ...........day of 19

...............................................................
To be signed by
....................the person
To the Registrar of Trade Marks,....... interested or his
Hong Kong. ....................agent.

(L.N. 28 of 1964; L.N. 58 of 1968; L.N. 125 of 1974; L.N. 242 of 1981; L.N. 113 of 1985; L.N. 256 of 1987,
L.N. 234 of 1989)





SCHEDULE 3

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS
(rule 74(1))

(Note: This was the Classification in the Third Schedule to the Trade Marks Rules under the
Trade Marks Ordinance 1909 (Chapter 43, Laws of Hong Kong, Revised Edition 1950)).

Class Goods included in class
1 Chemical substances used in manufactures, photography, or philosophical research, and
anti-corrosives.
2 Chemical substances used for agricultural, horticultural, veterinary, and sanitary
purposes.
3 Chemical substances prepared for use in medicine and pharmacy.
4 Raw, or partly prepared, vegetable, animal, and mineral substances used in
manufactures, not included in other classes.
5 Unwrought and partly wrought metals used in manufacture.
6 Machinery of all kinds, and parts of machinery, except agricultural and horticultural
machines and their parts included in class 7.
7 Agricultural and horticultural machinery, and parts of such machinery.
8 Philosophical instruments, scientific instruments, and apparatus for useful purposes;
instruments and apparatus for teaching.
9 Musical instruments.
10 Horological instruments.
11 Instruments, apparatus, and contrivances, not medicated, for surgical or curative
purposes, or in relation to the health of men or animals.
12 Cutlery and edge tools.
13 Metal goods, not included in other classes.
14 Goods of precious metals and jewellery, and imitations of such goods and jewellery.
is Glass.
16 Porcelain and earthenware.
17 Manufactures from mineral and other substances for building or decoration.
19 Engineering, architectural, and building contrivances.
19 Arms, ammunition, and stores, not included in class 20.
20 Explosive substances.
21 Naval architectural contrivances and naval equipments not included in other classes.
22 Carriages.
23 (a) Cotton yarn.
(b) Sewing cotton.
24 Cotton piece goods.
25 Cotton goods not included in other classes.





Class Goods included in class
26 Linen and hemp yam and thread.
27 Linen and hemp piece goods.
28 Linen and hemp goods not included in other classes.
29 Jute yarns and tissues, and other articles made of jute, not included in other classes.
30 Silk, spun, thrown or sewing.
31 Silk piece goods.
32 Silk goods not included in other classes.
33 Yarns of wool, worsted or hair.
34 Cloths and stuffs of wool, worsted or hair.
35 Woollen and worsted and hair goods, not included in other classes.
36 Carpets, floor-cloth, and oil-cloth.
37 Leather, skins unwrought and wrought, and articles made of leather not included in
other classes.
38 Articles of clothing.
39 Paper (except paper hangings), stationery, and bookbinding.
40 Goods manufactured from india-rubber and gutta-percha not included in other classes.
41 Furniture and upholstery.
42 Substances used as food or as ingredients in food.
43 Fermented liquors and spirits.
44 Mineral and aerated waters, natural and artificial, including ginger beer.
45 Tobacco, whether manufactured or unmanufactured.
46 Seeds for agricultural and horticultural purposes.
47 Candles, common soap, detergents; illuminating, heating, or lubricating oils; matches;
and starch, blue, and other preparations for laundry purposes.
48 Perfumery (including toilet articles, preparations for the teeth and hair and perfumed
soap).
49 Games of all kinds and sporting articles not included in other classes.
50 Miscellaneous-
(1) Goods manufactured from ivory, bone or wood, not included in other classes.
(2) Goods manufactured from straw or grass, not included in other classes.
(3) Goods manufactured from animal and vegetable substances, not included in other
classes.
(4) Tobacco pipes.
(5) Umbrellas, walking sticks, brushes and combs for the hair.
(6) Furniture cream, plate powder.
(7) Tarpaulins, tents, rick-cloths, rope (JUTE or hemp), twine.
(8) Buttons of all kinds other than of precious metal or imitations thereof.
(9) Packing and hose.
(10) Other goods not included in the foregoing classes.





SCHEDULE 4

CLASSIFICATION OF
GOODS

NAMES OF THE CL~

(section 8 and rules 9(3), 10, 11, and 74(2))

(Note: Parts of an article or apparatus are, in general, classified with the actual article or
apparatus, except where such parts constitute articles included in other classes).

Class Goods included in class (see rule 10)
1 Chemicals used in industry, science and photography, as well as in agriculture,
horticulture and forestry; unprocessed artificial resins, unprocessed plastics; manures; fire
extinguishing compositions; tempering and soldering preparations; chemical substances
for preserving foodstuffs; tanning substances; adhesives used in industry.
2. Paints, varnishes, lacquers; preservatives against rust and against deterioration of wood;
colourants; mordants; raw natural resins; metals in foil and powder form for painters,
decorators, printers and artists.
3. Bleaching preparations and other substances for laundry use; cleaning, polishing,
scouring and abrasive preparations; soaps; perfumery, essential oils, cosmetics, hair
lotions; dentifrices.
4. Industrial oils and greases; lubricants; dust absorbing, wetting and binding
compositions; fuels (including motor spirit) and illuminants; candies, wicks.
5. Pharmaceutical, veterinary and sanitary preparations; dietetic substances adapted for
medical use, food for babies; plasters, materials for dressings; material for stopping
teeth, dental wax; disinfectants; preparations for destroying vermin; fungicides,
herbicides.
6. Common metals and their alloys; metal building materials; transportable buildings of
metal; materials of metal for railway tracks; non-electric cables and wires of common
metal; ironmongery, small items of metal hardware; pipes and tubes of metal; safes;
goods of common metal not included in other classes; ores.
7. Machines and machine tools; motors (except for land vehicles); machine coupling and
belting (except for land vehicles); agricultural implements; incubators for eggs.
8. Hand tools and implements (hand operated); cutlery; side arms; razors.
9. Scientific, nautical, surveying, electric, photographic, cinematographic, optical,
weighing, measuring, signalling, checking (supervision), life-saving and teaching
apparatus and instruments; apparatus for recording, transmission or reproduction of
sound or images; magnetic data carriers, recording discs; automatic vending machines
and mechanisms for coinoperated apparatus; cash registers, calculating machines, data
processing equipment and computers; fire-extinguishing apparatus.
10. Surgical, medical, dental and veterinary apparatus and instruments, artificial limbs, eyes
and teeth; orthopedic articles; suture materials.
11. Apparatus for lighting, heating, steam generating, cooking, refrigerating, drying,
ventilating, water supply and sanitary purposes.
12. Vehicles, apparatus for locomotion by land, air or water.
13. Firearms; ammunition and projectiles; explosives; fireworks.
14. Precious metals and their alloys and goods in precious metals or coated therewith, not
included in other classes; jewellery, precious stones; horological and chronometric
instruments.
is. Musical instruments.





Class Goods included in class (see rule 10)
16. Paper, cardboard and goods made from these materials, not included in other classes;
printed matter; bookbinding material; photographs; stationery; adhesives for stationery
or household purposes; artists' materials; paint brushes; typewriters and office requisites
(except furniture); instructional and teaching material (except apparatus); plastic
materials for packaging (not included in other classes); playing cards; printers' type;
printing blocks.
17. Rubber, gutta-percha, gum, asbestos, mica and goods made from these materials and not
included in other classes; plastics in extruded form for use in manufacture; packing,
stopping and insulating materials; flexible pipes, not of metal.
is. Leather and imitations of leather, and goods made of these materials and not included in
other classes; animal skins, hides; trunks and travelling bags; umbrellas, parasols and
walking sticks; whips, harness and saddlery.
19. Building materials (non-metallic); non-metallic rigid pipes for building asphalt, pitch and
bitumen; non-metallic transportable buildings; monuments, not of metal.
20. Furniture, mirrors, picture frames; goods (not included in other classes) of wood, cork,
reed, cane, wicker, horn, bone, ivory, whalebone, shell, amber, mother-of-pearl,
meerschaum and substitutes for all these materials, or of plastics.
21. Household or kitchen utensils and containers (not of precious metal or coated
therewith); combs and sponges; brushes (except paint brushes); brush-making materials;
articles for cleaning purposes; steelwool; un-worked or semi-worked glass (except glass
used in building); glassware, porcelain and earthenware not included in other classes.
22. Ropes, string, nets, tents, awnings, tarpaulins, sails, sacks and bags (not included in
other classes); padding and stuffing materials (except of rubber or plastics); raw fibrous
textile materials.
23. Yams and threads, for textile use.
24. Textiles and textile goods, not included in other classes; bed and table covers.
25. Clothing, footware, headgear.
26. Lace and embroidery, ribbons and braid; buttons, hooks and eyes, pins and needles;
artificial flowers.
27. Carpets, rugs, mats and matting, linoleum and other materials for covering existing
floors; wall hangings (not-textile).
28. Games and playthings; gymnastic and sporting articles not included in other classes;
decorations for Christmas trees.
29. Meat, fish, poultry and game; meat extracts; preserved, dried and cooked fruits and
vegetables; jellies, jams; eggs, milk and milk products; edible oils and fats; salad
dressings; preserves.
30. Coffee, tea, cocoa, sugar, rice, tapioca, sago, artificial coffee; flour and preparations
made from cereals, bread, pastry and confectionery, ices; honey, treacle; yeast,
baking-powder; salt, mustard; vinegar, sauces (except salad dressings); spices; ice.
31. Agricultural, horticultural and forestry products and grains not included in other classes;
living animals; fresh fruits and vegetables; seeds, natural plants and flowers; foodstuffs
for animals, malt.
32. Beers; mineral and aerated waters and other non-alcoholic drinks; fruit drinks and fruit
juices; syrups and other preparations for making beverages.
33. Alcoholic beverages (except beers).
34. Tobacco; smokers' articles; matches.

(L.N. 256 of 1987)
(a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one class should be specified. A separate Form of Request is required for each class. (c) Here insert the number of the class (if known). In case of doubt, the Registrar's direction may be obtained. (d) Signature. *The Registrar's direction should be obtained if the class is not known. (a) Here specify the goods (in the class stated) in respect of which the search is to be made. (b) Signature. (c) Address. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Signature. (a) Insert words and number identifying the matter or proceeding. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) If registration is opposed on the ground that the marks resembles marks already on the register, the numbers of those marks and of the Gazettes in which they have been advertised are to be set out. (c) Signature. (a) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Strike out words here that are not applicable, so as to state one of the cases (1) to (5) only. ( c) Signature. (d) Address. (a) Signature. (a) Signature. (a) Name and address of registered proprietor, or other assignor or transmitter. (b) Full name, trade address and nationality of transferee. ( c) Name of transferee. (d) Description of transferee. (e) Trade or business address of transferee. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (f) Date of acquisition of proprietorship. (g) Full particulars of the instrument of assignment or transmission, if any, or statement of case. (h) Strike out any words not applicable (see rule 45). (i) Signature of assignor or transmitter. (j) Signature of transferee. (a) Here insert full name, trade or business address, nationality and description. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Date of acquisition of proprietorship. ( c) Here insert full particulars of the instrument of assignment or transmission, if any, or statement of case. (d) Strike out any words not applicable (See rule 45). (e) Signature. (a) (1) This paragraph is not required when the declaration is made elsewhere than in Hong Kong. (2) When the declaration is made by a person who does not understand the English language the requirements of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance (Chapter 11 of the Laws of Hong Kong) must be complied with when the declaration is made in Hong Kong, and if made elsewhere a proper clause must be added. (b) To be signed here by the person making the declaration. ( c) Signature and title of authority before whom the declaration is made. (a) Here insert full name and address of the applicant. (b) Here insert '2', or '4', or '6'. (c) Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the registered proprietor. (b) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proposed assignee. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the assignee. (applicant). (b) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proprietor (assignor). (c) Only those unregistered Trade Marks passing by the one assignment and used in the same business and for the same goods as those for which one or more of the registered marks are registered may be stated here. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the assignee. (applicant). (b) Here insert: '1', or '2' or '3'. (c) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proprietor (assignor). (d) Signature. (a) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one class should be specified. A separate application form is required for each class. (b) Here insert the full name, description and nationality of the applicant. If the applicant is a body corporate, the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. ( c) Here insert full address of the applicant. (d) Signature. (a) Delete whichever is inapplicable. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) The grounds should be limited to matters referred to in section 65(5) of the Ordinance. ( c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name of opponent. (b) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Signature. (c) Address. (a) Here state name and address of the proprietor(s) as registered. (b) If the same regulations apply to more than one registration, the numbers of all the registrations should be stated. (c) Here state the specifications of the respective registrations. (d) 3 copies should be furnished. (e) Signature. *Additional numbers and specifications may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Strike out whichever paragraph is inapplicable. (c) Strike out whichever line is inapplicable. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. *If the fee is left by the proprietor himself, this passage should be struck out. (b) If the fee is not left by the proprietor himself, insert his name and address here. (c) Signature of the person leaving the fee. (d) Address of the person signing. (a) Signature. (b) Address. (a) Signature. (b) Address. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Strike out the word/words that is/are not applicable. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Signature. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Strike out one of those words. (b) Strike out whichever is inapplicable. ( c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name of the public authority ordering the change and the date thereof. (b) Signature of the registered proprietor or user as the case may be. (a) Here insert words and reference number identifying the entry or application. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert present name, address and description of registered proprietor or registered user. (b) Strike out words which are inapplicable. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Here state the circumstances under which the change of name took place. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the trade or business address and description of the applicant/s or his/their firm. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert the trade or business address and description of the applicant/s or his/their firm. (b) Here designate the goods to be struck out. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered proprietor. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert the full name and trade or business address of the person making the request. (b) Strike out from the words in italics those that are not applicable and strike out one of the words 'proprietor' or 'user' as the case may be. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Cancel words which are inapplicable. (d) State here the precise entry or changed entry desired. (e) Signature. (a) Here insert the name of the public authority ordering the change, and the date thereof. (b) Signature of the registered proprietor or user, as the case may be. (a) Here state the name/s and address/es of the registered proprietor. (b) Here state the nature of the proceedings, with the names of the parties to them, in which the certificate was given. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert name, trade or business address and description. (b) Here fill in full particulars. (c) Signature. (a) Here state full name and address. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the registered proprietor (applicant). (b) Cancel the words 'and the specification/s of the registered user/s thereunder' if there are no registered users. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Signature. *Write distinctly here 'A' or 'B', according to the registration desired. (a) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one and the same class should be specified. (b) Here insert legibly the full name, description and nationality of the individual, firm or body corporate making the application. The names of all partners in a firm must be given in full. If the applicant is a body corporate, the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. (c) Here insert the full trade or business address of the applicant. (d) Here insert the trading style (if any). (e) To be furnished in duplicate. (f) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s, trade or business address/es and description of the registered proprietor/s. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Here insert the specification in the register. (c) Here insert the full name, description and nationality of the individual, firm, or body corporate, proposed as registered user. The names of all partners in a firm must be given in full. In the case of a body corporate brief particulars of the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. (d) Here insert the full trade or business address of the proposed registered user. (e) Here insert trading style (if any). (f) Here insert designation of goods (which must be comprised within the specification). (g) Write 'NONE' if there are no conditions or restrictions. (h) Strike out the words that are not applicable. (i) Signatures of registered proprietor and proposed registered user. (a) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered proprietor. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Here insert the specification in the register. ( c) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered user. (d) Here insert the goods in respect of which the user is registered. (e) Here state in terms the manner in which it is requested that the entry should be varied. (f) Signature. (a) Here insert the full name/s, description/s and trade or business address/es of the applicant or of the applicants. (b) Strike out the words that are not applicable. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Here insert the specification in the register. (d) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered user whose entry is sought to be cancelled. (e) Here insert goods in respect of which that registered user is entered. (f) Signature/s. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered proprietor as entered in the register. (b) Here insert the name and address of the applicant for cancellation. (c) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered user as entered in the register. (d) Here insert the goods in respect of which the registered user is entered. (e) Here insert one or more of the subparagraphs or paragraph (c) of section 60(1) number (i), (ii), (iii). (f) Signature. (a) Insert here the name of the registered proprietor. (b) Insert here the name and trade or business address of the registered user. (c) Signature. *The full names of all the partners in a firm must be inserted, and the kind and country of incorporation of bodies corporate stated. (a) Here insert name and address of agent. (b) Here state the particular matter or proceeding for which the agent is appointed, giving the reference number, if known. (c) Here state nationality. (d) To be signed by the person appointing the agent. (e) Here insert the full trade or business address of the person appointing the agent. *Â…Â…..* These words may be varied to suit other cases. (a) Here set out the particulars which the Registrar is requested to certify. (b) Strike out words that are not applicable. (c) Signature. (d) Address. (a) Here strike out words that are not applicable. (b) Specify document to be inspected. (See rule 108). *To be signed by the person interested or his agent.

Abstract

(a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one class should be specified. A separate Form of Request is required for each class. (c) Here insert the number of the class (if known). In case of doubt, the Registrar's direction may be obtained. (d) Signature. *The Registrar's direction should be obtained if the class is not known. (a) Here specify the goods (in the class stated) in respect of which the search is to be made. (b) Signature. (c) Address. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Signature. (a) Insert words and number identifying the matter or proceeding. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) If registration is opposed on the ground that the marks resembles marks already on the register, the numbers of those marks and of the Gazettes in which they have been advertised are to be set out. (c) Signature. (a) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Strike out words here that are not applicable, so as to state one of the cases (1) to (5) only. ( c) Signature. (d) Address. (a) Signature. (a) Signature. (a) Name and address of registered proprietor, or other assignor or transmitter. (b) Full name, trade address and nationality of transferee. ( c) Name of transferee. (d) Description of transferee. (e) Trade or business address of transferee. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (f) Date of acquisition of proprietorship. (g) Full particulars of the instrument of assignment or transmission, if any, or statement of case. (h) Strike out any words not applicable (see rule 45). (i) Signature of assignor or transmitter. (j) Signature of transferee. (a) Here insert full name, trade or business address, nationality and description. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Date of acquisition of proprietorship. ( c) Here insert full particulars of the instrument of assignment or transmission, if any, or statement of case. (d) Strike out any words not applicable (See rule 45). (e) Signature. (a) (1) This paragraph is not required when the declaration is made elsewhere than in Hong Kong. (2) When the declaration is made by a person who does not understand the English language the requirements of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance (Chapter 11 of the Laws of Hong Kong) must be complied with when the declaration is made in Hong Kong, and if made elsewhere a proper clause must be added. (b) To be signed here by the person making the declaration. ( c) Signature and title of authority before whom the declaration is made. (a) Here insert full name and address of the applicant. (b) Here insert '2', or '4', or '6'. (c) Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the registered proprietor. (b) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proposed assignee. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the assignee. (applicant). (b) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proprietor (assignor). (c) Only those unregistered Trade Marks passing by the one assignment and used in the same business and for the same goods as those for which one or more of the registered marks are registered may be stated here. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the assignee. (applicant). (b) Here insert: '1', or '2' or '3'. (c) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proprietor (assignor). (d) Signature. (a) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one class should be specified. A separate application form is required for each class. (b) Here insert the full name, description and nationality of the applicant. If the applicant is a body corporate, the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. ( c) Here insert full address of the applicant. (d) Signature. (a) Delete whichever is inapplicable. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) The grounds should be limited to matters referred to in section 65(5) of the Ordinance. ( c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name of opponent. (b) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Signature. (c) Address. (a) Here state name and address of the proprietor(s) as registered. (b) If the same regulations apply to more than one registration, the numbers of all the registrations should be stated. (c) Here state the specifications of the respective registrations. (d) 3 copies should be furnished. (e) Signature. *Additional numbers and specifications may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Strike out whichever paragraph is inapplicable. (c) Strike out whichever line is inapplicable. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. *If the fee is left by the proprietor himself, this passage should be struck out. (b) If the fee is not left by the proprietor himself, insert his name and address here. (c) Signature of the person leaving the fee. (d) Address of the person signing. (a) Signature. (b) Address. (a) Signature. (b) Address. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Strike out the word/words that is/are not applicable. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Signature. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Strike out one of those words. (b) Strike out whichever is inapplicable. ( c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name of the public authority ordering the change and the date thereof. (b) Signature of the registered proprietor or user as the case may be. (a) Here insert words and reference number identifying the entry or application. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert present name, address and description of registered proprietor or registered user. (b) Strike out words which are inapplicable. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Here state the circumstances under which the change of name took place. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the trade or business address and description of the applicant/s or his/their firm. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert the trade or business address and description of the applicant/s or his/their firm. (b) Here designate the goods to be struck out. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered proprietor. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert the full name and trade or business address of the person making the request. (b) Strike out from the words in italics those that are not applicable and strike out one of the words 'proprietor' or 'user' as the case may be. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Cancel words which are inapplicable. (d) State here the precise entry or changed entry desired. (e) Signature. (a) Here insert the name of the public authority ordering the change, and the date thereof. (b) Signature of the registered proprietor or user, as the case may be. (a) Here state the name/s and address/es of the registered proprietor. (b) Here state the nature of the proceedings, with the names of the parties to them, in which the certificate was given. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert name, trade or business address and description. (b) Here fill in full particulars. (c) Signature. (a) Here state full name and address. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the registered proprietor (applicant). (b) Cancel the words 'and the specification/s of the registered user/s thereunder' if there are no registered users. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Signature. *Write distinctly here 'A' or 'B', according to the registration desired. (a) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one and the same class should be specified. (b) Here insert legibly the full name, description and nationality of the individual, firm or body corporate making the application. The names of all partners in a firm must be given in full. If the applicant is a body corporate, the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. (c) Here insert the full trade or business address of the applicant. (d) Here insert the trading style (if any). (e) To be furnished in duplicate. (f) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s, trade or business address/es and description of the registered proprietor/s. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Here insert the specification in the register. (c) Here insert the full name, description and nationality of the individual, firm, or body corporate, proposed as registered user. The names of all partners in a firm must be given in full. In the case of a body corporate brief particulars of the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. (d) Here insert the full trade or business address of the proposed registered user. (e) Here insert trading style (if any). (f) Here insert designation of goods (which must be comprised within the specification). (g) Write 'NONE' if there are no conditions or restrictions. (h) Strike out the words that are not applicable. (i) Signatures of registered proprietor and proposed registered user. (a) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered proprietor. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Here insert the specification in the register. ( c) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered user. (d) Here insert the goods in respect of which the user is registered. (e) Here state in terms the manner in which it is requested that the entry should be varied. (f) Signature. (a) Here insert the full name/s, description/s and trade or business address/es of the applicant or of the applicants. (b) Strike out the words that are not applicable. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Here insert the specification in the register. (d) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered user whose entry is sought to be cancelled. (e) Here insert goods in respect of which that registered user is entered. (f) Signature/s. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered proprietor as entered in the register. (b) Here insert the name and address of the applicant for cancellation. (c) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered user as entered in the register. (d) Here insert the goods in respect of which the registered user is entered. (e) Here insert one or more of the subparagraphs or paragraph (c) of section 60(1) number (i), (ii), (iii). (f) Signature. (a) Insert here the name of the registered proprietor. (b) Insert here the name and trade or business address of the registered user. (c) Signature. *The full names of all the partners in a firm must be inserted, and the kind and country of incorporation of bodies corporate stated. (a) Here insert name and address of agent. (b) Here state the particular matter or proceeding for which the agent is appointed, giving the reference number, if known. (c) Here state nationality. (d) To be signed by the person appointing the agent. (e) Here insert the full trade or business address of the person appointing the agent. *Â…Â…..* These words may be varied to suit other cases. (a) Here set out the particulars which the Registrar is requested to certify. (b) Strike out words that are not applicable. (c) Signature. (d) Address. (a) Here strike out words that are not applicable. (b) Specify document to be inspected. (See rule 108). *To be signed by the person interested or his agent.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2293

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

43

Number of Pages

89
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:27 +0800
<![CDATA[TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2292

Title

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 43





CHAPTER 43

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1 Short title ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

REGISTER OF TRADE
MARKS

3................Register of trade marks ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

4...................Division of register into 2 parts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
5...................Trust not to be entered in register ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

6..............Inspection of register ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
7..............Extracts from register ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

REGISTRABLE TRADE
MARKS

8. Trade mark must be for particular goods ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

9. Trade marks registrable in Part A ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
10.....................Trade marks registrable in Part B ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

11...............Coloured trade marks ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
12...............Restriction on registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

REGISTRATION OF TRADE
MARKS

13................Application for registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

13A. Priority for application made in Convention country ... ... ... ... 9

14..................Advertisement of application ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

15................Opposition to registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

16.........Disclaimers ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

17....................Registration, and failure to complete ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

18. Application for registration of mark not to be used by applicant but to be assigned

to corporation to be constituted or to be used by registered user ... ... 13

19................Jointly owned trade marks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

IDENTICAL TRADE
MARKS

20. Prohibition of registration of trade mark identical with or resembling a registered

trade mark ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

21. Applications for registration of identical or resembling trade marks ... ... 14

22............Concurrent use .................. .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14







23...........................Protection of marks registered in country of origin ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

ASSOCIATED TRADE
MARKS

24. Associated trade marks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15





Section...................................... Page

25. Combined trade marks ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

26. Series of trade marks .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

EFFECT OF REGISTRATION AND THE ACTION FOR INFRINGEMENT

27..................................Right given by registration in Part A, and infringement thereof ... ... ... 16
28..................................Right given by registration in Part B, and infringement thereof ... ... ... 17

29...........................Registration to be prima facie evidence of validity ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

30. Registration in Part A to be conclusive as to validity after 7 years ... ... ... 18

31....................Equities in respect of trade marks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

32. Infringement by breach of certain restrictions . ... ... 18

33................Saving for vested rights .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

34.............................Saving for use of name, address or description of goods ... ... ... ... ... 19
35.............................No action for infringement of unregistered trade mark ... ... ... ... 20

36..............'Passing off' action .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

USE AND NON-USE OF TRADE MARKS

37......................................Removal from register and imposition of limitations on ground of non-use ... 20

38....................................Use of one of associated trade marks equivalent to use of another ... ... 21
39....................................Use of trade mark for export trade constitutes use of the trade mark ... ... 21

40................................Use of trade mark after change in form of trade connexion ... ... ... ... 21

ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSMISSION

41. Powers of, and restrictions on, assignment and transmission of trade marks ... 22

42................................Power of registered proprietor to assign, and give receipts ... ... ... ... 23

43.........................Registration of assignments and transmissions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

44..................................Assignments and transmissions of associated trade marks ... ... ... 24

RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

45................Renewal of registration .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

46.............................Procedure on expiry of period of registration ... ... ... ... ... 24

47..................Status of unrenewed trade mark ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

RECTIFICATION AND CORRECTION OF REGISTER

48.........................General power to rectify entries in register ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

49. Power to expunge or vary registration for breach of condition ... ... ... ... 25

50..............Correction of register ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

51....................Alteration of registered trade mark ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26

52. Words used as name or description of an article or substance ... ... ... ... 26







53. Removal of trade mark from register on proof of prior registration in country

of origin ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

54. Adaptation of entries in register to amended or substituted classification of

goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28





Section...................................... Page

DEFENSIVE TRADE
MARKS

55. Defensive registration of trade marks ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

56. Defensive trade marks to be registered as associated trade marks ... ... ... 29

57. Removal of defensive trade marks from the register ... ... ... ... ... 30

REGISTERED USERS

58. Registration as a registered user. Meaning of -permitted use' ... ... ... ... 30

59...................Proceedings for infringement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

60.................................Variation or cancellation of registration as a registered user ... ... ... ... 32

61. Notification of registration as registered user and of application for variation or

cancellation of such registration .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32

62..........................Registrar's decision subject to appeal to Court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32
63..........................Right to use not assignable or transmissible ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

CERTIFICATION TRADE
MARKS

64.........................Marks registrable as certification trade marks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

65.............................Application for registration as certification trade mark ... ... ... ... ... 33
66.............................Advertisement of application. Opposition to registration ... ... ... ... 34
67.............................Right given by registration, and infringement thereof ... ... ... ... ... 35

68. Alteration of deposited regulations, or expunging or varying of entry in register

relating to certification trade mark ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

69. Certification trade mark assignable or transmissible only with Registrar's consent 36

70................................Registrar not empowered to award costs on appeals to him ... ... ... ... 37

71.............................Provisions not applicable to certification trade marks ... ... ... ... ... 37

72, Trade mark registered under section 59 of Trade Marks Ordinance 1909, to be

deemed registered as a certification trade mark under this Ordinance ... ... 37

POWERS AND DUTIES OF
REGISTRAR

73.............................Preliminary advice by Registrar as to distinctiveness ... ... ... ... ... 37
74.............................Hearing before exercise of discretionary power of Registrar ... ... ... ... 38

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND
APPEALS

75..............Certificate of validity ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

76....................Trade usage, etc., to be considered ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

77................................Registrar's appearance in proceedings involving rectification ... ... ... ... 38

78..............Appeal from Registrar ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38







79................................Appeal to Court of Appeal. Discretion of Court in appeals ... ... ... ... 39
80................................Procedure in case of option to apply to Court or Registrar ... ... ... ... 39

COSTS

81.......................Costs of proceedings before the Court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
82.......................Costs of proceedings before the Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39





Section Page

EVIDENCE

83. Mode of giving evidence . ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

84..................................Evidence of entries in Hong Kong or United Kingdom Register ... ... ... 40

85. Evidence of entries made or of things done by Registrar, or Comptroller-General

of U.K. Patent Office ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

OFFENCES, AND RESTRAINT OF USE OF ROYAL
ARMS

86....................Falsification of entries in register ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

87.............................Falsely representing a trade mark as registered, etc. ... ... ... ... ... 40

88..................Restraint of use of Royal Arms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

AGENTS

89..............Recognition of agents ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

RULES

90.........................Power of Governor in Council to make rules ... ... ... ... ... 41

TRANSITIONAL
PROVISIONS

91...........................Validity of registrations under pervious enactments ... ... ... ... ... ... 42
Schedule. List of Countries (excluding the United Kingdom) adhering to the Paris
Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property 1883, as revised from
time

to time.................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42





CHAPTER 43

TRADE MARKS

To amend and consolidate the law relating to the registration of trade marks.

[1 January 1955.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Trade Marks Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

,,assignment' means assignment by act of the parties concerned;

'limitations' means any limitations of the exclusive right to the use of a
trade mark given by the registration of a person as proprietor
thereof, including limitations of that right as to mode of use, as to
use in relation to goods to be sold, or otherwise traded in, within
the Colony, or as to use in relation to goods to be exported to any
market outside the Colony;

'mark' includes a device, brand, heading, label, ticket, name, signature,
word, letter, numeral, or any combination thereof,

'permitted use' has the meaning assigned to it by section 58(1);

'prescribed' means, in relation to proceedings before the Court or
preliminary thereto or connected therewith, prescribed by this
Ordinance or by the rules made thereunder or by rules of court and,
in other cases, prescribed by this Ordinance or by the rules made
thereunder;

'register' means the register of trade marks kept under this Ordinance;

'registrable trade mark' means a trade mark which is capable of
registration under the provisions of this Ordinance;

'registered trade mark means a trade mark which is actually on the
register;

'registered user' means a person who is for the time being registered as
such under section 58;

'Registrar' means such officer as the Governor may appoint to be
Registrar General under the provisions of the Registrar
General (Establishment) Ordinance;

'seal' means the seal of the Registrar kept in the Trade Marks Registry
Hong Kong, having a device and impression of the Royal Arms
with a label surrounding the same and the inscription 'Registrar of
Trade Marks, Hong Kong', and hitherto used by the Registrar of
Trade Marks since 10 December 1909;





'trade mark' means, except in relation to a defensive or a certifica-
tion trade mark, a mark used or proposed to be used in relation
to goods for the purpose of indicating, or so as to indicate, a
connexion in the course of trade between the goods and some
person having the right either as proprietor or as registered user
to use the mark, whether with or without any indication of the
identity of that person, and means, in relation to a defensive
trade mark, a mark registered under section 55, and, in relation
to a certification trade mark, a mark registered or deemed to
have been registered under section 64;
'transmission' means transmission by operation of law, devolution
on the personal representative of a deceased person, and any
other mode of transfer not being assignment;

'tribunal' means the Court or the Registrar.
(2) References in this Ordinance to the use of a mark shall be
construed as references to the use of a printed or other visual
representation of the mark, and references therein to the use of a
mark in relation to goods shall be construed as references to the use
thereof upon, or in physical or other relation to, goods.

REGISTER OF TRADE MARKS

3. The Registrar shall for the purposes of this Ordinance
keep a record called the register of trade marks, wherein shall be
entered all registered trade marks, with the dates of their registra-
tion, the names, addresses and descriptions of their proprietors,
notifications of assignments and transmissions, the names, addresses
and descriptions of all registered users, disclaimers, conditions,
limitations, and such other matters relating to such registered trade
marks as may be prescribed.

4. (1) The register shall be divided into 2 parts, called Part A
and Part B.
(2) Part A of the register shall comprise all trade marks
entered in the register of trade marks at the commencement of this
Ordinance and all trade marks which after the commencement of
this Ordinance shall be registered in that Part under the provisions
of this Ordinance.
(3) Part B shall comprise all trade marks registered in that Part
under the provisions of this Ordinance.

5. There shall not be entered in the register any notice of any
trust express, implied or constructive, nor shall any such notice be
receivable by the Registrar.

6. The register shall at all convenient times be open to the
inspection of the public, subject to such rules as may be prescribed.

7. Certified copies, sealed with the seal of the Registrar, of
any entry in the register shall be given to any person requiring the
same on payment of the prescribed fees.





REGISTRABLE TRADE MARKS

8. (1) A trade mark must be registered in respect of par-
ticular goods or classes of goods.

(2) Any question arising as to the class within which any goods
fall shall be determined by the Registrar, whose decision shall be
final.

9. (1) A trade mark (other than a certification trade mark)
to be registrable in Part A of the register shall contain or consist of at
least one of the following essential particulars-

(a)the name of a company, individual, or firm, represented in
a special or particular manner;

(b)the signature (in other than Chinese characters) of the
applicant for registration or of some predecessor in his
business;

(c) an invented word or invented words;

(d)a word or words having no direct reference to the character
or quality of the goods, and not being according to its
ordinary signification a geographical name or a surname;

(e)any other distinctive mark, but a name, signature, or word
or words, other than such as fall within the descriptions
in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d), shall not be registrable
under the provisions of this paragraph except upon
evidence of its distinctiveness.

(2) For the purposes of this section 'distinctive' means
adapted, in relation to the goods in respect of which a trade mark
is registered or proposed to be registered, to distinguish goods with
which the proprietor of the trade mark is or may be connected in the
course of trade from goods in the case of which no such connexion
subsists, either generally or, where the trade mark is registered or
proposed to be registered subject to limitations, in relation to use
within the extent of the registration.

(3) In determining whether a trade mark is adapted to dis-
tinguish as aforesaid the tribunal may have regard to the extent to
which-

(a)the trade mark is inherently adapted to distinguish as
aforesaid; and

(b)by reason of the use of the trade mark or of any other
circumstances, the trade mark is in fact adapted to dis-
tinguish as aforesaid.

10. (1) A trade mark to be registrable in Part B of the register
must be capable, in relation to the goods in respect of which it is
registered or proposed to be registered, of distinguishing goods with
which the proprietor of the trade mark is or may be connected in the
course of trade from goods in the case of which no such connexion





subsists, either generally or, where the trade mark is registered or
proposed to be registered subject to limitations, in relation to the use
within the extent of the registration.

(2) In determining whether a trade mark is capable of distinguishing
as aforesaid the tribunal may have regard to the extent to which

(a)a trade mark is inherently capable of distinguishing as
aforesaid; and

(b)by reason of the use of the trade mark or of any other
circumstances, the trade mark is in fact capable of
distinguishing as aforesaid.

(3) A trade mark may be registered in Part B notwithstanding any
registration in Part A in the name of the same proprietor of the same
trade mark or any part or parts thereof.

(Replaced, 3 of 1985, s. 2)

11. (1) A trade mark may be limited in whole or in part to one or
more specified colours, and in any such case the fact that it is so limited
shall be taken into consideration by any tribunal having to decide on
the distinctive character of the trade mark.

(2) If and so far as a trade mark is registered without limitation of
colour, it shall be deemed to be registered for all colours.

12. (1) It shall not be lawful to register as a trade mark or part of a
trade mark any matter the use of which would be likely to deceive or
would be disentitled to protection in a court of justice or would be
contrary to law or morality, or any scandalous design.

(2) No word which is the commonly used and accepted name of
any single chemical element or single chemical compound, as
distinguished from a mixture, shall be registered as a trade mark in
respect of a chemical substance or preparation, and any such
registration in force at the commencement of this Ordinance or thereafter
shall, notwithstanding anything in section 30, be deemed for the
purposes of section 48 to be an entry made in the register without
sufficient cause, or an entry wrongly remaining on the register, as the
circumstances may require:

Provided that the foregoing provisions of this subsection shall not
have effect in relation to a word which is used to denote only a brand or
make of the element or compound as made by the proprietor or a
registered user of the trade mark, as distinguished from the element or
compound as made by others, and in association with a suitable name or
description open to the public use.

REGISTRATION OF TRADE MARKS

13. (1) Any person claiming to be entitled to be registered as the
proprietor of a trade mark used or proposed to be used by him who is
desirous of registering it must apply in writing to the Registrar in the
prescribed manner for registration either in Part A or Part B of the
register.





(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Registrar may
refuse the application, or accept it absolutely or subject to such
conditions, amendments, modifications, or limitations, if any, as he may
think right.

(3) In the case of an application for registration of a trade mark
(other than a certification trade mark) in Part A of the register, the
Registrar may, if the applicant is willing, instead of refusing the
application, treat it as an application for registration in Part B and deal
with the application accordingly.

(4) In the case of a refusal or conditional acceptance, the Registrar
shall, if required by the applicant, state in writing the grounds of his
decision and the materials used by him in arriving thereat, and the
decision shall be subject to appeal to the Court.

(5) An appeal under this section shall be made in the prescribed
manner, and on such appeal the Court shall, if required, hear the
applicant and the Registrar, and shall make an order determining
whether, and subject to what amendments, modifications, conditions or
limitations, if any, the application is to be accepted.

(6) Appeals under this section shall be heard on the materials
stated as aforesaid by the Registrar to have been used by him in arriving
at his decision, and no further grounds of objection to the acceptance of
the application shall be allowed to be taken by the Registrar, other than
those so stated as aforesaid by him, except by leave of the Court. Where
any further grounds of objection are taken, the applicant shall be
entitled to withdraw his application without payment of costs on giving
notice as prescribed.

(7) The Registrar or the Court, as the case may be, may at any time,
whether before or after acceptance, correct any error in or in connexion
with the application, or may permit the applicant to amend his
application upon such terms as the Registrar or the Court may think fit.

13A. (1) Subject to subsection (2), any person who has applied for
protection for any trade mark in a Convention country, or his legal
representative or assignee, shall be entitled to registration of his trade
mark under this Ordinance in priority to other applicants and the
registration shall have the same date as the date of the application in the
Convention country.

(2) For the purposes of obtaining priority under subsection (1), the
application for registration of the trade mark under this Ordinance must
be made within 6 months from

(a)the date of application for protection in the Convention
country; or

(b)where more than one such application for protection has been
made, from the date of the first application.

(3) Nothing in subsection (1) shall entitle the proprietor of a trade
mark to recover damages for any infringement happening





prior to the actual date on which his trade mark is registered under
this Ordinance.

(4) An application for the registration of a trade mark under
this section shall, subject to such further requirements as may be
prescribed-

(a)be made in the same manner as an ordinary application
under this Ordinance; and

(b) specify-
(i) the Convention country in which the application for
protection, or the first such application, Was made; and
(ii) the date on which such application for protection
was made.

(5) Where a person has applied for protection for any trade
mark by an application which-

(a)in accordance with the terms of a treaty subsisting between
any 2 or more Convention countries, is equivalent to an
application duly made in any one of those Convention
countries; or

(b)in accordance with the law of any Convention country, is
equivalent to an application duly made in that Convention
country,

he shall be deemed for the purposes of this section to have applied in
that Convention country.

(6) In this section 'Convention country' means-

(a) the United Kingdom;

(b)any country (including any colony, protectorate or terri-
tory subject to the authority or under the suzerainty of
another country, or territory administered by another
country) for the time being specified in the Schedule.

(7) The Governor may by order published in the Gazette-

(a) add to the Schedule-
(i) the name of any country which has acceded to the
Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property
1883, as revised at Brussels in 1900, at Washington in 1911,
at the Hague in 1925, at London in 1934, at Lisbon in 1958
and at Stockholm in 1967, and as the same may be revised
from time to time;
(ii) the name of any colony, protectorate or territory
subject to the authority or under the suzerainty of another
country (other than the United Kingdom), or territory
administered by another country (other than the United
Kingdom), on behalf of which such other country has
acceded to the said Convention;

(b)delete from the Schedule the name of any country which
has denounced the said Convention, or the name of any





colony, protectorate or territory on behalf of which the said
Convention has been denounced;

(e) otherwise amend the Schedule.

(Added, 55 of 1977, s. 2)

14. When an application for registration of a trade mark has been
accepted, whether absolutely or subject to conditions or limitations, the
Registrar shall require the applicant to advertise it, as accepted, in the
prescribed manner. The advertisement shall set forth all conditions and
limitations subject to which the application has been accepted:

Provided that the Registrar may require an application for
registration of a trade mark to be advertised by the applicant before
acceptance

(a) if it be made under section 9(1)(e); or

(b)in any other case where it appears to him that it is expedient by
reason of any exceptional circumstances so to do,

and where an application has been so advertised the Registrar may, if he
thinks fit, require the applicant to advertise it again when it has been
accepted but shall not be bound so to do.

15. (1) Any person may, within the prescribed time from the date of
the advertisement of an application, give notice to the Registrar of
opposition to the registration.

(2) The notice shall be given in writing in the prescribed manner,
and shall include a statement of the grounds of opposition.

(3) The Registrar shall send a copy of the notice to the applicant,
and, within the prescribed time after the receipt thereof, the applicant
shall send to the Registrar, in the prescribed manner, a counter-
statement of the grounds on which he relies for his application, and if he
does not do so he shall be deemed to have abandoned his application.

(4) If the applicant sends such a counter statement, the Registrar
shall furnish a copy thereof to the person giving notice of opposition,
and shall, after hearing the parties, if so required, and considering the
evidence, decide whether, and subject to what conditions or limitations,
if any, registration is to be permitted.

(5) The decision of the Registrar shall be subject to appeal to the
Court.

(6) An appeal under this section shall be made in the prescribed
manner, and on the appeal the Court shall, if required, hear the parties
and the Registrar, and shall make an order determining whether, and
subject to what conditions or limitations, if any, registration is to be
permitted.





(7) On the hearing of an appeal under this section any party
may, either in the prescribed manner or by special leave of the
Court, bring forward further material for the consideration of the
Court.

(8) On an appeal under this section no further grounds of
objection to the registration of a trade mark shall be allowed to be
taken by the opponent or the Registrar other than those stated by
the opponent as hereinbefore provided, except by leave of the Court.
Where any further grounds of objection are taken the applicant shall
be entitled to withdraw his application without payment of the costs
of the opponent on giving notice as prescribed.

(9) On an appeal under this section the Court may, after
hearing the Registrar, permit the trade mark proposed to be
registered to be modified in any manner not substantially affecting
the identity thereof, but in any such case the trade mark as so
modified shall be advertised in the prescribed manner before being
registered.

(10) If a person giving notice of opposition or an applicant
sending a counter-statement after receipt of a copy of the notice, or
an appellant, neither resides nor carries on business in the Colony,
the tribunal may require him to give security for costs of the
proceedings before it relative to the opposition or to the appeal, as
the case may be, and in default of such security being duly given may
treat the opposition or application, or the appeal, as the case may be,
as abandoned.

16. If a trade mark contains parts not separately registered by
the proprietor as trade marks, or if it contains matter common to the
trade, or otherwise of a non-distinctive character, the Registrar or
the Court, in deciding whether such trade mark shall be entered or
shall remain on the register, may require, as a condition of its being
on the register, that the proprietor shall disclaim any right to the
exclusive use of any part or parts of such trade mark, or of all or any
portion of such matter, to the exclusive use of which the tribunal
holds him not to be entitled, or that he shall make such other
disclaimer as the tribunal may consider necessary for the purpose of
defining his rights under such registration:

Provided that no disclaimer on the register shall affect any
rights of the proprietor of a trade mark except such as arise out of
the registration of the trade mark in respect of which the disclaimer
is made.

17. (1) When an application for registration of a trade mark
in Part A or in Part B of the register has been accepted and has not
been opposed and the time for notice of opposition has expired, or
having been opposed the opposition has been decided in favour of
the applicant, the Registrar shall, unless the application has been
accepted in error or unless the Governor otherwise directs, register
the trade mark in Part A or Part B, as the case may be, and the trade





mark when registered shall be registered as of the date of the
application for registration, and such date shall be deemed for
the purposes of this Ordinance to be the date of registration:
(Amended, 55 of 1977, s. 3)

Provided that, in relation to the date as of which a trade mark
shall be registered and to the date to be deemed the date of
registration, this subsection shall, as respects an application to
which section 13A applies, have effect subject to that section.
(Added, 55 of 1977, s. 3)

(2) The registration of a trade mark shall be for a period of 7
years, but may be renewed according to the provisions of section 45:

Provided that, in relation to a registration as of a date before
the commencement of this Ordinance, this subsection shall have
effect with the substitution of a period of 14 years for the said period
of 7 years.

(3) On the registration of a trade mark the Registrar shall issue
to the applicant a certificate in the prescribed form of the registra-
tion thereof under the hand and seal of the Registrar.

(4) When the registration of a trade mark is not completed
within twelve months from the date of the application by reason of
default on the part of the applicant, the Registrar may, after giving
notice of the non-completion to the applicant in writing in the
prescribed manner, treat the application as abandoned unless it is
completed within the time specified in that behalf in the notice.

18. (1) An application for the registration of a trade mark in
respect of any goods shall not be refused, nor shall permission for
such registration be withheld, on the ground only that it appears
that the applicant does not use or propose to use the trade mark-

(a)if the Registrar is satisfied that a body corporate is about
to be constituted, and that applicant intends to assign the
trade mark to the corporation with a view to the use
thereof in relation to those goods by the corporation; or

(b)if the application is accompanied by an application for the
registration of a person as a registered user of the trade
mark, and the Registrar is satisfied that the proprietor
intends it to be used by that person in relation to those
goods and the Registrar is also satisfied that that person
will be registered as a registered user thereof immediately
after the registration of the trade mark.

(2) The Registrar may, as a condition of the exercise of the
power conferred by subsection (1) in favour of an applicant who
relies on intention to assign to a corporation as aforesaid, require
him to give security for the costs of any proceedings relative to any
opposition, and in default of such security being duly given may
treat the application as abandoned.





(3) Where a trade mark is registered in respect of any goods
under the power conferred by subsection (1) in the name of an
applicant who relies on intention to assign to a corporation as
aforesaid, then, unless within such period as may be prescribed, or
within such further period not exceeding 6 months as the Registrar
may on application being made to him in the prescribed manner
allow, the corporation has been registered as the proprietor of the
trade mark in respect of those goods, the registration shall cease to
have effect in respect thereof at the expiration of that period, and the
Registrar shall amend the register accordingly.

19. Where the relations between 2 or more persons interested
in a trade mark are such that no one of them is entitled as between
himself and the other or others of them to use it except-

(a) on behalf of both or all of them, or

(b)in relation to an article with which both or all of them are
connected in the course of trade,

those persons may be registered as joint proprietors of the trade
mark, and this Ordinance shall have effect in relation to any rights to
the use of the trade mark vested in those persons as if those rights
had been vested in a single person.

Subject as aforesaid, nothing in this Ordinance shall authorize
the registration of 2 or more persons who use a trade mark
independently, or propose so to use it, as joint proprietors thereof.

IDENTICAL TRADE MARKS

20. Except as provided by section 22 no trade mark shall be
registered in respect of any goods or description of goods that is
identical with a trade mark belonging to a different proprietor and
already on the register in respect of the same goods or description of
goods, or that so nearly resembles such a trade mark as to be likely
to deceive or cause confusion.

21. Where separate applications are made by different persons
to be registered as proprietors respectively of trade marks that are
identical or nearly resemble each other, in respect of the same goods
or description of goods, the Registrar may refuse to register any of
them until their rights have been determined by the Court, or have
been settled by agreement in a manner approved by him or, on an
appeal, by the Court.

22. In case of honest concurrent use, or of other special
circumstances which in the opinion of the Court or of the Registrar
make it proper to do so, the Court or the Registrar may permit the
registration of trade marks that are identical or nearly resemble each
other in respect of the same goods or description of goods by more
than one proprietor subject to such conditions and limitations, if
any, as the Court or the Registrar, as the case may be, may think it
right to impose.





23. The Registrar may refuse to register any trade mark if it is
proved to his satisfaction by the person opposing the application for
registration that such mark is identical with, or so nearly resembles
as to be calculated to deceive or cause confusion, a trade mark which
is already registered in respect of the same goods or description of
goods in a country or place from which such goods originate:
Provided that no application to register shall be refused under
this section-

(a)if the applicant proves that he or his predecessors in
business have in Hong Kong, in relation to such goods,
continuously used the trade mark for the registration of
which he has made application from a date anterior to the
date of the registration of the other mark in such country
or place of origin; or

(b)if the opponent does not give an undertaking to the
satisfaction of the Registrar that he will, within 3 months
from the giving of the notice of opposition, apply for
registration in Hong Kong of the trade mark so registered
in the country or place of origin, and will take all necessary
steps to complete such registration.

ASSOCIATED TRADE MARKS

24. (1) Where a trade mark which is registered, or is the
subject of an application for registration, in respect of any goods
is identical with another trade mark which is registered, or is the
subject of an application for registration, in the name of the same
proprietor in respect of the same goods or description of goods, or
so nearly resembles it as to be likely to deceive or cause confusion if
used by a person other than the proprietor, the Registrar may at any
time require that the trade marks shall be entered on the register as
associated trade marks.

(2) On application made in the prescribed manner by the
registered proprietor of 2 or more trade marks registered as
associated trade marks, the Registrar may dissolve the association
as respects any of them if he is satisfied that there would be no
likelihood of deception or confusion being caused if that trade
mark were used by another person in relation to any of the goods
in respect of which it is registered, and he may amend the register
accordingly.
(3) Any decision of the Registrar under the provisions of
subsections (1) and (2) shall be subject to appeal to the Court.

25. (1) If the proprietor of a trade mark claims to be entitled
to the exclusive use of any portion of such trade mark separately, he
may apply to register the whole and any such part as separate trade
marks. Each such separate trade mark must satisfy all the conditions
of an independent trade mark and shall, subject to the provisions of
subsection (2) hereof and section 38(2), have all the incidents of an
independent trade mark.





(2) Where a trade mark and any part or parts thereof are
thus registered as separate trade marks in the name of the same
proprietor, they shall be deemed to be, and shall be registered as,
associated trade marks.

26. (1) Where a person claiming to be the proprietor of
several trade marks, for the same goods or description of goods,
which, while resembling each other in the material particulars
thereof, differ in respect of-

(a)statements of the goods in relation to which they are
respectively used or proposed to be used; or

(b) statements of number, price, quality or names of places; or

(c)other matter of a non-distinctive character which does not
substantially affect the identity of the trade mark; or

(d) colour,

seeks to register such trade marks, they may be registered as a series
in one registration.
(2) All trade marks so registered shall be deemed to be, and
shall be registered as, associated trade marks.

EFFECT OF REGISTRATION AND THE ACTION FOR INFRINGEMENT

27. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (4)
hereof, and of sections 33 and 34, the registration (whether before or
after the commencement of this Ordinance) of a person in Part A of
the register as proprietor of a trade mark (other than a certification
trade mark) in respect of any goods shall, if valid, give or be deemed
to have given to that person the exclusive right to the use of the trade
mark in relation to those goods and, without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing words, that right shall be deemed to be
infringed by any person who, not being the proprietor of the trade
mark or a registered user thereof using by way of the permitted use,
uses a mark identical with it or so nearly resembling it as to he likely
to deceive or cause confusion, in the course of trade, in relation to
any goods in respect of which it is registered, and in such manner as
to render the use of the mark likely to be taken either-

(a) as being use as a trade mark; or

(b)in a case in which the use is use upon the goods or in
physical relation thereto or in an advertising circular or
other advertisement issued to the public, as importing a
reference to some person having the right either as pro-
prietor or as registered user to use the trade mark or to
goods with which such a person as aforesaid is connected
in the course of trade.

(2) The right to the use of a trade mark given by registration as
aforesaid shall be subject to any conditions or limitations entered on
the register, and shall not be deemed to be infringed by the use of





any such mark as aforesaid in any mode, in relation to goods to be
sold or otherwise traded in in any place, in relation to goods to be
exported to any market, or in any other circumstances, to which,
having regard to any such limitations, the registration does not
extend.

(3) The right to the use of a trade mark given by registration as
aforesaid shall not be deemed to be infringed by the use of any
such mark as aforesaid by any person-

(a)in relation to goods connected in the course of trade with
the proprietor or a registered user of the trade mark if,
as to those goods or a bulk of which they form part,
the proprietor or the registered user conforming to the
permitted use has applied the trade mark and has not
subsequently removed or obliterated it, or has at any time
expressly or impliedly consented to the use of the trade
mark; or

(b)in relation to goods adapted to form part of, or to be
accessory to, other goods in relation to which the trade
mark has been used without infringement of the right given
as aforesaid or might for the time being be so used, if the
use of the mark is reasonably necessary in order to indicate
that the goods are so adapted and neither the purpose nor
the effect of the use of the mark is to indicate otherwise
than in accordance with the fact a connexion in the course
of trade between any person and the goods.

(4) The use of a registered trade mark, being one of 2 or more
registered marks which are identical or nearly resemble each other,
in exercise of the right to the use of that trade mark given by
registration as aforesaid, shall not be deemed to be an infringement
of the right so given to the use of any other of those trade marks.
Each registered proprietor of such a trade mark shall otherwise have
the same rights as if he were the sole registered proprietor thereof.

28. (1) Except as provided by subsection (2), the registration
of a person in Part B of the register as proprietor of a trade mark in
respect of any goods shall, if valid, give or be deemed to have given
to that person the like right in relation to those goods as if the
registration had been in Part A of the register, and the provisions of
section 27 shall have effect in like manner in relation to a trade mark
registered in Part B of the register as they have effect in relation to a
trade mark registered in Part A of the register.

(2) In any action for infringement of the right to the use of a
trade mark given by registration as aforesaid in Part B of the
register, otherwise than by an act that is deemed to be an infringe-
ment by virtue of section 32, no injunction or other relief shall be
granted to the plaintiff if the defendant establishes to the satisfac-
tion of the Court that the use of which the plaintiff complains is
not likely to deceive or cause confusion or to be taken as indicating





a connexion in the course of trade between the goods and some
person having the right either as proprietor or as registered user to
use the trade mark.

29. In all legal proceedings relating to a registered trade mark
(including applications under section 48) the fact that a person is
registered as proprietor of such trade mark shall be prima facie
evidence of the validity of the original registration of such trade
mark and of all subsequent assignments and transmissions thereof.

30. (1) In all legal proceedings relating to a trade mark
registered in Part A of the register (including applications under
section 48) the original registration of the trade mark in Part A of
the register shall, after the expiration of 7 years from the date of that
registration, be taken to be valid in all respects, unless-

(a) that registration was obtained by fraud; or

(b)the trade mark offends against the provisions of sec-
tion 12(1).

(2) Nothing in section 28(1) shall be construed as making
applicable to a trade mark registered in Part B of the register the
provisions of subsection (1) relating to a trade mark registered in
Part A of the register.

31. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, equities in
respect of a trade mark may be enforced in like manner as in respect
of any other personal property.

32. (1) Where, by a contract in writing made with the
proprietor or a registered user of a registered trade mark, a
purchaser or owner of goods enters into an obligation to the effect
that he will not do, in relation to the goods, an act to which this
section applies, any person who, being the owner for the time being
of the goods and having notice of the obligation, does that act, or
authorizes it to be done, in relation to the goods, in the course of
trade or with a view to any dealing therewith in the course of trade,
shall be deemed thereby to infringe the right to the use of the trade
mark given by the registration thereof, unless that person became
the owner of the goods by purchase for money or money's worth in
good faith before receiving notice of the obligation or by virtue of
a title derived through another who so became the owner thereof.

(2) The acts to which this section applies are-

(a)the application of the trade mark upon the goods after they
have suffered alteration in any manner specified in the
contract as respects their state or condition, get-up or
packing;

(b) in a case in which the trade mark is upon the goods, the
alteration, part removal or part obliteration thereof,





(c)in a case in which the trade mark is upon the goods, and there
is also there on other matter, being matter indicating a
connexion in the course of trade between the proprietor or
registered user and the goods, the removal or obliteration,
whether wholly or partly, of the trade mark unless that other
matter is wholly removed or obliterated;

(d)in a case in which the trade mark is upon the goods, the
application of any other trade mark to the goods;

(e)in a case in which the trade mark is upon the goods, the
addition to the goods of any other matter in writing that is
likely to injure the reputation of the trade mark.

(3) In this section references in relation to any goods to the
proprietor, to a registered user, and to the registration, of a trade mark
shall be construed, respectively, as references to the proprietor in whose
name the trade mark is registered, to a registered user who is registered,
and to the registration of the trade mark, in respect of those goods, and
the expression 'upon' includes in relation to any goods a reference to
physical relation thereto.

33. Nothing in this Ordinance shall entitle the proprietor or a
registered user of a registered trade mark to interfere with or restrain the
use by any person of a trade mark identical with or nearly resembling it
in relation to goods in relation to which that person or a predecessor in
title of his has continuously used that trade mark from a date anterior

(a)to the use of the first mentioned trade mark in relation to those
goods by the proprietor or a predecessor in title of his, or

(b)to the registration of the first-mentioned trade mark in respect
of those goods in the name of the proprietor or a predecessor
in title of his,

whichever is the earlier, or to object (on such use being proved) to that
person being put on the register for that identical or nearly resembling
trade mark in respect of those goods under section 22.

34. No registration of a trade mark shall interfere with-

(a)any bona fide use by a person of his own name or of the name
of his place of business, or of the name, or of the name of the
place of business, of any of his predecessors in business; or

(b)the use by any person of any bona fide description of the
character or quality of his goods, not being a description that
would be likely to be taken as importing any such reference as
is mentioned in section 27(1)(b) or in section 67(1)(b).





35. No person shall be entitled to institute any proceeding to
prevent, or to recover damages for, the infringement of an unregis-
tered trade mark.

36. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall be deemed to
affect rights of action against any person for passing off goods as
those of another person or the remedies in respect thereof.

USE AND NON-USE OF TRADE MARKS

37. (1) Subject to the provisions of section 55(1) and sec-
tion 57(1), a registered trade mark may be taken off the register in
respect of any of the goods in respect of which it is registered on
application by any person aggrieved to the Court, or, at the option
of the applicant and subject to the provisions of section 80, to the
Registrar, on the ground either-

(a)that the trade mark was registered without any bona fide
intention on the part of the applicant for registration that
it should be used in relation to those goods by him or, if it
was registered under section 18(1), by the corporation or
registered user concerned, and that there has in fact been
no bona fide use of the trade mark in relation to those
goods by any proprietor thereof for the time being up to
the date one month before the date of the application; or

(b)that up to the date one month before the date of the
application a continuous period of 5 years or longer
elapsed during which the trade mark was a registered trade
mark and during which there was no bona fide use thereof
in relation to those goods by any proprietor thereof for the
time being:

Provided that (except where the applicant has been permitted
under section 22 to register an identical or nearly resembling trade
mark in respect of the goods in question or where the tribunal is of
opinion that he might properly be permitted so to register such a
trade mark) the tribunal may refuse an application made under
paragraph (a) or (b) in relation to any goods, if it is shown that there
has been, before the relevant date or during the relevant period, as
the case may be, bona fide use of the trade mark by any proprietor
thereof for the time being in relation to goods of the same descrip-
tion, being goods in respect of which the trade mark is registered.

(2) Where in relation to any goods in respect of which a trade
mark is registered-

(a)the matters referred to in subsection (1)(b) are shown so far
as regards non-use of the trade mark in relation to goods
to be sold, or otherwise traded in, in the Colony (otherwise
than for export from the Colony), or in relation to goods
to be exported to a particular market outside the Colony;
and





(b)a person has been permitted under section 22 to register an
identical or nearly resembling trade mark in respect of
those goods under a registration extending to use in
relation to goods to be sold, or otherwise traded in, in the
Colony (otherwise than for export from the Colony), or in
relation to goods to be exported to that market, or the
tribunal is of opinion that he might properly be permitted
so to register such a trade mark,

on application by that person to the Court or, at the option of
the applicant and subject to the provisions of section 80, to the
Registrar, the tribunal may impose on the registration of the first-
mentioned trade mark such limitations as the tribunal thinks proper
for securing that that registration shall cease to extend to such use
as last aforesaid.

(3) An applicant shall not be entitled to rely for the purposes
of subsection (1)(b) or for the purposes of subsection (2) on any
non-use of a trade mark which is shown to have been due to special
circumstances in the trade and not to any intention not to use or
to abandon the trade mark in relation to the goods to which the
application relates.

38. (1) Where under the provisions of this Ordinance use of a
registered trade mark is required to be proved for any purpose, the
tribunal may, if and so far as the tribunal thinks right, accept use
of an associated registered trade mark, or of the trade mark with
additions or alterations not substantially affecting its identity, as an
equivalent for the use required to be proved.

(2) The use of the whole of a registered trade mark shall for
the purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to be also use of any
registered trade mark, being a part thereof, registered in the name of
the same proprietor by virtue of section 25(1).

39. (1) The application in the Colony of a trade mark to
goods to be exported from the Colony, and any other act done in
the Colony in relation to goods to be so exported which, if done
in relation to goods to be sold or otherwise traded in within the
Colony, would constitute use of a trade mark therein, shall be
deemed to constitute use of the trade mark in relation to those goods
for any purpose for which such use is material under this Ordinance
or at common law.

(2) Subsection (1) shall be deemed to have effect in relation to
an act done before, as it has effect in relation to an act done after, the
commencement of this Ordinance.

40. The use of a registered trade mark in relation to goods
between which and the person using it any form of connexion in the
course of trade subsists shall not be deemed to be likely to cause
deception or confusion on the ground only that the trade mark has
been, or is, used in relation to goods between which and that person





or a predecessor in title of his a different form of connexion in the
course of trade subsisted or subsists.

ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSMISSION

41. (1) Notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the
contrary, a registered trade mark shall be, and shall be deemed
always to have been, assignable and transmissible either in con-
nexion with the goodwill of a business or not.

(2) A registered trade mark shall be, and shall be deemed
always to have been, assignable and transmissible in respect either of
all the goods in respect of which it is registered, or was registered, as
the case may be, or of some (but not all) of those goods.

(3) The provisions of subsections (1) and (2) shall have effect
in the case of an unregistered trade mark used in relation to any
goods as they have effect in the case of a registered trade mark
registered in respect of any goods, if at the time of the assignment or
transmission of the unregistered trade mark it is or was used in the
same business as a registered trade mark, and if it is or was assigned
or transmitted at the same time and to the same person as that
registered trade mark and in respect of goods all of which are goods
in relation to which the unregistered trade mark is or was used in
that business and in respect of which that registered trade mark is or
was assigned or transmitted.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in subsections (1), (2) and (3), a
trade mark shall not be, or be deemed to have been, assignable or
transmissible in a case in which as a result of an assignment or
transmission there would in the circumstances subsist, or have
subsisted, whether under the common law or by registration, exclu-
sive rights in more than one of the persons concerned to the use, in
relation to the same goods or description of goods, of trade marks
nearly resembling each other or of identical trade marks, if, having
regard to the similarity of the goods and of the trade marks, the use
of the trade marks in exercise of those rights would be, or have been,
likely to deceive or cause confusion:

Provided that, where a trade mark is, or has been, assigned or
transmitted in such a case as aforesaid, the assignment or transmis-
sion shall not be deemed to be, or to have been, invalid under this
subsection if the exclusive rights subsisting as a result thereof in
the persons concerned respectively are, or were, having regard to
limitations imposed thereon, such as not to be exercisable by two or
more of those persons in relation to goods to be sold, or otherwise
traded in, within the Colony (otherwise than for export therefrom),
or in relation to goods to be exported to the same market outside the
Colony.

(5) The proprietor of a registered trade mark who proposes to
assign it in respect of any goods in respect of which it is registered
may submit to the Registrar in the prescribed manner a statement of





case setting out the circumstances, and the Registrar may issue to him a
certificate stating whether, having regard to the similarity of the goods
and of the trade marks referred to in the case, the proposed assignment
of the first-mentioned trade mark would or would not be invalid under
subsection (4), and a certificate so issued shall, subject to the
provisions of this section as to appeal and unless it is shown that the
certificate was obtained by fraud or misrepresentation, be conclusive as
to the validity or invalidity under subsection (4) of the assignment in so
far as such validity or invalidity depends upon the facts set out in the
case, but, as regards a certificate in favour of validity, only if application
for the registration under section 43 of the title of the person becoming
entitled is made within 6 months from the date on which the certificate is
issued.

(6) Where an assignment in respect of any goods of a trade mark
that is at the time of the assignment used in a business in those goods
is made on or after the commencement of this Ordinance otherwise than
in connexion with the goodwill of that business, the assignment shall
not take effect until the following requirements have been satisfied, that
is to say, the assignee must, not later than the expiration of 6 months
from the date on which the assignment is made or within such extended
period, if any, as the Registrar may allow, apply to him for directions
with respect to the advertisement of the assignment, and must advertise
it in such form and manner and within such period as the Registrar may
direct.

(7) Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be
subject to appeal to the Court.

42. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the person for the
time being entered in the register as proprietor of a trade mark shall,
subject to any rights appearing from the register to be vested in any
other person, have power to assign the trade mark, and to give effectual
receipts for any consideration for an assignment.

43. (1) Where a person becomes entitled by assignment or
transmission to a registered trade mark, he shall make application to
the Registrar to register his title, and the Registrar shall, on receipt
of such application and on proof of title to his satisfaction, register
him as the proprietor of the trade mark in respect of the goods in
respect of which the assignment or transmission has effect, and shall
cause particulars of the assignment or transmission to be entered on
the register.

(2) Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be
subject to appeal to the Court.

(3) Except for the purposes of an appeal under this section or of an
application under section 48, a document or instrument in respect of
which no entry has been made in the register in accordance with the
provisions of subsection (1) shall not be admitted in evidence in any
Court in proof of the title to a trade mark unless the Court otherwise
directs.





44. Trade marks that are registered as, or that are deemed by
virtue of this Ordinance to be, associated trade marks shall be
assignable and transmissible only as a whole and not separately, but
they shall for all other purposes be deemed to have been registered
as separate trade marks.

RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

45. The Registrar shall, on application made by the registered
proprietor of a trade mark in the prescribed manner and within the
prescribed period, renew the registration of such trade mark for
a period of 14 years from the date of expiration of the original
registration as stated in section 17(2) or of the last renewal of
registration, as the case may be, which date is hereinafter referred to
as 'the expiration of the last registration'.

46. At the prescribed time before the expiration of the last
registration of a trade mark, the Registrar shall send notice in the
prescribed manner to the registered proprietor of the date at which
the existing registration will expire and the conditions as to payment
of fees and otherwise upon which a renewal of registration may be
obtained, and, if at the expiration of the time prescribed in that
behalf those conditions have not been duly complied with, the
Registrar may remove such trade mark from the register, subject to
such conditions, if any, as to its restoration to the register as may be
prescribed.

47. Where a trade mark has been removed from the register for
non-payment of the fee for renewal. it shall, nevertheless, for the
purpose of any application for registration of a trade mark during
one year next after the date of such removal, be deemed to be a trade
mark that is already on the register:

Provided that the foregoing provisions of this section shall not
have effect when the Registrar is satisfied either-

(a)that there has been no bona fide trade use of the trade
mark that has been removed during the 2 years immedi-
ately preceding its removal; or

(b)that no deception or confusion would be likely to arise
from the use of the trade mark that is the subject of the
application for registration by reason of any previous use
of the trade mark that has been removed.

RECTIFICATION AND CORRECTION OF REGISTER

48. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance-

(a)any person aggrieved by the non-insertion in or omission
from the register of any entry, or by any entry made in the
register without sufficient cause, or by any entry wrongly





remaining on the register, or by any error or defect in any
entry in the register, may apply in the prescribed manner to
the Court or, at the option of the applicant and subject
to the provisions of section 80, to the Registrar, and the
tribunal may make such order for making, expunging or
varying the entry as the tribunal may think fit;

(b)the tribunal may in any proceeding under this section
decide any question that it may be necessary or expedient
to decide in connexion with the rectification of the register;

(c)in case of fraud in the registration, assignment or transmis-
sion of a registered trade mark, the Registrar may himself
apply to the Court under the provisions of this section;

(d)any order of the Court rectifying the register shall
direct that notice of the rectification shall be served in
the prescribed manner on the Registrar, and the Regis-
trar shall on receipt of the notice rectify the register
accordingly.

(2) The power to rectify the register conferred by this section
shall include power to remove a registration in Part A of the register
to Part B.

49. On application by any person aggrieved to the Court, or,
at the option of the applicant and subject to the provisions of
section 80, to the Registrar, or on application by the Registrar to
the Court, the tribunal may make such order as the tribunal may
think fit for expunging or varying the registration of a trade mark
on the ground of any contravention of, or failure to observe, a
condition entered on the register in relation thereto.

50. (1) The Registrar may, on request made in the prescribed
manner by the registered proprietor-

(a)correct any error in the name, address or description of the
registered proprietor of a trade mark; or

(b)enter any change in the name, address or description of the
person who is registered as proprietor of a trade mark; or

(c) cancel the entry of a trade mark on the register; or

(d)strike out any goods or classes of goods from those in
respect of which a trade mark is registered; or

(e)enter a disclaimer or memorandum relating to a trade
mark which does not in any way extend the rights given by
the existing registration of such trade mark.

(2) The Registrar may, on request made in the prescribed
manner by a registered user of a trade mark, correct any error,
or enter any change, in the name, address or description of the
registered user.

(3) Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be
subject to appeal to the Court.





51. (1) The registered proprietor of a trade mark may apply in the
prescribed manner to the Registrar for leave to add to or alter the trade
mark in any manner not substantially affecting the identity thereof, and
the Registrar may refuse such leave or may grant it on such terms and
subject to such limitations as he may think fit.

(2) The Registrar may cause an application under this section to be
advertised in the prescribed manner in any case where it appears to him
that it is expedient so to do, and where he does so, if within the
prescribed time from the date of the advertisement any person gives
notice to the Registrar in the prescribed manner of opposition to the
application, the Registrar shall, after hearing the parties if so required,
decide the matter.

(3) Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be subject
to appeal to the Court.

(4) Where leave as aforesaid is granted, the trade mark as altered
shall be advertised in the prescribed manner, unless it has already been
advertised, in the form to which it has been altered, in an advertisement
under subsection (2).

52. (1) The registration of a trade mark shall not be deemed to have
become invalid by reason only of any use, after the date of the
registration, of a word or words which the trade mark contains, or of
which it consists, as the name or description of an article or substance:

Provided that, if it is proved either

(a)that there is a well-known and established use of the word or
words as the name or description of the article or substance
by a person or persons carrying on a trade therein, not being
use in relation to goods connected in the course of trade with
the proprietor or a registered user of the trade mark or (in the
case of a certification trade mark) goods certified by the
proprietor; or

(b)that the article or substance was formerly manufactured under
a patent, that a period of 2 years or more after the cesser of the
patent has elapsed, and that the word or words is or are the
only practicable name or description of the article or
substance,

the provisions of subsection (2) shall have effect.

(2) Where the facts mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) of the
proviso to subsection (1) are proved with respect to any word or words,
then

(a)if the trade mark consists solely of that word or those words,
the registration of the trade mark, so far as regards registration
in respect of the article or substance in question or of any
goods of the same description, shall be deemed for the
purposes of section 48 to be an entry wrongly remaining on
the register;





(b)if the trade mark contains that word or those words and
other matter, the Court or the Registrar, in deciding
whether the trade mark shall remain on the register, so far
as regards registration in respect of the article or substance
in question and of any goods of the same description, may,
in case of a decision in favour of its remaining on the
register, require as a condition thereof that the proprietor
shall disclaim any right to the exclusive use in relation to
that article or substance and any goods of the same
description of that word or those words, so, however, that
no disclaimer on the register shall affect any rights of the
proprietor of a trade mark except such as arise out of the
registration of the trade mark in respect of which the
disclaimer is made; and

(c)for the purposes of any other legal proceedings relating to
the trade mark-
(i) if the mark consists solely of that word or those
words, all rights of the proprietor, whether under the
common law or by registration, to the exclusive use of the
trade mark in relation to the article or substance in
question or to any goods of the same description, or
(ii) if the trade mark contains that word or those words
and other matter, all such rights of the proprietor to the
exclusive use of that word or those words in such relation
as aforesaid,

shall be deemed to have ceased on the date at which the use
mentioned in paragraph (a) of the proviso to subsection (1) first
became well-known and established, or at the expiration of 2 years
mentioned in paragraph (b) of that proviso.

53. The Court may, on application in writing made within 7
years from the registration of a trade mark in Hong Kong by any
person aggrieved by such registration, remove such trade mark
from the register if it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that
such trade mark is identical with, or so nearly resembles as to be
calculated to deceive or cause confusion, a trade mark which was,
prior to the registration in Hong Kong of the first-mentioned trade
mark, registered (in respect of goods of the same description as those
in respect of which the first-mentioned trade mark is registered in
Hong Kong) in a country or place from which such goods originate:

Provided that no trade mark shall be removed from the register
under this section in the following cases-

(a)if the proprietor of the other trade mark consented to the
registration in Hong Kong of the first-mentioned trade
mark; or

(b)if the proprietor of the trade mark registered in Hong
Kong proves that he or his predecessors in business have
continuously used such trade mark in Hong Kong in





connexion with such goods as aforesaid from a date anterior
to the date of the registration of the other trade mark in the
country or place of origin; or

(c)unless the applicant proves either that within the 5 years
immediately preceding the making of the application under
this section there has been bona fide user in connexion with
such goods as aforesaid in Hong Kong of the trade mark
registered in the country or place of origin, or that the special
circumstances of the trade account for the non-user of such
trade mark in Hong Kong within the same period, or that the
trade mark so registered in the country or place of origin was
first registered there within the like period of 5 years, and in
either event gives an undertaking to the satisfaction of the
Registrar that he will within 3 months from the making of the
application under this section apply for registration in Hong
Kong of the trade mark so registered in the country or place or
origin, and will take all necessary steps to complete the
registration.

54. (1) The Governor in Council may from time to time make such
rules, prescribe such forms and generally do such things as he thinks
expedient, for empowering the Registrar to amend the register, whether
by making or expunging or varying entries therein, so far as may be
requisite for the purpose of adapting the designation therein of the
goods or classes of goods in respect of which trade marks are registered
to any amended or substituted classification that may be prescribed.

(2) The Registrar shall not, in exercise of any power conferred on
him for the purpose aforesaid, make any amendment of the register that
would have the effect of adding any goods or classes of goods to those
in respect of which a trade mark is registered (whether in one or more
classes) immediately before the amendment is to be made, or of
antedating the registration of a trade mark in respect of any goods:

Provided that this subsection shall not have effect in relation to
goods as to which the Registrar is satisfied that compliance with this
subsection in relation thereto would involve undue complexity and that
the addition or antedating, as the case may be, would not affect any
substantial quantity of goods and would not substantially prejudice the
rights of any person.

(3) A proposal for the amendment of the register for the purpose
aforesaid shall be notified to the registered proprietor of the trade,mark
affected, shall be subject to appeal by the registered proprietor to the
Court, shall be advertised with any modifications, and may be opposed
before the Registrar by any person aggrieved on the ground that the
proposed amendment contravenes the provisions of subsection (2). The
decision of the Registrar on any such opposition shall be subject to
appeal to the Court.





DEFENSIVE TRADE MARKS

55.(1) (a) Where a trade mark consisting of an invented word or
invented words, or a device or devices, or a combination of
them, has become so exceptionally well known as respects any
goods in respect of which it is registered and in relation to
which it has been used that the use thereof in relation to other
goods would be likely to detract from its distinctive character
in respect of the first-mentioned goods, then, notwithstanding
that such use would not be likely to be taken as indicating a
connexion in the course of trade between those other goods
and a person entitled to use the trade mark in relation to the
firstmentioned goods and that the proprietor registered in
respect of the first-mentioned goods does not use or propose
to use the trade mark in relation to those other goods, and
notwithstanding anything in section 37, the trade mark may,
on the application in the prescribed manner of the proprietor
registered in respect of the first-mentioned goods, be
registered in his name in respect of those other goods as a
defensive trade mark and, while so registered, shall not be
liable to be taken off the register in respect of those other
goods under section 37.

(b)In determining whether a trade mark is exceptionally well
known and whether its use in relation to other goods would be
likely to detract from its distinctive character in respect of the
goods for which it is registered, the tribunal shall have regard
to all related circumstances, including the length of time the
trade mark has been in use, the extent to which it has become
well known in relation to the goods in respect of which it is
registered, the nature of those goods, and whether the
notoriety of the mark is limited because of its use,on goods
that are not of wide distribution.

(2) The registered proprietor of a trade mark may apply for the
registration thereof in respect of any goods as a defensive trade mark
notwithstanding that it is already registered in his name in respect of
those goods otherwise than as a defensive trade mark, or may apply for
the registration thereof in respect of any goods otherwise than as a
defensive trade mark notwithstanding that it is already registered in his
name in respect of those goods as a defensive trade mark, in lieu in each
case of the existing registration.

(3) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this section and in
sections 56 and 57, the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply in
respect of the registration of trade marks as defensive trade marks and
of trade marks so registered as they apply in other cases.

56. A trade mark registered as a defensive trade mark and that trade
mark as otherwise registered in the name of the same proprietor shall,
notwithstanding that the respective registrations are in respect of
different goods, be deemed to be, and shall be registered as, associated
trade marks.





57. (1) On application by any person aggrieved to the Court, or, at
the option of the applicant and subject to the provisions of section 80,
to the Registrar, the registration of a trade mark as a defensive trade
mark may be cancelled on the ground that the requirements of section
55(1) are no longer satisfied in respect of any goods in respect of which
the trade mark is registered in the name of the same proprietor otherwise
than as a defensive trade mark, or may be cancelled as respects any
goods in respect of which it is registered as a defensive trade mark on
the ground that there is no longer any likelihood that the use of the
trade mark in relation to those goods would detract from its distinctive
character in respect of the goods first-mentioned in section 55(1).

(2) The Registrar may at any time cancel the registration as a
defensive trade mark of a trade mark of which there is no longer any
registration in the name of the same proprietor otherwise than as a
defensive trade mark.

REGISTERED USERS

58.(1) (a) Subject to the provisions of this section and sections
59 to 63, a person other than the proprietor of a trade mark
may be registered as a registered user thereof in respect of all
or any of the goods in respect of which it is registered
(otherwise than as a defensive trade mark) and either with or
without conditions or restrictions.

(b)The use of a trade mark by a registered user thereof in relation
to goods with which he is connected in the course of trade
and in respect of which for the time being the trade mark
remains registered and he is registered as a registered user,
being use such as to comply with any conditions or
restrictions to which his registration is subject, is in this
Ordinance referred to as the 'permitted use' thereof.

(2)(a) The permitted use of a trade mark shall be deemed to be
use by the proprietor thereof, and shall be deemed not to be
use by a person other than the proprietor, for the purposes of
section 37 and for any other purpose for which such'use is
material under this Ordinance or at common law.

(b)Where a person is registered as a registered user of a trade
mark on an application made within one year from the
commencement of this Ordinance, this subsection shall have
effect in relation to any previous use (whether before or after
the commencement of this Ordinance) of the trade mark by
that person, being use in relation to the goods in respect of
which he is registered and, where he is registered subject to
conditions or restrictions, being use such as to comply
substantially therewith, as if such previous use had been
permitted use.
,'00000001.TIF'
,'00000002.TIF'
,'00000003.TIF'
,'00000004.TIF'
,'00000005.TIF'
'Originally 47 of 1954. 92 of 1975. 55 of 1977. 3 of 1985. G.N.A. 143/54. Short title. 1938 c. 22, s. 71. Interpretation. 1938 c. 22, s. 68. (Cap. 100.)','00000006.TIF'
'Register of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(1) and (4). Division of register into 2 parts. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(2). [cf. 1919 c. 79, s. 1.] Trust not to be entered in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 64(1). Inspection of register. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(3). Extracts from register. [cf. 1905 c. 15, s. 7.]','00000007.TIF'
'Trade mark must be for particular goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 3. Trade marks registrable in Part A. 1938 c. 22, s. 9. Trade marks registrable in Part B. 1938 c. 22, s. 10.','00000008.TIF'
'Coloured trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 16. Restriction on registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 11. 1938 c. 22, s. 15(3). Application for registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 17.','00000009.TIF'
'Priority for application made in Convention country. [cf. 1907 c. 29, s. 91.]','00000010.TIF'
'Schedule.','00000011.TIF'
'Advertisement of application. 1938 c. 22, s. 18(1). Opposition to registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 18(2) to (11).','00000012.TIF'
'Disclaimers. 1938 c. 22, s. 14. Registration, and failure to complete. 1938 c. 22, s. 19(1).','00000013.TIF'
'[cf. 1938 Geo. 6 c. 22, s. 19(1).] 1938 c. 22, s. 20(1). 1938 c. 22, s. 19(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 19(3). Application for registration of mark not to be used by applicant but to be assigned to corporation to be constituted or to be used by registered user. 1938 c. 22, s. 29.','00000014.TIF'
'Jointly owned trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 63. Prohibition of registration of trade mark identical with or resembling a registered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(1). Applications for registration of identical or resembling trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(3). Concurrent use. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(2).','00000015.TIF'
'Protection of marks registered in country of origin. Associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 23(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(5). Combined trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 21(1).','00000016.TIF'
'1938 c. 22, s. 23(3). Series of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 21(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(4). Right given by registration in Part A, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 4.','00000017.TIF'
'Right given by registration in Part B, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 5.','00000018.TIF'
'Registration to be prima facie evidence of validity. 1938 c. 22, s. 46. Registration in Part A to be conclusive as to validity after 7 years. 1938 c. 22, s. 13. Equities in respect of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 64(2). Infringement by breach of certain restrictions. 1938 c. 22, s. 6.','00000019.TIF'
'Saving for vested rights. 1938 c. 22, s. 7. Saving for use of name, address or description of goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 8.','00000020.TIF'
'No action for infringement of unregistered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 2. ''Passing off'' action. 1938 c. 22, s. 2. Removal from register and imposition of limitations on ground of non-use. 1938 c. 22, s. 26.','00000021.TIF'
'Use of one of associated trade marks equivalent to use of another. 1938 c. 22, s. 30. Use of trade mark for export trade constitutes use of the trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 31. 1938 c. 22, THIRD SCHEDULE, Para. 6. Use of trade mark after change in form of trade connexion. 1938 c. 22, s. 62.','00000022.TIF'
'Powers of, and restrictions on, assignment and transmission of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 22.','00000023.TIF'
'Power of registered proprietor to assign, and give receipts. 1938 c. 22, s. 24. Registration of assignments and transmissions. 1938 c. 22, s. 25.','00000024.TIF'
'Assignments and transmissions of associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 23(1). Renewal of registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(2). Procedure on expiry of period of registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(3). Status of unrenewed trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(4). General power to rectify entries in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 32.','00000025.TIF'
'Power to expunge or vary registration for breach of condition. 1938 c. 22, s. 33. Correction of register. 1938 c. 22, s. 34.','00000026.TIF'
'Alteration of registered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 35. Words used as name or description of an article or substance. 1938 c. 22, s. 15(1) and (2).','00000027.TIF'
'Removal of trade mark from register on proof of prior registration in country of origin.','00000028.TIF'
'Adaptation of entries in register to amended or substituted classification of goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 36.','00000029.TIF'
'Defensive registration of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(1) and (2). 1938 c. 22, s. 27(6). Defensive trade marks to be registered as associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(3).','00000030.TIF'
'Removal of defensive trade marks from the register. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(4) and (5). Registration as a registered user. Meaning of ''permitted use''. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(1) and (2).','00000031.TIF'
'1938 c. 22, s. 28(4) to (7). Proceedings for infringement. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(3).','00000032.TIF'
'Variation or cancellation of registration as a registered user. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(8) and (10). Notification of registration as registered user and of application for variation or cancellation of such registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(9). Register's decision subject to appeal to Court. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(11).','00000033.TIF'
'Right to use not assignable or transmissible. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(12). Marks registrable as certification trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(1) and (2). Application for registration as certification trade mark. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 1. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(7).','00000034.TIF'
'1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 1. Advertisement of application. Opposition to registration. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 2.','00000035.TIF'
'Right given by registration, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(3) to (6).','00000036.TIF'
'Alteration of deposited regulations, or expunging or varying of entry in register relating to certification trade mark. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Paras. 3 and 4. Certification trade mark assignable or transmissible only with Registrar's consent. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(8).','00000037.TIF'
'Registrar not empowered to award costs on appeals to him. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 5. Provisions not applicable to certification trade marks. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 6. Trade mark registered under section 59 of Trade Marks Ordinance 1909, to be deemed registered as a certification trade mark under this Ordinance. 1938 c. 22, THIRD SCHEDULE, Para. 7. (40 of 1909, See Cap. 43, 1950 Ed.) Preliminary advice by Registrar as to distinctiveness. 1938 c. 22, s. 42.','00000038.TIF'
'Hearing before exercise of discretionary power of Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 43. Certificate of validity. 1938 c. 22, s. 47. Trade usage, etc., to be considered. 1938 c. 22, s. 49. Registrar's appearance in proceedings involving rectification. 1938 c. 22, s. 50. Appeal from Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 51.','00000039.TIF'
'Appeal to Court of Appeal. Discretion of Court in appeals. 1938 c. 22, s. 52. Procedure in case of option to apply to Court or Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 54. Costs of proceedings before the Court. 1938 c. 22, s. 48. Costs of proceedings before the Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 44. Mode of giving evidence. 1938 c. 22, s. 55.','00000040.TIF'
'Evidence of entries in Hong Kong or United Kingdom Register. 1938 c. 22, s. 57. Evidence of entries made or of things done by Registrar, or Comptroller-General of U.K. Patent Office. 1938 c. 22, s. 58. Falsification of entries in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 59. Falsely representing a trade mark as registered, etc. 1938 c. 22, s. 60.','00000041.TIF'
'Restraint of use of Royal Arms. 1938 c. 22, s. 61. Recognition of agents. 1938 c. 22, s. 65. Power of Governor in Council to make rules. 1938 c. 22, s. 40.','00000042.TIF'
'Validity of registrations under previous enactments. 1938 c. 22, s. 69.','00000043.TIF'
,'00000044.TIF'
,'00000045.TIF'
,'00000046.TIF'
,'00000047.TIF'
,'00000048.TIF'
,'00000049.TIF'
,'00000050.TIF'
,'00000051.TIF'
,'00000052.TIF'
,'00000053.TIF'
,'00000054.TIF'
,'00000055.TIF'
,'00000056.TIF'
,'00000057.TIF'
,'00000058.TIF'
,'00000059.TIF'
,'00000060.TIF'
,'00000061.TIF'
,'00000062.TIF'
,'00000063.TIF'
,'00000064.TIF'
,'00000065.TIF'
,'00000066.TIF'
,'00000067.TIF'
,'00000068.TIF'
,'00000069.TIF'
,'00000070.TIF'
,'00000071.TIF'
,'00000072.TIF'
,'00000073.TIF'
,'00000074.TIF'
,'00000075.TIF'
,'00000076.TIF'
,'00000077.TIF'
,'00000078.TIF'
,'00000079.TIF'
,'00000080.TIF'
,'00000081.TIF'
,'00000082.TIF'
,'00000083.TIF'
,'00000084.TIF'
,'00000085.TIF'
,'00000086.TIF'
,'00000087.TIF'
,'00000088.TIF'
,'00000089.TIF'
,'00000090.TIF'
,'00000091.TIF'
,'00000092.TIF'
,'00000093.TIF'
'(a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one class should be specified. A separate Form of Request is required for each class. (c) Here insert the number of the class (if known). In case of doubt, the Registrar's direction may be obtained. (d) Signature. *The Registrar's direction should be obtained if the class is not known. (a) Here specify the goods (in the class stated) in respect of which the search is to be made. (b) Signature. (c) Address.','00000094.TIF'
'(a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Signature.','00000095.TIF'
,'00000096.TIF'
,'00000097.TIF'
'(a) Insert words and number identifying the matter or proceeding.','00000098.TIF'
'(b) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) If registration is opposed on the ground that the marks resembles marks already on the register, the numbers of those marks and of the Gazettes in which they have been advertised are to be set out. (c) Signature. ','00000099.TIF'
'(a) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Strike out words here that are not applicable, so as to state one of the cases (1) to (5) only. ( c) Signature. (d) Address. ','00000100.TIF'
'(a) Signature.','00000101.TIF'
,'00000102.TIF'
'(a) Signature. (a) Name and address of registered proprietor, or other assignor or transmitter. (b) Full name, trade address and nationality of transferee. ( c) Name of transferee. (d) Description of transferee. (e) Trade or business address of transferee. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (f) Date of acquisition of proprietorship. (g) Full particulars of the instrument of assignment or transmission, if any, or statement of case. (h) Strike out any words not applicable (see rule 45). (i) Signature of assignor or transmitter. (j) Signature of transferee.','00000103.TIF'
'(a) Here insert full name, trade or business address, nationality and description. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Date of acquisition of proprietorship. ( c) Here insert full particulars of the instrument of assignment or transmission, if any, or statement of case. (d) Strike out any words not applicable (See rule 45). (e) Signature. ','00000104.TIF'
'(a) (1) This paragraph is not required when the declaration is made elsewhere than in Hong Kong. (2) When the declaration is made by a person who does not understand the English language the requirements of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance (Chapter 11 of the Laws of Hong Kong) must be complied with when the declaration is made in Hong Kong, and if made elsewhere a proper clause must be added. (b) To be signed here by the person making the declaration. ( c) Signature and title of authority before whom the declaration is made. (a) Here insert full name and address of the applicant. (b) Here insert ''2'', or ''4'', or ''6''.','00000105.TIF'
'(c) Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the registered proprietor. (b) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proposed assignee. (c) Signature.','00000106.TIF'
'(a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the assignee. (applicant). (b) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proprietor (assignor). (c) Only those unregistered Trade Marks passing by the one assignment and used in the same business and for the same goods as those for which one or more of the registered marks are registered may be stated here. (d) Signature.','00000107.TIF'
'(a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the assignee. (applicant). (b) Here insert: ''1'', or ''2'' or ''3''. (c) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the proprietor (assignor). (d) Signature.','00000108.TIF'
'(a) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one class should be specified. A separate application form is required for each class. (b) Here insert the full name, description and nationality of the applicant. If the applicant is a body corporate, the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. ( c) Here insert full address of the applicant. (d) Signature. (a) Delete whichever is inapplicable.','00000109.TIF'
'(a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) The grounds should be limited to matters referred to in section 65(5) of the Ordinance. ( c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name of opponent. (b) Here insert full name/s and address/es.','00000110.TIF'
'(c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Signature. (c) Address.','00000111.TIF'
'(a) Here state name and address of the proprietor(s) as registered. (b) If the same regulations apply to more than one registration, the numbers of all the registrations should be stated. (c) Here state the specifications of the respective registrations. (d) 3 copies should be furnished. (e) Signature. *Additional numbers and specifications may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es.','00000112.TIF'
'(b) Strike out whichever paragraph is inapplicable. (c) Strike out whichever line is inapplicable. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. *If the fee is left by the proprietor himself, this passage should be struck out. (b) If the fee is not left by the proprietor himself, insert his name and address here. (c) Signature of the person leaving the fee. (d) Address of the person signing.','00000113.TIF'
'(a) Signature. (b) Address. (a) Signature. (b) Address.','00000114.TIF'
'(a) Here insert full name and address. (b) Strike out the word/words that is/are not applicable. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert full name and address.','00000115.TIF'
'(b) Signature. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Strike out one of those words. (b) Strike out whichever is inapplicable. ( c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name of the public authority ordering the change and the date thereof. (b) Signature of the registered proprietor or user as the case may be.','00000116.TIF'
'(a) Here insert words and reference number identifying the entry or application. (b) Signature. (a) Here insert present name, address and description of registered proprietor or registered user. (b) Strike out words which are inapplicable. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form.','00000117.TIF'
'(c) Here state the circumstances under which the change of name took place. (d) Signature. (a) Here insert the trade or business address and description of the applicant/s or his/their firm. (b) Signature.','00000118.TIF'
'(a) Here insert the trade or business address and description of the applicant/s or his/their firm. (b) Here designate the goods to be struck out. (c) Signature. (a) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered proprietor.','00000119.TIF'
'(b) Signature. (a) Here insert the full name and trade or business address of the person making the request. (b) Strike out from the words in italics those that are not applicable and strike out one of the words ''proprietor'' or ''user'' as the case may be. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Cancel words which are inapplicable. (d) State here the precise entry or changed entry desired. (e) Signature. (a) Here insert the name of the public authority ordering the change, and the date thereof.','00000120.TIF'
'(b) Signature of the registered proprietor or user, as the case may be. (a) Here state the name/s and address/es of the registered proprietor. (b) Here state the nature of the proceedings, with the names of the parties to them, in which the certificate was given. (c) Signature.','00000121.TIF'
'(a) Here insert name, trade or business address and description. (b) Here fill in full particulars. (c) Signature. (a) Here state full name and address. (b) Signature.','00000122.TIF'
'(a) Here insert the name and trade or business address of the registered proprietor (applicant). (b) Cancel the words ''and the specification/s of the registered user/s thereunder'' if there are no registered users. (c) Signature.','00000123.TIF'
'(a) Here insert full name/s and address/es. (b) Signature. *Write distinctly here ''A'' or ''B'', according to the registration desired. (a) Here specify the goods. Only goods included in one and the same class should be specified. (b) Here insert legibly the full name, description and nationality of the individual, firm or body corporate making the application. The names of all partners in a firm must be given in full. If the applicant is a body corporate, the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. (c) Here insert the full trade or business address of the applicant. (d) Here insert the trading style (if any). (e) To be furnished in duplicate. (f) Signature. ','00000124.TIF'
'(a) Here insert full name/s, trade or business address/es and description of the registered proprietor/s. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Here insert the specification in the register. (c) Here insert the full name, description and nationality of the individual, firm, or body corporate, proposed as registered user. The names of all partners in a firm must be given in full. In the case of a body corporate brief particulars of the kind and country of incorporation should be stated. (d) Here insert the full trade or business address of the proposed registered user. (e) Here insert trading style (if any). (f) Here insert designation of goods (which must be comprised within the specification). (g) Write ''NONE'' if there are no conditions or restrictions. (h) Strike out the words that are not applicable. (i) Signatures of registered proprietor and proposed registered user.','00000125.TIF'
'(a) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered proprietor. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (b) Here insert the specification in the register. ( c) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered user. (d) Here insert the goods in respect of which the user is registered. (e) Here state in terms the manner in which it is requested that the entry should be varied. (f) Signature. (a) Here insert the full name/s, description/s and trade or business address/es of the applicant or of the applicants.','00000126.TIF'
'(b) Strike out the words that are not applicable. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (c) Here insert the specification in the register. (d) Here insert the full name, description and trade or business address of the registered user whose entry is sought to be cancelled. (e) Here insert goods in respect of which that registered user is entered. (f) Signature/s. *Additional numbers may be given in a signed schedule on the back of the Form. (a) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered proprietor as entered in the register. (b) Here insert the name and address of the applicant for cancellation. (c) Here insert the name, trade or business address and description of the registered user as entered in the register. (d) Here insert the goods in respect of which the registered user is entered. (e) Here insert one or more of the subparagraphs or paragraph (c) of section 60(1) number (i), (ii), (iii). (f) Signature.','00000127.TIF'
'(a) Insert here the name of the registered proprietor. (b) Insert here the name and trade or business address of the registered user. (c) Signature. *The full names of all the partners in a firm must be inserted, and the kind and country of incorporation of bodies corporate stated. (a) Here insert name and address of agent. (b) Here state the particular matter or proceeding for which the agent is appointed, giving the reference number, if known. ','00000128.TIF'
'(c) Here state nationality. (d) To be signed by the person appointing the agent. (e) Here insert the full trade or business address of the person appointing the agent. *
'(a) Here strike out words that are not applicable. (b) Specify document to be inspected. (See rule 108). *To be signed by the person interested or his agent.','00000130.TIF'
,'00000131.TIF'
,'00000132.TIF'
,'00000133.TIF'
,'00000134.TIF'





institute proceedings for infringement in his own name as if he were
the proprietor, making the proprietor a defendant.

(2) A proprietor so added as defendant shall not be liable for
any costs unless he enters an appearance and takes part in the
proceedings.

60. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of section 48, the
registration of a person as a registered user-

(a)may be varied by the Registrar as regards the goods in
respect of which, or any conditions or restrictions subject
to which, it has effect, on the application in writing in the
prescribed manner of the registered proprietor of the trade
mark to which the registration relates;

(b)may be cancelled by the Registrar on the application in
writing in the prescribed manner of the registered pro-
prietor or of the registered user or of any other registered
user of the trade mark; or

(c)may be cancelled by the Registrar on the application in
writing in the prescribed manner of any person on any of
the following grounds, that is to say-
(i) that the registered user has used the trade mark
otherwise than by way of the permitted use, or in such a
way-as to cause, or to be likely to cause, deception or
confusion;
(ii) that the proprietor or the registered user misrepre-
sented, or failed to disclose, some fact material to the
application for the registration, or that the circumstances
have materially changed since the date of the registration;
or
(iii) that the registration ought not to have been effected
having regard to rights vested in the applicant by virtue of
a contract in the performance of which he is interested.

(2) The Registrar may at any time cancel the registration of a
person as a registered user of a trade mark in respect of any goods in
respect of which the trade mark is no longer registered.

61. Provision shall be made by the rules for the notification
of the registration of a person as a registered user to any other
registered user of the trade mark, and for the notification of an
application under section 60 to the registered proprietor and each
registered user (not being the applicant) of the trade mark, and for
giving to the applicant on such an application, and to all persons
to whom such an application is notified and who intervene in the
proceedings in accordance with the rules, an opportunity of being
heard.

62. Any decision of the Registrar under sections 58 and 60
shall be subject to appeal to the Court.





63. Nothing in sections 58, 59 and 60 shall confer on a
registered user of a trade mark any assignable or transmissible right
to the use thereof.

CERTIFICATION TRADE MARKS

64. (1) A mark adapted in relation to any goods to dis-
tinguish in the course of trade goods certified by any person
in respect of origin, material, mode of manufacture, quality,
accuracy or other characteristic, from goods not so certified shall
be registrable as a certification trade mark in Part A of the register
in respect of those goods in the name, as proprietor thereof, of that
person:

Provided that a mark shall not be so registrable in the name of a
person who carries on a trade in goods of the kind certified.

(2) In determining whether a mark is adapted to distinguish as
aforesaid, the tribunal may have regard to the extent to which-

(a)the mark is inherently adapted to distinguish as aforesaid
in relation to the goods in question; and

(b)by reason of the use of the mark or of any other circum-
stances, the mark is in fact adapted to distinguish as
aforesaid in relation to the goods in question.

65. (1) An application for the registration of a mark under
section 64 shall be made to the Registrar in writing in the prescribed
manner by the person proposed to be registered as the proprietor
thereof.

(2) The provisions of section 13(2) and of section 13(4) to (7)
shall have effect in relation to an application under this section as
they have effect in relation to an application under section 13(1).

(3) In dealing under the said provisions with an application
under this section the tribunal shall have regard to the like considera-
tions, so far as relevant, as if the application were an application
under section 13 and to any other considerations relevant to
applications under this section, including the desirability of securing
that a certification trade mark shall comprise some indication that it
is such a trade mark.

(4) An applicant for the registration of a mark under this
section shall transmit to the Registrar draft regulations for govern-
ing the use thereof, which shall include provisions as to the cases in
which the proprietor is to certify goods and to authorize the use of
the trade mark, and may contain any other provisions that Registrar
may require or permit to be inserted therein (including provisions
conferring a right of appeal to the Registrar against any refusal of
the proprietor to certify goods or to authorize the use of the
trade mark in accordance with the regulations). The regulations, if
approved, shall be deposited with the Registrar and shall be open
to inspection in like manner as the register.





(5) The Registrar shall consider the application with regard to
the following matters-

(a)whether the applicant is competent to certify the goods in
respect of which the mark is to be registered;

(b) whether the draft regulations are satisfactory; and

(c)whether in all the circumstances the registration applied
for would be to the public advantage;

and may either-

(i) refuse to accept the application; or

(ii) accept the application, and approve the regulations, either
without modification and unconditionally or subject to
any conditions or limitations, or to any amendments or
modifications of the application or of the regulations,
which he may think requisite having regard to any of the
matters aforesaid;

but, except in the case of acceptance and approval without modifica-
tion and unconditionally, the Registrar shall not decide the matter
without giving to the applicant an opportunity of being heard:

Provided that the Registrar may, at the request of the applicant,
consider the application with regard to any of the matters aforesaid
before the application has been accepted, so however that the
Registrar shall be at liberty to reconsider any matter on which he has
given a decision under this proviso if any amendment or modifica-
tion is thereafter made in the application or in the draft regulations.

(6) Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be
subject to appeal to the Court.

66. (1) When an application for the registration of a certifica-
tion trade mark has been accepted, whether absolutely or subject
to conditions and limitations, the Registrar shall require the
applicant to advertise it, as accepted, in the prescribed manner, and
the provisions of section 15 shall have effect in relation to the
registration of the mark as if the application had been an application
under section 13:

Provided that, in deciding under the said provisions, the
Registrar shall have regard only to the considerations referred to in
section 65(3), and a decision under the said provisions in favour of
the applicant shall be conditional on the determination in his favour
by the Registrar under subsection (2) of any opposition relating to
any of the matters referred to in section 65(5).

(2) When notice of opposition is given relating to any of the
matters referred to in section 65(5), the Registrar shall, after hearing
the parties, if so required, and considering any evidence, decide
whether, and subject to what conditions and limitations, or amend-
ments or modifications of the application or of the regulations, if
any, registration is, having regard to those matters, to be permitted.





67. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (4)
hereof, and of sections 33 and 34, the registration of a person as
proprietor of a certification trade mark in respect of any goods,
shall, if valid, give to that person the exclusive right to the use of the
trade mark in relation to those goods, and, without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing words, that right shall be deemed to be
infringed by any person who, not being the proprietor of the trade
mark or a person authorized by him under the regulations in that
behalf using it in accordance therewith, uses a mark identical with
it or so nearly resembling it as to be likely to deceive or cause
confusion, in the course of trade, in relation to any goods in respect
of which it is registered, and in such manner as to render the use of
the mark likely to be taken either-

(a) as being use as a trade mark; or

(b)in a case in which the use is use upon the goods or in
physical relation thereto or in an advertising circular or
other advertisement issued to the public, as importing a
reference to some person having the right either as pro-
prietor or by his authorization under the relevant regula-
tions to use the trade mark or to goods certified by the
proprietor.

(2) The right to the use of a certification trade mark given by
registration as aforesaid shall be subject to any conditions or
limitations entered on the register, and shall not be deemed to be
infringed by the use of any such mark as aforesaid in any mode, in
relation to goods to be sold or otherwise traded in in any place, in
relation to goods to be exported to any market, or in any other
circumstances, to which, having regard to any such limitations, the
registration does not extend.

(3) The right to the use of a certification trade mark given by
registration as aforesaid shall not be deemed to be infringed by the
use of any such mark as aforesaid by any person-

(a)in relation to goods certified by the proprietor of the trade
mark if, as to those goods or a bulk of which they form
part, the proprietor or another in accordance with his
authorization under the relevant regulations has applied
the trade mark and has not subsequently removed or
obliterated it, or the proprietor has at any time expressly or
impliedly consented to the use of the trade mark; or

(b)in relation to goods adapted to form part of, or to be
accessory to, other goods in relation to which the trade
mark has been used without infringement of the right given
as aforesaid or might for the time being be so used, if the
use of the mark is reasonably necessary in order to indicate
that the goods are so adapted and neither the purpose nor
the effect of the use of the mark is to indicate otherwise
than in accordance with the fact that the goods are certified
by the proprietor:





Provided that paragraph (a) hereof shall not have effect in the
case of use consisting of the application of any such mark as
aforesaid to any goods, notwithstanding that they are such goods as
are mentioned in that paragraph, if such application is contrary to
the relevant regulations.
(4) Where a certification trade mark is one of 2 or more
registered trade marks which are identical or nearly resemble each
other, the use of any of those trade marks in exercise of the right to
the use of that trade mark given by registration shall not be deemed
to be an infringement of the right so given to the use of any other of
those trade marks.

68.(1) (a) The regulations deposited in respect of a certifica-
tion trade mark may, on the application of the registered
proprietor, be altered by the Registrar.
(b)The Registrar may, before granting an application, cause it
to be advertised in any case where it appears to him that it
is expedient so to do, and, where the Registrar causes an
application to be advertised, if within the prescribed time
from the date of the advertisement any person gives notice
to the Registrar of opposition to the application, the
Registrar shall not decide the matter without giving the
parties an opportunity of being heard.
(2)(a) On application by any person aggrieved to the Court,
or at the option of the applicant and in the prescribed
manner and subject to the provisions of section 80, to the
Registrar, or on application by the Registrar to the Court,
the tribunal may make such order as the tribunal thinks
fit for expunging or varying any entry in the register
relating to a certification trade mark, or for varying the
deposited regulations, on the ground-
(i) that the proprietor is no longer competent, in the
case of any of the goods in respect of which the trade mark
is registered, to certify those goods;
(ii) that the proprietor has failed to observe a provision
of the deposited regulations to be observed on his part;
(iii) that it is no longer to the public advantage that the
trade mark should be registered; or
(iv) that it is requisite for the public advantage that, if
the trade mark remains registered, the regulations should
be varied.
(b)The Registrar shall rectify the register or the deposited
regulations in such manner as may be requisite for giving
effect to an order made under paragraph (a) hereof.

69. (1) A certification trade mark shall not be assignable or
transmissible otherwise than with the consent of the Registrar, who
before giving his decision shall consider-
(a)whether the person to whom it is proposed to assign or
transmit the mark is competent to certify the goods in
respect of which the mark is registered; and





(b)whether in all the circumstances the proposed assignment or
transmission would be to the public advantage.

(2) A certification trade mark shall not be assignable or
transmissible to a person who carries on a trade in goods of the kind
certified.

(3) Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be
subject to appeal to the Court.

70. Notwithstanding anything in section 82, the Registrar shall not
have any jurisdiction to award costs to or against any party on an
appeal to him against a refusal of the proprietor of a certification trade
mark to certify goods or to authorize the use of the trade mark.

71. The following provisions of this Ordinance shall not have effect
in relation to a certification trade mark, that is to say, section 9, sections
13 to 15 (except as expressly applied by sections 65 and 66), sections 19,
27, 32, 37, 40, 41(4) to (7) and 55 to 63, and any provisions the operation
of which is limited by the terms thereof to registration in Part B of the
register.

72. Sections 64 to 71 shall have effect, in relation to a trade mark
that immediately before the commencement of this Ordinance was on the
register by virtue of section 59 of the Trade Marks Ordinance 1909, as if
the sections had been in force at the date of the registration of the trade
mark and it had been registered under those sections, subject however
to the following modifications, that is to say

(a) that the proviso to section 64(1) shall not apply;

(b)that sections 64 to 71 shall have effect as if references therein
to the regulations governing the use of certification trade
marks had been omitted; and

(c)that the proprietor shall be at liberty, or may be required by
the.Registrar as a condition of the continuance of the
registration, to deposit at any time after the commencement of
this Ordinance such regulations as the Registrar may permit or
require.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF REGISTRAR

73. (1) The power to give to a person who proposes to apply for
the registration of a trade mark in Part A or Part B of the register advice
as to whether the trade mark appears to the Registrar prima facie to be
inherently adapted to distinguish, or capable of distinguishing, as the
case may be, shall be a function of the Registrar under this Ordinance.

(2) Any person who is desirous of obtaining advice as aforesaid
shall make application to the Registrar in the prescribed manner.





(3) If on an application for the registration of a trade mark as
to which the Registrar has given advice as aforesaid in the affirma-
tive, made within 3 months after the advice is given, the Registrar,
after further investigation or consideration, gives notice to the
applicant of objection on the ground that the trade mark is not
adapted to distinguish, or capable of distinguishing, as the case may
be, the applicant shall be entitled, on giving notice of withdrawal of
the application within the prescribed period, to have repaid to him
any fee paid for the filing of the application.

74. Where any discretionary or other power is given to the
Registrar by this Ordinance or by the rules, he shall not exercise that
power adversely to the applicant for registration or the registered
proprietor of the trade mark in question without (if duly required so
to do within the prescribed time) giving to the applicant or registered
proprietor an opportunity of being heard.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND APPEALS

75. In any legal proceeding in which the validity of the
registration of a registered trade mark comes into question and is
decided in favour of the proprietor of the trade mark, the Court may
certify to that effect, and if it so certifies then in any subsequent legal
proceeding in which the validity of the registration comes into
question the proprietor of the trade mark on obtaining a final order
or judgment in his favour shall have his full costs, charges and
expenses as between solicitor and client, unless in the subsequent
proceeding the Court certifies that he ought not to have them.

76. In any action or proceeding relating to a trade mark or
trade name the tribunal shall admit evidence of the usages of the
trade concerned and of any relevant trade mark or trade name or
get-up legitimately used by other persons.

77. (1) In any legal proceeding in which the relief sought
includes alteration or rectification of the register, the Registrar shall
have the right to appear and be heard, and shall appear if so directed
by the Court.

(2) Unless otherwise directed by the Court, the Registrar in
lieu of appearing and being heard may submit to the Court a
statement in writing signed by him, giving particulars of the
proceedings before him in relation to the matter in issue or of the
grounds of any decision given by him affecting it or of the practice of
his office in like cases, or of such other matters relevant to the issues,
and within his knowledge as Registrar, as he thinks fit, and the
statement shall be deemed to form part of the evidence in the
proceeding.

78. Except when expressly given by the provisions of this
Ordinance or the rules there shall be no appeal from a decision of
the Registrar, but the Court in dealing with any question of the
rectification of the register (including all applications under the





provisions of section 48) shall have power to review any decision of the
Registrar relating to the entry in question or the correction sought to be
made.

79. (1) Every order of the Court shall be subject to appeal to the
Court of Appeal. The appeal shall be commenced within 21 days from
the time when the decision appealed against is pronounced or made.
(Amended, 92 of 1975, s. 59)

(2) In any appeal from a decision of the Registrar to the Court
under this Ordinance, the Court shall have and exercise the same
discretionary powers as under this Ordinance are conferred upon the
Registrar.

80. Where under any of the provisions of this Ordinance an
applicant has an option to make an application either to the Court or to
the Registrar

(a) if an action concerning the trade mark in question is
pending, the application must be made to the Court;

(b)if in any other case the application is made to the Registrar, he
may, at any stage of the proceedings, refer the application to
the Court, or he may, after hearing the parties, determine the
question between them, subject to appeal to the Court.

COSTS

81. In all proceedings before the Court under this Ordinance the
Court may award to any party such costs as it may consider reasonable
and the costs of the Registrar shall be in the discretion of the Court, but
the Registrar shall not be ordered to pay the costs of any other of the
parties.

82. Save as otherwise provided in this Ordinance, in all proceedings
before the Registrar, he shall have power to award to any party such
costs as he may consider reasonable, and to direct how and by what
parties they are to be paid, and any such order may, by leave of the
Court or a judge thereof, be enforced in the same manner as a judgment
or order of the Court to the same effect.

EVIDENCE

83. (1) In any proceeding under this Ordinance before the Registrar,
the evidence shall be given by statutory declaration in the absence of
directions to the contrary, but, in any case in which he shall think it
right to do so, he may take evidence viva voce in lieu of or in addition to
evidence by declaration. Any such statutory declaration may in the
case of appeal be used before the Court in lieu of evidence by affidavit,
but if so used shall have all the incidents and consequences of
evidence by affidavit.





(2) In case any part of the evidence is taken viva voce, the
Registrar shall, in respect of requiring the attendance of witnesses
and taking evidence on oath, be in the same position in all respects
as a special referee appointed by the Court.

84. A printed or written copy of any entry in the register,
purporting to be certified by the Registrar and sealed with his seal,
or of any entry in the United Kingdom Register, purporting to be
certified by the Comptroller-General of the United Kingdom Patent
Office and scaled with the seal of the Patent Office, shall be admitted
in evidence in all Courts, and in all proceedings, without further
proof or production of the original.

85. A certificate purporting to be under the hand of the
Registrar, or of the Comptroller-General of the United Kingdom
Patent Office, as to any entry, matter or thing which he is authorized
to make or do, shall be prima facie evidence of the entry having been
made, and of the contents thereof, and of the matter or thing having
been done or not done.

OFFENCES, AND RESTRAINT OF USE OF ROYAL ARMS

86. If any person makes or causes to be made a false entry in
the register, or a writing falsely purporting to be a copy of an entry
in the register, or produces or tenders or causes to be produced or
tendered in evidence any such writing, knowing the entry or writing
to be false, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

87. (1) Any person who makes a representation-

(a)with respect to a mark not being a registered trade mark, to
the effect that it is a registered trade mark; or

(b)with respect to a part of a registered trade mark not being a
part separately registered as a trade mark, to the effect that
it is so registered; or

(c)to the effect that a registered trade mark is registered in
respect of any goods in respect of which it is not registered;
or

(d)to the effect that the registration of a trade mark gives an
exclusive right to the use thereof in any circumstances in
which, having regard to limitations entered on the register,
the registration does not give that right,

shall be liable to a fine of $500.

(2) For the purposes of this section, the use in the Colony in
relation to a trade mark of the word 'registered', or of any word
referring whether expressly or impliedly to registration, shall be
deemed to import a reference to registration in the register, except-

(a)where that word is used in physical association with other
words delineated in characters at least as large as those in





which that word is delineated and indicating that the
reference is to registration as a trade mark under the law
of a country outside the Colony, being a country under the
law of which the registration referred to is in fact in force;

(b)where that word (being a word other than the word
'registered') is of itself such as to indicate that the
reference is to such registration as last aforesaid; or

(e)where that word is used in relation to a mark registered
as a trade mark under the law of a country outside the
Colony and in relation to goods to be exported to that
country.

88. If any person, without the authority of Her Majesty, uses,
in connexion with any trade, business, calling or profession, the
Royal Arms (or arms so closely resembling the same as to be
calculated to deceive) in such manner as to be calculated to lead to
the belief that he is duly authorized so to use the Royal Arms, or if
any person, without the authority of Her Majesty or of a member of
the Royal Family, uses, in connexion with any trade, business,
calling or profession, any device, emblem or title in such manner
as to be calculated to lead to the belief that he is employed by,
or supplies goods to, Her Majesty or such member of the Royal
Family, he may, at the suit of any person who is authorized to use
such arms or such device, emblem or title, or who is authorized by
the Governor to take proceedings in that behalf, be restrained by
injunction from continuing so to use the same:

Provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as
affecting the right, if any, of the proprietor of a trade mark
containing any such arms, device, emblem or title to continue to use
such trade mark.

AGENTS

89. Where by this Ordinance any act has to be done by or to
any person in connexion with a trade mark or proposed trade mark
or any procedure relating thereto, the act may, under and in
accordance with the rules, or in particular cases by special leave of
the Registrar, be done by or to an agent of that person duly
authorized in the prescribed manner.

RULES

90. The Governor in Council may by rules prescribe or pro-
vide for-

(a)regulating the practice under this Ordinance, including the
service of documents;

(b)classifying goods for the purposes of registration of trade
marks;





(c)making or requiring duplicates of trade marks and other
documents;

(d)securing and regulating the publishing and selling or
distributing, in such manner as the Governor in Council may
think fit, of copies of trade marks and other documents;

(e)forms which shall be used for carrying out the provisions of
this Ordinance;

(f)fees which shall be paid in respect of applications and
registrations and other matters under this Ordinance;

(g)regulating the business of the registry in relation to trade
marks and all things by this Ordinance placed under the
direction or control of the Registrar;

(h)generally, carrying into effect the provisions of this
Ordinance.

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

91. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be taken to invalidate the
original registration of a trade mark that immediately before the
commencement of this Ordinance was validly on the register.

(2) No trade mark which was on the register at the commencement
of this Ordinance and which under this Ordinance is a registrable trade
mark shall be removed from the register on the ground that it was not
registrable under the Ordinance in force at the date of its registration.

is

(3) Nothing e& this section shall be construed as having subjected
any person to any liability in respect of any act or thing done before the
commencement of this Ordinance to which he would not have been
subject under the Ordinance then in force.

SCHEDULE [s. 13A.]

LIST OF COUNTRIES (EXCLUDING THE UNITED
KINGDOM)

ADHERING TO THE PARIS CONVENTION FOR THE
PROTECTION OF

INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY 1883, AS REVISED FROM TIME
TO TIME

Algeria Central African Republic
Argentine Chad
Australia (including Papua, New Congo (People's Republic)
Guinea, Norfolk Island, Nauru) Caba
Austria Cyprus
Bahamas Czechoslovakia
Belgium Dahomey
Brazil Denmark (including the Farce Islands)
Bularia Dominican Republic
Cameroon Egypt
Canada Finland






France(including the Departments of New Zealand
Guadeloupe, Guiana, Martinique and Niger
Reunion and Overseas Territories) Nigeria
Gabon Norway
Germany (Democratic Republic) Philippines
Germany (Federal Republic) Poland
Greece Portugal (including the Azores and
Haiti Madeira)
Holy See Romania
Hungary San Marino
Iceland Senegal
Indonesia South Africa
Iran Spain
Iraq Sri Lanka
Irish Republic Sweden
Israel Switzerland
Italy Syrian Arab Republic
Ivory Coast Tanzania (Tanganyika only)
Japan Togo
Jordan Trinidad and Tobago
Kenya Tunisia
Lebanon Turkey
Liechtenstein Uganda
Luxembourg Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Madagascar United States of America (including
Malawi Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands (US),
Malta Eastern Samoa, Guam)
Mauritania Upper Volta
Mexico Uruguay
Monaco Viet-Nam
Morocco Yugoslavia
Netherlands (including Curacao, Zaire
Surinam) Zambia
(Added, 55 of 1977, s. 4)
Originally 47 of 1954. 92 of 1975. 55 of 1977. 3 of 1985. G.N.A. 143/54. Short title. 1938 c. 22, s. 71. Interpretation. 1938 c. 22, s. 68. (Cap. 100.) Register of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(1) and (4). Division of register into 2 parts. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(2). [cf. 1919 c. 79, s. 1.] Trust not to be entered in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 64(1). Inspection of register. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(3). Extracts from register. [cf. 1905 c. 15, s. 7.] Trade mark must be for particular goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 3. Trade marks registrable in Part A. 1938 c. 22, s. 9. Trade marks registrable in Part B. 1938 c. 22, s. 10. Coloured trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 16. Restriction on registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 11. 1938 c. 22, s. 15(3). Application for registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 17. Priority for application made in Convention country. [cf. 1907 c. 29, s. 91.] Schedule. Advertisement of application. 1938 c. 22, s. 18(1). Opposition to registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 18(2) to (11). Disclaimers. 1938 c. 22, s. 14. Registration, and failure to complete. 1938 c. 22, s. 19(1). [cf. 1938 Geo. 6 c. 22, s. 19(1).] 1938 c. 22, s. 20(1). 1938 c. 22, s. 19(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 19(3). Application for registration of mark not to be used by applicant but to be assigned to corporation to be constituted or to be used by registered user. 1938 c. 22, s. 29. Jointly owned trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 63. Prohibition of registration of trade mark identical with or resembling a registered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(1). Applications for registration of identical or resembling trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(3). Concurrent use. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(2). Protection of marks registered in country of origin. Associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 23(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(5). Combined trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 21(1). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(3). Series of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 21(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(4). Right given by registration in Part A, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 4. Right given by registration in Part B, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 5. Registration to be prima facie evidence of validity. 1938 c. 22, s. 46. Registration in Part A to be conclusive as to validity after 7 years. 1938 c. 22, s. 13. Equities in respect of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 64(2). Infringement by breach of certain restrictions. 1938 c. 22, s. 6. Saving for vested rights. 1938 c. 22, s. 7. Saving for use of name, address or description of goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 8. No action for infringement of unregistered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 2. 'Passing off' action. 1938 c. 22, s. 2. Removal from register and imposition of limitations on ground of non-use. 1938 c. 22, s. 26. Use of one of associated trade marks equivalent to use of another. 1938 c. 22, s. 30. Use of trade mark for export trade constitutes use of the trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 31. 1938 c. 22, THIRD SCHEDULE, Para. 6. Use of trade mark after change in form of trade connexion. 1938 c. 22, s. 62. Powers of, and restrictions on, assignment and transmission of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 22. Power of registered proprietor to assign, and give receipts. 1938 c. 22, s. 24. Registration of assignments and transmissions. 1938 c. 22, s. 25. Assignments and transmissions of associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 23(1). Renewal of registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(2). Procedure on expiry of period of registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(3). Status of unrenewed trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(4). General power to rectify entries in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 32. Power to expunge or vary registration for breach of condition. 1938 c. 22, s. 33. Correction of register. 1938 c. 22, s. 34. Alteration of registered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 35. Words used as name or description of an article or substance. 1938 c. 22, s. 15(1) and (2). Removal of trade mark from register on proof of prior registration in country of origin. Adaptation of entries in register to amended or substituted classification of goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 36. Defensive registration of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(1) and (2). 1938 c. 22, s. 27(6). Defensive trade marks to be registered as associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(3). Removal of defensive trade marks from the register. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(4) and (5). Registration as a registered user. Meaning of 'permitted use'. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(1) and (2). 1938 c. 22, s. 28(4) to (7). Proceedings for infringement. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(3). Variation or cancellation of registration as a registered user. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(8) and (10). Notification of registration as registered user and of application for variation or cancellation of such registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(9). Register's decision subject to appeal to Court. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(11). Right to use not assignable or transmissible. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(12). Marks registrable as certification trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(1) and (2). Application for registration as certification trade mark. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 1. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(7). 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 1. Advertisement of application. Opposition to registration. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 2. Right given by registration, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(3) to (6). Alteration of deposited regulations, or expunging or varying of entry in register relating to certification trade mark. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Paras. 3 and 4. Certification trade mark assignable or transmissible only with Registrar's consent. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(8). Registrar not empowered to award costs on appeals to him. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 5. Provisions not applicable to certification trade marks. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 6. Trade mark registered under section 59 of Trade Marks Ordinance 1909, to be deemed registered as a certification trade mark under this Ordinance. 1938 c. 22, THIRD SCHEDULE, Para. 7. (40 of 1909, See Cap. 43, 1950 Ed.) Preliminary advice by Registrar as to distinctiveness. 1938 c. 22, s. 42. Hearing before exercise of discretionary power of Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 43. Certificate of validity. 1938 c. 22, s. 47. Trade usage, etc., to be considered. 1938 c. 22, s. 49. Registrar's appearance in proceedings involving rectification. 1938 c. 22, s. 50. Appeal from Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 51. Appeal to Court of Appeal. Discretion of Court in appeals. 1938 c. 22, s. 52. Procedure in case of option to apply to Court or Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 54. Costs of proceedings before the Court. 1938 c. 22, s. 48. Costs of proceedings before the Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 44. Mode of giving evidence. 1938 c. 22, s. 55. Evidence of entries in Hong Kong or United Kingdom Register. 1938 c. 22, s. 57. Evidence of entries made or of things done by Registrar, or Comptroller-General of U.K. Patent Office. 1938 c. 22, s. 58. Falsification of entries in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 59. Falsely representing a trade mark as registered, etc. 1938 c. 22, s. 60. Restraint of use of Royal Arms. 1938 c. 22, s. 61. Recognition of agents. 1938 c. 22, s. 65. Power of Governor in Council to make rules. 1938 c. 22, s. 40. Validity of registrations under previous enactments. 1938 c. 22, s. 69.

Abstract

Originally 47 of 1954. 92 of 1975. 55 of 1977. 3 of 1985. G.N.A. 143/54. Short title. 1938 c. 22, s. 71. Interpretation. 1938 c. 22, s. 68. (Cap. 100.) Register of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(1) and (4). Division of register into 2 parts. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(2). [cf. 1919 c. 79, s. 1.] Trust not to be entered in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 64(1). Inspection of register. 1938 c. 22, s. 1(3). Extracts from register. [cf. 1905 c. 15, s. 7.] Trade mark must be for particular goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 3. Trade marks registrable in Part A. 1938 c. 22, s. 9. Trade marks registrable in Part B. 1938 c. 22, s. 10. Coloured trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 16. Restriction on registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 11. 1938 c. 22, s. 15(3). Application for registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 17. Priority for application made in Convention country. [cf. 1907 c. 29, s. 91.] Schedule. Advertisement of application. 1938 c. 22, s. 18(1). Opposition to registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 18(2) to (11). Disclaimers. 1938 c. 22, s. 14. Registration, and failure to complete. 1938 c. 22, s. 19(1). [cf. 1938 Geo. 6 c. 22, s. 19(1).] 1938 c. 22, s. 20(1). 1938 c. 22, s. 19(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 19(3). Application for registration of mark not to be used by applicant but to be assigned to corporation to be constituted or to be used by registered user. 1938 c. 22, s. 29. Jointly owned trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 63. Prohibition of registration of trade mark identical with or resembling a registered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(1). Applications for registration of identical or resembling trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(3). Concurrent use. 1938 c. 22, s. 12(2). Protection of marks registered in country of origin. Associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 23(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(5). Combined trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 21(1). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(3). Series of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 21(2). 1938 c. 22, s. 23(4). Right given by registration in Part A, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 4. Right given by registration in Part B, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 5. Registration to be prima facie evidence of validity. 1938 c. 22, s. 46. Registration in Part A to be conclusive as to validity after 7 years. 1938 c. 22, s. 13. Equities in respect of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 64(2). Infringement by breach of certain restrictions. 1938 c. 22, s. 6. Saving for vested rights. 1938 c. 22, s. 7. Saving for use of name, address or description of goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 8. No action for infringement of unregistered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 2. 'Passing off' action. 1938 c. 22, s. 2. Removal from register and imposition of limitations on ground of non-use. 1938 c. 22, s. 26. Use of one of associated trade marks equivalent to use of another. 1938 c. 22, s. 30. Use of trade mark for export trade constitutes use of the trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 31. 1938 c. 22, THIRD SCHEDULE, Para. 6. Use of trade mark after change in form of trade connexion. 1938 c. 22, s. 62. Powers of, and restrictions on, assignment and transmission of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 22. Power of registered proprietor to assign, and give receipts. 1938 c. 22, s. 24. Registration of assignments and transmissions. 1938 c. 22, s. 25. Assignments and transmissions of associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 23(1). Renewal of registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(2). Procedure on expiry of period of registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(3). Status of unrenewed trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 20(4). General power to rectify entries in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 32. Power to expunge or vary registration for breach of condition. 1938 c. 22, s. 33. Correction of register. 1938 c. 22, s. 34. Alteration of registered trade mark. 1938 c. 22, s. 35. Words used as name or description of an article or substance. 1938 c. 22, s. 15(1) and (2). Removal of trade mark from register on proof of prior registration in country of origin. Adaptation of entries in register to amended or substituted classification of goods. 1938 c. 22, s. 36. Defensive registration of trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(1) and (2). 1938 c. 22, s. 27(6). Defensive trade marks to be registered as associated trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(3). Removal of defensive trade marks from the register. 1938 c. 22, s. 27(4) and (5). Registration as a registered user. Meaning of 'permitted use'. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(1) and (2). 1938 c. 22, s. 28(4) to (7). Proceedings for infringement. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(3). Variation or cancellation of registration as a registered user. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(8) and (10). Notification of registration as registered user and of application for variation or cancellation of such registration. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(9). Register's decision subject to appeal to Court. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(11). Right to use not assignable or transmissible. 1938 c. 22, s. 28(12). Marks registrable as certification trade marks. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(1) and (2). Application for registration as certification trade mark. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 1. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(7). 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 1. Advertisement of application. Opposition to registration. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 2. Right given by registration, and infringement thereof. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(3) to (6). Alteration of deposited regulations, or expunging or varying of entry in register relating to certification trade mark. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Paras. 3 and 4. Certification trade mark assignable or transmissible only with Registrar's consent. 1938 c. 22, s. 37(8). Registrar not empowered to award costs on appeals to him. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 5. Provisions not applicable to certification trade marks. 1938 c. 22, FIRST SCHEDULE, Para. 6. Trade mark registered under section 59 of Trade Marks Ordinance 1909, to be deemed registered as a certification trade mark under this Ordinance. 1938 c. 22, THIRD SCHEDULE, Para. 7. (40 of 1909, See Cap. 43, 1950 Ed.) Preliminary advice by Registrar as to distinctiveness. 1938 c. 22, s. 42. Hearing before exercise of discretionary power of Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 43. Certificate of validity. 1938 c. 22, s. 47. Trade usage, etc., to be considered. 1938 c. 22, s. 49. Registrar's appearance in proceedings involving rectification. 1938 c. 22, s. 50. Appeal from Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 51. Appeal to Court of Appeal. Discretion of Court in appeals. 1938 c. 22, s. 52. Procedure in case of option to apply to Court or Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 54. Costs of proceedings before the Court. 1938 c. 22, s. 48. Costs of proceedings before the Registrar. 1938 c. 22, s. 44. Mode of giving evidence. 1938 c. 22, s. 55. Evidence of entries in Hong Kong or United Kingdom Register. 1938 c. 22, s. 57. Evidence of entries made or of things done by Registrar, or Comptroller-General of U.K. Patent Office. 1938 c. 22, s. 58. Falsification of entries in register. 1938 c. 22, s. 59. Falsely representing a trade mark as registered, etc. 1938 c. 22, s. 60. Restraint of use of Royal Arms. 1938 c. 22, s. 61. Recognition of agents. 1938 c. 22, s. 65. Power of Governor in Council to make rules. 1938 c. 22, s. 40. Validity of registrations under previous enactments. 1938 c. 22, s. 69.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2292

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

43

Number of Pages

44
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:27 +0800
<![CDATA[REGISTRATION OF PATENTS (FEES) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2291

Title

REGISTRATION OF PATENTS (FEES) RULES

Description






REGISTRATION OF PATENTS (FEES) RULES

c

(Cap. 42, section 11)

R [28 July 19501

G.N.A. 163 of 1950 -L.N. 32 of 1964, L.N. 129 of 1974, 25 of 1979, L.N. 313 of 1981, L.N. 148 of

1985, R. Ed. 1985, L.N. 12 of
1989

1. citation

These rules may be cited as the Registration of Patents (Fees) Rules.

(25 of 1979 s. 12)

2. Fees

The fees specified in the Schedule shall be payable to the Registrar.

SCHEDULE [r- 2]
No. Item Fee

1 Certificate of registration of patent .$400
2. On application under section 10 of the Ordinance for entry in the register of
any assignment, transmission or other instrument-
if made within 6 months from the date of acquisition of proprietorship $300
if made after the expiration of 6 months but within 12 months from the
date of acquisition of proprietorship .....5300
if made after the expiration of 12 months from the date of acquisition of
proprietorship ............................$300
and where the application covers more than one patent, the assignment,
transmission or instrument being the same in each case, for each
additional patent after the first .........$20
20

3. Search of the register, for every 1/2 hour or part thereof 5 20
4. Office copy of entry in the register or of any document, for each page or
portion of a page .........................$ 4
5. Certifying office copy, or manuscript or photographic or printed matter $ 65

6. On application to change the name of a proprietor of a single patent where

there has been no change in the proprietorship ............... $100
7. On application to change the name of a proprietor or more than one patent
standing in the same name, the change being the same in each case

for the first patent ............................................................................ $100
for every other patent .............. $ 20





No. Item Fee
8. Altering one or more entries of the address of a registered proprietor of a
patent where the address in each case is the same and is altered in the same
way-
for the first entry 5100
for every other entry $ 20
9. Duplicate certificate of registration
$150

(L.N. 32 of 1964; L.N. 129 of 1974; L.N. 313 of 1981; L.N. 148 of 1985; L.N. 12 of
1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2291

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

42

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:26 +0800
<![CDATA[REGISTRATION OF PATENTS RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2290

Title

REGISTRATION OF PATENTS RULES

Description






REGISTRATION OF PATENTS RULES

(Cap. 42, section 11)

[9 December 1932.1

1. These rules may be cited as the R Registration of Patents Rules.

2. Every application for registration of a patent shall be
accompanied by a statutory declaration setting out the interest and title
of the applicant.

3. The issue of every certificate of registration of a patent shall,
forthwith, be notified by the Registrar in the Gazette at the expense of
the applicant.

4. Every application under section 10 of the Ordinance shall be
accompanied

(a)by a statutory declaration setting out the interest and title of
the applicant; and

(b)by the original, or a certified copy, of every document on
which the applicant's title depends.
42 of 1932, Schedule. 25 of 1979. 25 of 1979, s. 12.

Abstract

42 of 1932, Schedule. 25 of 1979. 25 of 1979, s. 12.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2290

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

42

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:25 +0800
<![CDATA[REGISTRATION OF PATENTS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2289

Title

REGISTRATION OF PATENTS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

REGISTRATION OF PATENTS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 42





CHAPTER 42

REGISTRATION OF PATENTS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section..................................... Page

1...........Short title ................... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 2

2...........Interpretation ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

3.........................Application for registration of patent ... ... ... ... 2
4.........................Application to be accompanied by certain documents ... ... ... ...
3

5.......................Issue of certificate of registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
6.......................Nature of rights conferred by registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
7.......................Period of rights conferred by registration ... ... ... ... ... ... .... 3

7A........Crown ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7B.................................Use of patented inventions for the services of the Crown ... ... ... 4

7C..........................Right of third parties in respect of Crown use ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

7D........................Reference of disputes as to Crown use ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

8. Power to declare exclusive privileges not acquired ... ... ... ... ... 7

9. Amendment of specification or drawings .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

10...................Registration of assignment, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

11. Power to make rules prescribing procedure and fees ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 42

REGISTRATION OF PATENTS

Toconsolidate and amend the law relating to the registration of
Patents. (Amended, 25 of 1979, s. 2)

[9 December 1932.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Registration of Patents
Ordinance.

(Amended, 25 of 1979, s. 3)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'comptroller' means the Comptroller-General of Patents, Designs and
Trade Marks in the United Kingdom;

'European patent (MA)'' means a patent granted under the Convention
on the Grant of European Patents and designating the United
Kingdom;

.,patent' means a patent granted under the Patents Act 1949 or under
the Patents Act 1977 and means also a European patent (UK) that
has effect in the United Kingdom pursuant to section 77 of the
Patents Act 1977;

'priority date' has the meaning assigned to it

(a)in the case of a patent under the Patents Act 1949, by section 5
of that Act;

(b)in the case of a patent under the Patents Act 1977, by section 5
of that Act; and

(c)in the case of a European patent (UK), by section 5 of the
Patents Act 1977, subject to the incidents and modifications
mentioned in section 78 of that Act;

'Registrar' means the Registrar of Patents

(Replaced, 27 of 1958, s. 2. Amended, 25 of 1979, s. 4)

3. (1) Any person being the grantee of a patent, or any person
deriving his right from such grantee by assignment, transmission or
other operation of law, may, within 5 years from the date of grant of the
patent, apply to have such patent registered in Hong Kong. Where any
partial assignment or transmission has been made all proper parties shall
be joined in the application for registration. (Amended, 27 of 1958, s. 3
and 25 of 1979, s. 5)

(2) In this section---thedate of grant' means-

(a) in relation to a patent under the Patents Act 1949, the date
of sealing of the patent under section 19 of that Act;





(b)in relation to a patent under the Patents Act 1977, the date
upon which the patent takes effect pursuant to section 25 of
that Act; and

(c)in relation to a European patent (UK), the date upon which the
patent takes effect in the United Kingdom pursuant to section
77 of the Patents Act 1977. (Added, 25 of 1979,s.5)

4. An application under this Ordinance shall be accompanied by

(a)in the case of a patent the specification of which was published
in a language other than English, a certified copy of the
translation into English of the specification; or

(b) in any other case, a certified copy of the specification,

together with the drawings (if any) relating to the patent and a certificate
of the comptroller giving full particulars of the grant of the patent or of
its taking effect in the United Kingdom on such specification.

(Replaced, 25 of 1979, s. 6)

5. Upon such application being received, together with the
documents mentioned in section 4, and upon payment of the prescribed
fees and of the cost of any prescribed advertisement, the Registrar shall
issue a certificate of registration.

(Amended, 27 of 1958, s. 4)

6. Such certificate of registration shall confer on the applicant
privileges and rights, subject to all conditions established by the law of
Hong Kong, as though the patent had been granted in the United
Kingdom with an extension to Hong Kong.

(Amended, 25 of 1979, s. 7)

7. The privileges and rights so granted shall date from the
commencement of the term of the patent in the United Kingdom and
shall continue in force only so long as the patent remains in force in the
United Kingdom:

Provided that no action for infringement shall be entertained in
respect of any act done prior to the date of issue of the certificate of
registration in Hong Kong.

(Amended, 25 of 1979, s. 8)

7A. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and of section 5(3)
of the Crown Proceedings Ordinance, a certificate of registration,
whether issued before or after the commencement* of the Registration
of United Kingdom Patents (Amendment) Ordinance 1968, shall, after
the commencement of that Ordinance, have the same effect against the
Crown as it has against a subject.

(Added, 24 of 1968, s. 2)





7B. (1) (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance or any other
law, the Government, and any person authorized in writing by
the Governor, may use any patented invention for the services
of the Crown in accordance with the following provisions of
this section.

(b)An invention for which a patent has been granted or has taken
effect in the United Kingdom shall, upon the issue of a
certificate of registration of such patent under this Ordinance
(but not any earlier) become a patented invention for the
purposes of this section, and shall remain a patented invention
only for so long as the patent remains in force in the United
Kingdom, save that if a declaration is made under this
Ordinance that the exclusive privileges and rights conferred by
such certificate have not been acquired the invention shall not
be or be regarded as having been a patented invention within
the meaning of this section. (Amended, 25 qf 1979, s. 9)

(2) If and so far as the patented invention has before its priority date
been duly recorded by or tried by or on behalf of any department of Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or the United Kingdom
Atomic Energy Authority or the Government otherwise than in
consequence of the communication thereof directly or indirectly by the
person or persons entered as grantee or proprietor of the patent on the
register of patents kept pursuant to the Patents Act 1977 or by any
person from whom he derives title, any use of the invention by virtue of
this section may be made free of any royalty or other payment to the
person entitled under the relevant certificate of registration issued under
this Ordinance to the privileges and rights conferred by such certificate.
(Amended, 25 of 1979, S. 9)

(3) If and so far as the patented invention has not been so recorded
or tried as aforesaid, any use of the invention made by virtue of this
section at any time after the issue under this Ordinance of the certificate
of registration of the patent granted for that invention, or in
consequence of any such communication as aforesaid, shall be made
upon such terms as may be agreed upon, either before or after the use,
between the Government and the person entitled under the certificate of
registration to the privileges and rights conferred thereby, or as may in
default of agreement be determined by the court on a reference under
section 7D.

(4) The authority of the Governor in respect of a patented invention
may be given under this section either before or after the certificate of
registration of the patent for the invention is issued and either before or
after the acts in respect of which the authority is given are done, and
may be given to any person whether or not he is authorized directly or
indirectly by the person entitled under the certificate of registration to
the privileges and rights conferred thereby to use the invention.





(5) Where any use of a patented invention is made by the
Government, or by any person with the authority of the Governor, under
this section, then, unless it appears to the Governor that it would be
contrary to the public interest so to do, the Chief Secretary shall notify
the holder of the certificate of registration issued under this Ordinance
as soon as is practicable after the use is begun, and furnish him with
such information as to the extent of the use as he may from time to time
require.

(Added, 24 of 1968, s. 2)

7C. (1) In relation to any use of a patented invention, within the
meaning of section 7B(I)(b), made for the services of the Crown

(a)by the Government, or by a person authorized by the Governor
under section 7B; or

(b)by the person entitled under the certificate of registration to the
privileges and rights conferred thereby, to the order of the
Government,

the provisions of any licence, assignment or agreement made, whether
before or after the commencement* of the Registration of United
Kingdom Patents (Amendment) Ordinance 1968, between the person
entitled under the certificate of registration to the privileges and rights
conferred thereby, or any person who derives title from him or from
whom he derives title, and any person other than the Government shall
be of no effect so far as those provisions restrict or regulate the use of
the invention, or any model, document or information relating thereto, or
provide for the making of payments in respect of any such use, or
calculated by reference thereto.

(2) Where an exclusive licence granted otherwise than for royalties
or other benefits determined by reference to the use of the invention is
in force in the Colony, then

(a)in relation to any use of the patented invention which, but for
the provisions of this section and section 7B, would constitute
an infringement of the rights of the licensee, section 7B(3) shall
have effect as if for the reference to the person entitled under
the certificate of registration to the privileges and rights
conferred thereby there were substituted a reference to the
licensee; and

(b)in relation to the use of the patented invention by the licensee
by virtue of an authority given under section 7B, that section
shall have effect as if the said subsection (3) were omitted.

(3) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2), where the patent
has been assigned to the person entitled under the certificate of
registration thereof to the privileges and rights conferred by such
certificate in consideration of royalties or other benefits determined by
reference to the use of the patented invention, then





(a)in relation to any use of the invention by virtue of section
7B, subsection (3) of that section shall have effect as if the
reference to the person entitled under the certificate of
registration to the privileges and rights conferred thereby
included a reference to the assignor, and any sum payable
by virtue of that subsection shall be divided between the
person entitled as aforesaid and the assignor in such pro-
portion as may be agreed upon between them or as may in
default of agreement be determined by the court on a
reference under section 7D; and
(b)in relation to any use of the invention made for the services
of the Crown by the person entitled under the certificate of
registration to the privileges and rights conferred thereby
to the order of the Government, section 7B(3) shall have
effect as if that use were made by virtue of an authority
given under that section.

(4) Where, under section 7B(3), payments are required to be
made by the Government to a person entitled under a certificate of
registration to the privileges and rights conferred thereby in respect
of any use of patented invention, any person, being the holder of an
exclusive licence in force in the Colony (not being such a licence as
is mentioned in subsection (2) of this section) authorizing him to
make that use of the invention, shall be entitled to recover from the
person entitled under the certificate of registration to the privileges
and rights conferred thereby such part (if any) of those payments as
may be agreed upon between that person and the person entitled as
aforesaid to the said privileges and rights, or as may in default of
agreement be determined by the court under section 7D to be just
having regard to any expenditure incurred by that person-

(a) in developing the said invention; or
(b)in making payments to the person entitled as aforesaid to
the said privileges and rights, other than royalties or other
payments determined by reference to the use of the inven-
tion, in consideration of the licence,

and if, at any time before the amount of any such payment has
been agreed upon between the Government and the person entitled
as aforesaid to the said privileges and rights that person gives notice
in writing of his interest to the Chief Secretary, any agreement as to
the amount of that payment shall be of no effect unless it is made
with his consent.
(Added, 24 of 1968, s. 2)

7D. (1) Any dispute as to the exercise by the Government or a
person authorized by the Governor of the powers conferred by
section 7B, or as to terms for the use of a patented invention for the
services of the Crown thereunder, or as to the right of any person to
receive any part of a payment made in pursuance of subsection (3) of
that section, may be referred to the High Court by either party to
the dispute in such manner as may be prescribed by rules of court.





(2) In any proceedings under this section in which the Attorney
General represents the Crown or the Government, the Attorney General
may

(a)if the person entitled under the relevant certificate of
registration to the privileges and rights conferred thereby is a
party to the proceedings, apply for a declaration, on any of
grounds upon which such a declaration may be made under
section 8, that the exclusive privileges and rights conferred by
such certificate of registration have not been acquired;

(b)in any case, put in issue the validity of the certificate without
applying for such a declaration as aforesaid.

(3) If in such proceedings as aforesaid any question arises whether
an invention has been recorded or tried as mentioned in section 7B, and
the disclosure of any document recording the invention, or of any
evidence of the trial thereof, would in the opinion of the Governor be
prejudicial to the public interest, the disclosure may be made
confidentially to counsel for the other party or to an independent expert
mutually agreed upon.

(4) In determining under this. section any dispute between the
Government and any person as to terms for the use of an invention for
the services of the Crown, the court shall have regard to any benefit or
compensation which that person or any person from whom he derives
title may have received, or may be entitled to receive, directly or
indirectly from the Government in respect of the invention in question.

(5) In any proceedings under this section the court may at any time
order the whole proceedings or any question or issue of fact arising
therein to be referred to a special referee or an arbitrator on such terms
as the court may direct; and references to the court in the foregoing
provisions of this section shall be construed accordingly. (Added, 24 of
1968, s. 2)

8. (1) The High Court shall have power, upon the application of any
person who alleges that his interests have been prejudicially affected by
the issue of a certificate of registration, to declare, on any of the grounds
upon which the patent might be revoked or treated as revoked under the
law for the time being in force in the United Kingdom, that the exclusive
privileges and rights conferred by such certificate of registration have
not been acquired. (Amended, 25 of 1979, s. 10)

(2) Such grounds shall be deemed to include the manufacture, use
or sale of the invention in the Colony before the priority date applicable
to the patent in the United Kingdom, but not to include the manufacture,
use or sale of the invention in the Colony by some person or persons
after the priority date applicable to the patent in the United Kingdom and
before the date of the issue of the certificate of registration under section
5. (Replaced, 27 of 1958, s. 5. Amended, 25 of 1979, s. 10)





9. Whenever the specification or drawings of a patent regis-
tered in Hong Kong has or have been amended or treated as
amended, according to the law of the United Kingdom, a request,
accompanied by a copy of the specification and drawings (if any) as
amended, or a copy of the translation into English of the amend-
ment, as the case may be, duly certified by the comptroller, may be
made to the Registrar to substitute the specification and drawings as
amended for the specification and drawings originally filed.
(Replaced, 25 of 1979, s. 11)

10. Where a person becomes entitled by assignment, transmis-
sion or other operation of law to the privileges and rights conferred
by a certificate of registration or to any interest therein, he may make
application in the prescribed manner to the Registrar for the entry
on the register of such assignment, transmission or other instrument
affecting the title, or giving an interest therein.
(Amended, 27 of 1958, s. 4)

11. The Registrar may make such rules and do such things as
he may think expedient, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance,
for prescribing the procedure under this Ordinance and the fees to
be paid in respect of proceedings under this Ordinance:

Provided that no such rules shall come into operation until the
same have been approved by the Legislative Council and published
in the Gazette.
Originally 42 of 1932. (Cap. 42, 1950.) 9 of 1950. 18 of 1950. 27 of 1958. 24 of 1968. 25 of 1979. Short title. Interpretation. 1977 c. 37, s. 130. 1977 c. 37, s. 130. (1949 c. 87.) (1977 c. 37.) (1949 c. 87.) (1977 c. 37.) (1977 c. 37.) Application for registration of patent. (1949 c. 87.) (1977 c. 37.) (1977 c. 37.) Application to be accompanied by certain documents. Issue of certificate of registration. Nature of rights conferred by registration. Period of rights conferred by registration. Crown. 1949 c. 87, s. 21(2). (Cap. 300.) (24 of 1968.) [*28.6.68.] Use of patented inventions for the services of the Crown. 1949 c. 87, s. 46(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (7). See 1954 c. 32, 3rd Sch. (1977 c. 37. Right of third parties in respect of Crown use. 1949 c. 87, s. 47. [*28.6.68.] (24 of 1968.) Reference of disputes as to Crown use. 1949 c. 87, s. 48. Power to declare exclusive privileges not acquired. Amendment of specification or drawings. Registration of assignment, etc. Power to make rules prescribing procedure and fees.

Abstract

Originally 42 of 1932. (Cap. 42, 1950.) 9 of 1950. 18 of 1950. 27 of 1958. 24 of 1968. 25 of 1979. Short title. Interpretation. 1977 c. 37, s. 130. 1977 c. 37, s. 130. (1949 c. 87.) (1977 c. 37.) (1949 c. 87.) (1977 c. 37.) (1977 c. 37.) Application for registration of patent. (1949 c. 87.) (1977 c. 37.) (1977 c. 37.) Application to be accompanied by certain documents. Issue of certificate of registration. Nature of rights conferred by registration. Period of rights conferred by registration. Crown. 1949 c. 87, s. 21(2). (Cap. 300.) (24 of 1968.) [*28.6.68.] Use of patented inventions for the services of the Crown. 1949 c. 87, s. 46(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (7). See 1954 c. 32, 3rd Sch. (1977 c. 37. Right of third parties in respect of Crown use. 1949 c. 87, s. 47. [*28.6.68.] (24 of 1968.) Reference of disputes as to Crown use. 1949 c. 87, s. 48. Power to declare exclusive privileges not acquired. Amendment of specification or drawings. Registration of assignment, etc. Power to make rules prescribing procedure and fees.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2289

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

42

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:25 +0800
<![CDATA[INSURANCE COMPANIES (REGISTER OF INSURERS) (PRESCRIBED FEE) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2288

Title

INSURANCE COMPANIES (REGISTER OF INSURERS) (PRESCRIBED FEE) REGULATIONS

Description






INSURANCE COMPANIES (REGISTER OF INSURERS)
(PRESCRIBED FEE) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 41, section 59)

[30 June 1983.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Insurance Companies
(Register of Insurers) (Prescribed Fee) Regulations.

2. The fees set out in the Schedule shall be payable to the
Insurance Authority.

SCHEDULE [rag. 2.1
Item Section of Ordinance Matter in respect of which fee is payable Fee
5

1. Section 5(3)(a) For inspecting the register or any part

thereof ............5

2. Section 5(3)(a) For issuing a copy or extract of any entry
in the register-

(a) by photostatic means (per page) 3
(b) by other means (per folio of 100
words or pan thereof) 3
For each additional copy or extract after
the first or top copy, per folio of 100 words
or part thereof ....3

3. Section 5(3)(b) For certifying a copy or extract of any

entry in the register 50
L.N. 202/83. L.N. 92/85. Citation. Fees. L.N. 92/85. Schedule. L.N. 92/85.

Abstract

L.N. 202/83. L.N. 92/85. Citation. Fees. L.N. 92/85. Schedule. L.N. 92/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2288

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

41

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:24 +0800
<![CDATA[INSURANCE COMPANIES (ACTUARIES' QUALIFICATIONS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2287

Title

INSURANCE COMPANIES (ACTUARIES' QUALIFICATIONS) REGULATIONS

Description






INSURANCE COMPANIES (ACTUARIES'
QUALIFICATIONS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 41, section 59)

130 June 1983.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Insurance Companies
(Actuaries' Qualifications) Regulations.

2. The qualifications prescribed for the purposes of section 15(1)(b)
of the Ordinance (relating to the appointment of an actuary by an
insurer carrying on long term business) shall be any of the qualifications
specified in the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [reg. 2.1

Qualifications for Appointment as Actuary

1. Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries of England.
2. Fellow of the Faculty of Actuaries in Scotland.
3. Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries of Australia.
4. Fellow of the Society of Actuaries of the United States of America.
L.N. 207/83. Citation. Prescribed qualifications for actuaries. Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 207/83. Citation. Prescribed qualifications for actuaries. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2287

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

41

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:24 +0800
<![CDATA[INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2286

Title

INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 41





CHAPTER 41

INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section.................................... Page
PART 1
PRELIMINARY
1. Short title ...........................4
2. Interpretation ........................4
3. Classes of insurance business .........6
4. Insurance Authority ...................6
5. Register of insurers ..................6

PART II

AUTHORIZATION

6. Restriction on carrying on of insurance business 7
7. Application for authorization to carry on insurance business 8
8. Authorization ........................8
9. Meaning of 'controller' in section 8(2) 9

10.........................Meaning of 'relevant amount in section 8(3) ......................................... 10

11.......................................Appeal against refusal of authorization under section 8(2) 12
12.......................................Conditions imposed under section 8 may be revoked 12

13.............................Fee payable upon authorization and annually thereafter ........................... 12

14. Notification of change in particulars, and objection to appointment of new

director or controller .............13

PART III

ACCOUNTS AND
STATEMENTS

15.......................................Appointment of auditor and actuary 14
16.......................................Keeping and preserving of proper books of account 15
17.......................................Submission of financial information 16
18.......................................Periodic actuarial investigation of insurer with long term business 16
19.......................................Statements of transactions of prescribed class or description 17
20.......................................Deposit of accounts etc. with Insurance Authority 17
21.......................................Documents to be deposited with Registrar of Companies 18

PART IV

LONG TERM BUSINESS

22.......................................Separation of assets and liabilities attributable to long term business 18
22A......................................Foreign insurers may be authorized to maintain an account in relation to their
Hong Kong business ...................19

23...............................Application of assets of insurer with long term business 20

24.......................................Sanction of High Court for transfer of long term business 20
25.......................................Provisions supplementary to section 24 21





Section.................................... Page
PART V
POWERS OF INTERVENTION
26. Grounds on which powers are exercisable 22
27. Restrictions on new business ........24
28. Requirements about investments ......24
29. Maintenance of assets in Hong Kong ..24
30. Custody of assets ...................25
31. Limitation of premium income ........25

32...........................Actuarial investigations
..........................................26

33. Acceleration of information required by accounting provisions 26
34. Power to obtain information and require production of documents 27
35. Residual power to impose requirements for protection of policy holders 27

35A...........................Requirement under section 35 to make deposit ..................
..............................28

35B.........................Accounts
..........................................28

36. Notice of proposed exercise of power under section 27 29
37. Notice of proposed exercise of powers on ground of unfitness 29
38. Rescission, variation and publication of requirements 30
39. Power of Financial Secretary to bring civil proceedings on behalf of insurer 30
40. Withdrawal of authorization .........31
41. Offences under Part V ...............31

PART VI

INSOLVENCY AND WINDING
UP

42. Circumstances in which insurer deemed to be insolvent 32
43. Winding up of insurer under Companies Ordinance 32
44. Winding up on petition of Insurance Authority 32
45. Winding up of insurer with long term business 33
46. Continuation of long term business of insurer in liquidation 34
47. Winding up of insurers involved in transfer of business 35
48. Reduction of contracts as alternative to winding up 35
49. Winding up rules ....................36

PART VII

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING To
LLOYDS

50. Requirements to be complied with by Lloyd's 36

PART VIII

EXEMPTIONS

51. Exempted persons ....................36

52. Limited exemption of insurer authorized to carry on business in United

Kingdom .............................37
53. Power of Governor in Council to exempt insurer 39





section................................... Page

PART VIIIA

SECRECY, DISCLOSURE OF
INFORMATION AND
EXAMINATIONS BY OUTSIDE
AUTHORITIES

53A.......................................Secrecy 39
53B.......................................Disclosure of information 40
53C.......................................Examination by external authorities 41

PART IX

SUPPLEMENTARY AND
TRANSITIONAL

54. Insurance Advisory Committee
.................................................. 41
55. Service of notices ...................... 42

55A.......................................Indemnity 42
56. Misleading statements etc. and false information; offences 42

57. Liability for offences by bodies corporate 1 1 43

58. Limitation of time for proceedings in respect of offences 43

58A.......................Validation of certain group policies
............................................... 43

59. Regulations ..........................43
60. (Amendments incorporated) ............44

61. Transitional and savings .............1 44

62. Transitional .........................45

63. Further transitional provision ....... 45

First Schedule. Classes of Insurance Business ....... 45

Second Schedule. Directors and Controllers 49
Third Schedule. Accounts and Statements .52







CHAPTER 41

INSURANCE COMPANIES

To regulate the carrying on of insurance business, to provide for the appointment of
an Insurance Authority, to confer powers of authorization and intervention on
the Insurance Authority in respect of insurers and to require insurers to furnish
financial statements and other information to the Insurance Authority; and for
matters incidental thereto or connected therewith.

[30 June 19831 L.N. 203183

Originally 6 of 1983 8 of 1985, L.N. 9118 74 qf 1985, 27 of 1986 4 of 1987, 41 of 1987, R.
Ed.

1987, 34 of 1988

PART I

PRELIMINARY

Short title

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Insurance Companies Ordinance.

Interpretation

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'annuities on human life' does not include superannuation allowances and
annuities payable out of any fund applicable solely to the relief and
maintenance of persons engaged or who have been engaged in any particular
profession, trade or employment, or of the dependants of such persons;

'authorized', in relation to an insurer, means authorized under section 8, or deemed
under section 6 1 (1) or (2) to be so authorized, to carry on insurance business,
and 'authorization' has the corresponding meaning;

'body corporate' includes a body incorporated outside Hong Kong;

'chief executive' has the meaning assigned to it by section 9(2);

'class', in relation to insurance business, means a class of insurance business
which under section 3 is relevant for the purposes of this Ordinance;

'company' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32) and includes a company incorporated outside Hong Kong
to which Part XI of that Ordinance applies;

'controller' has the meaning assigned to it by section 9;

'director' includes any person occupying the position of director by whatever
name called;

'financial year', in relation to a body corporate, has the meaning assigned to it by
section 2(1) of the Companies Ordinance;





'general business' means insurance business not being long term business;

'gross premium income' has. the meaning assigned to it by section 10(4)(c);

'holding company' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(7) of the
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32);

Insurance Authority' means the Insurance Authority appointed under section 4;

'insurer' means a person carrying on insurance business but does not include
Lloyd's;

'long term business' means any of the classes of insurance business specified in
Part 2 of the First Schedule;

'Lloyd's' means the society.of underwriters known in the United Kingdom as
Lloyd's;

,,policy'

(a)in relation to long term business, includes an instrument evidencing a
contract to pay an annuity up on human life;

(b)in relation to insurance business of any other class, includes any policy
under which there is for the time being an existing liability already accrued
or under which a liability may accrue;

'policy holder' means the person who for the time being is the legal holder of a
policy for securing a contract with an insurer, and

(a)in relation to such long term business as consists in the granting of
annuities upon human life, includes an annuitant; and

(b)in relation to insurance business of any other kind, includes a person to
whom, under a policy, a benefit is due or a periodic payment is payable;

'premiums receivable' has the meaning assigned to it by section 10(5);

'prescribed' means prescribed by regulations made by the Governor in Council
under section 59;

'subordinated loan stock', in relation to a company, means a loan which in the
event of the winding up of the company is repayable by the company only after
all of the liabilities of the company, other than those in respect of share capital,
have been paid in full;

'subsidiary' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(4), (5) and (6) of the
Companies Ordinance;

'valuation regulations' has the meaning assigned to it by section 8(4)(b).

(2) References in this Ordinance to an insurer include references to an insurer
formed or established in Hong Kong and carrying on insurance business outside
Hong Kong, whether or not the insurer is also carrying on insurance business in
Hong Kong.

(3) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a person shall be deemed to carry on a
class of insurance business in or from Hong Kong if





(a)he opens or maintains an office or agency in Hong Kong for the purpose
of carrying on that class of insurance business in or from Hong Kong; or

(b)he holds himself out as carrying on that class of insurance business in or
from Hong Kong.

(4) A person shall not be deemed to carry on insurance business in or from
Hong Kong by reason only that any person acts as his agent for the purpose of
settling claims under contracts of goods in transit insurance entered into wholly
outside Hong Kong in respect of goods consigned to Hong Kong.

(5) A person shall not be deemed to be within the meaning of any provision of
this Ordinance a person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the
directors of a company or other body corporate or any of them are accustomed to
act by reason only that the directors of the company or body act on advice given
by him in a professional capacity.

Classes of insurance business

3. The classes of insurance business relevant for the purposes of this
Ordinance shall be those specified in the First Schedule and the provisions of that
Schedule shall have effect accordingly.

Insurance Authority

4. (1) The Governor shall appoint a public officer to be the Insurance Authority
for the purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) The Governor may give directions generally or in a particular case with
respect to the exercise by the Insurance Authority of any of his functions under
this Ordinance, and the Insurance Authority shall comply with any such direction.

Register of insurers

5. (1) The Insurance Authority shall keep a register of authorized insurers
which shall contain

(a)the name, place of incorporation and year of first authorization (whether
under this Ordinance or any Ordinance repealed or amended by this
Ordinance) of every authorized insurer;

(b)in respect of each authorized insurer, the class or classes of insurance
business authorized to be carried on by such insurer including any
conditions imposed under section 8(1)(a) which impose restrictions on
the carrying on of such class or classes of insurance business by that
insurer; (Amended 34 of 1988s.2(a))

(c)where an authorized insurer ceases to effect contracts of insurance of any
description, or any requirement is imposed in respect thereof under
section 27, a note to that effect;

(d)where any requirement is imposed on an authorized insurer under section
30, or a provisional liquidator, liquidator or receiver is appointed, a note to
that effect; and





(e)where an authorized insurer ceases by virtue of a direction under section
40 to be authorized to carry on insurance business which is part of a class
of insurance business, a note to that effect. (Added 34 of 1988 s.2 )

(2) The register shall be kept at the office of the Insurance Authority or such
other place as he may specify by notice in the Gazette.

(3) Any person shall be entitled on payment of the prescribed fee-

(a)to inspect the register during ordinary office hours and take copies of any
entry therein;

(b)to obtain from the Insurance Authority a copy, certified by or under the
authority of the Insurance Authority to be correct, of any entry in the
register.

(4) The register required under this section may be kept by recording the
matters in question

(a) in bound books or any other legible form; or

(b)otherwise than in a legible form so long as the recording is capable of
being reproduced in a legible form,

but where such register is kept otherwise than by making entries in a bound book,
adequate precautions shall be taken for guarding against falsification and
facilitating its discovery.

PART 11

AUTHORIZATION

Restriction on carrying on of insurance business

6. (1) No person shall carry on any class of insurance business in or from Hong
Kong except

(a)a company authorized under section 8 to carry on that class of insurance
business;

(b) Lloyd's;

(e) an association of underwriters approved by the Governor in Council.

(2) An application for approval under subsection (1)(c) shall be addressed to
the Insurance Authority, and the applicant shall furnish such information in respect
thereof as the Insurance Authority may require.

(3) A person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable

(a)on conviction upon indictment to a fine of $1,000,000 and, in the case of
an individual, to imprisonment for 2 years; and

(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $100,000 and, in the case of an
individual, to imprisonment for 6 months,

together with, in either case, a fine of $1,000 for each day on which the offence
continues.





Application for authorization to carry on insurance business

7. (1) Any company may make application in writing to the Insurance
Authority for authorization to carry on any class of insurance business.

(2) The applicant shall furnish such information in such form as the Insurance
Authority may require for the purpose of determining the application together with
the particulars specified in the Second Schedule relating to every director or
controller of the applicant.

Authorization

8. (1) Upon application made by a company under section 7, the Insurance
Authority

(a)subject to paragraph (b), may authorize the company in writing to carry
on, subject to such conditions as he may impose, any class or classes of
insurance business; or

(b) (i) shall refuse the application if subsection (2) or (3) applies; or

(ii) may refuse the application on any other ground whether or not the
application has been refused on a ground under subparagraph (i).
(Replaced 41 of 1987 s. 2)

(2) The Insurance Authority shall not authorize a company under this section if
it appears to the Insurance Authority that any person who is a director or controller
of the company is not a fit and proper person to hold the position held by him.

(3) The Insurance Authority shall not authorize a company under this section
unless the following conditions are satisfied

(a)that, at the date of the application, the value of the assets of the company
exceeds the amount of its liabilities by not less than the relevant amount
within the meaning of section 10; and

(b)that in the case of a company having a share capital, the aggregate of the
amount paid up thereof and the amount of any subordinated loan stock of
the company and the amount paid up in respect of any redeemable
preference shares of the company is not less than

(i) except if subparagraph (ii) or (iii) applies to the company, $5,000,000
or its equivalent;

(ii) if the company intends to carry on both general business and long
term business, or carries on both general business and long term business
outside Hong Kong, $10,000,000 or its equivalent;

(iii) if the company intends to carry on any class of insurance business
(not being reinsurance business) relating to liabilities or risks in respect of
which persons are required by any Ordinance to be insured, $10,000,000 or
its equivalent; and

(e)that as regards each class of risks against which, in the course of carrying
on business, the company proposes to insure persons

(i) adequate arrangements are in force, or will be made, for the
reinsurance of risks of that class against which persons are, or are to be,
insured by the company in the course of carrying on business; or

(ii) it is justifiable not to make arrangements for that purpose; and





(d)that the company is, and will continue to be, able to meet its obligations
including obligations in respect of business other than the class of
insurance business in respect of which the application is made; and

(e)in the case of a company to which Part XI of the Companies Ordinance
(Cap. 32) applies, that it has complied with the provisions of that Part; and

that the company will be able to comply with such of the provisions of
this Ordinance as would be applicable to it; and

(g)that in the case of a company which carries on, or proposes to carry on,
some other form of business in addition to insurance business, the
carrying on of that other form of business in addition to insurance
business is not contrary to the interest of existing and potential policy
holders; and

(h) that the name of the company is not likely to deceive.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(a)--

(a)in computing the amount of the liabilities of a company, all contingent and
prospective liabilities shall be taken into account but not liabilities in
respect of the company's share capital;

(b)the value of any assets and the amount of any liabilities shall be
determined in accordance with any applicable regulations made under
section 59(a) (in this Ordinance referred to as 'valuation regulations'),
and paragraph (a) shall have effect subject to any such regulations;

(e)if no such valuation regulations are applicable in the case of a company,
regard shall be had

(i) in determining the value of its assets, to their market value and the
cost of realizing such assets; and

(ii) in determining the amount of its liabilities, to the cost of the
settlement of such liabilities and, where the amount of any such liabilities
is assessed or estimated, to the experience of the company in carrying on
any relevant insurance business or of other persons carrying on the same
or similar insurance business.

Meaning of 'controller' in section 8(2)

9. (1) In section 8(2) 'controller', in relation to a company ('the applicant'),
means

(a)a managing director of the applicant or of a body corporate of which it is a
subsidiary;

(b)a chief executive of the applicant or of a body corporate, being an insurer,
of which it is a subsidiary;

(c) a person-

(i) in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of
the applicant or of a body corporate of which it is a subsidiary (or any of
them) are accustomed to act; or





(ii) who, alone or with any associate or through a nominee, is
entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, one third or more of the
voting power at any general meeting of the applicant or of a body
corporate of which it is a subsidiary.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), in this section 'chief executive', in relation to the
applicant or a body corporate of which it is a subsidiary, means an employee of the
applicant or that body corporate, who, alone or jointly with others, is responsible
under the immediate authority of the directors for the conduct of the whole of the
insurance business of the applicant or that body corporate.

(3) In relation to an applicant incorporated outside Hong Kong-

(a)the reference in subsection (1)(a) to a managing director of the applicant
includes a reference to a person who is a managing director of the
applicant in respect of so much of its insurance business as is carried on
within Hong Kong; and

(b)the reference in subsection (1)(b) to a chief executive of the applicant
includes a reference to a person employed by the applicant who, alone or
jointly with others, is responsible (whether or not under the immediate
authority of the directors) for the conduct of the whole of the insurance
business carried on by the applicant within Hong Kong, not being a
person who

(i) is also responsible for the conduct of insurance business carried on
by the applicant elsewhere; and

(ii) has a subordinate who is responsible for the whole of the insurance
business carried on by the applicant within Hong Kong.

(4) In this section 'associate', in relation to any person, means-

(a) the wife or husband or minor child of that person;

(b) any body corporate of which that person is a director;

(c) any person who is an employee or partner of that person;

(d) if that person is a body corporate-

(i) any director of that body corporate;

(ii) any subsidiary of that body corporate;

(iii) any director or employee of any such subsidiary,

and for the purposes of this subsection 'child' includes a step-child.

Meaning of 'relevant amount' in section 8(3)

10. (1) For the purposes of section 8(3)(a), the relevant amount in the case of a
company carrying on or intending to carry on general business only shall be the
amount applicable to that company according to the following Table





TABLE

Case Amount Applicable

1. The relevant premium income of $2 million or its equivalent.
the company in its last preceding
financial year did not exceed $ 10
million or its equivalent.
2. The said income in that year One-fifth of the said income in that
exceeded $10 million but did not year.
exceed $50 million or its equivalent.

3. The said income in that year ex- The aggregate of $10 million
ceeded $50 million or its equivalent. and one-tenth of the amount by
which the said income in that year
exceeded $50 million or its
equivalent.

In the case of a company referred to in section 8(3)(b)(iii), the amount applicable
shall be not less than $4,000,000 or its equivalent.

(2) For the purposes of section 8(3)(a), the relevant amount in the case of a
company carrying on or intending to carry on long term business only is $2,000,000
or its equivalent.

(3) For the purposes of section 8(3)(a), the relevant amount in the case of a
company carrying on or intending to carry on both general business and long term
business is the aggregate of the following amounts--

(a)the amount which, if subsection (1) applied, would be the relevant amount
in the case of that company having regard only to its general business; and

(b) $2,000,000 or its equivalent.

(4) For the purposes of this section-

(a)in the case of a company whose last preceding financial year was not a
period of 12 months, the premium income in that financial year shall be
deemed to be the sum obtained by dividing the amount of premiums
receivable in that financial year by the number of days in that financial year
and multiplying the result by 365;

(b)the relevant premium income of a company in any financial year shall be
whichever is the greater of the following amounts

(i) an amount equal to 50% of the gross premium income of the
company in that financial year;

(ii) the amount obtained by deducting from its gross premium income
the amount of any premiums payable by the company in
respect of reinsurance;

(c)the gross premium income of a company in any financial year shall be the
amount of premiums receivable in that financial year in respect of all
insurance business other than long term business.

(5) In subsection (4)(a) and (e) 'premiums receivable', in relation to a financial
year, means the premiums paid or payable to an insurer in respect of





contracts written or renewed in that financial year before deducting commissions of
agents or brokers but after deducting any discounts specified in policies or refunds
of premiums made in respect of any termination or reduction of risks.

Appeal against refusal of authorization under section 8(2)

11. (1) Where the Insurance Authority refuses to authorize a company under
section 8 on the ground (or, if more than one, on grounds which include the ground)
that any person as mentioned in subsection (2) of that section is not a fit and proper
person to hold the position held by him, the Insurance Authority shall notify the
company in writing of that fact and the name of the person whose fitness is in
question.

(2) Where notice of a refusal is given to a company under subsection (1), a
copy thereof shall at the same time be sent by registered post to the person whose
fitness is in question; and if the company or that person is aggrieved by such
refusal the company or that person may, within 1 month from the date of the notice,
appeal in writing against such refusal so far as it is based on section 8(2) to the
Financial Secretary, who shall review the Insurance Authority's reasons for such
refusal and whose decision shall be final; but his decision shall not affect such
refusal so far as it is based on any additional ground under section 8(1)(b). (Amended
41 of 1987 s. 3)

(3) Where the Insurance Authority refuses to authorize a company under
section 8(1)(b)(ii), the Insurance Authority shall notify the company in Writing of
that refusal. (Added 41 of 1987s.3)

(4) Where notice of a refusal is given to a company under subsection (3) and
the company is aggrieved by such refusal, it may, within 1 month from the date of
the notice, appeal in writing against such refusal to the Financial Secretary, who
shall review the Insurance Authority's reasons for such refusal and whose decision
shall be final; but his decision shall not affect any refusal under section 8(1)(b)(i).
(Added 41 of 1987 s. 3)

Conditions imposed under section 8 may he revoked

12. (1) Where any authorization is granted subject to conditions imposed under
section 8(1)(a), the Insurance Authority may revoke any such conditions by notice
in writing given to the insurer concerned.

(2) Any condition referred to in subsection (1) which was in effect immediately
before the commencement of the Insurance Companies (Amendment) Ordinance
1988 (34 of 1988) shall continue to have effect until it is revoked under that
subsection.

(3) Where any condition referred to in subsection (1) is revoked under that
subsection, the Insurance Authority may direct that any matters recorded in respect
of that condition in the register kept under section 5 shall be erased.

(Replaced 34 of 1988 s. 3)

Fee payable upon authorization and annually thereafter

13. (1) A fee of $25,000 shall be paid to the Insurance Authority by

every authorized insurer- (Amended L.N. 91/85)





(a) not later than the date on which it is authorized; and

(b) annually not later than the anniversary of such date.

(2) Subsection (1) shall apply to an insurer deemed by virtue of section 61(1) to
be authorized under section 8 to carry on insurance business as if

(a) paragraph (a) were omitted; and

(b)in paragraph (b), for 'such date' there were substituted 'the date on
which it was first authorized to carry on insurance business under any
Ordinance repealed or amended by this Ordinance'.

(3) Where it appears to the Insurance Authority that an authorized insurer does
not intend to effect any contracts of insurance after any anniversary referred to in
subsection (1), the Insurance Authority may waive the payment of the fee payable
by the insurer under that subsection in respect of that and any subsequent
anniversary; but any such waiver may be revoked at any time by the Insurance
Authority by notice in writing to the insurer, with effect from the date of such notice.


Notification of change in particulars, and objection to
appointment of new director or controller

14. (1) Without prejudice to subsection (2), where any change takes place in
the particulars specified in respect of an authorized insurer in the application made
by that insurer under section 7 or any information furnished under that section, the
insurer shall, within 1 month from the date on which the change takes place, notify
the Insurance Authority thereof in writing and shall furnish the Insurance Authority
with such information in respect thereof as the Insurance Authority may require.

(2) Where any person becomes or ceases to be a director or controller of any authorized insurer, he shall forthwith deliver written
notice of that fact to the Insurance Authority containing the information specified
in the Second Schedule.


(3) Where any person becomes or ceases to be a director or controller of any
authorized insurer, he shall forthwith deliver written notice of that fact to the insurer
together with such information relating to himself as may be necessary to enable the
insurer to comply with subsection (2) as respects that fact.

(4) Subject to subsection (5), the Insurance Authority may, if it appears to ,him
that any person appointed as director or controller of an authorized insurer

is not a fit and proper person to be appointed to that position, serve a notice in
writing on the insurer stating

(a) that he objects to the appointment; and

(b)that he objects thereto on the ground that it appears to him that the person
so appointed is not a fit and proper person to be appointed to the position
in question.

(5) The following provisions shall apply in relation to a notice of objection
referred to in subsection (4)





(a)the Insurance Authority shall serve on the insurer and the person
concemed a preliminary written notice stating--

(i) that the Insurance Authority is considering the service on the

insurer of a notice of objection under that subsection on the ground
referred to in paragraph (b) thereof;

(ii) that the insurer and that person may, within 2 months from the date
of service of the preliminary notice, make written representations to the
Insurance Authority and, if the insurer or that person so requests, oral
representations to a public officer appointed for the purpose by the
Insurance Authority;

(b)the Insurance Authority shall not be obliged to disclose to the insurer or
to that person any particulars of the ground on which he is considering
the service on the insurer of the notice of objection;

(c)where representations are made under paragraph (a)(ii) the Insurance
Authority shall take them into consideration before serving the notice of
objection.

(6) If the insurer or the person concemed is aggrieved by the decision of the
Insurance Authority to serve a notice of objection under this section, the insurer or
person concerned may, within 1 month from the date on which the notice is served
on the insurer or person concemed as the case may be, appeal against the decision
to the Financial Secretary whose decision shall be final.

(7) In this section 'authorized insurer' does not include an insurer to which
section 52 applies except an insurer referred to in subsection (7) of that section.

(8) Any person who fails to comply with subsection (1), (2) or (3) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $100,000 and, in the case of an individual, to
imprisonment for 2 years, together with a fine of $1,000 for each day on which the
offence continues.

PART 111

ACCOUNTS AND
STATEMENTS

Appointment of auditor and actuary

15. (1) Every insurer shall appoint-

(a) as auditor of the insurer-

(i) a person who is qualified for appointment as auditor of a company
under the Professional Accountants Ordinance (Cap. 50) and is not
disqualified under section 140 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32); or

(ii) in the case of an insurer incorporated outside Hong Kong, a person
qualified for appointment as auditor thereof under the law of the place of
its incorporation; or

(iii) a person acceptable to the Insurance Authority; and





(b)if the insurer carries on long term business, an actuary possessing the
prescribed qualifications or who is acceptable to the Insurance Authority,
as actuary to the insurer,

and whenever any such appointment comes to an end the insurer shall as soon as
practicable make a fresh appointment.

(2) A first appointment made
(a) under subsection (1)(a) shall be made-

(i) if the insurer is carrying on insurance business at the commencement
of this Ordinance, within 1 month from such commencement; or

(ii) if the insurer begins to carry on insurance business after such
commencement, within 1 month from beginning to do so; and

(b) under subsection (1)(b) shall be made---

(i) if the insurer is carrying on long term business at the commencement
of this Ordinance, within 1 month from such commencement;

(ii) if the insurer begins to carry on long term business after such
commencement, within 1 month from beginning to do so.

(3) An insurer making an appointment under subsection (1) shall within 1
month from making the appointment serve on the Insurance Authority a notice in
writing stating that fact and the name and qualifications of the person appointed.

(4) Whenever an appointment made by an insurer under subsection (1) comes
to an end, the insurer shall within 1 month from the ending of the appointment serve
on the Insurance Authority a notice in writing stating that fact and the name of the
person concerned.

(5) Any insurer which fails to comply with any of the provisions of this section
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 510,000.

Keeping and preserving of proper books of account

16. (1) Without prejudice to the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), every insurer
shall cause to be kept proper books of account which may be kept either in a legible
form or in a non-legible form capable of being reproduced in a legible form; but
where any such books are kept otherwise than by making entries in a bound book,
adequate precautions shall be taken for guarding against falsification and
facilitating its discovery.

(2) Proper books of account, for the purposes of this section, are books of
account which (in themselves or, if kept under subsection (1) otherwise than in a
legible form, as reproduced in a legible form) sufficiently exhibit and explain all
transactions entered into by the insurer in the course of any business carried on by
the insurer.

(3) If any books of account required to be kept by this section are kept by an
insurer by recording the matters in question otherwise than in a legible form, any
power conferred by this Ordinance to require production of such books or to take
copies thereof or extracts therefrom shall be construed as including power to require
production of, and to take away, a reproduction of the recording or of the relevant
part of it in a legible form.





(4) Any books of account required to be kept by this section shall be
preserved by the insurer for 7 years from the end of the financial year to which the
last entry made or matter recorded therein relates.

Submission of financial information

17. (1) Every insurer shall, in accordance with section 20, submit to the
Insurance Authority accounts, statements and other information as required by the
Third Schedule, and the information so submitted shall be in accordance with any
applicable valuation regulations.

(2) The Insurance Authority may, at the request in writing of an insurer, modify
or vary any of the requirements of the Third Schedule in relation to that insurer in
such respects and for such period as the Insurance Authority and the insurer may
agree; and during any period when any such modification or variation is in force,
the reference in subsection (1) to the Third Schedule shall, as respects that insurer,
be construed as a reference to that Schedule as so modified or varied.

(3) Where under subsection (2) the Insurance Authority modifies or varies any
of the requirements of the Third Schedule in relation to an insurer, he shall, as soon
as practicable, publish a notice in the Gazette stating the name of the insurer and the
fact that that Schedule has been modified or varied under subsection (2) in relation
to that insurer.

Periodic actuarial investigation of insurer with long
term business

18. (1) Any insurer which carries on long term business-


(a)shall, once in every 2 years or at such shorter intervals as the Insurance
Authority may require, cause an investigation to be made into its financial
condition in respect of that business, including a valuation of its liabilities
in respect thereof, by the person who for the time being is its actuary
under section 15(1); and

(b)when such an investigation has been made, or when at any other time an
investigation into the financial condition of the insurer in respect of its
long term business has been made with a view to the distribution of
profits, or the results of which are made public, shall cause an abstract of
the actuary's report of the investigation to be made in the form specified in
the Third Schedule and shall submit such abstract to the Insurance
Authority in accordance with section 20.

(2) Where under subsection (1) an insurer causes an abstract to be made of the
report of an actuary on his investigation into the financial condition of the insurer in
respect of its long term business, the insurer shall prepare a statement containing
the information specified in the Third Schedule in respect of its long term business
at the date to which the accounts of the insurer are made up for the purposes of the
investigation and shall submit such statement to the Insurance Authority in
accordance with section 20.

(3) For the purposes of any investigation to which this section applies the
value of any assets and the amount of any liabilities shall be determined in
accordance with any applicable valuation regulations.





Statements of transactions of prescribed class or
description

19. (1) Classes or descriptions of agreements or arrangements appearing to the
Governor in Council as likely to be undesirable in the interests of policy holders may
be prescribed for the purposes of this section, and every insurer which enters into
an agreement or arrangement of a class or description so prescribed shall, within
such period as may be prescribed, furnish the Insurance Authority with a statement
containing such particulars of that agreement or arrangement as may be prescribed.

(2) Different classes or descriptions of agreements or arrangements may be
prescribed for the purposes of this section in relation to insurers of different classes
or descriptions.

(3) The whole or any part of any statement furnished to the Insurance
Authority under this section may be deposited by him with the Registrar of
Companies and may be published by the Insurance Authority in such ways as he
thinks appropriate.

Deposit of accounts etc. with Insurance Authority

20. (1) Any account, balance sheet, abstract, certificate or statement of an
insurer and any report of the auditor thereof required to be submitted to the
Insurance Authority under section 17 or 18 shall be in legible form, and 2 copies
shall be deposited with the Insurance Authority within 6 months after the close of
the period to which the account, balance sheet, abstract, certificate. statement or
report relates:

Provided that if in any case it is made to appear to the Insurance Authority that
the circumstances are such that a longer period than 6 months should be allowed,
the Insurance Authority may extend that period by such period not exceeding 3
months as he thinks fit.

(2) One of the copies of any document deposited under subsection (1) except
an auditor's report shall be a copy signed

(a) in any case
(i) where there are more than 2 directors of the insurer, by at least 2 of
those directors and, where there are not more than 2 directors, by all the
directors;

(ii) by a chief executive, if any, of the insurer or (if there is no chief
executive) by the secretary; and

(b)in the case of an abstract or statement referred to in section 18. by the
actuary who made the investigation to which the abstract relates or by
reference to which the statement was prepared.

(3) One of the copies of any auditor's report deposited under subsection (1)
shall be a copy signed by the auditor.

(4) The Insurance Authority shall consider the documents deposited under
subsection (1), and if any such document appears to him to be inaccurate or
incomplete in any respect he may communicate with the insurer with a view to the
correction of any such inaccuracies and the supply of deficiencies.





(5) There shall be deposited with every balance sheet of an insurer any report
on the affairs of the insurer submitted to the shareholders or policy holders of the
insurer in respect of the financial year to which the balance sheet relates.

(6) In this section any reference to an account or balance sheet includes a
reference to any statement or report annexed thereto giving information required by
virtue of section 17 to be so given and any certificate so annexed by virtue of that
section.

(7) Any insurer which fails to comply with any of the provisions of this section
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $ 100,000 together with a fine of $500 for
each day on which the offence continues.

Documents to be deposited with Registrar of Companies

21. (1) Without prejudice to the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), where an
insurer which is a company submits to the Insurance Authority any account,
balance sheet, abstract, certificate or statement of the insurer or any report of the
auditor thereof required to be submitted under section 17 or 18, the insurer shall at
the same time deposit a copy of such account, balance sheet, abstract, certificate,
statement or report with the Registrar of Companies.

(2) Any insurer which fails to comply with subsection (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $100,000.

PART IV

LONG TERM BUSINESS

Separation of assets and liabilities attributable to long term
business

22. (1) Where an insurer carries on long term business-

(a) the insurer shall maintain an account in respect of that business; and

(b)the receipts of that business shall be entered in the account maintained
for that business and shall be carried to and form a separate insurance
fund with an appropriate name.

(2) An insurer which carries on long term business shall maintain such books
of account and other records as are necessary for identifying

(a)the assets representing the fund maintained by the insurer under
subsection (1)(b); and

(b) the liabilities attributable to that business.

(3) Any fund or funds maintained by an insurer in respect of its long term
business shall be so maintained that the value of the assets representing the fund or
funds (as determined in accordance with any applicable valuation regulations) shall
in the aggregate exceed the amount of the liabilities attributable to that business (as
so determined) by not less than 52,000,000 or its equivalent.





(4) An insurer which was carrying on long term business immediately before
the commencement of this Ordinance shall, in accordance with the Third Schedule,
make arrangements during the financial year of the insurer beginning next after the
commencement of this Ordinance for identifying the assets and liabilities of the
insurer as on the last day of that financial year which are attributable to its long term
business.

(5) Any insurer which fails to comply with any of the provisions of this section
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $ 100,000 together with a fine of $500 for
each day on which the of-Fence continues.

Foreign insurers may he authorized to maintain an account
in relation to their Hong Kong business

22A. (1) Where an insurer which carries on long term business is incorporated
or formed outside Hong Kong, the Insurance Authority may, at the request in
writing of the insurer, authorize the insurer to maintain an account of long term
business carried on in Hong Kong in place of the account referred to in section 22(1)
and, if such an authorization is given, the insurer shall maintain an account of long
term business carried on in Hong Kong in accordance with that authorization.

(2) The Insurance Authority may, in giving his authorization under subsection
(1)

(a)modify or vary any of the requirements of the Third Schedule in its
application to the insurer as may be appropriate; and

(b)specify the period within which the insurer shall, in accordance with the
Third Schedule as modified or varied under paragraph (a), make
arrangements for identifying the assets and liabilities of the insurer which
are attributable to its long term business carried on in Hong Kong as on
such day as may be so specified.

(3) Subject to the terms of any authorization under subsection (1) and to
subsection (4), this Ordinance, with the exception of section 22(4), shall continue to
apply to an insurer in respect of whom such authorization is in force.

(4) Where an authorization under subsection (1) is in force in relation to any
insurer, any references in

(a)sections 22(1)(a) and (b), (2)(b) and (3), 23 and 45(2) and (5) to the long
term business of the insurer, or to the business of the insurer where this is
to be construed as a reference to its long term business, shall be construed
as a reference to the long term business of the insurer carried on in Hong
Kong;

(b)sections 22, 23 and 45 to the fund or funds maintained by the insurer in
respect of its long term business, shall be construed as a reference to the
fund or funds maintained by the insurer in respect of its long term business
carried on in Hong Kong.

(5) Where the Insurance Authority gives any authorization under subsection
(1) he shall, as soon as practicable, publish a notice in the Gazette stating the name
of the insurer and the fact that such authorization has been given.

(Added 4 of 1987 s. 2)





Application of assets of insurer with long term business

23. (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) and section 45(2), the assets
representing the fund or funds maintained by an insurer in respect of its long term
business shall be applicable only for the purposes of that business.

(2) Where the value of the assets mentioned in subsection (1) is shown, by an
investigation to which section 18 applies or which is made in pursuance of a
requirement imposed under section 32, to exceed the aggregate of the amount of the
liabilities attributable to the insurer's long term business and $2,000,000 or its
equivalent, the restriction imposed by that subsection shall not apply to so much of
those assets as represents the excess.

(3) Nothing in subsection (1) shall preclude an insurer from exchanging, at fair
market value, assets representing a fund maintained by the insurer in respect of its
long term business for other assets of the insurer.

(4) Any mortgage or charge shall be void to the extent to which it contravenes
subsection (1).

(5) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that money from a fund
maintained by an insurer in respect of its long term business may not be used for the
purposes of any other business of the insurer notwithstanding any arrangement for
its subsequent repayment out of the receipts of that other business.

(6) No insurer, and no body corporate of which an insurer is a subsidiary, shall
declare a dividend to shareholders at any time when the requirements of section
22(3) relating to any fund or funds maintained by the insurer in respect of its long
term business have ceased to be satisfied.

(7) Any insurer or body corporate which fails to comply with subsection (1) or
(6) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $100,000 together with a fine of $500
for each day on which the offence continues.

Sanction of High Court for transfer of long term business '

24. (1) Where it is proposed to carry out a scheme under which the whole or
part of the long term business carried on in Hong Kong by an insurer ('the
transferor company') is to be transferred to another insurer ('the transferee
company') the transferor company or transferee company may apply to the High
Court, by petition, for an order sanctioning the scheme.

(2) The High Court shall not determine an application under this section unless
the petition is accompanied by a report on the terms of the scheme by an
independent actuary and the High Court is satisfied that the requirements of
subsection (3) have been complied with.

(3) The requirements referred to in subsection (2) are

(a) that a notice has been published in the Gazette and, except where the
High Court has otherwise directed, in an English language newspaper
and a Chinese language newspaper (being in each case
a newspaper specified in a list of newspapers approved by the Secretary for
Administrative Services and Information for the purposes of this
section stating that the application has been made and giving the





address of the offices at which, and the period for which, copies of the
documents mentioned in paragraph (d) will be available as required
by that paragraph; (Amended 34 of 1988 s. 4)

(b) except where the High Court has otherwise directed, that a statement-
(i) setting out the, terms of the scheme; and
(ii) containing a summary of the report mentioned in subsection (2)
sufficient to indicate the opinion of the actuary on the likely effects of
the scheme on the long term policy holders of the insurers concerned,

has been sent to each of those policy holders and to every member of
those insurers;

(c)that a copy of the petition, of the report mentioned in subsection (2)
and of any statement sent out under paragraph (b) has been served on
the Insurance Authority and that a period of not less than 21 days has
elapsed since the date of service;

(d)that copies of the petition and of the report mentioned in subsection (2)
have been open to inspection at offices in Hong Kong of the insurers
concemed or their representatives for a period of not less than 21 days
beginning with the date of the first publication of a notice in accord-
ance with paragraph (a).

(4) Each of the insurers concerned shall furnish a copy of the petition and
of the report mentioned in subsection (2) to any person who asks for one at any
time before an order sanctioning the scheme is made on the petition.

(5) On any petition under this section-

(a) the Insurance Authority; and

(b)any person (including any employee of the transferor company or the
transferee company) who alleges that he would be adversely affected
by the carrying out of the scheme,

shall be entitled to be heard.

(6) The High Court shall not make an order sanctioning the scheme
unless it is satisfied that the transferee company is, or immediately after the
making of the order will be, authorized to carry on any long term business to
be transferred under the scheme.

(7) No such transfer as is mentioned in subsection (1) shall be carried out
unless the scheme relating to the transfer has been sanctioned by the High Court
in accordance with this section; and no order shall be made under section 166
or 167 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) in respect of so much of any
compromise or arrangement as involves any such transfer.

(8) Any insurer which fails to comply with subsection (4) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

Provisions supplementary to section 24

25. (1) Where the High Court makes an order under section 24 sanction-
ing a scheme the High Court may, either by that order or by any subsequent
order, make provision for all or any of the following matters-





(a)the transfer to the transferee company of the whole or any part of the
undertaking and of the property or liabilities of the transferor company;

(b)the allotting or appropriation by the transferee company of any shares,
debentures, policies or other like interests in the transferee company
which under the scheme are to be allotted or appropriated by the
transferee company to or for any person;

(c)the continuation by or against the transferee company of any legal
proceedings pending by or against the transferor company;

(d) the dissolution, without winding up, of the transferor company;

(e)such incidental, consequential and supplementary matters as are
necessary to secure that the scheme shall be fully and effectively carried
out.

(2) Where any such order provides for the transfer of property or liabilities,
that property shall, by virtue of the order, be transferred to and vest in, and those
liabilities shall, by virtue of the order, be transferred to and become the liabilities of,
the transferee company, and in the case of any property, if the order so directs,
freed from any mortgage or charge which is by virtue of the scheme to cease to
have effect.

(3) For the purposes of any provision requiring the delivery of an instrument of
transfer as a condition for the registration of a transfer of any property (including in
particular section 66 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32)) an order which by virtue
of this section operates to transfer any property shall be treated as an instrument of
transfer.

(4) Where a scheme is sanctioned by an order of the High Court under section
24 the transferee company shall, within 10 days from the date on which the order is
made or such longer period as the Insurance Authority may allow, deposit 2 office
copies of the order with the Insurance Authority.

(5) Any person who fails to comply with subsection (4) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

(6) In this section 'property' includes property, rights and powers of every
description; 'liabilities' includes duties, and 'shares' and 'debentures' have the
same meaning as in the Companies Ordinance.

PART V

POWERS OF INTERVENTION

Grounds on which powers are exercisable

26. (1) Any power conferred on the Insurance Authority by sections 27 to 35
shall be exercisable in relation to any insurer on any of the following grounds

(a)that the Insurance Authority considers the exercise of the power to be
desirable for protecting policy holders or potential policy holders of the
insurer against the risk that the insurer may be unable to meet its liabilities
or to fulfil the reasonable expectations of policy holders or potential
policy holders;





(b) that it appears to him--

(i) that the insurer has failed to satisfy an obligation to which it is or
was subject by virtue of this Ordinance or any Ordinance repealed
thereby;

(ii) that a body corporate of which it is a subsidiary has failed to satisfy
an obligation to which it is or was subject by virtue of section 23(6) or any
Ordinance repealed by this Ordinance;

(c)that it appears to him that the insurer has furnished misleading or
inaccurate information to the Insurance Authority under or for the
purposes of any provision of this Ordinance or any Ordinance repealed
thereby;

(d)that he is not satisfied that adequate arrangements are in force or will be
made for the reinsurance of risks against which persons are insured by the
insurer in the course of carrying on business, being risks of a class in the
case of which he considers that such arrangements are required;

(e)that there exists a ground on which he would be prohibited by section 8(2)
or (3)(b) from authorizing the insurer if it were to make application in that
behalf.

(2) Any power mentioned in subsection (1) shall also be exercisable in relation
to any insurer on the ground that the Insurance Authority is not satisfied that the
insurer is not to be deemed under section 42(1), for the purposes of section 177 or
327 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), to be unable to pay its debts.

(3) The power conferred on the Insurance Authority by section 34(2),(3)
and (4) shall also be exercisable on the ground that he considers the exercise of that
power to be desirable in the general interests of persons who are or may become
policy holders of an insurer.

(4) Any power conferred on the Insurance Authority by sections 27 to 32,

34(1) or 35 shall also be exercisable, whether or not any of the grounds specified
in subsections (1) and (2)exists, in relation to-

(a) any insurer authorized to carry on any class of insurance business;

(b)any insurer in the case of which a person has, after the commencement of
this Ordinance, become a controller within the meaning of section 9(1)(c),

if that power is exercised before the expiration of the period of 5 years ('the relevant
period') beginning on the latest date on which the insurer was so authorized or the
date on which that person became such a controller, as the case may be; but no
requirement imposed by virtue of this subsection shall continue in force after the
expiration of the period of 10 years from the beginning of the relevant period.

(5) The power conferred on the Insurance Authority by section 35 shall not be
exercisable except in a case in which he considers that the purpose mentioned in that
section cannot be *appropriately achieved by the exercise of the powers conferred
by sections 27 to 34 or by the exercise of those powers alone.





(6) The Insurance Authority shall, when exercising any power conferred by
sections 27 to 35, state the ground on which he is exercising it or, if he is exercising
it by virtue of subsection (4), that he is so exercising it; but this subsection shall not
apply where the Insurance Authority has given notice under section 36 or 37 of the
proposed exercise of the power.

(7) The grounds specified in subsections (1)(b) to (e), (2) and (3) are without
prejudice to the ground specified in subsection (1)(a).

Restrictions on new business

27. (1) The Insurance Authority may require an insurer---

(a)not to effect any contracts of insurance or contracts of insurance of a
specified description;

(b)not to vary any contracts of insurance of a specified description, being
contracts effected in the course of carrying on insurance business and in
force when the requirement is imposed.

(2) A requirement under this section may apply to contracts of insurance
whether or not the effecting of them falls within a class of insurance business which
the insurer is for the time being authorized to carry on.

Requirements about investments

28. (1) The Insurance Authority may require an insurer---

(a) not to make investments of a specified class or description;

(b)to realize, before the expiration of a specified period (or such longer period
as the Insurance Authority may allow), the whole or a specified
proportion of investments of a specified class or description held by the
insurer when the requirement is imposed.

(2) A requirement under this section may be framed so as to apply only to
investments which are (or, if made, would be) assets representing a fund or funds
maintained by the insurer in respect of its long term business or so as to apply only
to other investments.

Maintenance of assets in Hong Kong

29. (1) The Insurance Authority may require that assets of an insurer of a value
which at any time is equal to the whole or a specified proportion of the amount of its
domestic liabilities shall be maintained in Hong Kong, and, in imposing any such
requirement, he shall have regard to the insurer's arrangements for the reinsurance
of risks against which persons are insured by the insurer in the course of carrying
on business.

(2) The Insurance Authority may direct that for the purposes of any
requirement under this section assets of a specified class or description shall or
shall not be treated as assets maintained in Hong Kong.

(3) The Insurance Authority may direct that for the purposes of any
requirement under this section the domestic liabilities of an insurer, or such
liabilities of any class or description, shall be taken to be the net liabilities after
deducting any part of them which is reinsured.





(4) A requirement imposed under this section may be framed so as to
come into effect immediately after the day on which it is imposed or so as to
come into effect after the expiration of a specified period (or such longer period
as the Insurance Authority may allow).

(5) In this section any reference to a domestic liability of an insurer is a
reference to a liability of the business carried on by the insurer in Hong Kong.

(6) Subject to subsection (7), in computing the amount of any liabilities
for the purposes of this section all contingent and prospective liabilities shall be
taken into account but not liabilities in respect of share capital.

(7) For the purposes of this section the value of any assets and the amount
of any liabilities shall be determined in accordance with any applicable
valuation regulations; and subsection (6) shall have effect subject to any such
regulations.

Custody of assets

30. (1) The Insurance Authority may, in the case of an insurer on which a
requirement has been imposed under section 29, impose an additional require-
ment that the whole or a specified proportion of the assets to which the
requirement under that section applies shall be held by a person approved by
him for the purposes of the requirement under this section as trustee for the
insurer.

(2) Section 29(4) shall apply also to a requirement under this section.

(3) Assets of an insurer held by a person as trustee for an insurer shall be
taken to be held by such person in compliance with a requirement imposed
under this section if, but only if, they are assets in whose case the insurer has
given such person written notice that they are to be held by him in compliance
with such a requirement or they are assets into which assets in whose case the
insurer has given such person such written notice have, by any transaction or
series of transactions, been transposed by him on the instructions of the insurer.

(4) No assets held by a person as trustee for an insurer in compliance with
a requirement imposed under this section shall, so long as the requirement is in
force, be released except with the consent of the Insurance Authority.

(5) If a mortgage or charge is created by an insurer at a time when there is
in force a requirement imposed on the insurer by virtue of this section, being a
mortgage or charge conferring a security on any assets which are held by a
person as trustee for the insurer in compliance with the requirement, the
mortgage or charge shall, to the extent that it confers such a security, be void
against the liquidator and any creditor of the insurer.

Limitation of premium income

31. (1) The Insurance Authority may require an insurer to take all such
steps as are requisite to secure that the aggregate of the premiums-

(a)to be received by the insurer in consideration of the undertaking by it
during a specified period of liabilities in the course of carrying on
general business or any specified part of such business; or





(b)to be received by it in a specified period in consideration of the
undertaking by the insurer during that period of liabilities in the course of
carrying on long term business or any specified part of such business,

shall not exceed a specified amount.

(2) A requirement under this section may apply either to the aggregate
premiums to be received as mentioned in subsection (1) or to the aggregate of those
premiums after deducting any premiums payable by the insurer for reassuring the
liabilities in consideration of which the first-mentioned premiums are receivable.

Actuarial investigations

32. (1) The Insurance Authority may require an insurer which carries on long
term business

(a)to cause the person who for the time being is its actuary under section 15
to make an investigation into its financial condition (including a valuation
of its liabilities) in respect of that business, or any specified part of that
business, as at a specified date;

(b)to cause an abstract of that person's report of the investigation to be
made; and

(c)to prepare a statement of its long term business or of that part thereof as
at that date.

(2) For the purposes of any investigation made in pursuance of a requirement
under this section the value of any assets and the amount of any liabilities shall be
determined in accordance with any applicable valuation regulations.

(3) The form and contents of any abstract or statement made in pursue ance of
a requirement under this section shall be the same as for an abstract or statement
made under section 18.

(4) Two copies of any abstract or statement made in pursuance of a requirement
under this section shall be deposited by the insurer with the Insurance Authority on
or before such date as he may specify, and 1 of those copies shall be a copy signed
by the persons required to sign copies of abstracts or statements made under
section 18 which are deposited under section 20.

Acceleration of information required by accounting
provisions

33. (1) The Insurance Authority may require any documents which under
section 20 are required to be deposited with him by an insurer within the period
specified in that section to be deposited with him on or before a specified date
before the end of that period, being a date not earlier than 3 months before the end
of that period and not earlier than 1 month after the date on which the requirement is
imposed.





(2) The Insurance Authority may require any statement which under
section 19 is required to be furnished to him by an insurer within a period
prescribed under that section to be furnished to him on or before a specified
date before the end of that period.

Power to obtain information and require production of
documents
34. (1) The Insurance Authority may require an insurer to furnish him,
at specified times or intervals, with information about specified matters being, if
he so requires, information verified in a specified manner.
(2) The Insurance Authority may-
(a)require an insurer to produce, at such time and place as he may
specify, such books or papers as he may specify; or
(b)authorize any person, on producing (if required so to do) evidence of
his authority, to require an insurer to produce to him forthwith any
books or papers which that person may specify.
(3) Where by virtue of subsection (2) the Insurance Authority or a person
authorized by him has power to require the production of any books or papers
from any insurer, the Insurance Authority or that person shall have the like
power to require production of those books or papers from any person who
appears to him to be in possession of them; but where any person from whom
such production is required claims a lien on books or papers produced by him,
the production shall be without prejudice to the lien.

(4) Any power conferred by or by virtue of subsections (2) and (3) to
require an insurer or other person to produce books or papers shall include
power-
(a) if the books or papers are produced-
(i) to take copies of them or extracts from them; and
(ii) to require that person, or any other person who is a present or
past director, controller, auditor or actuary of, or is or was at any time
employed by, the insurer in question, to provide an explanation of any
of them;
(b)if the books or papers are not produced. to require the person who was
required to produce them to state, to the best of his knowledge and
belief, where they are.
(5) A statement made by a person in compliance with a requirement
imposed by virtue of this section may be used in evidence against him.
(6) References in this section to books and papers shall be construed as if
they were contained in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32).

Residual power to impose requirements for protection
of policy holders
35. Subject to section 26(5), the Insurance Authority may require an
insurer to take such action as appears to him to be appropriate for the purpose
of protecting policy holders or potential policy holders of the insurer against
the risk that the insurer may be unable to meet its liabilities or to fulfil the
reasonable expectations of policy holders or potential policy holders.





Requirement under section 35 to make deposit

35A. (1) Without limiting the generality of section 35, a requirement imposed
under that section on an insurer may include a requirement that the insurer

(a) shall make a deposit-

(i) of an amount of money specified in that requirement;

(ii) with a bank, or a bank belonging to a class of banks, specified in
that requirement;

(iii) in the name of the Insurance Authority as trustee for the insurer;
and

(iv) on a date not later than the date specified in that requirement;

(b)shall place in the custody of the Insurance Authority, on a date not later
than the date specified in that requirement, a receipt, or other document,
that evidences. to the satisfaction of the Insurance Authority, that the
deposit referred to in paragraph (a) has been made;

(e)shall keep the deposit referred to in paragraph (a) free from any charge
both on, and from, the day upon which that deposit is made; and

(d) shall not-

(i) take any action; or

(ii) issue any instruction to any bank at which the deposit referred to in
paragraph (a) is held from time to time,

which would result in the release of that deposit, or any part of that
deposit, to the insurer or to any other person.

(2) Nothing in subsection (1) shall prevent an insurer from using, in such
manner as it thinks fit, any interest earned on a deposit made under that subsection
by the insurer.

(3) If a charge is created or purported to be created by an insurer at a time when
there is in force a requirement under subsection (1), the charge shall, to the extent
that it is a charge or purports to be a charge on the deposit referred to in subsection
(1)(a) to which the requirement relates, be void against all persons.

(4) For the purposes of this section-

'charge' includes lien, encumbrance, equitable interest and third party rights;

'deposit' includes a renewal of a deposit.

(Added 74 of 1985 s. 2)

Accounts

35B. (1) The Insurance Authority shall cause proper accounts to be kept of all
transactions concerning deposits referred to in section 35A(1) and shall cause to be
prepared for every financial year a statement of such accounts which statement
shall be signed by the Insurance Authority.

(2) The accounts and the signed statement referred to in subsection (1) shall be
audited and certified by the Director of Audit, who may make such report thereon as
he may think fit.





(3) Section 16 of the Audit Ordinance (Cap. 122) shall not apply to any audit
carried out under subsection (2).

(Added 74 of 1985 s. 2)

Notice of proposed exercise of power under section 27

36. (1) Before exercising with respect to an insurer the power conferred by
section 27 the Insurance Authority shall serve on the insurer a written notice stating

(a)that the Insurance Authority is considering exercising that power and the
ground on which he is considering the exercise of the power; and

(b)that the insurer may, within the period of 1 month from the date of service
of the notice, make written representations to the Insurance Authority
and, if the insurer so requests, oral representations to a public officer
appointed for the purpose by the Insurance Authority.

(2) This section shall not apply if the ground on which the Insurance Authority
proposes to exercise the power relates (as provided in section 26(1)(e) ) to the
fitness of any person to hold the position of director or controller of the insurer.

(3) A notice under this section shall give particulars of the ground on which the
Insurance Authority is considering the exercise of the power except that no
particulars need be given if the ground is that mentioned in section 26(2).

(4) Where representations are made in accordance with this section the
Insurance Authority shall take them into consideration before exercising the power.

Notice of proposed exercise of powers on ground of unfitness

37. (1) Before exercising with respect to an insurer any power or powers
conferred by sections 27 to 35 on the ground (as provided in section 26(1)(e) ) that
any person who is a director or controller of the insurer is not a fit and proper
person to hold the position held by him, the Insurance Authority shall serve on that
person a written notice stating

(a)that the Insurance Authority is considering exercising a power or powers
conferred by those sections and the ground on which he is considering
the exercise of the power or powers; and

(b)that the person on whom the notice is served may, within the period of 1
month from the date of service of the notice, make written representations
to the Insurance Authority and, if that person so requests, oral
representations to a public officer appointed for the purpose by the
Insurance Authority.

(2) Unless the Insurance Authority, after considering any representations made
in accordance with subsection (1) by the person served with a notice under that
subsection, decides not to exercise the power or powers in relation to which the
notice was served, he shall before exercising the power or powers serve on the
insurer a written notice





(a)containing the matters mentioned in subsection (1)(a) and (b), taking
references to the person there mentioned as references to the insurer; and

(b)specifying the power or powers which he proposes to exercise and, if the
power or one of them is that conferred by section 35, specifying the
manner of its proposed exercise.

(3) A notice under this section shall give particulars of the ground on which
the Insurance Authority is considering the exercise of the power or powers in
question.

(4) Where representations are made in accordance with this section the
Insurance Authority shall take them into consideration before exercising the power
or powers in question.

(5) A requirement imposed on an insurer in the exercise of any power or powers
to which this section applies may be framed so as to come into effect after the
expiration of a specified period (or such longer period as the Insurance Authority
may allow) unless before the expiration of that period the person whose fitness is in
question has ceased to hold the position concerned.

(6) This section shall not apply, as respects any insurer, in relation to the exercise
of any power Conferred by sections 27 to 35 where it is exercised by the Insurance
Authority after serving notice under section 14(4) and (5) on the fitness
insurer and the person whose fitness is in question.

Rescission, variation and publication of requirements

38. (1) The Insurance Authority may rescind a requirement imposed under
sections 27 to 35 if it appears to him that it is no longer necessary for the
requirement to continue in force, and may from time to time vary any such
requirement.

(2) No requirement imposed by virtue of section 26(4) shall be varied after the
expiration of the relevant period mentioned therein except in a manner which relaxes
that requirement.

(3) A rescission under subsection (1) of a requirement imposed under section
27 may be limited so as to apply only to contracts of a specified description.

(4) Notice of the imposition of a requirement under the said section 27 and of
the rescission or variation of any such requirement shall be published by the
Insurance Authority in the Gazette and in such other ways as appear to him
expedient for notifying the public.

Power of Financial Secretary to bring civil proceedings on
behalf of insurer

39. (1) Section 147(3) of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) shall have effect in
relation to an insurer as if the reference to the report there mentioned included a
reference to any information or document obtained under section 34.





(2) Where under a judgment given or decree pronounced in proceedings
brought by virtue of the said section 147(3) on behalf of an insurer a sum is
recovered in respect of a loss of assets representing a fund or funds maintained by
the insurer in respect of its long term business the court shall direct that the sum
shall be treated for the purposes of this Ordinance as assets of that fund or those
funds and this Ordinance shall have effect accordingly.

Withdrawal of authorization

40. (1) Where an authorized insurer ceases to carry on

(a) any insurance business;

(b) insurance business of any class; or

(c) insurance business which is part of any class,

the Insurance Authority may direct that it shall cease to be authorized to carry on

(i) insurance business;

(ii) insurance business of that class; or

(iii) insurance business which is that part of that class, as the case may be.
(Replaced 34 of 1988 s. 5)

(2) Where an insurer authorized to carry on insurance business of any class
has not at any time carried on insurance business

(a) of that class; or

(b) which is part of that class,

in or from Hong Kong, and at least 12 months have elapsed since the date of
authorization, the Insurance Authority may direct that it shall cease to be authorized
to carry on insurance business

(i) of that class; or

(ii) which is that part of that class, as the case may be. (Replaced 34 of 1988 s.
5)

(3) A direction under this section is without prejudice to a subsequent
authorization to carry on insurance business of a class to which the direction
relates.

(4) Where an authorized insurer ceases to be authorized to carry on insurance
business, the Insurance Authority may direct that any matters recorded in respect of
that insurer in the register kept under section 5 shall be erased.

(5) Where an authorized insurer ceases to be authorized to carry on insurance
business of any class, the Insurance Authority may direct that any matters recorded
in respect of that insurer in relation to that class in the register kept under section 5
shall be erased. (Added 34 of 1988 s. 5)

Offences under Part V

41. (1) Any person who





(a)makes default in complying with any requirement imposed under section
27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 or 35; or

(b)in purported compliance with a requirement imposed under section 34
furnishes information which he knows to be false in a material particular or
recklessly furnishes information which is false in a material particular,

commits an offence and is liable to-

(i) a fine of $100,000 and, in the case of an individual, to imprisonment for 2
years; and

(ii) in the case of an offence under paragraph (a), a fine of $500 for each day
on which the offence continues.

(2) Where a person is charged with an offence under subsection (1)(a) in
respect of his default in complying with a requirement imposed under section 34(2)
or (3) to produce any books or papers, it shall be a defence to prove that they were
not in his possession or control and that it was not reasonably practicable for him
to comply with the requirement.

PART VI

INSOLVENCY AND WINDING UP

Circumstances in which insurer deemed to he insolvent

42. (1) An insurer shall be deemed for the purposes of sections 177 and 327 of
the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) to be unable to pay its debts if at any time the
value of the assets of the insurer does not exceed the amount of its liabilities by the
relevant amount within the meaning of section 10.



(2) Nothing in this section shall be taken as affecting the manner in which, on a
winding up, any assets or liabilities are required to be dealt with by virtue of section
45.

Winding up of insurer under Companies Ordinance

43. The High Court (in this Part referred to as 'the Court') may order the
winding up, in accordance with the Companies Ordinance, of an insurer and the
provisions of that Ordinance shall apply accordingly subject to the modification
that the insurer may be ordered to be wound up on the petition of 10 or more policy
holders:

Provided that such a petition shall not be presented except by leave of the
Court, and leave shall not be granted until a prima facie case has been established to
the satisfaction of the Court and until security for costs for such amount as the
Court may think reasonable has been given.

Winding up on petition of Insurance Authority

44. (1) The Insurance Authority may present a petition for the winding up, in
accordance with the Companies Ordinance, of an insurer, being a company which
may be wound up by the Court under that Ordinance, on the ground





(a)that the company is unable to pay its debts within the meaning of sections
177 and 178 or section 327 of that Ordinance;

(b)that the company has failed to satisfy an obligation to which it is or was
subject by virtue of this Ordinance or any Ordinance repealed thereby; or

(c)that the company, being under the obligation imposed by section 16 with
respect to the keeping or preserving of proper books of account, has
failed to satisfy that obligation or to produce books kept in satisfaction of
that obligation.

(2) In any proceedings on a petition to wind up an insurer presented by the
Insurance Authority under subsection (1), evidence that the company was insolvent

(a)at the close of the period to which the accounts and balance sheet of the
company last deposited under section 20 relate; or

(b) at any date or time specified in a requirement under section 32 or 34,

shall be evidence that the company continues to be unable to pay its debts, unless
the contrary is proved.

(3) If, in the case of an insurer, being a company which may be wound up by
the Court under the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), it appears to the Insurance
Authority that it is expedient in the public interest that the company should be
wound up, he may, unless the company is already being wound up by the Court,
present a petition for it to be so wound up if the Court thinks it just and equitable for
it to be so wound up.

(4) Where a petition for the winding up of an insurer is presented by a person
other than the Insurance Authority, a copy of the petition shall be served on him
and he shall be entitled to be heard on the petition and to call, examine and cross-
examine any witness and, if he so thinks fit, support or oppose the making of a
winding-up order.

Winding up of insurer with long term business

45. (1) Unless the Court otherwise orders, an insurer which carries on long term
business shall not be wound up voluntarily; but no order shall be made under this
subsection unless notice of the application has been served on the Insurance
Authority who shall be entitled to be heard on the application and to call, examine
and cross-examine any witness and, if he so thinks fit, support or oppose the making
of the order.

(2) Section 23(1) shall not have effect in relation to the winding up of an insurer
to which section 22(1) applies but, subject to subsection (4) and to rules made by
virtue of section 49(2), in any such winding up

(a)the assets representing the fund or funds maintained by the insurer in
respect of its long term business shall be available only for meeting the
liabilities of the insurer attributable to that business;

(b)the other assets of the insurer shall be available only for meeting the
liabilities of the insurer attributable to its other business.





(3) Where the value of the assets mentioned in either paragraph of subsection
(2) exceeds the amount of the liabilities mentioned in that paragraph the restriction
imposed by that subsection shall not apply to so much of those assets as
represents the excess.

(4) In relation to the assets falling within either paragraph of subsection (2) the
creditors mentioned in section 200(1) and (2) of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32)
shall be only those who are creditors in respect of liabilities falling within that
paragraph; and any general meetings of creditors summoned for the purposes of
that section shall accordingly be separate general meetings of the creditors in
respect of the liabilities falling within each paragraph.

(5) Where under section 276(1) of the Companies Ordinance the Court orders
any money or property to be repaid or restored to an insurer or any sum to be
contributed to its assets then, if and so far as the wrongful act which is the reason
for the making of the order related to assets representing a fund or funds maintained
by the insurer in respect of its long term business, the Court shall include in the
order a direction that the money, property or contribution shall be treated for the
purposes of this Ordinance as assets of that fund or those funds and this Ordinance
shall have effect accordingly.

Continuation of long term business of insurer in liquidation

46. (1) This section has effect in relation to the winding up of an insurer being
a company carrying on long term business.

(2) The liquidator shall, unless the Court otherwise orders, carry on the long
term business of the insurer with a view to its being transferred as a going concern
to another insurer, whether an existing insurer or an insurer formed for that purpose;
and, in carrying on that business as aforesaid, the liquidator may agree to the
variation of any contracts of insurance in existence when the winding-up order is
made but shall not effect any new contracts of insurance.

(3) If the liquidator is satisfied that the interests of the creditors in respect of
liabilities of the insurer attributable to its long term business require the appointment
of a special manager of the insurer's long term business, he may apply to the Court,
and the Court may on such application appoint a special manager of that business
to act during such time as the Court may direct, with such powers, including any of
the powers of a receiver or manager, as may be entrusted to him by the Court.

(4) Section 216(2) and (3) of the Companies Ordinance shall apply to a special
manager appointed under subsection (3) as they apply to a special manager
appointed under that section.

(5) The Court may, if it thinks fit and subject to such conditions (if any) as it
may determine, reduce the amount of the contracts made by the insurer in the
course of carrying on its long term business.

(6) The Court may, on the application of the liquidator, a special manager
appointed under subsection (3) or the Insurance Authority, appoint an independent
actuary to investigate the long term business of the insurer and to report to the
liquidator, the special manager or the Insurance Authority, as the case may be, on
the desirability or otherwise of that business being continued and on any reduction
in the contracts made in the course of carrying on that business that may be
necessary for its successful continuation.





(7) Notwithstanding section 199(1)(a) of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32)
the liquidator may without either of the sanctions referred to therein make an
application in the name of and on behalf of the insurer under section 24.

Winding up of insurers involved in transfer of business

47. (1) Where the insurance business or any part of the insurance business of
an insurer has been transferred to an insurer under an arrangement in pursuance of
which the first-mentioned insurer ('the transferor company---) or the creditors
thereof has or have claims against the insurer to which the transfer was made ('the
transferee company'), then, if the transferee company is being wound up by the
Court, the Court shall, subject to this section, order the transferor company to be
wound up in conjunction with the transferee company, and may by the same or any
subsequent order appoint the same person to be liquidator for the 2 companies, and
make provision for such other matters as may seem to the Court necessary, with a
view to the companies being wound up as if they were one company.

(2) The commencement of the winding up of the transferee company shall, save
as otherwise ordered by the Court, be the commencement of the winding up of the
transferor company.

(3) In adjusting the rights and liabilities of the members of the several
companies between themselves, the Court shall have regard to the constitution of
the companies, and to the arrangements entered into between the companies, in the
same manner as the Court has regard to the rights and liabilities of different classes
of contributories in the case of the winding up of a single company, or as near
thereto as circumstances admit.

(4) Where any insurer alleged to be a transferor company is not in process of
being wound up at the same time as the transferee company, the Court shall not
direct the transferor company to be wound up unless, after hearing all objections (if
any) that may be urged by or on behalf of the company against its being wound up,
the Court is of opinion that the company is subsidiary to the transferee company,
and that the winding up of the company in conjunction with the transferee company
is just and equitable.

(5) An application may be made in relation to the winding up of any transferor
company in conjunction with a transferee company by any creditor of, or person
interested in, the transferee or transferor company.

(6) Where an insurer stands in the relation of a transferee company to one
company, and in the relation of a transferor company- to some other company, or
where there are several companies standing in the relation of transferor companies
to one transferee company, the Court may deal with any number of such companies
together or in separate groups, as it thinks most expedient, upon the principles laid
down in this section.

Reduction of contracts as alternative to winding up

48. In the case of an insurer which has been proved to be unable to pay its
debts, the Court may, if it thinks fit, reduce the amount of the contracts of the
insurer on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Court thinks just, in
place of making a winding-up order.





Winding up rides

49. (1) Rules may be made under section 296 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.
32) for determining the amount of the liabilities of an insurer to policy holders of any
class or description for the purpose of proof in a winding up and generally for
carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to the winding up
of insurers.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), rules under the said
section 296 may make provision for all or any of the following matters

(a)the identification of the assets and liabilities falling within section 45(2)(a)
or (b);

(b)the apportionment between the assets falling within section 45(2) of the
costs, charges and expenses of the winding up and of any debts of the
insurer having priority under section 265 of the Companies Ordinance;

(c)the determination of the amount of liabilities of any description falling
within paragraph (a) or (b) of section 45(2) for the purpose of establishing
whether or not there is any such excess in respect of that paragraph as is
mentioned in section 45(3);

(d)the application of assets within paragraph (a) of section 45(2) for meeting
the liabilities within that paragraph;

(e)the application of assets representing any such excess as is mentioned in
section 45(3).

PART VII

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING To LLOYD'S

Requirements to he complied with by Lloyd's

50. (1) During any period when a member of Lloyd's is carrying on insurance
business in Hong Kong, Lloyd's shall have an authorized representative in Hong
Kong and shall notify the Insurance Authority of the name and address of any
person for the time being so authorized.

(2) In each year in which a member of Lloyd's carries on insurance business in
Hong Kong, the authorized representative of Lloyd's shall deposit with the
Insurance Authority a statement (as required by the Insurance Companies Act 1974
(1974 c. 49 U.K.) or any law amending or replacing that Act) summarizing the extent
and character of the insurance business done by the members of Lloyd's.

(3) Lloyd's'shall, upon depositing the statement referred to in subsection (2),
pay to the Insurance Authority through its authorized representative a fee equal to
the authorization fee specified in section 13.

PART VIII

EXEMPTIONS

Exempted persons

51. The following persons are exempted from the provisions of this Ordinance





(a)any body of persons, corporate or unincorporate, carrying on insurance
business in Hong Kong only

(i) whose gross premium income does not exceed $500,000 in any
financial year:

Provided that if the financial year of any such body is not a period of
12 months, the gross premium income of that body in that financial year
shall, for the purposes of this paragraph, be deemed to be the sum
obtained by dividing the amount of its gross premium income (within the
meaning of section 10(4)(c) ) by the number of days in that financial year
and multiplying the result by 365; and

(ii) which consists of persons who are bound together by custom,
religion, kinship, nationality or regional or local interest but who are not
so bound together or associated for the purpose of the acquisition by
them of gain;

(b)a person carrying on in Hong Kong reinsurance business only, other than

(i) a body corporate incorporated in Hong Kong;

(ii) a body corporate incorporated elsewhere which has a place of
business in Hong Kong or is represented in Hong Kong by an agent;

(iii) any other person or any partnership having a place of business in
Hong Kong;

(c)any registered trade union within the meaning of the Trade Unions
Ordinance (Cap. 332) which carries on insurance business limited to the
provision for its members of provident benefits or strike benefits;

(d)any registered co-operative society within the meaning of the Cooperative
Societies Ordinance (Cap. 33);

(e) the Hong Kong Export Credit Insurance Corporation;

any authorized institution licensed or registered under the Banking
Ordinance (Cap. 155) to the extent only that such institution carries on
insurance business of the nature specified in classes 16 and 17, or
comprised in groups 1 and 7, in the First Schedule solely for the purposes
of its banking business or deposit-taking business, as the case may be;
(Amended 27 of 1986 s. 137)

(g)the Credit Union League of Hong Kong incorporated under Part XI of the
Credit Unions Ordinance (Cap. 119).

Limited exemption of insurer authorized to carry
on business in United Kingdom

52. (1) Where the Insurance Authority, upon application by an insurer under
section 7(1), is satisfied that

(a)the insurer is carrying on any class of insurance business in the United
Kingdom and in respect thereof has complied with the Insurance
Companies Act 1974 (1974 e. 49 U.K.) or any law amending or replacing
that Act; and





(b)any person who is the controller of such insurer (within the meaning of
section 9(1) as extended by subsection (3) of that section) as respects so
much of its insurance business as is, or is intended to be, carried on in
Hong Kong is a fit and proper person to be such controller; and

(c)the insurer is, and will continue to be, able to meet its obligations
including obligations in respect of business other than the class of
insurance business in respect of which the application is made; and

(d) the name of the insurer is not likely to deceive,

the Insurance Authority may, notwithstanding Part 11, authorize the insurer under
section 8 to carry on the class of insurance business in respect of which the
application is made.

(2) Where an authorized insurer satisfies the conditions specified in subsection
(1)(a), (b), (c) and (d), the Insurance Authority may, upon application in writing by
such authorized insurer under this subsection, exercise the power conferred by
subsection (1) in relation to such authorized insurer notwithstanding that such
authorized insurer is authorized to carry on any class of insurance business in
respect of which the application is made; and references in this section to an insurer
authorized by virtue of subsection (1) shall include references to an authorized
insurer in relation to which that power is so exercised.

(3) An insurer authorized by virtue of subsection (1) shall, as respects such of
the requirements of Part 111 as relate to the Third Schedule, be deemed to comply
with such requirements in respect of any year if, but only if, the insurer submits to
the Insurance Authority, as soon as practicable, 2 copies in legible form of the
accounts and statements required to be submitted in respect of that year to the
Department of Trade in the United Kingdom under the Insurance Companies Act
1974 or any law amending or replacing that Act.

(4) Section 26(1)(d) and (4) shall not apply to an insurer authorized by virtue of
subsection (1).

(5) Where, in the exercise of his powers by the Secretary of State under the
Insurance Companies Act 1974 or any law amending or replacing that Act, any
requirement of a kind referred to in sections 27 to 35 is imposed upon, or any notice
of a kind referred to in section 14(4) or (5), 26, 36, 37 or 38 is delivered to or served
on, an insurer authorized by virtue of subsection (1), the insurer shall, as soon as
practicable, deliver a copy thereof to the Insurance Authority.

(6) If it appears to the Insurance Authority that an insurer authorized by virtue
of subsection (1) has ceased to satisfy any condition referred to in paragraph (a), (b)
or (c) of that subsection, the Insurance Authority may serve a notice in writing on
the insurer containing a statement to that effect and specifying the condition or
conditions which it appears to him the insurer has ceased to satisfy.

(7) Where the Insurance Authority serves a notice on an insurer under
subsection (6)-

(a)subsections (3) and (4) shall cease to have effect in relation to the insurer
as from the date of service of the notice; and





(b)the insurer shall, within 1 month from the date of service of the notice,
furnish to the Insurance Authority such information in such form as he
may require, together with the particulars specified in the Second
Schedule, relating to every person who, on that date, holds the position
of director or controller of the insurer; and

(c)section 14 shall apply to such insurer, and any information so furnished,
as from that date.

(8) Any insurer which fails to comply with subsection (5) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

Power of Governor in Council to exempt insurer

53. (1) The Governor in Council may by order direct that, as respects any
insurer specified in the order, such provisions of this Ordinance as may be so
specified shall not apply to the insurer or shall apply to the insurer with such
modifications or variations as may be so specified.

(2) An order made under this section may be subject to conditions and may be
amended or revoked at any time by the Governor in Council.

(3) In this section 'insurer' includes Lloyd's.

PART VIIIA

SECRECY DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
AND
EXAMINATIONS BY OUTSIDE
AUTHORITIES

Secrecy

53A. (1) Except in the exercise of any function under this Ordinance or for the
carrying into effect of the provisions of this Ordinance, every person who has been
appointed under or who is or has been employed in carrying out or in assisting any
person to carry out the provisions of this Ordinance

(a)shall preserve and aid in preserving secrecy with regard to all matters
relating to the affairs of any insurer that may come to his knowledge in the
exercise of any function under this Ordinance;

(b)shall not communicate any such matter to any person other than the
person to whom such matter relates; and

(c)shall not suffer or permit any person to have access to any records in his
possession, custody or control or in the possession, custody or control of
any other person so appointed or employed.

(2) No person who receives information, in whatever form, submitted under
section 6, 7,14,17,18, 19, 20, 32, 33, 34, 50, 52 or 61(1)(a) shall be required to produce
to any court any document containing such information or to divulge or
communicate to any court any matter or thing coming under his notice in the
exercise of his functions under this Ordinance, except in the course of

(a) a prosecution for any offence;





(b)the determination by the High Court of an application under section 24; or

(c) a winding-up by the High Court under Part VI.

(3) Subsection (1) shall not apply to the disclosure of information-

(a)in the form of a summary compiled from similar or related information
provided by insurers if the summary is so compiled as to prevent
particulars relating to the business of any such insurer being ascertained
from it;

(b)with a view to the institution of, or otherwise for the purposes of, any
criminal proceedings or investigation, whether under this Ordinance or
otherwise, in Hong Kong;

(c) in connection with any civil proceedings arising out of this Ordinance;

(d)by the Insurance Authority, in respect of any auditor of an insurer, to

(i) the Registrar;

(ii) the Council; or
(iii) the Disciplinary Committee,

under the Professional Accountants Ordinance (Cap. 50) in respect of any
complaint to which section 34 of that Ordinance applies; or

(e)to the Financial Secretary, the Secretary for Monetary Affairs, any public
officer authorized by the Financial Secretary for the purposes of this
paragraph or the Disciplinary Committee referred to in paragraph (d)
where, in the opinion of the Insurance Authority, it is desirable or
expedient that the information should be so disclosed in the interests of
existing or potential policy holders or in the public interest.

(4) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is
liable

(a)on conviction upon indictment to a fine of $ 100,000 and, in the case of an
individual, to imprisonment for 2 years; or

(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $50,000 and, in the case of an
individual, to imprisonment for 6 months.

(5) This section shall apply to-

(a) companies which make application under section 7;

(b) associations of underwriters; and

(c) Lloyd's,

as it applies to insurers.

(6) For the purposes of this section, 'function' includes a power and a duty.

Disclosure of information

53B. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and notwithstanding section 53A, the
Insurance Authority may, if he considers that it is in the interests of existing or
potential policy holders of an insurer, provide to the insurance supervisory





authority of a place outside Hong Kong which is, in his opinion, subject to
adequate secrecy provisions in that place, information on matters relating to the
affairs of an insurer---
(a)which is incorporated, or which has its principal place of business, in
that place;
(b)which is incorporated in or outside Hong Kong and which is a
subsidiary or associate of an insurer which is incorporated, or which
has its principal place of business, in that place; or
(e)which is incorporated in Hong Kong and which has, or is proposing to
establish, in that place-
(i) an office or agency for the purpose of carrying on any class of
insurance business in or from that place; or
(ii) a subsidiary or associate which is or would be subject to
supervision by that insurance supervisory authority.
(2) The Insurance Authority shall not provide any information under this
section relating to the affairs of any individual policy holder of an insurer.
(3) This section shall apply to Lloyd's as it applies to insurers.

Examination by external authorities
53C. (1) Any office or agency of an insurer, carrying on any class of
insurance business in or from Hong Kong, shall permit the insurance supervi-
sory authority of a place outside Hong Kong to examine its books, accounts
and transactions in Hong Kong if-
(a) that insurer-
(i) is incorporated, or has its principal place of business, in that
place; or
(ii) is incorporated in or outside Hong Kong and is a subsidiary or
associate of an insurer incorporated, or which has its principal place of
business, in that place; and
(b)that insurance supervisory authority has, subject to subsection (2), the
approval of the Insurance Authority to carry out such an examination.
(2) The Insurance Authority shall not give an approval referred to in
subsection (1)(b) except where in his opinion it is desirable or expedient that the
examination concerned should be carried out in the interests of existing or
potential policy holders or in the public interest.
(3) This section shall apply to Lloyd's as it applies to insurers.
(Part VIIIA added 34 of 1988 s. 6)

PART IX

SUPPLEMENTARY AND TRANSITIONAL

Insurance Advisory Committee
54. (1) There is hereby established an Insurance Advisory Committee
(the 'Advisory Committee') to advise the Governor on such matters relating to
the administration of this Ordinance or the carrying on of insurance business as
the Governor may refer to the Committee or as the Committee may consider to
be in the interests of the insurance industry in Hong Kong.





(2) The Advisory Committee shall consist of the chairman referred to in
subsection (3), the Insurance Authority (who shall be an ex officio member thereof)
and such other persons as the Governor may appoint to be members thereof, and
each such appointed member shall hold office for such period as the Governor may
determine.

(3) The Financial Secretary or his representative shall be the chairman of the
Advisory Committee and shall preside at all meetings thereof.

(4) A member of the Advisory Committee may resign at any time by notice in
writing addressed to the chairman.

(5) The Advisory Committee shall meet as often as may be necessary for the
consideration of any matter referred to in subsection (1) or as the chairman may, by
notice in writing to each member, direct.

(6) The procedure at a meeting of the Advisory Committee shall be such as the
chairman may determine.

Service of notices

55. Any notice to be served on any person under this Ordinance may be served
by post, and, without prejudice to section 8 of the Interpretation and General
Clauses Ordinance (Cap. 1), a letter containing that notice shall be deemed to be
properly addressed if it is addressed to that person at his last known business
address; and for the purposes of this section 'business address' means

(a)in relation to an insurer formed or established in Hong Kong, its registered
office in Hong Kong;

(b)in relation to an insurer formed or established outside Hong Kong, the
address of any person resident in Hong Kong who is authorized to accept
service of process in Hong Kong on behalf of that insurer;

(e)in relation to a member of Lloyd's, the address in Hong Kong of the
authorized representative of Lloyd's appointed under section 50.

Indemnity

55A. No liability shall be incurred by the Crown or any public officer as a result
of anything done or omitted to be done by a public officer bona fide in the exercise
or purported exercise of any functions conferred or imposed by or under this
Ordinance.

(Added 4 of 1987 s. 3)

Misleading statements etc. and false information; offences

56. (1) Any person who, by any statement, promise or representation which he
knows to be false, misleading or deceptive, or by any dishonest concealment of
material facts, or by the reckless making (dishonest or otherwise) of any statement,
promise or representation which is false, misleading or deceptive, induces or
attempts to induce another person to enter into or offer to enter into any contract of
insurance commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for
12 months.





(2) Any person who causes or permits to be included in-

(a)any notice or statement or certificate served or furnished or sent out;
or
(b) any document or copy of any document deposited,

under any provision of this Ordinance a statement which he knows to be false
in a material particular or recklessly causes or permits to be so included any
statement which is false in a material particular commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $100,000 and, in the case of an individual, to imprisonment for 2 years.

Liability for offences by bodies corporate

57. When at any time a body corporate commits an offence under this
Ordinance with the consent or connivance of, or because of neglect by, any
individual, the individual commits the like offence if at that time-

(a) he is a controller of the body corporate; or
(b)he is a director, manager, secretary or similar officer of the body
corporate or is purporting to act as such officer or as agent of such
body corporate; or

(c) the body corporate is managed by its members, of whom he is one.

Limitation of time for proceedings in respect of offences

58. Criminal proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance may be
instituted at any time before, but shall not be instituted after, the expiration of 2
years from the discovery of the offence by the Insurance Authority or 6 years
from the commission of the offence, whichever is the earlier.

Validation of certain group policies

58A. (1) Section 2 of the Life Assurance Act 1774 (1774 c. 48 U.K.)
(policy on life or lives or other event or events not valid unless name or names of
assured etc. inserted when policy is made) shall not invalidate a policy for the
benefit of unnamed persons from time to time falling within a specified class or
description if the class or description is stated in the policy with sufficient
particularity to make it possible to establish the identity of all persons who at
any given time are entitled to benefit under the policy.

(2) This section applies to policies effected before the commencement of
the Insurance Companies (Amendment) Ordinance 1985 (8 of 1985) as well as
to policies effected thereafter.
(Added 8 of 1985 s. 2)

Regulations

59. The Governor in Council may by regulations-

(a)provide for the determination of the value of the assets and the
amount of the liabilities of any insurer for the purposes of this
Ordinance;





(b)amend section 13(1) by altering the amount of the fee payable under
paragraph (a) or (b) thereof,

(c) amend the First, Second or Third Schedule;

(d)prescribe anything required or permitted to be prescribed under this
Ordinance;

(e) provide for the better carrying into effect of this Ordinance.

60. (Amendments incorporated)

Transitional and savings

61. (1) Any insurer who immediately before the commencement of this
Ordinance was authorized to carry on any insurance business under an Ordinance
repealed or amended by this Ordinance shall be deemed to be authorized under
section 8 of this Ordinance to carry on, as from the commencement of this
Ordinance, the appropriate corresponding business (within the meaning of Part 5 of
the First Schedule) if, but only if, within 3 months from the commencement of this
Ordinance (or such additional period as the Insurance Authority may allow in
writing in any particular case)

(a)the insurer furnishes to the Insurance Authority the particulars specified
in the Second Schedule relating to every director and controller of the
insurer; and

(b)in the case of an insurer which is a company to which Part XI of the
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) applies, the insurer has complied with the
provisions of that Part.

(2) Subject to subsection (1), any insurer who immediately before 7 May 1982
was carrying on insurance business ('former insurance business') and

(a)was exempted in respect of the carrying on of its former insurance
business by virtue of any provision in an Ordinance repealed or amended
by this Ordinance being a provision which provided for the exemption of
persons from the requirements of such Ordinance relating to the
authorization of insurers; or

(b)whose former insurance business or part thereof was such that none of
the Ordinances repealed or amended by this Ordinance required the
carrying on of its former insurance business or that part to be authorized
thereunder,

shall be deemed to be authorized under section 8 of this Ordinance to carry on the
classes of insurance business comprised in its former insurance business or, if
paragraph (b) applies to a part thereof only, that part for a period of 6 months
beginning on the commencement of this Ordinance and such additional period not
exceeding 6 months as the Insurance Authority may allow in writing in respect of
such insurer.

(3) Where an insurer referred to in subsection (1) or (2) is charged with an
offence under section 6 alleged to have been committed after the date on which the
period referred to in that subsection (including any additional period allowed
thereunder) expired, it shall be a defence for the insurer to show that any insurance
business alleged to have been carried on by the insurer after that date was carried
on only to the extent necessary to meet obligations under contracts entered into
before that date.





(4) The provisions of Part 111 and the Third Schedule relating to the
submission to or the deposit with the Insurance Authority of any accounts,
statements or other documents or information shall not, as respects any insurer
which was carrying on insurance business immediately before the commencement of
this Ordinance, have effect in respect of any period before the financial year of the
insurer which begins on or after such commencement; and any provision in an
Ordinance repealed by this Ordinance relating to the filing or deposit of any
accounts, statements or other documents or information shall, if such provision
applied to such insurer immediately before such commencement, continue to apply
to such insurer in respect of any such period as if that provision had not been
repealed.

(5) Any deposit made by an insurer under an Ordinance repealed or amended
by this Ordinance which was held by any person under that Ordinance immediately
before the commencement of this Ordinance shall, as from such commencement, be
held by the Insurance Authority as if such deposit had been made with the
Insurance Authority, and shall continue to be so held for such period not exceeding
6 months from such commencement as the Insurance Authority may determine.

(6) Any proceedings commenced under an Ordinance repealed by this
Ordinance, or by virtue of the exercise of any function conferred by that Ordinance,
and pending at the commencement of this Ordinance may be continued and
disposed of thereafter as if that Ordinance had not been repealed.

Transitional

62. The Insurance Companies (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance 1987 (41 of 1987)
('the amending Ordinance') shall apply to and in relation to any application made
under section 7 of this Ordinance before the commencement of the amending
Ordinance in respect of which no decision has been made under section 8 of this
Ordinance before that commencement as it applies to any application made under
section 7 of this Ordinance on or after that commencement.

(41 of 1987 s. 4 incorporated)

Further transitional provision

63. Section 5(1)(b) of this Ordinance as amended by section 2(a) of the
Insurance Companies (Amendment) Ordinance 1988 (34 of 1988) shall apply to an
authorized insurer whether authorized before, on or after the commencement of that
Ordinance.

(34 of 1988 s. 7 incorporated)

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 51 & 611

CLASSES OF INSURANCE BUSINESS

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. The classes of insurance business specified in Parts 2 and 3 of this Schedule shall
constitute the classes of insurance business that are relevant for the purposes of this Ordinance.





2. An authorization under section 8, in describing the classes or parts of classes to which it
relates, may do so by reference to the appropriate groups specified in Part 4 of this Schedule.

3. If an insurer authorized to carry on long term business effects and carries out a contract of
insurance which combines long term business and additional business of the nature specified in
Part 3 of this Schedule in relation to class 1 or 2, the additional business shall as respects that
contract be regarded as long term business and not as general business.

4. Subject to paragraph 5, an insurer authorized to carry on a class of general business may,
in effecting and carrying out a contract of insurance against a risk ('the principal risk') within
that class, include in the contract provision whereby the insurer incidentally assumes liability
against a risk ('the ancillary risk') that is not within that class.

5. Paragraph 4 shall apply only if-

(a)the assumption of liability against the ancillary risk is included in the same contract as
that providing for the assumption of liability against the principal risk; and

(b)the ancillary risk is related to the principal risk and to the object, state, condition or
person that is insured against the principal risk; and

(c)the ancillary risk is not of the kind to which class 14 or 15 relates and is otherwise such
that insurance against it constitutes general business.

6. In classes 6 and 12 'vessels' includes hovercraft.

PART 2

CLASSES OF LONGS TERM
BUSINESS

Class Description Nature of Business
A Life and annuity Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance on human life

or contracts to pay annuities on human life, but excluding (in
each case) contracts within class C below.

B Marriage and birth Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance to provide a
sum on marriage or on the birth of a child, being contracts
expressed to be in effect for a period of more than 1 year.

c Linked long term Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance on human life
or contracts to pay annuities on human life where the benefits
are wholly or partly to be determined by reference to the value
of, or the income from, property of any description (whether
or
not specified in the contracts) or by reference to fluctuations
in,
or in an index of, the value of property of any description
(whether or not so specified).
D Permanent health Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance providing
specified benefits against risks of persons becoming incapaci-
tated in consequence of sustaining injury as a result of an
accident or of an accident of a specified class or of sickness or
infirmity, being contracts that-
(a) are expressed to be in effect for a period of not less than 5
years, or until the normal retirement age for the persons
concemed, or without limit of time, and
(b) either are not expressed to be terminable by the insurer, or
are expressed to be so terminable only in special circum-
stances mentioned in the contract.
E Tontines Effecting and carrying out tontines.

F Capital redemption Effecting and carrying out capital redemption contracts.







PART 3

CLASSES OF GENERAL
BUSINESS

Class Description Nature of Business
1 Accident Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance providing

fixed pecuniary benefits or benefits in the nature of indemnity
(or a combination of both) against risks of the persons insured-





Class Description Nature of Business

(a)sustaining injury as the result of an accident or of an
accident of a specified class, or

(b)dying as the result of an accident or of an accident of a
specified class, or

(e)becoming incapacitated in consequence of disease or of
disease of a specified class,

inclusive of contracts relating to industrial injury and
occupational disease but exclusive of contracts failing within
class 2 below or class D above.

2 Sickness Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance providing
fixed pecuniary benefits or benefits in the nature of indemnity
(or a combination of the two) against risks of loss to the
persons
insured attributable to sickness or infirmity, but exclusive of
contracts falling within class D above.
3 Land vehiclesEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against loss of
or damage to vehicles used on land, including motor vehicles
but excluding railway rolling stock.
4 Railway rollingEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against loss of
stock or damage to railway rolling stock.
5 Aircraft Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance upon aircraft
or upon the machinery, tackle, furniture or equipment of
aircraft.
6 Ships Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance upon vessels
used on the sea or on inland water, or upon the machinery,
tackle, furniture or equipment of such vessels.
7 Goods in transitEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against loss of
or damage to merchandise, baggage and all other goods in
transit, irrespective of the form of transport.
8 Fire and naturalEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against loss of
forces or damage to property (other than property to which classes 3
to
7 above relate) due to fire, explosion, storm, natural forces
other
than storm, nuclear energy or land subsidence.
9 Damage to Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against loss of
property or damage to property (other than property to which classes 3
to
7 above relate) due to hail or frost or to any event (such as
theft)
other than those mentioned in class 8 above.
10 Motor vehicleEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against dam-
liability age arising out of or in connection with the use of motor
vehicles
on land, including third-party risks and carrier's liability.
11 Aircraft liabilityEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against dam-
age arising out of or in connection with the use of aircraft,
including third-party risks and carrier's liability.
12 Liability for shipsEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against dam-
age arising out of or in connection with the use of vessels on the
sea or on inland water, including third-party risks and carrier's
liability.
13 General liabilityEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against risks
of the persons insured incurring liabilities to third parties, the
risks in question not being risks to which class 10, 11 or 12
above relates.
14 Credit Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against risks
of loss to the persons insured arising from the insolvency of
debtors of theirs or from the failure (otherwise than through






insolvency) of debtors of theirs to pay their debts when due.
15 Suretyship Effecting and carrying out-

(a)contracts of insurance against risks of loss to the persons
insured arising from their having to perform contracts of
guarantee entered into by them;





Class Description Nature of Business

(b)contracts for fidelity bonds, performance bonds,
administration bonds, bail bonds or customs bonds or
similar contracts of guarantee.

16 MiscellaneousEffecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against any of
financial loss the following risks, namely-

(a)risks of loss to the persons insured attributable to
interruptions of the carrying on of business carried on by
them or to reduction of the scope of business so carried on;

(b)risks of loss to the persons insured attributable to their
incurring unforeseen expense;

(c)risks neither falling within paragraph (a) or (b) above nor
being of a kind such that the carrying on of the business of
effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against
them constitutes the carrying on of insurance business of
some other class.

17 Legal expenses Effecting and carrying out contracts of insurance against risks
of loss to the persons insured attributable to their incurring legal
expenses (including costs of litigation).
PART 4
GROUPS

Number Designation Composition
1 Accident and Classes 1 and 2.

health

2 Motor Class 1 (to the extent that the relevant risks are risks of the
person insured sustaining injury, or dying, as the result of
travelling as a passenger) and classes 3, 7 and 10.
3 Marine andClass 1 (to the said extent) and classes 4, 6, 7 and 12.
transport
4 Aviation Class 1 (to the said extent) and classes 5, 7 and 11.
5 Fire and other Classes 8 and 9.
damage to
property
6 Liability Classes 10, 11, 12 and 13.
7 Credit and Classes 14 and 15.
suretyship
8 General Classes 1 to 17 inclusive.
9 Long term Classes A to F inclusive.

PART 5

TRANSITIONAL
PROVISIONS

Where immediately before the commencement of this Ordinance an insurer was authorized
under an Ordinance repealed or amended by this Ordinance to carry on any of !he former classes
shown in column 1 of the table below, the appropriate corresponding business as respects that
insurer shall, for the purposes of this Ordinance, be the corresponding business shown in column
2 of the table.

TABLE

Former Classes Corresponding Business

Fire insurance business Group 5
Life insurance business Group 9






Marine insurance business Group 3
Motor vehicle insurance business Group 2





SECOND SCHEDULE [ss. 7, 14, 52(7) & 61]

DIRECTORS AND CONTROLLERS

Application of Second
Schedule

1. This Schedule sets out the information to be furnished or delivered by an insurer to the
Insurance Authority under this Ordinance in respect of every director and controller of the
insurer in the following cases

(a) under section 7, in support of an application for authorization under this Ordinance;

(b) under section 14, forthwith upon any change in any such director or controller;

(c)under section 52(7), within 1 month from the date of service of a notice under
subsection (6) of that section;

(d)under section 61(1), within 3 months of the commencement of this Ordinance (or such
additional period as may he allowed thereunder) in the case of an insurer authorized to
carry on insurance business under an Ordinance repealed or amended by this Ordinance.

Particulars of director or controller except on
cessation

2. Any particulars furnished or notice served by an insurer on the Insurance Authority
pursuant to section 7, 14(2), 52(7) or 61 of this Ordinance in respect of a director or controller
(not being a director or controller to whom paragraph 3 of this Schedule applies) shall contain

(a) in the case of an individual, the particulars in Form A in this Schedule;

(b) in the case of a body corporate, the particulars in Form B in this Schedule; and

(c) in the case of a partnership-

(i) the particulars in Form A in this Schedule in respect of each partner who is an
individual;

(ii) the particulars in Form B in this Schedule in respect of each partner which is a
body corporate.

Particulars of person ceasing to be director or
controller
3. A notice served by an insurer on the Insurance Authority pursuant to section 14(2) of this
Ordinance in respect of a person who ceases to be a director or controller shall contain the
particulars in Form C in this Schedule.

FORM A [para. 2, 2nd Sch.]

PARTICULARS REQUIRED IN RESPECT OF INDIVIDUALS WHO AM DIRECTORS OR
CONTROLLERS

Name of Insurer*
..................................

The following are particulars of-

...................

(b) ................... of which

. ...................... ...is a partner who became
Director/Controller/Chief Executive/Managing Director on
...........................................

.............................. (date).

1. Family name Other names

................ :
....................................................................

Any other name(s) by which he has been known or is known

2. Private address. 3. Date of birth.

Place of birth (including town or city).





4. Nationality, including a statement as to whether it was acquired by birth or
naturalization.

5. Qualifications and experience. including those relating to insurance and allied
matters.

6.Present occupation or employment and occupations and employment during the last 10
years, including the name of the employer, the nature of the business, the position held and
relevant dates.

7.Has he at any time been convicted of any criminal offence (other than an offence committed
when he was of or under the age of 16 years unless the same was committed within the last 10
years) by any court, including a military tribunal, in Hong Kong or elsewhere? If so, give full
particulars of the court by which he was convicted, the offence and the penalty imposed and
the date of the conviction.

8.Has he in the last 10 years, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, been censured, disciplined or publicly
criticized by any professional body to which he belongs or belonged or been dismissed from
any office or employment or refused entry to any profession or occupation? If so, give full
particulars.

9.Has he at any time been adjudicated bankrupt by a court in Hong Kong or elsewhere? If so,
give full particulars.

10.Has he at any time in the last 10 years failed to satisfy any debt adjudged due and payable by
him as a judgment-debtor under an order of a court in Hong Kong or elsewhere? If so, give full
particulars.

11.Has he, in connection with the formation or management of any body corporate or insurer,
been adjudged by a court in Hong Kong or elsewhere civilly liable for any fraud, misfeasance
or other misconduct by him towards such a body or insurer or towards any members thereof ?
If so, give full particulars.

12.Has any body corporate or insurer with which he was associated as director or controller in
the last 10 years, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, been compulsorily wound up or made any
compromise or arrangement with its creditors or ceased trading in circumstances where its
creditors did not receive or have not yet received full settlement of their claims, either whilst
he was associated with it or within one year after he ceased to be associated with it? If so, give
full particulars.

(Note:In relation to a body corporate which is not an insurer, 'controller' is to be construed
as a reference to a person who would, if he were a company, be a holding company of
that body in accordance with section 2(7) of the Companies Ordinance).

13. Of what bodies corporate or insurers-

(a) is he now a director or controller?

(b) has he been a director or controller at any time during the last 10 years?

14.Has he any other occupation other than that disclosed at items 6 and 13 above. If so, give full
details.

15.Give particulars of the circumstances (by reference to section 9(1) of the Insurance
Companies Ordinance) by virtue of which he became controller.

16.In carrying out his duties will he be acting on the directions or instructions of any other
person? If so, give full particulars.

I certify that the above information is complete and correct to the best of my knowledge
and belief.

Date .........................................................

Signed






.......................................................................
.......... (Individual named in paragraph 1
above.)

1 certify that +
............................................................................................................................. has
supplied
the above information and that in respect of* . .............................................................

.......................................... he is-

(a) Director/Controller/Chief Executive/Managing Director

(b) A partner in 1 ......................which
is Director/Controller/Chief Executive/Managing Director
Date

Signed ....
...................................................................
......... (Director/Secretary of the Insurer.)

Insert name of Insurer. Insert name of individual to
whom particulars relate. Insert name of partnership.
Delete W necessary





FORM B [para. 2, 2nd Sch.]

PARTICULARS REQUIRED IN RESPECT OF BODIES CORPORATE ~CH ARE
DIRECTORS OR CONTROLLERS

Name of Insurer* ..............................................................................................................

The following are particulars of a body corporate which became director, controller, chief
executive or managing director, or which is a partner in a partnership which became director,

controller, chief executive or managing director of the above-named Insurer on (date).

1. Name and address of body corporate and address of registered office (where different).

2. Principal business activity.

3. Address of principal place of business established in Hong Kong.

4. Date and place of incorporation.

5. Registered number (if any).

6. Full name and residential address of every director and every controller.

(Note:In relation to a body corporate which is not an insurer, 'controller- is to be construed
as a reference to a person who would, if he were a company, be a holding company of
that body in accordance with section 2(7) of the Companies Ordinance).

7. Name and address of main bank.

8. Accounts for the last 3 completed financial years and particulars of any reports, resolutions
and

other circulars issued to shareholders during the last 4 years-

9. Name, place of incorporation and principal business activities of all subsidiary companies and

of any holding company or ultimate holding company.

(Note: Shares held by a nominee are to be treated as shares held by his principal).

10 In the case of a company to which Part XI of the Companies Ordinance applies

(a)name(s) and addressees) of personas) residing in Hong Kong authorized to accept on
behalf of the company service of process and any notices;

(b) date of registration under Part XI of the Companies Ordinance.

11. Particulars of circumstances (by reference to section 9(1) of the Insurance Companies

Ordinance) by virtue of which the above-named body corporate became a controller.

12. Has any body corporate or insurer with which the above-named body corporate was
associated

as director or controller in the last 10 years, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, been compulsorily
wound up or made any compromise or arrangement with its creditors or ceased trading in
circumstances where its creditors did not receive or have not yet received full settlement of
their claims, either whilst the above-named body corporate was associated with it or within
one year after the above-named body corporate ceased to be associated with it? If so, give
full particulars.

(Note:In relation to a body corporate which is not an insurer, 'controller' is to be construed
as a reference to a person who would, if he were a company, be a holding company of
that body in accordance with section 2(7) of the Companies Ordinance).







I certify that the above information is complete and correct to the best of my knowledge
and belief and I certify that this notice is served with the knowledge and consent of the above-
named body corporate.

Date .........................................................
Signed .................................................................................

(Director/Secretaryt of body corporate.)

certify that the above particulars have been supplied by the above-named body corporate
and that in respect of *
......................................................................................................................

.............. 1

(a) the above-named body corporate is Director/Controller/Chief Executive/Managing
Director

(b) 1 ................................of which the

above-named body corporate is a partner is Controller

Date .........................................................
Signed .................................................................................

(Director/Secretaryt of the Insurer.)

Insert name of Insurer.
Delete as necessary. Insert
name of Partnership.





FORM C [para. 3, 2nd Sch.]

PARTICULARS REQUIRED UNDER SECTION 14(2) IN RESPECT OF
PERSONS CEASING TO BE DIRECTOR OR CONTROLLER

1. Name of Insurer of which person has ceased to be Director/Controller.

2. Name of person.*

3. Date on which person ceased to be Director/ Controller

4. Reason for ceasing to be Director/Controller.

Date .........................................................

Signed ........
......................................................................

(Director/ Secretary of the Insurer.)

Insert name of individual or body corporate.
Delete as necessary.

THIRD SCHEDULE [ss. 17, 18, 22, 50 &
521

ACCOUNTS AND STATEMENTS







PART 1: INTERPRETATION AND
PRELIMINARY

1. In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires-

accounting class of general business' and 'accounting class' mean respectively insurance
business falling under any of the headings given below, against which are shown the
corresponding classes of insurance business as defined in Part 3 of the First Schedule,

Corresponding
Accounting class classes of
insurance business
1. Accident and health 1,2

2. Motor vehicle (including damage to other land vehicles), 3,10
damage and liability
3. Aircraft, damage and liability 5,11
4. Ships, damage and liability 6,12
5. Goods in transit 7
6. Property damage 4,8,9
7. General liability 13
8. Pecuniary loss 14, 15, 16, 17
9. Non-proportional treaty reinsurance -
10. Proportional treaty reinsurance

'additional amount for unexpired risks' means the amount set aside by an insurer at the end of
its financial year, in addition to any unearned premiums, which is considered necessary to
meet the cost of claims and expenses of settlement arising from risks to be borne by the
insurer after the end of the financial year under contracts of insurance entered into before
the end of that year,

appointed actuary' means the person appointed as actuary to an insurer under section 15 of
this Ordinance;

appointed auditor' means the person appointed as auditor to an insurer under section 15 of this
Ordinance;

claim' means a claim against an insurer under a contract of insurance;

'claims equalization' means the amount set aside by an insurer as at the end of its financial year
for the purpose of being used to prevent exceptional fluctuations in the amounts charged to
revenue in subsequent financial years in respect of claims arising due to the occurrence of
events of an exceptional nature, that is to say, events not normally occurring every year;

'claims outstanding' means, unless otherwise specified, the amount set aside by an insurer as at
the beginning or end of its financial year as being an amount likely to be sufficient to meet





(a) claims in respect of incidents occurring-

(i) in the case of an amount set aside as at the beginning of the financial year, before
the beginning of that year; and

(ii) in the case of an amount set aside as at the end of the financial year, before the
end of that year,

being claims which have not been treated as claims paid and including claims relating to
business accounted for over a longer period than a financial year, claims the amounts of
which have not been determined and claims arising out of incidents that have not been
notified to the insurer; and

(b)expenses (such as, for example, legal, medical, surveying or engineering costs) which
have been incurred but not yet recorded as paid or which are likely to be incurred by the
insurer, whether through the employment of its own staff or otherwise, and are directly
attributable to the settlement of individual claims which relate to incidents occurring
before the beginning or the end of the financial year (as the case may be), whether or
not the individual claims in question are those mentioned above;

'claims paid', in relation to general business, means unless otherwise specified the amount that is
paid by an insurer in full or partial settlement of

(a)claims, including claims relating to business accounted for over a longer period than a
financial year; and

(b)expenses (such as, for example, legal, medical, surveying or engineering costs) which are
incurred by the insurer, whether through the employment of its own staff or otherwise,
and are directly attributable to the settlement of individual claims, whether or not the
individual claims in question are those mentioned above;

'claims paid and outstanding- means the amount obtained by taking the sum of the claims paid
during a financial year and the claims outstanding as at the end of that year and deducting
therefrom the claims outstanding as at the beginning of the year;

commission payable', in relation to a financial year of an insurer, means the amounts, whether
or not paid during that year, which are recorded during that year as due to intermediaries and
cedants in respect of the inception, amendment or renewal of contracts of insurance;

'contract of insurance' includes a contract of reinsurance;

'expenses of settling claims' means that part of an insurer's expenses which has been incurred in
respect of general business in the settlement of claims;

'expenses for settling claims outstanding' means the amount set aside by an insurer at the end of
its financial year as being an amount likely to be sufficient to meet that part of the insurer's
expenses which is likely to be incurred in respect of general business in the settlement of
claims in respect of incidents occurring before the end of that year other than expenses
which fall to be included under claims outstanding;

'fund', in relation to--

(a)general business recorded as commencing in any financial year of an insurer but
accounted for over a period longer than that financial year, means, during such period,
an amount not less than the aggregate amount of the premiums receivable during that
period (net of reinsurance premiums payable) reduced by the aggregate amount of the
claims paid (net of reinsurance recoveries), expenses for settling claims, commission
(net of reinsurance commission receivable) and premium taxes in respect of that
business and any management expenses attributable to the management of the fund and,
after the end of such period, means such amount as is considered necessary to discharge
the remaining obligations (net of reinsurance) in respect of that business;

(b)long term business, means the amount standing to the credit of an account maintained
in respect of that business in accordance with section 22 of this Ordinance;

'gross premiums', in relation to a financial year

(a)means premiums after deduction of discounts specified in policies or refunds of premium
made in respect of any termination or reduction of risks but before deduction of
premium for reinsurance ceded and of commission payable by the insurer; and

(b) includes premiums receivable by the insurer under reinsurance contracts accepted by the >
insurer;

'intermediary' means a person who in the course of any business or profession invites other
persons to make offers or proposals or to take other steps with a view to entering into
contracts of insurance with an insurer, other than a person who only publishes such
invitations on behalf of, or to the order of, some other person;





'management expenses' means expenses incurred in the administration of an insurer or its
business which are not commission payable and, in the case of general business, are not
included in claims paid, claims outstanding, expenses for settling claims and expenses for
settling claims outstanding;

'premiums' includes the consideration for the granting of an annuity;

'profit and loss account in relation to an insurer not trading for profit, means an income and
expenditure account;

'provision' means any amount written off or retained by way of providing for depreciation,
amortization, renewals or diminution in value of assets or retained by way of providing for
any known liability, including liabilities in respect of expenditure contracted for and all
disputed or contingent liabilities, the amount of which cannot be determined with substantial
accuracy;

'receivable', in relation to income during a financial year, means, unless otherwise specified,
such amounts as become due to the insurer, whether or not received by the insurer during
that year, including (where appropriate) income which has accrued;

'reinsurance' and 'reinsurer' include retrocession and retrocessionaire, respectively;

'reinsurance premiums payable'

(a)means the premiums recorded in an insurer's books during a financial year as due by it to
reinsurers in respect of reinsurance contracts commencing in that year or reinsurance
contracts commencing in earlier financial years but not accounted for in the insurer's
revenue account prior to that financial year, whether or not paid by the insurer during
that financial year, after deducting discounts, refunds and rebates of premiums as
recorded in the same period, and for the purpose of determining whether a premium is
due no account shall be taken of any credit arrangements made in respect thereof, and

(b)in the case of general business, includes, unless otherwise specified, unearned premium
portfolios and outstanding claims portfolios payable by the insurer under reinsurance
contracts ceded by the insurer, after deduction of any premium portfolios or loss
portfolios refunded to the insurer by reinsurers;

'reserve' includes any amount written off or retained other than by way of provision;

'unearned premiums- means the amount set aside by an insurer at the end of its financial year
out of premiums in respect of risks to be borne by the insurer after the end of the financial
year under contracts of insurance entered into before the end of that year.

2. All accounts and statements shall be produced in the English language or, if not so
produced, be accompanied by a complete English translation.

3. The inormation to be submitted under this Schedule shall be submitted in respect of the
total business of the insurer

4. (1) The accounts and statements to be submitted under Parts 3, 4 and 5 of this Schedule
shall be audited by the appointed auditor who shall annex to the accounts and statements a
certificate stating the relevant premium income of, and the relevant amount applicable to, the
insurer (within the meaning of section 10 of this Ordinance) and whether in the auditor's opinion
the value of the assets of the insurer exceeds its liabilities by that relevant amount, whether
proper records have been maintained in accordance with section 16 of this Ordinance and
whether the insurer's balance sheet, revenue account and profit and loss account and (if it is a
holding company submitting group accounts) the group accounts have been properly prepared in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance and whether in his opinion a true and fair view
is given

(a)in the case of the balance sheet, of the state of the insurer's affairs as at the end of its
financial year;

(b)in the case of the revenue account and profit and loss account (if it is not framed as a
consolidated revenue account and profit and loss account), of the insurer's profit or loss






for its financial year;

(c)in the case of group accounts submitted by an insurer which is a holding company, of
the insurer's interest therein,

but his opinion as to whether a true and fair view is so given may, where the valuation of any
asset or liability or the treatment of any income or expenditure of the insurer is in accordance
with any statutory provision which, in the case of that insurer, applied to the preparation of the
accounts and statements so submitted, be qualified in such respects as he may specify, indicating
the items affected by such valuation or treatment and the statutory provisions in question.

(2) If he considers it necessary the appointed auditor shall add to the certificate such
qualification, amplification or explanation as is appropriate.

(3) Arry information required to be submitted under this Schedule may be submitted in the
form of notes if, but only if, the information submitted can readily be interpreted as a whole and
the appointed auditor's certificate is attached.





5. (1) The information to be submitted in respect of long term business under Part 7 of this
Schedule shall be accompanied by a certificate by the appointed actuary stating whether

(a)in his opinion, proper records have been kept by the insurer adequate for the purpose of
the valuation of the liabilities of the long term business;

(b)he is satisfied that, as at the date to which the valuation relates, the value of the assets
identified as representing the long term business exceeded the aggregate of the amount
of the liabilities under long term business contracts and the amount of any other
liabilities of the insurer attributable to its long term business by not less than
$2,000,000 or its equivalent; and

(c)in his opinion there is a prudent and satisfactory relationship between the nature and
term of the assets and the nature and term of the liabilities.

(2) If he considers it necessary, the appointed actuary shall add to the certificate such
qualification, amplification or explanation as is appropriate.

6. Except to the extent that any statutory provisions have been followed in the preparation
thereof, there shall be annexed to the accounts and statements a supplementary statement or
statements describing in full and sufficient detail the accounting policies used in arriving at the
values of each and every asset and liability and in making any estimate, apportionment, reserve
or provision.

PART 2: DIRECTORS REPORT

7. There shall be attached to every balance sheet submitted under this Schedule a report by
the directors with respect to the profit or loss of the insurer for the financial year and the state
of the insurer's affairs as at the end thereof.

8. Every directors' report so attached shall be approved by the board of directors of the
insurer and signed on behalf of the board either by the chairman of the meeting at which it was
approved or by the secretary of the insurer.

9. The report shall-

(a)state the principal activities of the insurer and of its subsidiaries in the course of the
financial year and any significant change in those activities in that year;

(b)state the amount, if any, which the directors recommend should be paid by way of
dividend;

(c) state the amount, if any, which the directors propose to carry to reserves;

(d)if the insurer has no subsidiaries and has in the financial year made donations for
charitable or other purposes to a total amount of not less than $1,000 or its equivalent,
state the total amount of such donations;

(e)if the insurer has subsidiaries and the insurer and its subsidiaries have between them made
donations for charitable or other purposes to a total amount of not less than $ 1,000 or
its equivalent, state the total amount of such donations;

if significant changes in the assets of the insurer or of any of its subsidiaries have
occurred in the financial year, contain particulars of the changes;

(g)if, in the financial year, the company has issued any shares, state the reason for making
the issue, the classes of shares issued and, as respects each class of shares, the number
issued and the consideration received by the insurer for the issue;

(h)if, in the financial year, the insurer has issued or redeemed any debentures, state the
reason for making the issue or redemption, the classes of debentures issued or redeemed
and, as respects each class of debentures, the amount issued or redeemed and the
consideration received by the insurer;

(i)state the names of the persons who, at any time during the financial year, were






directors or controllers of the insurer;

(j) if, at the end of the financial year, there subsists a contract with the insurer or
with the

insurer's subsidiary or holding company or any subsidiary of the insurer's holding
company in which a director or controller of the insurer has, or at any time in that year
had, in any way, whether directly or indirectly, an interest, or there has, at any time in
that year ' subsisted a contract with the insurer in which a director or controller of the
insurer had, at any time in that year, in any way, whether directly or indirectly, an
interest (being, in either case, in the opinion of the directors, a contract of significance
in relation to the insurer's business and in which the director's or controller's interest is
or was material), contain

(i) a statement of the fact of the contract's subsisting or, as the case may be, having
subsisted;

(ii) the names of the parties to the contract (other than the insurer);





(iii) the name of the director or controller (if not a party to the contract);

(iv) an indication of the nature and value of the contract; and

(v) an indication of the nature and value of the director's or controller's interest in
the contract;

(k)state the amounts of any property transferred, payments made (whether for services or
otherwise), loans advanced to or obligations assumed during the financial year by or for
a director or controller of the insurer or his nominees or associates (within the meaning
of section 9 of this Ordinance);

(1)if, at the end of the financial year, there subsist arrangements to which the insurer or
the insurer's subsidiary or holding company or a subsidiary of the insurer's holding
company is a party, being arrangements whose objects are, or one of whose objects is,
to enable directors or controllers of the insurer to acquire benefits by means of the
acquisition of shares in, or debentures of, the insurer or any other body corporate, or
there have, at any time in that year, subsisted such arrangements as aforesaid to which
the insurer was a party, contain a statement explaining the effect of the arrangements
and giving the names of the persons who at any time in that year were directors or
controllers of the insurer and held, or whose nominees held, shares or debentures
acquired in pursuance of the arrangements;

(m)if, at the end of the financial year, the insurer, or the insurer together with any
associate (within the meaning of section 9 of this Ordinance) or through a nominee is
entitled to exercise or control the exercise of one third or more of the voting power of
any body corporate, state the name of the body corporate, the country of its
incorporation, its principal business activity, the number of shares so held and the
number issued, the amounts owing to the body corporate by the insurer and owing to the
insurer by the body corporate at the end of the financial year;

(n)state whether the insurer has, in the financial year, carried on insurance business (other
than reinsurance business) relating to liabilities or risks in respect of which persons are
required by any Ordinance to be insured;

(o) contain a summary of the material reinsurance arrangements effected by the insurer;
and

(p)contain particulars of any other matters, including events after the date of the balance
sheet, so far as they are material for the appreciation of the state of the insurer's
affairs.

PART 3: ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO AN INSURER

WHICH IS A HOLDING COMPANY

10. This Part shall apply to an insurer which is a holding company, whether or not it is
itself a subsidiary of another body corporate.

11. The consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account shall combine the
information contained in the separate balance sheets and profit and loss accounts of the holding
company and of the subsidiaries dealt with by the consolidated accounts, but with such
adjustments as the circumstances justify.

12. Where any of the subsidiaries is an insurer, the consolidated revenue account shall
combine the information in the separate revenue accounts of the holding company and of the
subsidiary, with such adjustments as the circumstances justify.

13. Subject as aforesaid, the consolidated accounts shall, in giving the said information,
comply so far as practicable with the requirements of this Schedule as if they were the accounts
of an insurer.

PART 4: GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING To BALANCE SHEET

14. The authorized share capital, issued share capital, assets and liabilities shall be






summarized in the balance sheet, with such particulars as are necessary to disclose the general
nature of the assets and liabilities, and there shall be specified

(a)any part of the issued share capital that consists of redeemable preference shares, the
earliest and latest dates on which the insurer has power to redeem those shares, whether
those shares must be redeemed in any event or are liable to be redeemed at the option
of the insurer and whether any (and, if so, what) premium is payable on redemption;

(b)so far as the information is not given in the profit and loss account under Part 5 of this
Schedule, any share capital on which interest has been paid during the financial year,
and the rate of interest;

(c) the amount of the share premium accounts; and

(d) particulars of any redeemed debentures which the company has power to reissue.

15. There shall be stated under separate headings, so far as they are not written off





(a) the preliminary expenses;

(b) any expenses incurred in connection with any issue of share capital or debentures;

(c) any sums paid by way of commission in respect of any shares or debentures;

(d) any sums allowed by way of discount in respect of any debentures; and

(c) the amount of the discount allowed on any issue of shares at a discount.

16. The assets and liabilities of the insurer shall be set out under the following headings and
shall reflect the identification of long term assets and liabilities as required by Part 6 of this
Schedule.

Assets

(a) Land and buildings-
Land held on a lease with an unexpired period of less than 10 years shall be separately
identified. Where land and buildings have been valued in the year, the name or
qualifications of the valuer, and the basis of valuation must he disclosed. For assets valued
previously, the year and amount of each valuation must be shown.

(b) Fixed interest securities-

(i) issued by, or guaranteed by, any Government or public authority; (ii) other fixed
interest securities (except those in associated or subsidiary companies) distinguishing
between listed and unlisted securities.

(c) Variable interest securities-

(i) issued by, or guaranteed by, any Government or public authority;
(ii) others.

(d) Other variable interest investments-

(i) equity shares (except those in associated or subsidiary companies) distinguishing
between listed and unlisted shares; (ii) holdings in unit trusts.

(e) Investments in associated or subsidiary companies-

(i) insurers(A) value of any shares held; (B) debts (other
than debts referred to in (g) below); (ii) non-insurers
value of any shares held; (B) debts.

The shares shall be analysed as listed and as unlisted, and the debts shall be analysed as
secured, as partly secured and as unsecured.

Loans secured by contracts of insurance issued by the insurer.

(g)Insurance debts (distinguishing between those due from associated or subsidiary
companies and those due from others)--

(i) premium income in respect of direct insurance but not yet paid to the insurer less
commission payable thereon;
(ii) amounts due under reinsurance contracts, distinguishing as between reinsurance
contracts accepted and reinsurance contracts ceded;
(iii) if material, recoveries due by way of salvage or from other insurers in respect of
claims paid other than recoveries under reinsurance contracts ceded.

(h) Debts not previously covered-

(i) fully secured;
(ii) partly secured;
(iii) unsecured.







(i) Deposit and current accounts with banks-

(i) fixed term deposits;
(ii) current accounts.

(j)Deposit and current accounts with deposit-taking companies registered or authorized by
any governmental agency

(i) fixed term;
(ii) at call.

(k) Cash.

(1) Computer equipment, office machinery, furniture, motor vehicles and other
equipment.





(m) Goodwill, patents, and trade marks.

(n) Other assets, to be separately specified if material.

With regard to assets where a provision is made for depreciation, amortization, renewal or
diminution in value, the amount so provided shall be recorded in respect of each asset.

Liabilities

(o) Long term business liabilities-(i) long term business funds; (ii) claims admitted but not
paid;

for each type of business specified in paragraph 25.

(p) Liabilities other than long term business(i)
unearned premiums; (ii) any additional
amount for unexpired risks;

(iii)claims outstanding before and after deducting amounts recoverable from
reinsurers(A) reported claims;

(B) claims incurred but not reported;

(iv) expenses of settling claims outstanding, if not included under (iii) above; (v) funds;
(vi) others.

(q) Other insurance liabilities-

(i) amounts due in respect of direct insurance except amounts which must be included
in (o) or (p) above;

(ii) amounts due to insurers and intermediaries under reinsurance treaties accepted,
except amounts which must be included in (o) or (p) above;

(iii) amounts due to reinsurers and intermediaries under reinsurance contracts ceded.

(r) Other liabilities(i) secured loans; (ii) unsecured
loans; (iii) subordinated loan stock; (iv)
taxation; (v) recommended dividend; (vi)
accrued cumulative preference share dividend;

(vii) other creditors.

17. The aggregate amounts respectively of reserves and provisions (other than provisions
for depreciation, amortization, renewal or diminution in value of assets) shall be stated under
separate headings.

18. There shall also be shown (unless it is shown in the profit and loss account or a
statement or report annexed thereto, or the amount involved is not material)

(a)where the amount of the reserves or of the provisions (other than provisions for
depreciation, amortization, renewal or diminution in value of assets) shows an increase
as compared with the amount at the end of the immediately preceding financial year,
the source from which the amount of the increase has been derived; and

(b) where-

(i) the amount of the reserves shows a decrease as compared with the amount at the
end of the immediately preceding financial year; or

(ii) at the end of the immediately preceding financial year the amount of the provisions
(other than provisions for depreciation, amortization, renewal or diminution in value of
assets) exceeded the aggregate of the sum since applied and amounts still retained for
the purposes thereof,







the application of the amounts derived from the difference.

19. If provision is made for claims equalization or to accommodate fluctuations in taxation,
or for any other purpose, it shall be stated. If any of the sum so set aside has been used during the
financial year for another purpose, the amount thereof and the purpose for which it has been so
used shall be stated.

20. Where any liability of the insurer is secured otherwise than by operation of law on any
assets of the insurer, the fact that the liability is so secured shall be stated

21. Where any of the insurer's debentures are held by a nominee of or trustee for the
insurer, the nominal amount of the debentures and the amount at which they are stated in the
books of the insurer shall be stated.





22. The following shall also be stated-

(a) where any person or class of persons has an option to subscribe for shares in the
insurer--
-

(i) the name of that person or the class of persons involved;

(ii) the period during which it is exercisable;

(iii) the price to be paid or shares subscribed for under it;

(b)the amount of any arrears of fixed cumulative dividends on the insurer's shares and the
period for which the dividends or, if there is more than one class, each class of them are
in arrear;

(e)particulars of any charge on the assets of the insurer to secure the liabilities of another,
including the amount secured;

(d)if it is material, the general nature of any other contingent liabilities not provided for
and the aggregate amount or estimated amount of those liabilities; and

(e)if it is material, the aggregate amount or estimated amount of authorized capital
expenditure so far as not provided for.

23. Except in the case of the first balance sheet, the corresponding amounts at the end of
the immediately preceding financial year shall be shown for all items.

PART 5: GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING To REVENUE ACCOUNT
AND

PROFIT AND Loss
ACCOUNT
Revenue Account

24. (1) There shall be shown for each accounting class of general business---

(a) all gross premiums receivable by the insurer, distinguishing between-

(i) premiums from direct underwriting; and

(ii) premiums under reinsurance contracts accepted by the insurer;

(b)all reinsurance premiums payable by the insurer, distinguishing between cessions relating
to direct underwriting and retrocessions relating to reinsurance contracts accepted by the
insurer;

(e)all commissions payable by the insurer to agents, brokers or ceding companies,
distinguishing between those relating to premiums from direct underwriting and those
relating to premiums under reinsurance contracts accepted by the insurer;

(d) all commissions receivable by the insurer from reinsurers;

(e)all claims paid and outstanding, distinguishing between those relating to direct
underwriting and those relating to reinsurance contracts accepted by the insurer, and
showing--

(i) the gross amounts;

(ii) the amounts recoverable from reinsurers; and

(iii) the net amounts;
expenses of settling
claims;







(g) management expenses;

(h)unearned premiums and unexpired risks brought forward at the beginning of the financial
year and carried forward at the end of the year.

(2) An insurer---

(a)which undertakes business in accounting class 4 only in respect of risks relating to
hovercraft may account for such business in accounting class 3 if it also undertakes
business in that class;

(b)may include in accounting class 5 business covering liability for loss or damage to or of
goods in transit which would otherwise be included in accounting class 2 provided that
the policy does not cover damage to vehicles except as an ancillary risk as defined in the
First Schedule.

(3) Accounting classes 3,4 and 5 when accounted for on a 3-year basis shall also include
treaty reinsurance business in the corresponding classes. Subject thereto, the insurer may account
for all reinsurance business in accounting classes 9 and 10, or alternatively may combine all such
business with similar business falling within accounting classes 1 to 8 inclusive.

25. The following items (a) to (i) shall be shown, for long term business, for each of the
following types of business (i) to (vi) (which correspond to the classes of long term business in
Part 2 of the First Schedule)

(i) life and annuity business;

(ii) marriage and birth business;





(iii) linked long term business;

(iv) permanent health business;

(v) tontines;

(vi) capital redemption business:

Provided that if the appointed auditor certifies that the effect of business under any of the
types of business (ii) to (v) above is not material, such business may be accounted for under (i)
above;

(a) gross premiums receivable from-

(i) direct underwriting business;

(ii) reinsurance contracts accepted, distinguishing between premiums on new policies
and premiums on renewal policies and single premium policies and regular premium
policies;

(b) reinsurance premiums payable, distinguishing as in (a) above;

(e) commissions payable to agents, brokers or ceding insurers in respect of-

(i) direct underwriting business;

(ii) reinsurance contracts accepted,
distinguishing as in (a) above;

(d) commissions receivable from reinsurers, distinguishing as in (a) above;

(e) gross claims payable in respect of-

(i) direct underwriting business;

(ii) reinsurance contracts accepted, distinguishing between those payable on death, on
surrender, by way of lump sum on maturity or by way of periodic payments under the
contracts of insurance; claims recoverable from reinsurers, distinguishing as in (e)
above;

(g) interest or other income from long term business assets;

(h) dividends to policy holders;

(i) management and other expenses.

Profit and Loss Account

26. There shall be shown-

(a)the amounts respectively of income from listed investments and income from unlisted
investments;

(b)if a substantial part of the insurer's revenue for the financial year consists of rents from
land and buildings, the amount thereof (after deduction of ground-rents, rates and other
out-goings);

(e)any contribution to profits other than (a) and (b) above from sources other than
insurance business;

(d)the amount provided for depreciation, amortization, renewals or diminution in value of
assets;

(e) the amount of any provisions made other than provisions for depreciation,
amortization,






renewals or diminution in value of assets or, as the case may be, the amount withdrawn
from such provisions and not applied for the purposes thereof,
if, as respects any assets in whose case an amount is provided for depreciation,
amortization or diminution in value, an amount is provided for renewal thereof, the
last-mentioned amount shall be shown separately;

(g)if the amount provided for depreciation or diminution in value of any fixed assets
(other than investments) has been determined otherwise than by reference to the
amount of those assets as determined for the purpose of making up the balance sheet,
that fact shall be stated. Where land or buildings have been revalued and as a result of
the valuation there has been a change in the basis of depreciation in the period with
regard to the land or buildings, the effect of this change shall be disclosed, if material;

(h)the amount of interest on loans made to the insurer, whether on the security of
debentures or not;

(i) the amount of the charge for taxation;
the amounts respectively provided for redemption of share capital and for redemption
of
loans;

(k) the amount set aside or proposed to be set aside to, or withdrawn from, reserves;





(1) the amount, if material, charged in respect of the hire of plant and machinery;

(m) the aggregate amount of the dividends paid and proposed;

(n)the amount of any charge arising in consequence of the occurrence of an event in a
preceding financial year and of any credit so arising shall, if not included in a heading
relating to other matters, be stated under a separate heading;

(o)the amount of the remuneration of the auditors shall be shown under a separate
heading, and for the purposes of this paragraph, any sums paid by the insurer in respect
of the auditors' expenses shall be deemed to be included in the expression
'remuneration';

(p) (i) the aggregate amount of directors' emoluments;

(ii) if there are more than 3 directors, the aggregate amount of the emoluments of the
3 highest-paid directors;

(iii) the aggregate amount of compensation paid to any director or past director for
loss of office as director.

27. The following shall also be stated-

(a)if depreciation or replacement of fixed assets is provided for by some method other
than a depreciation charge or provision for renewals, or is not provided for, the method
by which it is provided for or the fact that it is not provided for, as the case may be;

(b) the basis on which the charge for taxation is computed;

(c)any special circumstances which affect liability in respect of taxation for the financial
year or liability in respect of taxation for succeeding financial years;

(d)except in the case of the first accounts, the corresponding amounts for the immediately
preceding financial year for all items shown in the revenue account and the profit and
loss account;

(e)any material respects in which any items shown in the revenue account or profit and
loss account are affected

(i) by transactions of a sort not usually undertaken by the insurer or otherwise by
circumstances of an infrequent or non-recurrent nature; or

(ii) by any change in the basis of accounting; or

(iii) by any correction of fundamental errors in any of the preceding financial years.

PART 6: ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN RESPECT OF INSURERS
CARRYING ON LONG TERMS BUSINESS

Identification of Long Term Assets and Liabilities

28. This Part sets out the method of identification of long term assets and liabilities required
under section 22 of this Ordinance.

29. All assets and liabilities not identified with its long term business at the end of the
financial year of the insurer beginning next after the commencement of this Ordinance shall be
so identified at that date ('the base date').

30. In the case of liabilities, the amount to be identified shall be the aggregate of the
following

(a)the amount of the long term business fund or funds carried forward in the insurer's
revenue account;

(b)the amounts of any accounting liabilities, reserves or provisions, other than those






mentioned in (a) above, shown in the insurer's balance sheet as attributable only to the
insurer's long term business;

(c)the amounts of any accounting liabilities, reserves or provisions, other than those
mentioned in (a) and (b) above, shown or included in the insurer's balance sheet in
relation to which there are records which identify them as attributable only to the
insurer's long term business.

31. In the case of assets, the assets to he identified shall be such proportion of the insurer's
total assets as the amount of the identified liabilities bears to the total liabilities of the insurer.
The insurer's total assets shall be valued at a fair market value on the base date, the amount of
the identified liabilities shall be determined as in paragraph 30, and the total liabilities of the
insurer shall be taken as including the share capital and reserves but excluding provisions or other
allowances in respect of depreciation, amortization, renewal or diminution in value (whether
actual or potential) of assets:





Provided that-

(a)the value of assets to be identified shall be not less than the aggregate of $2,000,000 or
its equivalent and the amount of the identified liabilities, and

(b)where the value of assets so identified is less than the aggregate of the values of the
assets which were already identified as attributable to the insurer` s long term business
on the base date, the latter shall be taken as the identified assets.

32. Assets and liabilities which were already identified as attributable to the insurer's long
term business on the base date or which are to be so identified on the base date shall be identified
as attributable to its long term business on the base date.

33. Assets acquired after the base date, to the extent that they are acquired out of receipts of
the insurer in respect of its long term business, shall be identified to that extent as attributable to
the insurer's long term business.

34. Where any assets which were identified as attributable to the insurer's long term business
in accordance with the above requirements have been disposed of, the proceeds of that disposal
shall be identified as assets attributable to the insurer's long term business.

35. Any income accruing from any asset of the insurer which falls to be identified as an asset
attributable to the insurer's long term business shall also be so identified.

36. (1) Every insurer to which this Part of this Schedule applies shall, not later than 6
months after the base date, deposit with the Insurance Authority a certificate that the insurer has
in accordance with this Part

(a)identified in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 30 and 31 any assets and
liabilities which were not already identified on the base date as attributable to the
insurer's long term business;

(b)identified as assets attributable to the insurer's long term business all those assets which
are required to be so identified in accordance with paragraph 32; and

(e) established and maintained those books of account and other records which are required

. to be established and maintained by section 22 of this Ordinance,
and that certificate shall be signed by at least 2 directors of the insurer and the chief executive
thereof
or, in the case of an insurer which has no chief executive, by at least 2 directors and the secretary
thereof..

Provided that if in any case it is made to appear to the Insurance Authority that the
circumstances are such that a longer period than 6 months should be allowed for depositing the
certificate, he may extend that period by such period not exceeding 3 months as he thinks fit.

(2) There shall be annexed to every such certificate a report signed by the appointed auditor
stating whether--

(a) the insurer has complied with subparagraph (1)(a) and (b); and

(b) in his opinion, the insurer has complied with subparagraph (1)(c).

PART 7: INFORMATION To BE FURNISHED FOLLOWING
ACTUARIAL

INVESTIGATION UNDER SECTION 18 OR 32 OF THIS
ORDINANCE

37. The following forms and supplementary information shall be furnished in support of any
actuarial valuation required to be produced under section 18 or 32 of this Ordinance, and the
information hereinafter required shall be furnished for each type of business set out in paragraph
38(1) of this Schedule for each fund and in total.







38. (1) There shall be furnished in the Form LI below a revenue account for the period since
the last valuation or, in the case of an insurer which has made no valuation, since the
commencement of the business, for each of the following types of business (i) to (vi) (which
correspond to the classes of long term business in Part 2 of the First Schedule)--

(i) life and annuity business;

(ii) marriage and birth business;

(iii) linked long term business;

(iv) permanent health business;

(v) tontines;

(vi) capital redemption business:

Provided that if the appointed actuary certifies that the effect of business under any of the
types of business (ii) to (v) above is not material, such business may be accounted for under (i)
above.





FORM LI

REVENUE ACCOUNT OF ........(name of insurer)

in respect of class(es)* ................for the period commencing and ending

Amount of Funds on ....................Commissions Payable ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... XX

the beginning of the period ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... XX (i)
Direct Underwriting Business
................................ (ii) Reinsurance Contracts Accepted ...

Premiums Receivable................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... XX

...................... XX
Reinsurance Net of.Claims Payable ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... 1 ...
XX
GrossPremiums Reinsurance

Premiums Ceded Premium Recoverable
Gross from Net
(i) Direct Underwriting Business: Amount Reinsurers Amount

Single Premiums .............
Regular Premiums .......................(i) Direct Underwriting Business:
.......................On Death
.......................On Surrender
(ii) Reinsurance Contracts Accepted:.... By Way of Lump Sums
Single Premiums .......................on Maturity
Regular Premiums .......................By Way of Periodic
.......................Payments
..........XX
.......................(ii) Reinsurance Contracts Accepted:

Interest or Income from Long Term Business Assets . ... ... .. ... ... ... ... XX On Death

Commissions Receivable ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... XX On Surrender

Other Receipts (accounts to be specified) ... ... ... ... ... ... By Way of Lump Sums

XX on Maturity
By Way of Periodic
Payments

...............XX
Dividends to Policy holders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... XX

Other Payments (accounts to be specified) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... XX
Amount of Funds on

the end of the period ........ ---. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... XX

Transfer from Profit and Loss Account ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... XX Transfer to
Profit and Loss Account.......... ... ....... ... ... ... ... ... ...
XX
...............XX ......
XX

The classes referred to correspond to the classes of Long Term Business set out in Part 2 of the First Schedule.





(2) The following supplementary information shall be furnished with the Form L I above-

(a) the date up to which the valuation is made;

(b)the principles upon which the valuation and distribution of profits among the policy
holders are made, and whether these principles were determined by the instrument
constituting the insurer or by its regulations or bylaws or otherwise;

(c) the table or tables of mortality used in the valuation;

(d) the rate or rates of interest assumed in the calculations;

(e)the proportion of the annual premium income reserved as a provision for future
expenses and profit (if no such provision is made in respect thereof, a statement as to
what provision is made shall be furnished);

the time during which a policy must be in force in order to entitle the policy holders to
share in the profits;

(g) the results of the valuation, showing-

(i) the total amount of profit made by the insurer;

(ii) the amount of profit divided among the policy holders, and the number and amount
of the policies which participated;

(iii) the amount of profit brought forward from the previous valuation, the amount
thereof allotted to policy holders and shareholders.

39. (1) There shall be furnished in the Forms L2 and L3 below a statement of the liabilities
of the insurer under each of the types of business specified in paragraph 38(1) at the date of the
valuation, showing the number of policies, the amount assured and the amount of premiums
payable annually under each type of policy, both with and without participation in profits, and
the net liabilities and assets of the insurer, and the amount of any surplus or deficiency.





FORM L2
VALUATION SUMMARY OF ............(name of insurer)
for the period commencing .......and ending

3 4 5 6 7

Amount of
NumberAmount of sums assured Yearly premiumsValue of sums assured Amount Bases of
Class Type of insurance of or annuities per annum or annuities per annum Value of yearly of net
valuation
0including vested including vested net premiums

contracts reversionary bonuses office Net reversionary bonuses liability
premiums premiums
A (I) Life assurance other than annuities

(a) With participation in profits:

Whole life .................................................

Endowment ..............................................

Other types (to be specified) .....................

Total assurances with profits ....................

(b) Without participation in profits:

Whole life ...........

Endowment ..............................................

Other types (to be specified) .....................

Total assurances without profits ..............

Total assurances ..............................................

(II) Annuities

(a) With participation in profits:

Life annuities in course of payment

Deferred life annuities ......................

Other types (to be specified) .....................

Total annuities with profits ..............





1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Amount of
Number Amount of sums assured yearly premiums Value of sums assured Amount Bases
of
Class Type of insurance of 1 or annuities per annum or annuities per annum Value of yearly 1
of net valuation
including vested including vested net premiums liability
contractsreversionary bonusesoffice Net reversionary bonuses
premiums premiums
(b) Without participation in profits:
Life annuities in course of payment

Deferred fife annuities ... ... ... ...

Other types (to be specified) ... ... ...

Total annuities with profits ... ... ...

Total annuities ... ... ... ... ... . ...

B Marriage and birth

* Linked long term

* Permanent health

F Tontines

F Capital redemption

TOTALS

Notes

1 . The closes referred to correspond to the classes of Long Term Business set out in Part 2 of the First Schedule.

2. Within each class of insurance, the following are to he shown-

(i) direct business and reinsurances accepted;

(ii) reinsurances ceded; and
(iii) net retained business.

3.The entry under column 8 should either refer to details given as supplementary information or should state the mortality
tablesistatistical tables and rates of interest employed, as appropriate.

4. With regard to business falling within class A-

(i) separate summaries similar in form to the above must be furnished in respect of policies valued by different mortality
tables, or at different rates of interest; and

(ii) contracts the nature of which or the method of valuation of which makes it impossible or inappropriate to give the
information required in columns 4, 5 and 6 of any valuation summary
are to be shown separately and the reason stated.





FORM L3

Valuation Balance Sheet of as at 19

$
Net liability under long term insur- Long term insurance business funds

ance business (as per Form L2) (as per Balance Sheet)

Surplus ......................................... Deficiency ............
...........

(2) There shall be furnished with the Forms L2 and L3 above particulars of the average rate
of interest yielded by the assets whether invested or uninvested constituting the long term
business fund of the insurer, calculated upon the mean fund of each year during the period since
the last investigation.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2286

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

41

Number of Pages

68
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:23 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN LEASES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2285

Title

CROWN LEASES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CROWN LEASES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 40





CHAPTER 40

CROWN LEASES ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

3. Application ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART 11

RENEWAL OF CROWN LEASES
4. Renewal of Crown leases which expired before commencement of Ordinance ... 3
5. Renewal of Crown leases expiring after commencement of Ordinance ... ... ... 4

6. Person entitled to renew ............ . 1 . ... ... ... ... ... 4

7. Terms of new Crown lease .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

8. Covenants, etc. in the new Crown lease ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
9. New Crown rent of a lot or section held under a new Crown lease ... ... ... 5
10. New Crown rent to be noted in register in Land Office ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
11. Correction of clerical or arithmetical errors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
12. Evidence of renewal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
13. Collection of new Crown rent ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

14..................Recovery of new Crown rent ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

PART Ill
MISCELLANEOUS
15. New Crown leases subject to encumbrances and interests ... ... ... ... ... 9

16............Crown lease plan ............... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

17. Completed plans to be open for inspection and method of objection thereto ... 9

18..................Approval of plan by Director ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

19.........................Application to District Court for amendment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

20...........................District Court may order the amendment of plan ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

21............Appeal to judge ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

22...............................Plan as approved or amended to be delivered to Land Office ... ... ... ... 11

23...........................Breaches of covenant in renewable Crown lease ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

Schedule.................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11





CHAPTER 40

CROWN LEASES

To make provision for the renewal of certain Crown leases.

[14 December 1973.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown Leases Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

-Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation;

'Director' means the Director of Buildings and Lands; (Amended, L.N.
76182 and L.N. 94186)

'lot' means any piece or parcel of ground demised under a Crown
lease;

'new Crown lease' means such a lease as is deemed to be granted
under Part II;

'new Crown rent' means such a rent as shall be fixed under Part 11;

'published' means published in the Gazette and in one daily
newspaper printed in the English language for circulation in Hong
Kong and in one daily newspaper printed in the Chinese language
for circulation in Hong Kong;

'relevant day' means 1 July 1973 or the day immediately following the
day of expiration of the Crown lease, whichever is the later;

'renewable Crown lease' means a Crown lease to which the Ordinance
applies by virtue of section 3;

'scheduled lot' means a lot specified in the Schedule;

'section' means any portion of a lot which has been

(a)assigned or alienated for the whole of the term created by the
renewable Crown lease of the lot; or

(b)declared to have been divided or severed from the remainder
of the lot,

by or under an instrument which is registered in the Land Office
and any portion of a lot retained following such assignment or
alienation;

'tenement' means any land (including land covered with water) or any
building, structure, or part thereof which is held or occupied as a
distinct or separate tenancy or holding.





3. (1) Subject to subsection (2), this Ordinance applies-

(a)in the case of Crown leases which expired before the
commencement of this Ordinance-
(i) to every such Crown lease under which land in New
Kowloon or in any other part of the New Territories was
demised for a term of 75 years and which contained a right
of renewal for a further term; and
(ii) to the Crown lease of each lot specified in the
Schedule; and

(b)in the case of Crown leases which expire after the com-
mencement of this Ordinance-
(i) to every such Crown lease under which land in Hong
Kong (other than the New Territories) is demised for a
term of 99 or 75 years and which contains a right of
renewal for a further term; and
(ii) to every such Crown lease under which land in New
Kowloon or in any other part of the New Territories is
demised for a term of 21 years and which contains a right
of renewal for a further term.

(2) This Ordinance does not apply to any lease to which the
New Territories (Renewable Crown Leases) Ordinance applies.

(3) The Governor may by order amend the Schedule.

PART 11

RENEWAL OF CROWN LEASES

4. (1) Where a renewable Crown lease of a lot expired before
the commencement of this Ordinance and the lot had not been
divided into sections before the expiration of the lease, the right of
renewal contained in the lease shall be deemed to have been
exercised by the person or all the persons, if more than one, entitled
to that right immediately before the expiration of the lease and there
shall be deemed to have been granted to such person or persons on
the day following the day on which the lease expired a new Crown
lease of the lot.

(2) Where a renewable Crown lease of a lot expired before the
commencement of this Ordinance and the lot had been divided into
sections before the expiration of the lease, the -right of renewal
contained in the lease shall be deemed to have been exercised by the
persons entitled to that right immediately before the expiration of
the lease, and there shall be deemed to have been granted to such
persons on the day following the day on which the lease expired
separate new Crown leases of the sections of the tot respectively held
by them under the lease.





5. (1) Where a renewable Crown lease of a lot expires after
the commencement of this Ordinance and the lot has not been
divided into sections before the expiration of the lease, the right of
renewal contained in the lease shall, if the lease has not been renewed
pursuant to the right of renewal contained therein before it expires,
be deemed to have been exercised by the person or all the persons, if
more than one, entitled to that right immediately before the expira-
tion of the lease, and there shall be deemed to be granted to such
person or persons on the day following the day on which the lease
expired a new Crown lease of the lot.

(2) Where a renewable Crown lease of a lot expires after the
commencement of this Ordinance and the lot has been divided into
sections before the expiration of the lease, the right of renewal
contained in the lease shall, if the lease has not been renewed
pursuant to the right of renewal contained therein, before it expires,
be deemed to have been exercised by all the persons entitled to that
right immediately before the expiration of the lease, and there shall
be deemed to be granted to such persons on the day following the
day on which the lease expired separate new Crown leases of the
sections of the lot respectively held by them under the lease.

6. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that a
person entitled to a right of renewal contained in a renewable Crown
lease referred to in sections 4 and 5 means the person who is
registered in the Land Office on the date of expiration of the lease as
the owner or one of the owners of the lot to which the lease relates.

7. Every new Crown lease shall be deemed-

(a)to be for the same term as is specified in the proviso for
renewal in the renewable Crown lease of the lot or section
to which the new Crown lease relates;

(b)to commence immediately on the expiration of the term of
the renewable Crown lease of the lot or section to which
the new Crown lease relates;

(c)to confer on the persons (if more than one) who were
entitled to the right of renewal under the renewable Crown
lease the same shares and interests as they respectively
enjoyed under the renewable Crown lease immediately
before its expiration.

8. Every new Crown lease shall be deemed to contain-

(a)a reservation of the new Crown rent in respect of the lot or
section to which the new Crown lease relates;

(b)a covenant by the lessee to pay the new Crown rent in the
same manner and on the same days as are specified in the
renewable Crown lease of the lot or section to which the
new Crown lease relates;





(c)the same covenants, exceptions, reservations, stipulations,
provisos and declarations (including the right of re-entry)
mutatis mutandis as are contained in the renewable Crown
lease of the lot or section to which the new Crown lease
relates other than

(i) the covenant to pay the Crown rent;

(ii) the proviso for renewal on the expiration of the term;

(iii) any covenant or proviso expressed not to continue to
apply after the renewal of the renewable Crown lease;

(d)a covenant by the lessee to perform, observe and comply with
the covenants, exceptions, reservations, stipulations,
provisos and declarations deemed to be contained in the new
Crown lease by virtue of paragraph (c).

9. (1) Subject to subsection (9) the new Crown rent payable under a
new Crown lease shall be an amount equal to 3 per cent of the rateable
value of the lot or section held under new Crown lease. (Amended, 56 of
1978, s. 2)

(2) Subject to the provisions of this section, the rateable value for
the purposes of this section of a lot or section held under a new Crown
lease is the rateable value or interim valuation as set out on the relevant
day in the list declared under section 13 of the Rating Ordinance, of the
tenement, or, if there is more than one tenement, the aggregate of the
rateable values and interim valuations as so set out of all the tenements
comprised wholly or partly in the lot or section held under the new
Crown lease. (Replaced, 56 of 1978, s. 2)

(3)(a) Where after the commencement* of the Crown Leases
(Amendment) Ordinance 1978 or the relevant day, whichever
is the later, an interim valuation is made by the Commissioner
under the Rating Ordinance of any tenement comprised
wholly or partly in a lot or section held under a new Crown
lease consequent upon the redevelopment of the lot or
section, then with effect from the first day of the month
following that in which the interim valuation becomes
effective under the Rating Ordinance or the relevant day,
whichever is the later, and notwithstanding subsection (2), the
rateable value of the lot or section for the purposes of this
section is the aggregate of

(i) the rateable value of the lot or section as last ascertained
under this section; and

(ii) the interim valuation, less that portion, if any, of the
rateable value under sub-paragraph (i) attributable to a
tenement or part of a tenement included in or replaced by the
tenement to which the interim valuation relates:





Provided that this subsection shall not apply to any lot
or section if its effect would be to reduce the rateable value of
that lot or section to less than it would have been had the
interim valuation not been made.

(b)For the purposes of paragraph (a) 'redevelopment' in
relation to a lot or section means the construction wholly or
partly on the lot or section of a new building. (Replaced, 56 of
1978, s. 2)

(3A) For the purposes of subsections (2) and (3), a tenement shall
be deemed to be comprised partly in a lot or section if the building in
which it is contained stands partly on the lot or section; and where a
tenement is so deemed to be comprised partly in a lot or section, there
shall be included for the purpose of determining the rateable value of
the lot or section only that proportion of the rateable value in the list
declared under section 13 of the Rating Ordinance or the interim
valuation of the tenement as the area of the lot or section bears to the
area of all the lots or sections on which the building stands. (Added, 56
of 1978, s. 2)

(4) The reference in this Ordinance to the rateable value of a
tenement as set out on the relevant day in the list declared under
section 13 of the Rating Ordinance includes a reference to the rateable
value of any tenement ascertained pursuant to subsection (6) and the
rateable value provided for by subsection (7).

(5) The reference in this Ordinance to the rateable value or the
interim valuation of a tenement made by the Commissioner under the
Rating Ordinance is, in a case where such rateable value or such interim
valuation is varied on appeal under section 42 of that Ordinance, a
reference to such rateable value or such interim valuation as so varied.

(6) Where no rateable value of a tenement has been ascertained
under the Rating Ordinance whether by reason of the exemption of such
tenement from assessment to rates or otherwise, the Commissioner shall
if required by the Director ascertain the rateable value thereof as if the
same were assessable to rates under that Ordinance.

(7) Where on the relevant day no rates are payable under the
Rating Ordinance in relation to a tenement, otherwise than by reason of
any exemption under section 36 of that Ordinance, the rateable value for
the purposes of this section, of the lot or section comprising such
tenement shall be- (Amended, 56 of 1978, s. 2)

(a)the rateable value of the tenement of which the land
comprised in such lot or section formed part as last
ascertained by the Commissioner for rating purposes; or

(b) the aggregate of the rateable values of-

(i) such tenements; or

(ii) the tenements which included any interest in such land;
or





(iii) both the tenements referred to in sub-paragraph (i) and
those referred to in sub-paragraph (ii),

as last ascertained by the Commissioner for rating purposes. (8)
There shall be added to the new Crown rent determined in accordance
with subsection (1) such amount as may be necessary to make the same
an even number of dollars.

(9) Where the person or all of the persons, if more than one,
entitled to exercise the right of renewal contained in a renewable Crown
lease paid or agreed in writing with the Director to pay the new Crown
rent of a lot or section in an amount exceeding that which is specified in
subsection (1) the new Crown rent of the lot or section shall be

(a)for the period from the expiration of the renewable Crown
lease to the 30 June 1973 the amount so paid or agreed to be
paid; and

(b)for the period from the 1 July 1973 to the expiration of the term
of the new Crown lease the amount specified in subsection
(1).

10. (1) As soon as practicable after a new Crown lease of a lot or
section is deemed to be granted under this Ordinance

(a)the Director shall notify the Land Officer of the amount of the
new Crown rent payable in respect of the lot or section; and

(b)the Land Officer shall cause the amount of the new Crown
rent payable in respect of the lot or section to be noted in the
register of such lot or section kept in the Land Office.

(2) As soon as practicable after the making by the Commissioner
after the relevant day of an interim valuation of any tenement which
results in an increase in the new Crown rent payable in respect of a lot
or section

(a)the Director shall notify the Land Officer of the increased new
Crown rent; and

(b)the Land Officer shall cause the amount of the new Crown
rent noted in the register of such lot or section kept in the
Land Office to be deleted and shall cause the inceased new
Crown rent to be noted therein.

11. (1) The Director may at any time correct clerical or arithmetical
errors in a determination of the new Crown rent payable in respect of a
lot or section under section 9, and if he makes such a correction he shall
notify the Land Officer thereof.

(2) The Land Officer on being notified by the Director of a
correction under subsection (1) shall accordingly rectify the amount of
the new Crown rent shown in the register of the lot or section kept in
the Land Office.





12. The entry for the time being in the register in the Land Office of
the amount of the new Crown rent payable in respect of a lot or section
shall be conclusive evidence of the grant of the new Crown lease of the
lot or section and of the new Crown rent thereof.

13. (1) Without prejudice to section 8(b) the Crown may in
collecting the new Crown rent payable in respect of a lot or section
demand from the person, whether owner, agent or occupier, who pays
the rates in respect of any tenement comprised in land held under a new
Crown lease an amount equal to- (Amended, 56 of 1978, s. 3)

(a)3 per cent of the rateable value of such tenement as set out on
the relevant day in the list declared under section 13 of the
Rating Ordinance and such sum as may be necessary to make
the same an even number of dollars; or

(b)3 per cent of the interim valuation of such tenement made by
the Commissioner under the Rating Ordinance and such sum
as may be necessary to make the same an even number of
dollars.

(2) The person on whom a demand under subsection (1) is made
shall pay the sum so demanded within the time specified in such
demand.

(3) Where under this section any sum is paid by a person who is
not an owner of the tenement in respect. of which the sum is paid under
subsection (2), then the sum so paid shall be a debt due to that person
from the owner of the tenement and shall be recoverable as such from
any rent or other moneys for the time being due by that person to the
owner. (Replaced, 56 of 1978, s. 3)

(4) In this section 'owner' in relation to a tenement means the
person whose name is registered in the Land Office as that of the owner
of the tenement or of any undivided share therein, and any person
deriving title from such person by virtue of an under-letting or
otherwise. (Replaced, 56 of 1978, s. 3)

14. (1) Without prejudice to any other remedy of the Crown in
respect of the default in payment of the new Crown rent any sum not
paid in accordance with a demand under section 13 shall be recoverable
as a debt due to the Crown.

(2) Whenever any person makes default in payment of any sum
demanded under section 13 the same may be recovered by action in the
District Court notwithstanding that the amount is in excess of the sum
of $20,000.

(3) In any proceedings under this section for the recovery of any
sum demanded under section 13 the production of a certificate signed
by the Director stating the name and last known postal address of the
person who is liable to pay the same and particulars of the amount due
shall be sufficient evidence of such amount and sufficient authority for
the District Court to give judgment therefor.





(4) In any proceedings in the District Court under this section the
Director may appear in person or may be represented either by a legal
officer within the meaning of the Legal Officers Ordinance or by any
other person authorized by him in writing.

PART III

MISCELLANEOUS

15. Every new Crown lease and the land thereby deemed to be
demised shall be deemed to be subject to such of the following
encumbrances and interests as the land and the renewable Crown lease
relating thereto were subject to immediately before the expiration of the
renewable Crown lease

(a)any mortgage or charge, whether legal or equitable, and
whether registered in the Land Office or not;

(b) any public rights;

(c)any other rights, easements, tenancies or other burdens of
whatsoever kind or nature, except

(i) in the case of a covenant, a contrary intention is
expressed; and

(ii) in the case of any other right, easement, tenancy or
burden created by an instrument, it is not expressed in that
instrument to continue after the date of the expiration of the
renewable Crown lease. (Amended, 62 of 1984, s. 42)

16. (1) If a plan of a lot held under a renewable Crown lease is not
annexed to the counterpart of the Crown lease kept in the Land Office,
or if the plan annexed thereto is, in the opinion of the Director,
inaccurate or inadequate to establish the location, position, or
dimensions of the lot, the Director may cause the lot to be surveyed and
a plan thereof prepared.

(2) If a plan of a section of a lot held under a renewable Crown lease
is not registered in the Land Office, or if the plan so registered is, in the
opinion of the Director, inaccurate or inadequate to establish the
location, position, or dimensions of the section, the Director may cause
the section to be surveyed and a plan thereof prepared.

17. Upon completion under section 16 of the plan of a lot or section
the Director shall cause a notice to be published declaring

(a)that the plan has been prepared and is available for inspection
by the public;

(b)the place and times at which the plan may be so inspected;
and

(c)that any person claiming to have an interest in any land
comprised in the plan and who considers that the plan is
incorrect in any manner prejudicial to such interest may,





within 60 days after the date of the publication of the notice in
the Gazette, serve upon the Director an application in writing,
specifying the nature of such interest and the manner in
which such person considers the plan to be incorrect and
sufficient indication of the grounds for such consideration
and requesting that the plan be corrected accordingly.

18. (1) Upon the expiration of the period specified under section 17,
the Director shall consider such applications as may have been received
by him pursuant to that section.

(2) After consideration of such applications, or where no such
applications are received by him, the Director may allow the plan to
stand unamended or amend it in such manner as he thinks fit, and
thereafter shall cause a notice to be published approving the plan, either
in the same form as that in which it was made available to the public
under section 17, or as amended in accordance with this subsection and
specifying the manner in which the same has been amended.

19. (1) Any person claiming to have an interest in any land
comprised in the plan as approved under section 18(2) and who
considers that the plan is incorrect in any manner prejudicial to such
interest may, within 30 days after the publication under that section of
the notice in the Gazette, apply to the District Court for an order
directing the Director to amend the plan in the manner specified in the
application or in such other manner as the Court may think just.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Crown Proceedings
Ordinance, the Director shall be named as defendant in any application
made under subsection (1), and the Court may, of its own motion or on
application made to it, in addition cause to be joined as co-defendant
any person who it appears may be affected by any order which may be
made directing the amendment of the plan.

(3) An application to the District Court under this section shall be
instituted by an originating summons and shall for all purposes relating
to costs and fees be deemed to be an action in respect of which the
value of the claim exceeds $500 but does not exceed $2,000.

20. Where an application is made under section 19, the District
Court, having heard the representations of the parties and any evidence
adduced by them may, if it thinks fit, order the Director to amend the
plan as approved under section 18(2), in such manner as the Court may
think just.

21. Any party to an application made under section 19 who is
aggrieved by a decision of the District Court under section 20 may
appeal against such decision within 14 days after the making thereof to
a judge, who may confirm, reverse or vary the decision of the District
Court, and the decision of the judge on any such appeal shall be final.





22. The plan, as approved under section 18(2), or, if amended by
order of the District Court or a judge, as so amended after all
applications and all appeals have been finally disposed of under
sections 20 and 21, respectively, shall be delivered by the Director to
the Land Officer who shall

(a)in the case of a lot, cause the plan to be annexed to the
counterpart of the renewable Crown lease of the lot kept in
the Land Office and cause the previous plan, if any, to be
cancelled;

(b)in the case of a section, cause the plan to be registered in the
Land Office in respect of the section of the lot to which the
renewable Crown lease relates, and cause the previous plan, if
any, to be cancelled.

23. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed as a waiver by
the Crown of any of its rights in respect of any breach of covenant in
any renewable Crown lease.

(2) Any breach of covenant of a renewable Crown lease existing
immediately before its expiration shall be deemed to be a breach of
covenant of the new Crown lease and the Crown may exercise its rights
(including the right of re-entry) in relation to the new Crown lease in the
same manner and to the same extent as such rights could have been
exercised or enforced before its expiration in relation to the renewable
Crown lease.

SCHEDULE [ss. 2 & 3.]
Lot No. Section/Sub-section Date of Expiration

of Crown Lease
K.I.L. 3794 R.P.
K.I.L. 3796 R.P. 7. 7.1959
K.I.L. 1716 14.7.1968
K.I.L. 6382
K.I.L. 6385 31.12.1968
KIL. 951 s. A
K.I.L. 952 s. A
K.I.L. 952 s. B ss. 1
K.I.L. 952 s. B ss. 2 R.P.
K.I.L. 952 s. B ss. 3 R.P.
K.I.L. 952 s. B ss. 4 R.P.
K.I.L. 952 s. B R.P.
K.I.L. 953 s. A ss. 1 s. A
K.I.L. 953 s. A ss. 1 R.P.
K.I.L. 953 s. A ss. 2 s. A
K.I.L. 953 s. A ss. 2 R.P.
K.I.L. 953 s. Ass. 3
K.I.L. 953 s. A ss. 4 8. 4.1972
K.I.L. 953 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 953 s. B ss. 1 R.P.
K.I.L. 953 s. B R.P.
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 1 s. A
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 1 R.P.
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 2 s. A
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 2 R.P.
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 3 s. A
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 3 R.P.
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 4 s. A
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 4 R.P.





SCHEDULE [ss. 2 & 3.]

Lot No. Section/Sub-sectionDate of Expiration
K.I.L. 954 s. A ss. 5 of Crown Lease
K.I.L. 954 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 955
K.I.L. 956 s. A ss. 1
K.I.L. 956 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 956 s. B
K.I.L. 956 R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. A ss. 1 R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. A ss. 2 R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. A ss. 3 R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. A ss. 4 R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. B ss.1
K.I.L. 957 s. B R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. C ss. 1
K.I.L. 957 s. C R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. D ss.1
K.I.L. 957 s. D R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. E R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. F
K.I.L. 957 s. G ss. 1 R.P.
K.I.L. 957 s. G R.P.
K.I.L. 957 R.P.
K.I.L. 958 s. A ss. 1
K.I.L. 958 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 958 s. B ss.1
K.I.L. 958 s. B R.P.
K.I.L. 958 s. C
K.I.L. 958 s. D
K.I.L. 958 s. E
K.I.L. 958 R.P.
K.I.L. 959 s. A ss. 1 s. A
KIL 959 s. A ss. 1 R.P.
K.I.L. 959 s. A ss. 2 8. 4.1972
K.I.L. 959 s. A ss. 3
K.I.L. 959 s. A ss. 4
K.I.L. 959 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 959 s. B R.P.
K.I.L. 959 R.P.
K.I.L. 960 s. A ss. 1
K.I.L. 960 s. A ss. 2 R.P.
KIL, 960 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 960 s. A ss. 3 R.P.
K.I.L. 960 s. A ss. 4
K.I.L. 960 s. B R.P.
K.I.L. 960 s. C R.P.
K.I.L. 960 R.P.
K.I.L. 961 R.P.
K.I.L. 962 s. A R.P.
K.I.L, 962 R.P.
K.I.L. 963 s. A
K.I.L. 963 R.P.
K.I.L. 964 s. A ss. 1
K.I.L. 964 s. A ss. 2 s. A
K.I.L. 964 s. A ss. 2 R.P.
K.I.L~ 964 s. A ss. 3
K.I.L. 964 s. A R.P.
K.I.L, 964 R.P.
K.I.L. 966 R.P.
K.I.L. 967 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 967 R.P.
K.I.L, 968 R.P.






K.I.L. 970 R.P.
K.I.L. 973 s. A
K.I.L. 973 R.P.
K.I.L. 975 s. A
K.I.L. 975 R.P.





Date of Expiration
Lot No. Section/Sub-sectionof Crown Lease
K.I.L. 1165 s. B
K. 1. L. 1165 s. C
K.I.L. 1165 s. D
K.I.L. 1165 s. E
K.I.L. 1165 s. G
K.I.L. 1165 s. H
K.I.L. 1165 s. 1
K.I.L. 1165 s. J R.P.
K.I.L. 1165 s. K R.P.
K.I.L. 1165 R.P.
K.I.L. 1166 s. A ss. 1
K.I.L. 1166 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 1166 s. B
K.I.L. 1166 R.P.
K.I.L. 1167
K.I.L. 1168 s. B ss. 1 s. A
K.I.L. 1168 s. B ss. 1 R.P.
K.I.L. 1168 s. B R.P.
K.I.L. 1168 s. C
K.I.L. 1168 s. D
K.I.L. 1168 R.P.
K.I.L. 1169 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 1169 s. B
K.I.L. 1169 R.P.
K.I.L. 1356 R.P.
KIL. 1908 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 1908 s. B
K.I.L. 1908 s. C
K.I.L. 1908 s. D R.P.
K.I.L. 1908 s. E R.P.
K.I.L. 1908 R.P.
K.I.L. 1929
K.I.L. 1930 s. A
K.I.L. 1930 s. B ss. 1
K.I.L. 1930 s. B RT. 8. 4.1972
K.I.L. 1930 R.P.
K.I.L. 2106 R.P.
K.I.L. 2106 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 2425 s. A
K.I.L. 2425 s. B
K.I.L. 2425 s. C
K.I.L. 2425 s. D
K.I.L, 2425 s. E
K.I.L. 2425 R.P.
K.I.L. 2426
K.I.L. 2427
K.I.L. 2428
K.I.L. 2429
K.I.L. 2430
K.I.L. 3088 R.P.
K.I.L. 3089
K.I.L. 3090
K.I.L. 3091
K.I.L. 3092
K.I.L. 3093
K.I.L. 3094
K.I.L. 3095 R.P.
K.I.L. 3096 R.P.
K.I.L. 3097 s. A
K.I.L. 3097 R.P.
K.I.L. 3098
K.I.L. 3099 s. A ss. 1
K.I.L. 3099 s. A ss. 2






K.I.L. 3099 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 3099 s. B
K.I.L. 3099 R.P.
K.I.L. 3137 s. A R.P.
K.I.L. 3137 R.P.
K.I.L. 9454
K.I.L. 9476





Lot No. Section/Sub-sectionDate of Expiration
of Crown Lease
K.M.L. 40 s. A & Extension
K.M.L. 40 s. B
K.M.L. 40 s. C
K.M.L. 40 s. D
K. M. L. 40 s. E
K.M.L. 40 s. F ss. 1
K.M.L. 40 s. F R.P. 14. 9.1972
K.M.L. 40 s. G ss. 1
K.M.L. 40 s. G R.P.
K.M.L. 40 s. H
K.M.L. 40 s. I
K.M.L. 40 s. J
K. M, L. 40 R.P.
Originally 75 of 1973. 56 of 1978. L.N. 76/82. 62 of 1984. L.N. 94/86. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. Application. Schedule. (Cap. 152.) Renewal of Crown leases which expired before commencement of Ordinance. Renewal of Crown leases expiring after commencement of Ordinance. Person entitled to renew. Terms of new Crown lease. Covenants, etc. in the new Crown lease. New Crown rent of a lot or section held under a new Crown lease. (Cap. 116.) (56 of 1978.) [*7.7.78.] (Cap. 116.) New Crown rent to be noted in register in Land Office. Correction of clerical or arithmetical errors. Evidence of renewal. Collection of new Crown rent. (Cap. 116.) Recovery of new Crown rent. (Cap. 87.) New Crown leases subject to encumbrances and interests. Crown lease plan. Completed plans to be open for inspection and method of objection thereto. Approval of plan by Director. Application to District Court for amendment. (Cap. 300.) District Court may order the amendment of plan. Appeal to judge. Plan as approved or amended to be delivered to Land Office. Breaches of covenant in renewable Crown lease.

Abstract

Originally 75 of 1973. 56 of 1978. L.N. 76/82. 62 of 1984. L.N. 94/86. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. Application. Schedule. (Cap. 152.) Renewal of Crown leases which expired before commencement of Ordinance. Renewal of Crown leases expiring after commencement of Ordinance. Person entitled to renew. Terms of new Crown lease. Covenants, etc. in the new Crown lease. New Crown rent of a lot or section held under a new Crown lease. (Cap. 116.) (56 of 1978.) [*7.7.78.] (Cap. 116.) New Crown rent to be noted in register in Land Office. Correction of clerical or arithmetical errors. Evidence of renewal. Collection of new Crown rent. (Cap. 116.) Recovery of new Crown rent. (Cap. 87.) New Crown leases subject to encumbrances and interests. Crown lease plan. Completed plans to be open for inspection and method of objection thereto. Approval of plan by Director. Application to District Court for amendment. (Cap. 300.) District Court may order the amendment of plan. Appeal to judge. Plan as approved or amended to be delivered to Land Office. Breaches of covenant in renewable Crown lease.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2285

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

40

Number of Pages

15
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:22 +0800
<![CDATA[COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2284

Title

COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 39





CHAPTER 39

COPYRIGHT

Tomodify the Copyright Act 1956 as amended by the Design
Copyright Act 1968, in its application to Hong Kong and to
make further provision with respect to copyright law in Hong
Kong.

[2 March 1973.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Copyright Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Act' means the Copyright Act 1956 as amended by the Design
Copyright Act 1968;

-authorized officer' means any public officer authorized in writing by
the Commissioner to exercise any of the powers and perform any
of the duties conferred or imposed on an authorized officer under
this Ordinance, (Amended, L.N. 294/82)

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Customs and Excise
and any Deputy or Assistant Commissioner of Customs and
Excise; (Replaced, L.N. 294 /82)

'plate' has the meaning assigned by the Act and also includes any
machine, device or equipment.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, any word or
expression used herein to which a meaning is assigned by the Act shall
have in or for the purpose of this Ordinance the meaning that it has in or
for the purposes of the Act.

3. The Act as extended to Hong Kong shall apply in Hong Kong to
every television broadcast and every sound broadcast made by any
organization specified in the Schedule from a place in Hong Kong as it
applies to every television broadcast and every sound broadcast made
by the British Broadcasting Corporation or the Independent Television
Authority from a place in the United Kingdom.

4. (1) Where a television broadcast or sound broadcast is made by
any organization specified in the Schedule from a place in Hong Kong,
and the broadcast is an authorized broadcast, any person who, by the
reception of the broadcast, causes a programme to be transmitted to
subscribers to a diffusion service, being a programme comprising a
literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of such a work, or an
artistic work, or a cinematograph film, shall be in the like position, in any
proceedings for infringement of the copyright (if any) in the work or
film, as if he had been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of
that copyright to include





the work, adaptation or film in any programme caused to be transmitted
by him to subscribers to that service by the reception of the broadcast.
(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 2)

(2) If, in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (1), the person
causing the programme to be transmitted, infringed the copyright in
question, by reason that the broadcast was not an authorized broadcast

(a)no proceedings shall be brought against that person under the
Act or this Ordinance in respect of his infringement of that
copyright; but

(b)it shall be taken into account in assessing damages in any
proceedings against the organization specified in the Schedule
making the television broadcast or sound broadcast in respect
of that copyright, in so far as that copyright was infringed by
such organization in making the broadcast. (Added, 38 of 1974,
s. 2)

(3) For the purposes of this section, a broadcast shall be taken, in
relation to a work or cinematograph film, to be an authorized broadcast
if, but only if, it is made by, or with the licence of, the owner of the
copyright in the work or film.

5. (1) Without prejudice to section 21 of the Act. any person who
for the purposes of trade or business has in his possession any
infringing copy of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act or this Ordinance shall, unless he proves to the
satisfaction of the court that he did not know and that he had no reason
to believe that it was an infringing copy of any such work or other
subject matter, be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction
to a fine of $1,000 in respect of each such infringing copy and to
imprisonment for 12 months.

(2) Without prejudice to section 21 of the Act. any person who for
the purposes of trade or business has in his possession any plate used
or intended to be used for making an infringing copy of any work or
other subject matter in which copyright subsists under the Act or this
Ordinance shall, unless he proves to the satisfaction of the court that he
did not know and that he had no reason to believe that the plate was
used or intended to be used for making an infringing copy of any such
work or other subject matter, be guilty of an offence and shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of 550,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(3) Where a person is charged with an offence under subsection (1)
or (2) the court may, if it is satisfied that any article seized by an
authorized offcer under section 6 in connexion with the offence C'

(a)is an infringing copy of a work or other subject matter in
which copyright subsists under the Act or this Ordinance;

(b)is a plate which has been used, or is intended to be used, for
making infringing copies of any such work or other subject
matter; or





(c)has been used in connexion with any offence under the Act
or this Ordinance,

order that the article be-
(i) destroyed;
(ii) delivered up to the person who appears to the court to be
the owner of the copyright in question; or
(iii) disposed of in such other way as the court may think fit,

whether or not the person charged is convicted of the offence with
which he was charged.

(4) Where any article is seized by an authorized officer under
section 6 in connexion with a suspected offence under the Act or this
Ordinance a court, on the application of the Attorney General or the
Commissioner, may, if it is satisfied that the article- (Amended,
L.N. 294182)

(a)is an infringing copy of a work or other subject matter in
which copyright subsists under the Act or this Ordinance;

(b)is a plate which has been used, or is intended to be used. for
making infringing copies of any such work or other subject
matter; or
(c)has been used in connexion with any offence under the Act
or this Ordinance,

order that the article be-
(i) destroyed;
(ii) delivered up to the person who appears to the court to be
the owner of the copyright in question; or
(iii) disposed of in such other way as the court may think fit.
(Replaced, 66 of 1975, s. 2)

6. (1) Any authorized officer may-

(a) (i) subject to section 7, enter and search any premises or
place;
(ii) stop, board and search any vessel (other than a ship
of war) or any aircraft (other than a military aircraft); or
(iii) stop and search any vehicle,

in which he reasonably suspects that there is an infringing
copy of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act or this Ordinance or a plate used or
intended to be used for making infringing copies of any
such work or other subject matter; and

(b) seize, remove or detain-
(i) any article which appears to him to be an infringing
copy of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act or this Ordinance or any plate which
appears to him to be intended for use for making infringing
copies of any such work or other subject matter; and





(ii) anything which appears to him to be or to contain, or to
be likely to be or to contain, evidence of an offence under the
Act or this Ordinance.

(2) Any authorized officer may-

(a)break open any outer or inner door of any place which he is
empowered or authorized by this Ordinance to enter and
search;

(b)forcibly board any vessel, aircraft or vehicle which he is
empowered by this Ordinance to stop, board and search;

(c)remove by force any person or thing obstructing him in the
exercise of any power conferred on him by this Ordinance;

(d)detain any person found in any place which he is empowered
or authorized by this Ordinance to search until such place has
been searched;

(e)detain any vessel or aircraft which he is empowered by this
Ordinance to stop, board and search, and prevent any person
from approaching or boarding such vessel or aircraft until it
has been searched;

detain any vehicle which he is empowered by this Ordinance
to stop and search until it has been searched.

(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 4)

7. (1) No domestic premises shall be entered and searched by an
authorized officer unless

(a) a magistrate has issued a warrant under subsection (2), or

(b)the Commissioner has given an authorization under subsection
(3). (Amended, L.N. 294182)

(2) A magistrate may, if he is satisfied by information on oath that
there is reasonable ground for suspecting that there is in any domestic
premises any article which may be seized, removed or detained under
section 6(1)(b), issue a warrant authorizing an authorized officer to enter
and search the premises.

(3) The Commissioner may, if he is satisfied that there is reasonable
ground for suspecting- (Amended, L.N. 294182)

(a)that there is in any domestic premises any article which may be
seized, removed or detained under section 6(1)(b); and

(b)that unless the premises are entered and searched immediately
such thing is likely to be removed from the premises,

authorize in writing an authorized officer to enter and search the
premises.





(4) An authorized officer authorized under subsection (2) or
(3) to enter and search any domestic premises may call upon any
authorized officer to assist him in entering and searching the
premises.
(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 5)

8. (1) Without prejudice to any other Ordinance, any person
who-

(a)wilfully obstructs an authorized officer in the exercise of his
powers or the performance of his duties under the Act or
this Ordinance;

(b)wilfully fails to comply with any requirement properly
made to him by any such authorized officer; or

(e)without reasonable excuse, fails to give such authorized
officer any other assistance which he may reasonably
require to be given for the purpose of exercising his powers
or performing his duties under the Act or this Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.

(2) Any person who, when required to give information to an
authorized officer in the exercise of his powers or the performance of
his duties under the Act or this Ordinance, knowingly gives false or
misleading information to any such authorized officer shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and
to imprisonment for 3 months.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring any
person to give any information which may incriminate him.
(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 6)

9. (1) An affidavit which-

(a)purports to have been made by or on behalf of the owner
of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act; and

(b) states that-
(i) at a time specified therein copyright subsisted in the
work or other subject matter;
(ii) the person named therein is the owner of the
copyright in the work or other subject matter; and
(iii) a copy of the work or other subject matter ex-
hibited to the affidavit is a true copy of the work or other
subject matter,

shall, if it complies with subsection (3), be admitted without further
proof in any proceedings under the Act or this Ordinance.

(2) The court before whom an affidavit is produced under
subsection (1) shall presume, until the contrary is proved-





(a) that the statements made therein are true; and

(b)that it was made and authenticated in accordance with
subsection (3).

(3) An affidavit for the purposes of this section shall be-

(a) made on oath-

(i) before a magistrate or a notary public if it is made at any
place within the Commonwealth; or

(ii) before a consular officer of Her Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom or a notary public if it is made at any
place outside the Commonwealth; and

(b) authenticated, so far as relates to the making thereof, by
the signature of the magistrate, notary public or consular
officer before whom it is made.

10. No prosecution for an offence under the Act or this Ordinance
shall be commenced after the expiration of 3 years after the commission
of the offence or 1 year after the discovery thereof, whichever date last
occurs.

11. The Governor may, by notice in the Gazette, amend the
Schedule.

SCHEDULE Is. 3.1

BROADCASTING
ORGANIZATIONS

1. Radio Television Hong Kong.
2. Hong Kong Commercial Broadcasting Company Limited.
3. Television Broadcasts Limited.
4. Asia Television Limited.

(Amended, L.N. 231180 and L.N. 31183)
Originally 5 of 1973. 38 of 1974. 66 of 1975. L.N. 231/80. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 31/83. L.N. 46/73. Short title. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (1968 c. 68.) Acts restricted by copyright in television and sound broadcasts by Hong Kong organizations. Schedule. Transmission of authorized broadcasts by a diffusion service. Schedule. [cf. 1956 c. 74. s. 40(3).] [cf. 1956 c. 74, s. 40(4).] Offences in connexion with infringing copies. Powers of investigating officers. Restrictions on the entry and search of domestic premises. Obstruction of investigating officers. Affidavit evidence. Time limit for prosecutions. Governor's power to amend the Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 5 of 1973. 38 of 1974. 66 of 1975. L.N. 231/80. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 31/83. L.N. 46/73. Short title. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (1968 c. 68.) Acts restricted by copyright in television and sound broadcasts by Hong Kong organizations. Schedule. Transmission of authorized broadcasts by a diffusion service. Schedule. [cf. 1956 c. 74. s. 40(3).] [cf. 1956 c. 74, s. 40(4).] Offences in connexion with infringing copies. Powers of investigating officers. Restrictions on the entry and search of domestic premises. Obstruction of investigating officers. Affidavit evidence. Time limit for prosecutions. Governor's power to amend the Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2284

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

39

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:21 +0800
<![CDATA[PARTNERSHIP ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2283

Title

PARTNERSHIP ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 39





CHAPTER 39

COPYRIGHT

Tomodify the Copyright Act 1956 as amended by the Design
Copyright Act 1968, in its application to Hong Kong and to
make further provision with respect to copyright law in Hong
Kong.

[2 March 1973.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Copyright Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Act' means the Copyright Act 1956 as amended by the Design
Copyright Act 1968;

-authorized officer' means any public officer authorized in writing by
the Commissioner to exercise any of the powers and perform any
of the duties conferred or imposed on an authorized officer under
this Ordinance, (Amended, L.N. 294/82)

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Customs and Excise
and any Deputy or Assistant Commissioner of Customs and
Excise; (Replaced, L.N. 294 /82)

'plate' has the meaning assigned by the Act and also includes any
machine, device or equipment.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, any word or
expression used herein to which a meaning is assigned by the Act shall
have in or for the purpose of this Ordinance the meaning that it has in or
for the purposes of the Act.

3. The Act as extended to Hong Kong shall apply in Hong Kong to
every television broadcast and every sound broadcast made by any
organization specified in the Schedule from a place in Hong Kong as it
applies to every television broadcast and every sound broadcast made
by the British Broadcasting Corporation or the Independent Television
Authority from a place in the United Kingdom.

4. (1) Where a television broadcast or sound broadcast is made by
any organization specified in the Schedule from a place in Hong Kong,
and the broadcast is an authorized broadcast, any person who, by the
reception of the broadcast, causes a programme to be transmitted to
subscribers to a diffusion service, being a programme comprising a
literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of such a work, or an
artistic work, or a cinematograph film, shall be in the like position, in any
proceedings for infringement of the copyright (if any) in the work or
film, as if he had been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of
that copyright to include





the work, adaptation or film in any programme caused to be transmitted
by him to subscribers to that service by the reception of the broadcast.
(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 2)

(2) If, in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (1), the person
causing the programme to be transmitted, infringed the copyright in
question, by reason that the broadcast was not an authorized broadcast

(a)no proceedings shall be brought against that person under the
Act or this Ordinance in respect of his infringement of that
copyright; but

(b)it shall be taken into account in assessing damages in any
proceedings against the organization specified in the Schedule
making the television broadcast or sound broadcast in respect
of that copyright, in so far as that copyright was infringed by
such organization in making the broadcast. (Added, 38 of 1974,
s. 2)

(3) For the purposes of this section, a broadcast shall be taken, in
relation to a work or cinematograph film, to be an authorized broadcast
if, but only if, it is made by, or with the licence of, the owner of the
copyright in the work or film.

5. (1) Without prejudice to section 21 of the Act. any person who
for the purposes of trade or business has in his possession any
infringing copy of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act or this Ordinance shall, unless he proves to the
satisfaction of the court that he did not know and that he had no reason
to believe that it was an infringing copy of any such work or other
subject matter, be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction
to a fine of $1,000 in respect of each such infringing copy and to
imprisonment for 12 months.

(2) Without prejudice to section 21 of the Act. any person who for
the purposes of trade or business has in his possession any plate used
or intended to be used for making an infringing copy of any work or
other subject matter in which copyright subsists under the Act or this
Ordinance shall, unless he proves to the satisfaction of the court that he
did not know and that he had no reason to believe that the plate was
used or intended to be used for making an infringing copy of any such
work or other subject matter, be guilty of an offence and shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of 550,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(3) Where a person is charged with an offence under subsection (1)
or (2) the court may, if it is satisfied that any article seized by an
authorized offcer under section 6 in connexion with the offence C'

(a)is an infringing copy of a work or other subject matter in
which copyright subsists under the Act or this Ordinance;

(b)is a plate which has been used, or is intended to be used, for
making infringing copies of any such work or other subject
matter; or





(c)has been used in connexion with any offence under the Act
or this Ordinance,

order that the article be-
(i) destroyed;
(ii) delivered up to the person who appears to the court to be
the owner of the copyright in question; or
(iii) disposed of in such other way as the court may think fit,

whether or not the person charged is convicted of the offence with
which he was charged.

(4) Where any article is seized by an authorized officer under
section 6 in connexion with a suspected offence under the Act or this
Ordinance a court, on the application of the Attorney General or the
Commissioner, may, if it is satisfied that the article- (Amended,
L.N. 294182)

(a)is an infringing copy of a work or other subject matter in
which copyright subsists under the Act or this Ordinance;

(b)is a plate which has been used, or is intended to be used. for
making infringing copies of any such work or other subject
matter; or
(c)has been used in connexion with any offence under the Act
or this Ordinance,

order that the article be-
(i) destroyed;
(ii) delivered up to the person who appears to the court to be
the owner of the copyright in question; or
(iii) disposed of in such other way as the court may think fit.
(Replaced, 66 of 1975, s. 2)

6. (1) Any authorized officer may-

(a) (i) subject to section 7, enter and search any premises or
place;
(ii) stop, board and search any vessel (other than a ship
of war) or any aircraft (other than a military aircraft); or
(iii) stop and search any vehicle,

in which he reasonably suspects that there is an infringing
copy of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act or this Ordinance or a plate used or
intended to be used for making infringing copies of any
such work or other subject matter; and

(b) seize, remove or detain-
(i) any article which appears to him to be an infringing
copy of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act or this Ordinance or any plate which
appears to him to be intended for use for making infringing
copies of any such work or other subject matter; and





(ii) anything which appears to him to be or to contain, or to
be likely to be or to contain, evidence of an offence under the
Act or this Ordinance.

(2) Any authorized officer may-

(a)break open any outer or inner door of any place which he is
empowered or authorized by this Ordinance to enter and
search;

(b)forcibly board any vessel, aircraft or vehicle which he is
empowered by this Ordinance to stop, board and search;

(c)remove by force any person or thing obstructing him in the
exercise of any power conferred on him by this Ordinance;

(d)detain any person found in any place which he is empowered
or authorized by this Ordinance to search until such place has
been searched;

(e)detain any vessel or aircraft which he is empowered by this
Ordinance to stop, board and search, and prevent any person
from approaching or boarding such vessel or aircraft until it
has been searched;

detain any vehicle which he is empowered by this Ordinance
to stop and search until it has been searched.

(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 4)

7. (1) No domestic premises shall be entered and searched by an
authorized officer unless

(a) a magistrate has issued a warrant under subsection (2), or

(b)the Commissioner has given an authorization under subsection
(3). (Amended, L.N. 294182)

(2) A magistrate may, if he is satisfied by information on oath that
there is reasonable ground for suspecting that there is in any domestic
premises any article which may be seized, removed or detained under
section 6(1)(b), issue a warrant authorizing an authorized officer to enter
and search the premises.

(3) The Commissioner may, if he is satisfied that there is reasonable
ground for suspecting- (Amended, L.N. 294182)

(a)that there is in any domestic premises any article which may be
seized, removed or detained under section 6(1)(b); and

(b)that unless the premises are entered and searched immediately
such thing is likely to be removed from the premises,

authorize in writing an authorized officer to enter and search the
premises.





(4) An authorized officer authorized under subsection (2) or
(3) to enter and search any domestic premises may call upon any
authorized officer to assist him in entering and searching the
premises.
(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 5)

8. (1) Without prejudice to any other Ordinance, any person
who-

(a)wilfully obstructs an authorized officer in the exercise of his
powers or the performance of his duties under the Act or
this Ordinance;

(b)wilfully fails to comply with any requirement properly
made to him by any such authorized officer; or

(e)without reasonable excuse, fails to give such authorized
officer any other assistance which he may reasonably
require to be given for the purpose of exercising his powers
or performing his duties under the Act or this Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.

(2) Any person who, when required to give information to an
authorized officer in the exercise of his powers or the performance of
his duties under the Act or this Ordinance, knowingly gives false or
misleading information to any such authorized officer shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and
to imprisonment for 3 months.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring any
person to give any information which may incriminate him.
(Amended, 38 of 1974, s. 6)

9. (1) An affidavit which-

(a)purports to have been made by or on behalf of the owner
of a work or other subject matter in which copyright
subsists under the Act; and

(b) states that-
(i) at a time specified therein copyright subsisted in the
work or other subject matter;
(ii) the person named therein is the owner of the
copyright in the work or other subject matter; and
(iii) a copy of the work or other subject matter ex-
hibited to the affidavit is a true copy of the work or other
subject matter,

shall, if it complies with subsection (3), be admitted without further
proof in any proceedings under the Act or this Ordinance.

(2) The court before whom an affidavit is produced under
subsection (1) shall presume, until the contrary is proved-





(a) that the statements made therein are true; and

(b)that it was made and authenticated in accordance with
subsection (3).

(3) An affidavit for the purposes of this section shall be-

(a) made on oath-

(i) before a magistrate or a notary public if it is made at any
place within the Commonwealth; or

(ii) before a consular officer of Her Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom or a notary public if it is made at any
place outside the Commonwealth; and

(b) authenticated, so far as relates to the making thereof, by
the signature of the magistrate, notary public or consular
officer before whom it is made.

10. No prosecution for an offence under the Act or this Ordinance
shall be commenced after the expiration of 3 years after the commission
of the offence or 1 year after the discovery thereof, whichever date last
occurs.

11. The Governor may, by notice in the Gazette, amend the
Schedule.

SCHEDULE Is. 3.1

BROADCASTING
ORGANIZATIONS

1. Radio Television Hong Kong.
2. Hong Kong Commercial Broadcasting Company Limited.
3. Television Broadcasts Limited.
4. Asia Television Limited.

(Amended, L.N. 231180 and L.N. 31183)





this agreement may be either express or inferred as a fact from the
course of dealing between the creditors and the firm as newly
constituted.

20. A continuing guarantee given either to a firm or to a third
person in respect of the transactions of a firm is, in the absence of
agreement to the contrary, revoked as to future transactions by any
change in the constitution of the firm to which, or of the firm in respect
of the transactions of which, the guarantee was given.

RELATIONS OF PARTNERS TO ONE
ANOTHER.

21. The mutual rights and duties of partners, whether ascertained
by agreement or defined by this Ordinance, may be varied by the
consent of all the partners, and such consent may be either express or
inferred from a course of dealing.

22. (1) All property and rights and interests in property originally
brought into the partnership stock or acquired, whether by purchase or
otherwise, on account of the firm, or for the purposes and in the course
of the partnership business, are called in this Ordinance partnership
property. and must be held and applied by the partners exclusively for
the purposes of the partnership and in accordance with the partnership
agreement:

Provided that the legal estate or interest in any land which belongs
to the partnership shall devolve according to the nature and tenure
thereof and the general rules of law applicable thereto, but in trust, so
far as necessary. for the persons beneficially interested in the land
under this section.

(2) Where co-owners of an estate or interest in any land, not being
itself partnership property, are partners as to profits made by the use of
that land, and purchase other land out of the profits to be used in like
manner, the land so purchased belongs to them, in the absence of any
agreement to the contrary. not as partners, but as co-owners for the
same respective estates and interests as are held by them in the land
first mentioned at the date of the purchase.

23. Unless the contrary intention appears, property bought with
money belonging to the firm is deemed to have been bought on account
of the firm.

24. Where land or any interest therein has become partnership
property, it shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be treated, as
between the partners (including the representatives of a deceased
partner), and also as between the heirs of a deceased partner and his
executors or administrators, as personal and not real estate.





25. (1) A writ of execution shall not issue against any part-
nership property except on a judgment against the firm. (Amended,
50 of 1911, s. 4)

(2) The court or a judge may, on the application by sum-
mons of any judgment creditor of a partner, make an order
charging that partner's interest in the partnership property and
profits with payment of the amount of the judgment debt and
interest thereon, and may, by the same or a subsequent order,
appoint a receiver of that partner's share of profits (whether
already declared or accruing), and of any other money which may
be coming to him in respect of the partnership, and direct all
accounts and inquiries, and give all other orders and directions,
which might have been directed or given if the charge had been
made in favour of the judgment creditor by the partner, or which
the circumstances of the case may require. (Amended, 50 of
1911, and 1 of 1912, Schedule)

(3) The other partner or partners shall be at liberty at any
time to redeem the interest charged, or, in case of a sale being
directed, to purchase the same.

(4) This section shall apply in the case of a cost-book com-
pany as if the company were a partnership within the meaning of
this Ordinance.

26. The interests of partners in the partnership property, and
their rights and duties in relation to the partnership, shall be
determined, subject to any agreement, express or implied, between
the partners. by the following rules-
(a)all the partners are entitled to share equally in the capital
and profits of the business, and must contribute equally
towards the losses, whether of capital or otherwise,
sustained by the firm.,
(b)the firm must indemnify every partner in respect of pay-
ments made and personal liabilities incurred by him-
(i) in the ordinary and proper conduct of the business
of the firm; or
(H) in or about anything necessarily done for the pre-
servation of the business or property of the firm,
(c)a partner making, for the purposes of the partnership,
any actual payment or advance beyond the amount of
capital which he has agreed to subscribe, is entitled to
interest at the rate of eight per cent per annum from the
date of the payment or advance;
(d)a partner is not entitled, before the ascertainment of
profits, to interest on the capital subscribed by him;
(e)every partner may take part in the management of the
partnership business;
(f)no partner shall be entitled to remuneration for acting in
the partnership business;
(g)no person may be introduced as a partner without the
consent of all existing partners;





(h)any difference arising as to ordinary matters connected
with the partnership business may be decided by a
majority of the partners, but no change may be made in
the nature of the partnership business without the consent
of all existing partners; and
(i)the partnership books are to be kept at the place of
business of the partnership (or the principal place, if
there are more places than one), and every partner may,
when he thinks fit, have access to and inspect and copy
any of them.

27. No majority of the partners can expel any partner, unless
a power to do so has been conferred by express agreement between
the partners.

28. (1) Where no fixed term has been agreed upon for the
duration of the partnership, any partner may determine the part-
nership at any time on giving notice of his intention to do so to
all the other partners.
(2) Where the partnership has originally been constituted by
deed, a notice in writing, signed by the partner giving it, shall be
sufficient for this purpose.

29. (1) Where a partnership entered into for a fixed term is
continued after the term has expired, and without any express new
agreement, the rights and duties of the partners remain the same
as they were at the expiration of the term, so far as consistent
with the incidents of a partnership at will.
(2) A continuance of the business by the partners or such of
them as habitually acted therein during the term, without any
settlement or liquidation of the partnership affairs, is presumed
to be a continuance of the partnership.

30. Partners are bound to render true accounts and full
information of all things affecting the partnership to any partner
or his legal representatives.

31. (1) Every partner must account to the firm for any
benefit derived by him, without the consent of the other partners,
from any transaction concerning the partnership or from any use
by him of the partnership property, name, or business connexion.
(2) This section applies also to transactions undertaken after
a partnership has been dissolved by the death of a partner, and
before the affairs thereof have been completely wound up, either
by any surviving partner or by the representatives of the deceased
partner.

32. If a partner, without the consent of the other partners,
carries on any business of the same nature as and competing with
that of the firm, he must account for and pay over to the firm all
profits made by him in that business.





33. (1) An assignment by any partner of his share in the
partnership, either absolute or by way of mortgage or redeemable
charge, does not, as against the other partners, entitle the assignee,
during the continuance of the partnership, to interfere in the
management or administration of the partnership business or
affairs, or to require any accounts of the partnership transactions,
or to inspect the partnership books, but entitles the assignee only
to receive the share of the profits to which the assigning partner
would otherwise be entitled, and the assignee must accept the
account of profits agreed to by the partners.

(2) In the case of a dissolution of the partnership, whether
as respects all the partners or as respects the assigning partner,
the assignee is entitled to receive the share of the partnership
assets to which the assigning partner is entitled as between himself
and the other partners, and, for the purpose of ascertaining that
share, to an account as from the date of the dissolution.

DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP AND ITS CONSEQUENCES.

34. (1) Subject to any agreement between the partners, a
partnership is dissolved-
(a)if entered into for a fixed term, by the expiration of that
term; or
(b)if entered into for a single adventure or undertaking, by
the termination of that adventure or undertaking; or
(c)if entered into for an undefined time, by any partner
giving notice to the other or others of his intention to
dissolve the partnership.

(2) In the last-mentioned case the partnership is dissolved as
from the date mentioned in the notice as the date of dissolution,
or, if no date is so mentioned, as from the date of the com-
munication of the notice.

35. (1) Subject to any agreement between the partners, every
partnership is dissolved as regards all the partners by the death
or bankruptcy of any partner.

(2) A partnership may, at the option of the other partners,
be dissolved if any partner suffers his share of the partnership
property to be charged under this Ordinance for his separate debt.

36. A partnership is in every case dissolved by the happen-
ing of any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the
firm to be carried on or for the members of the firm to carry it
on in partnership.

37. On application by a partner, the court may decree a
dissolution of the partnership in any of the following cases-
(a)when a partner is found lunatic by inquisition, or is
shown, to the satisfaction of the court, to be of per-





manently unsound mind, in either of which cases the
application may be made as well on behalf of that partner by
his committee, or next friend, or person having title to
intervene as by any other partner;

(b)when a partner, other than the partner suing, becomes in any
other way permanently incapable of performing his part of the
partnership contract.,

(c)when a partner, other than the partner suing, has been guilty
of such conduct as. in the opinion of the court. regard being
had to the nature of the business, is calculated to affect
prejudicially the carrying on of the business;

(d)when a partner, other than the partner suing, wilfully or
persistently commits a breach of the partnership agreement or
otherwise so conducts himself in matters relating to the
partnership business that it is not reasonably practicable for
the other partner or partners to carry on the business in
partnership with him.

(e)when the business of the partnership can only be carried on
at a loss; and

whenever in any case circumstances have arisen which, in the
opinion of the court, render it just and equitable that the
partnership be dissolved.

38. (1) Where a person deals with a firm after a change in its
constitution, he is entitled to treat all apparent members of the old firm
as still being members of the firm until he has notice of the change.

(2) An advertisement in the Gazette as to a firm whose principal
place of business is in the Colony shall be notice as to persons who
had not dealings with the firm before the date of the dissolution or
change so advertised. (Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4)

(3) The estate of a partner who dies, or who becomes bankrupt, or
of a partner who, not having been known to the person dealing with the
firm to be a partner, retires from the firm, is not liable for partnership
debts contracted after the date of the death, bankruptcy, or retirement
respectively.

39. On the dissolution of a partnership or retirement of a partner,
any partner may publicly notify the same, and may require the other
partner or partners to concur for that purpose in all necessary or proper
acts, if any, which cannot be done without his or their concurrence.

40. After the dissolution of a partnership, the authority of each
partner to bind the firm, and the other rights and obligations of the
partners, continue, notwithstanding the dissolution, so far as may be
necessary to wind up the affairs of the partnership, and to complete
transactions begun but unfinished at the time of the dissolution, but
not otherwise:





Provided that the firm is in no case bound by the acts of a
partner who has become bankrupt: but this proviso does not affect
the liability of any person who has, after the bankruptcy, repre-
sented himself or knowingly suffered himself to be represented as
a partner of the bankrupt.

41. On the dissolution of a partnership, every partner is
entitled, as against the other partners in the firm and all persons
claiming through them in respect of their interests as partners, to
have the property of the partnership applied in payment of the
debts and liabilities of the firm, and to have the surplus assets
after such payment applied in payment of what may be due to the
partners respectively, after deducting what may be due from them
as partners to the firm; and for that purpose any partner or his
representatives may, on the termination of the partnership, apply
to the court to wind up the business and affairs of the firm.

42. Where one partner has paid a premium to another on
entering into a partnership for a fixed term, and the partnership
is dissolved before the expiration of that term otherwise than by
the death of a partner. the court may order the repayment of the
premium, or of such part thereof as it thinks just, having regard
to the terms of the partnership contract and to the length of time
during which the partnership has continued; unless-
(a)the dissolution is, in the judgment of the court, wholly
or chiefly due to the misconduct of the partner who paid
the premium; or
(b)the partnership has been dissolved by an agreement con-
taining no provision for a return of any part of the
premium.

43. Where a partnership contract is rescinded on the ground
of the fraud or misrepresentation of one of the parties thereto, the
party entitled to rescind is, without prejudice to any other right,
entitled-
(a)to a lien on, or right of retention of, the surplus of
the partnership assets, after satisfying the partnership
liabilities, for any sum of money paid by him for the
purchase of a share in the partnership and for any capital
contributed by him, and is
(b)to stand in the place of the creditors of the firm for any
payments made by him in respect of the partnership
liabilities, and
(c)to be indemnified by the person guilty of the fraud
or making the representation against all the debts and
liabilities of the firm.

44. Where any member of a firm has died or otherwise
ceased to be a partner. and the surviving or continuing partners
carry on the business of the firm with its capital or assets without
any final settlement of accounts as between the firm and the out-
going partner or his estate, then, in the absence of any agreement





to the contrary. the outgoing partner or his estate is entitled, at the
option of himself or his representatives, to such share of the profits
made since the dissolution as the court may find to be attributable to
the use of his share of the partnership assets, or to interest at the rate
of eight per cent per annum on the amount of his share of the
partnership assets:

Provided that where, by the partnership contract, an option is
given to surviving or continuing partners to purchase the interest of a
deceased or outgoing partner, and that option is duly exercised, the
estate of the deceased partner or the outgoing partner or his estate, as
the case may be, is not entitled to any further or other share of profits;
but if any partner assuming to act in exercise of the option does not in
all material respects comply with the terms thereof, he is liable to
account under the preceding provisions of this section.

45. Subject to any agreement between the partners, the amount due
from surviving or continuing partners to an outgoing partner or the
representatives of a deceased partner in respect of the outgoing or
deceased partner's share is a debt accruing at the date of the
dissolution or death.

46. In settling accounts between the partners after a dissolution
of partnership, the following rules shall, subject to any agreement, be
observed

(a)losses, including losses and deficiencies of capital. shall be
paid first out of profits, next out of capital, and lastly. if
necessary, by the partners individually in the proportion in
which they were entitled to share profits; and

(b)the assets of the firm, including the sums, if any, contributed
by the partners to make up losses or deficiencies of capital,
shall be applied in the following manner and order

(i) in paying the debts and liabilities of the firm to persons
who are not partners therein;

(ii) in paying to each partner rateably what is due from the
firm to him for advances as distinguished from capital;

(iii) in paying to each partner rateably what is due from the
firm to him in respect of capital; and

(iv) the ultimate residue, if any, shall be divided among the
partners in the proportion in which profits are divisible.

47. The rules of equity and of common law applicable to
partnership shall continue in force, except so far as they are
inconsistent with the express provisions of this Ordinance.
Originally 2 of 1897. (Cap. 38, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 1 of 1912. 8 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 39. Short title. Interpretation. Definition of partnership. Rules for determining existence of partnership. Postponement of rights of person lending or selling in consideration of share of profits in case of insolvency. Meaning of firm and firm-name. Power of partner to bind firm. Partners bound by acts on behalf of firm. Partner using credit of firm for private purposes. Effect of notice that firm will not be bound by acts of partners. Liability of partners. Liability of firm for wrongs. Misapplication of money or property received for or in custody of firm. Liability for wrongs joint and several. Improper employment of trust property for partnership purposes. Persons liable by 'holding out'. Admissions and representations of partner. Notice to acting partner to be notice to firm. Liabilities of incoming and outgoing partners. Revocation of continuing guarantee by change in firm. Variation by consent of terms of partnership. Partnership property. Property bought with partnership money. Conversion into personal estate of land held as partnership property. Procedure against partnership property for partner's separate judgment debt. Rules as to interests and duties of partners, subject to special agreement. Expulsion of partner. Retirement from partnership at will. Where partnership for term is continued over, continuance on old terms presumed. Duty of partners to render accounts, etc. Accountability of partners for private profits. Duty of partner not to complete with firm. Rights of assignee of share in partnership. Dissolution by expiration or notice. Dissolution by bankruptcy, death, or charge. Dissolution by illegality of partnership. Dissolution by the court. Rights of persons dealing with firm against apparent members of firm. Right of partner to notify dissolution. Continuing authority of partners for purposes of winding-up. Rights of partners as to application of partnership property. Apportionment of premium where partnership prematurely dissolved. Rights where partnership dissolved for fraud or misrepresentation. Rights of outgoing partner in certain cases to share profits made after dissolution. Retiring or deceased partner's share to be a debt. Rules for distribution of assets on final settlement of accounts. Saving for rules of equity and of common law.

Abstract

Originally 2 of 1897. (Cap. 38, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 1 of 1912. 8 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 39. Short title. Interpretation. Definition of partnership. Rules for determining existence of partnership. Postponement of rights of person lending or selling in consideration of share of profits in case of insolvency. Meaning of firm and firm-name. Power of partner to bind firm. Partners bound by acts on behalf of firm. Partner using credit of firm for private purposes. Effect of notice that firm will not be bound by acts of partners. Liability of partners. Liability of firm for wrongs. Misapplication of money or property received for or in custody of firm. Liability for wrongs joint and several. Improper employment of trust property for partnership purposes. Persons liable by 'holding out'. Admissions and representations of partner. Notice to acting partner to be notice to firm. Liabilities of incoming and outgoing partners. Revocation of continuing guarantee by change in firm. Variation by consent of terms of partnership. Partnership property. Property bought with partnership money. Conversion into personal estate of land held as partnership property. Procedure against partnership property for partner's separate judgment debt. Rules as to interests and duties of partners, subject to special agreement. Expulsion of partner. Retirement from partnership at will. Where partnership for term is continued over, continuance on old terms presumed. Duty of partners to render accounts, etc. Accountability of partners for private profits. Duty of partner not to complete with firm. Rights of assignee of share in partnership. Dissolution by expiration or notice. Dissolution by bankruptcy, death, or charge. Dissolution by illegality of partnership. Dissolution by the court. Rights of persons dealing with firm against apparent members of firm. Right of partner to notify dissolution. Continuing authority of partners for purposes of winding-up. Rights of partners as to application of partnership property. Apportionment of premium where partnership prematurely dissolved. Rights where partnership dissolved for fraud or misrepresentation. Rights of outgoing partner in certain cases to share profits made after dissolution. Retiring or deceased partner's share to be a debt. Rules for distribution of assets on final settlement of accounts. Saving for rules of equity and of common law.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2283

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

38

Number of Pages

14
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:21 +0800
<![CDATA[LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2282

Title

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS RULES

Description






LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS RULES

(Cap. 37, section 15)

[13 December 1912.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Limited Partnerships Rules.

2. The forms in the Appendix to these rules with such variations as
the circumstances of each case may require shall be the forms to be used
for the purposes of the Ordinance.

APPENDIX

FORM 1 [8.7.1

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 37)

No. of certificate .....................

Application for registration of a limited partnership
We, the undersigned, being the partners of the firm hereby

apply for registration as a limited partnership, and for that purpose supply
the following particulars, pursuant to section 7 of the Limited Partnerships
Ordinance.

The
firm
name.

The
general
nature of
the
business.

The
principal
place of
business.

The term, if any, for which Term (if any) years.

the partnership is entered If no definite term, the 1
into, and the date of its conditions of existence of the
commencement. partnership. 1

Date of commencement.

THE PARTNERSHIP 15 LIMITED

Presented or forwarded for filing by
Full name and address of each ofAmount contributed by each

the partners. limited partner, and whether paid
General partners. in cash, or how otherwise.
Limited partners.
Signatures of all
the partners.

Date .........................................................





FORM 2 [s. 8.1

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 37)

No. of certificate .....................

Notice of change in the limited partnership

Here insert name
of firm or limited
partnership.

Notice is hereby given, pursuant to section 8 of the Limited Partnerships
Ordinance, that the changes specified below have occurred in this limited
partnership

(See Note at foot of this form.)

(a) Change in the Previous name.
firm name. New name.

(b) Change in the General nature of business as

previously carried on.

general nature of the
business. General nature of business as
now carried on.
(c) Change in the Previous place of business.
principal place of business. New place of business.

Presented or forwarded for filing by

(d) Change in the 1

partners, or the name of
any partner. 1

Note-Changes brought about by death, by transfer of interests, by increase in
the number of partners, or by change of name of any partner, must be here

notified.
Previous term (if any), but

no definite term, then the
conditions under which the
(e) Change in thepartnership was constituted.

term of character of the 1

partnership. New term (if any), but if no
definite term, then the con-
ditions under which the part-
nership is now constituted.

(f) Change in the sum
contributed by any limited
partner or total amount
contributed by any newt
limited partner. 'f other

partner.(If er
wise than in cash hat fact,
with particulars, must be






stated.)

(g) Change in the liability
of any partner by reason of
his becoming a limited
instead f a general partner,
or a general 1 in of a
limited partner.

Signature of firm ...................................................

Date ...................................................

Note-Each change must be entered in the proper division (a), (b), (c), (d), (e),
(f) or (g), as the case may be.





Provision is made in this form for notifying all the changes required by the
Ordinance to be notified, but it will frequently happen that only one item of change,
such as change in the principal place of business, for instance, has to be notified. In
any such case, the word Nil should be inserted in the other divisions.

The statement must be signed at the end by the firm, and delivered for
registration within 7 days of the change or changes taking place.

FORMS 3 AND 4

[Deleted, 79 of 1979, s. 2]

FORM 5 [s. 12.]

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 37)

No . ..............................

Certificate of registration of a limited partnership

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the
firm

having lodged a
statement of particulars pursuant to section 7 of the Limited Partnerships
Ordinance, is this day registered as a limited partnership.
GIVEN under my hand at Victoria in the Colony of Hong Kong
this day of One thousand nine hundred
and
Registrar of Companies.

FORM 6 [s. g.]

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 37)

Notice of general partner becoming a limited partner

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that under an arrangement entered into on
the day of 19 1

limited partner in the firm of ceases to be a general partner and becomes a

carrying on business as
at

Dated this day of '19

Signature
............................................. Witness to the signature of
......................................................

(Name) ..................................................................

(Address)...................................
..................................





FORM 7 7 [s. 9.1

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 37)

Notice of assignment of share by limited partner

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that under an arrangement entered into on
the day of 19
of the firm ofcarrying on business as

at
has assigned his share as a limited partner in the above-named firm
to

Dated this day of '19

Signature .............................................

Witness to the signature of ......................................................

(Name) ..................................................................

(Address) ...............................................................
G.N. 373/12. L.N. 87/77. 79 of 1979. L.N. 87/77. 79 of 1979, s. 2. 79 of 1979, s. 2.

Abstract

G.N. 373/12. L.N. 87/77. 79 of 1979. L.N. 87/77. 79 of 1979, s. 2. 79 of 1979, s. 2.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2282

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

37

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:20 +0800
<![CDATA[LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2281

Title

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 37





CHAPTER 37

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title .............................2
2. Interpretation ..........................2
3. Definition and constitution of limited partnership 2
4. Registration of limited partnership required 2
5. Modifications of general law in case of limited partnerships 3
6. Law as to private partnership to apply ..3
7. Manner and particulars of registration ..4
8. Registration of changes in partnerships .4
9. Advertisement of certain changes ........4

10, [Repealed] .... .......................
4

11. Making false returns to be misdemeanor .4

12. Registrar to file statement and issue certificate of registration ......................

13. Register and index to be kept ........................................................................

14. Inspection of statements registered ................................................................. 5
15. Rules ..................................5
16. Fees ...................................5

Schedule. Table of Fees payable to the Registrar of Companies 6





CHAPTER 37

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

To establish limited partnerships.

[1 June 1912.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Limited Partnerships
Ordinance.

(Amended, 43 of 1912, Schedule and 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'firm', 'firm name', and 'business' have the same meanings as in the
Partnership Ordinance;

'general partner' means any partner who is not a limited partner as
defined by this Ordinance;

'Registrar of Companies' means the officer appointed for the
registration of companies under the Companies Ordinance.

(2) This Ordinance shall apply to such partnerships carrying on
business in the Colony as in the opinion of the Registrar of Companies
can properly be described as non-Chinese partnerships.

(Amended, 43 of 1912, Schedule)

3. (1) Limited partnerships may be formed in the manner and subject
to the conditions by this Ordinance provided. (Amended, 43 of 1912,
Supp. Schedule, G.N. 246/13.)

(2) A limited partnership shall not consist in any case of more than
20 persons, and must consist of one or more persons called general
partners, who shall be liable for all debts and obligations of the firm, and
one or more persons to be called limited partners. who shall at the time
of entering into such partnership contribute thereto a sum or sums as
capital or property valued at a stated amount, and who shall not be liable
for the debts or obligations of the firm beyond the amount so
contributed. (Amended, 5 of 1924, Schedule)

(3) A limited partner shall not during the continuance of the
partnership, either directly or indirectly, draw out or receive back any
part of this contribution, and if he does so draw out or receive back any
such part, shall be liable for the debts and obligations of the firm up to
the amount so drawn out or received back.

(4) A body corporate may be a limited partner.

4. Every limited partnership must be registered as such in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, or in default thereof it
shall be deemed to be a general partnership and every limited partner
shall be deemed to be a general partner.





5. (1) A limited partner shall not take part in the management of the
partnership business, and shall not have power to bind the firm:

Provided that a limited partner may by himself or his agent at any
time inspect the books of the firm and examine into the state and
prospects of the partnership business, and may advise with the partners
thereon.

(2) If a limited partner takes part in the management of the
partnership business, he shall be liable for all debts and obligations of
the firm incurred while he so takes part in the management as though he
were a general partner.

(3) A limited partnership shall not be dissolved by the death or
bankruptcy of a limited partner, and the lunacy of a limited partner shall
not be a ground for dissolution of the partnership by the court unless
the lunatic's share cannot be otherwise ascertained and realized.

(4) In the event of the dissolution of a limited partnership its affairs
shall be wound up by the general partners unless the court otherwise
orders.

(5) Application to the court to wind up a limited partnership shall be
by petition under the Companies Ordinance, and the provisions of that
Ordinance relating to the winding-up of companies by the court and of
the rules made thereunder (including provisions as to fees) shall, subject
to such modification (if any) as the Governor in Council may by rules
provide, apply to the winding-up by the court of limited partnerships,
with the substitution of general partners for directors.

(6) Subject to any agreement expressed or implied between the
partners

(a)any difference arising as to ordinary matters connected with
the partnership business may be decided by a majority of the
general partners;

(b)a limited partner may, with the consent of the general partners,
assign his share in the partnership, and upon such an
assignment the assignee shall become a limited partner with all
the rights of the assignor;

(c)the other partners shall not be entitled to dissolve the
partnership by reason of any limited partner suffering his
share to be charged for his separate debt;

(d)a person may be introduced as a partner without the consent
of the existing limited partners;

(e)a limited partner shall not be entitled to dissolve the
partnership by notice.

6. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Partnership
Ordinance, and rules of equity and of common law applicable to
partnerships, except so far as they are inconsistent with the express
provisions of the last-mentioned Ordinance, shall apply to limited
partnerships.





7. The registration of a limited partnership shall be effected by
sending by registered post or delivering to the Registrar of Companies a
statement signed by the partners containing the following particulars

(a) the firm name;

(b) the general nature of the business;

(e) the principal place of business;

(d) the full name of each of the partners;

(e)the term, if any, for which the partnership is entered into, and
the date of its commencement;

a statement that the partnership is limited, and the description
of every limited partner as such;

(g)the sum contributed by each limited partner, and whether paid
in cash or how otherwise.

8. (1) If during the continuance of a limited partnership any change
is made or occurs in

(a) the firm name;

(b) the general nature of the business;

(e) the principal place of business;

(d) the partners or the name of any partner;

(e) the term or character of the partnership;

(f) the sum contributed by any limited partner;

(g)the liability of any partner by reason of his becoming a limited
instead of a general partner or a general instead of a limited
partner,

a statement, signed by the firm, specifying the nature of the change shall
within 7 days be sent by post or delivered to the Registrar of
Companies.

(2) If default is made in compliance with the requirements of this
section, each of the general partners shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of $50 for each day during which the default
continues. (Amended, 21 qf* 1912, s. 2 and 22 of 1950, Schedule)

9. Notice of any arrangement or transaction under which any
person will cease to be a general partner in any firm and will become a
limited partner in that firm, or under which the share of a limited partner
in a firm will be assigned to any person, shall be forthwith advertised in
the Gazette, and until notice of the arrangement or transaction is so
advertised the arrangement or transaction shall. for the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed to be of no effect.

10. [Repealed, 19 qf 1977, s. 21

11. Any person who makes, signs, sends or delivers for the
purpose of registration under this Ordinance any false statement known
by him to be false or any incomplete statement known by him to be
incomplete shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

(Amended, 33 qf 1939, Schedule)











12. On receiving any statement made in pursuance of this
Ordinance and upon receipt of the prescribed fee payable in respect
thereof, the Registrar of Companies shall cause such statement to be
filed, and he shall send by registered post to the firm from whom
such statement has been received a certificate of the registration
thereof.
(Amended, 33 of 1939, Schedule and 19 of 1977, s. 3)

13. The Registrar of Companies shall keep at his office, in
proper books to be provided for the purpose, a register and an
index of all the limited partnerships as aforesaid, and of all the
statements registered in relation to such partnerships.

14. (1) Any person may, on payment of the fee specified in
the Schedule-

(a) inspect the statements registered under this Ordinance; and

(b) require to be issued-
(i) a certificate of the registration of any limited part-
nership,
(ii) a copy of or extract from any registered statement;
(iii) a copy of or extract from any registered statement
duly certified by the Registrar of Companies or one of the
deputy registrars. (Replaced, 19 of 1977, s. 4)

(2) A certificate of registration, or a copy of or extract from
any statement registered under this Ordinance, if duly certified to be
a true copy under the hand of the Registrar of Companies or one of
the deputy registrars (whom it shall not be necessary to prove to be
the Registrar or deputy registrar) shall, in all legal proceedings, civil
or criminal, and in all cases whatsoever, be received in evidence.

15. The Governor in Council may make rules provid-
ing for-

(a) [Deleted, 19 of 1977, s. 5]

(b)the duties or additional duties to be performed by the
Registrar of Companies;

(c)the performance by deputy registrars and other officers of
acts by this Ordinance required to be done by the Registrar
of Companies;

(d) forms; and

(e)generally the conduct and regulation of registration under
this Ordinance and any matters incidental thereto.

16. (1) There shall be paid to the Registrar of Companies in
respect of the several matters set forth in the Schedule the several
fees therein s(2) The Governor in Council may by order amend the Schedule.
(Added, 19 of 1977, s. 6)





SCHEDULE [ss. 14 16.1

TABLE OF FEES PAYABLE TO THE REGISTRAR OF
COMPANIES

Item Matter in respect of which agree is payable Fees
1. For registering a limited partnership 140.00

And, in addition, for every $1,000 or part of $1,000 of the sum
contributed by each limited partner 6.00
2.For registering a statement of any change within the meaning of
section 8 occurring during the continuance of a limited partner-

ship ................................................................ 14.00
And, in addition-

(a) in the case of a statement of increase of the sum contributed
by any limited partner: for every $1,000 or part of $1,000 of
such increase .6.00

(b)in the case of a statement specifying that a general partner
or any other person has become a limited partner: for every
51,000 or part of $1,000 of the sum contributed by such

limited......................partner
............................................................. 6.00

3...................................For inspecting under section 14(1) any statement filed by the
Registrar of Companies, for each inspection 5.00

4. For issuing under section 14(1) a certificate of the registration of 20.00

any limited partnership ..........20.00
5...................................For issuing under section 14(1) a copy of or extract from any
registered statement or part thereof by photostatic means, per
sheet or page .................... 3.00
6...................................For issuing under section 14(1) a copy of or extract from any
registered statement or part thereof where the copy or extract is
made other than by photostatic means, per folio of 100 words or
part thereof of the first or top copy 3.00

For each additional copy or extract after the first or top copy, per

folio of 100 words or part thereof ........... 1.50

7. For certifying a copy of or extract from any registered statement 20.00

(Schedule added, 19 of 1977, s. 6. Amended, L.N. 241/81.)
Originally 18 of 1912. (Cap. 37, 1950.) 21 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 33 of 1939. 22 of 1950. 19 of 1977. L.N. 241/81. Short title. Interpretation. 1907 c. 24, s. 3; (Cap. 38.) (Cap. 32.) application. Definition and constitution of limited partnership. 1907 c. 23, s. 4. Registration of limited partnership required. 1907 c. 24, s. 5. Modifications of general law in case of limited partnerships. 1907 c. 24, s. 6. (Cap. 32.) Law as to private partnership to apply. (Cap. 38.) Manner and particulars of registration. 1907 c. 24, s. 8. Registration of changes in partnerships. 1907 c. 24, s. 9. Advertisement of certain changes. 1907 c. 24, s. 10. Making false returns to be misdemeanor. 1907 c. 24, s. 12. Registrar to file statement and issue certificate of registration. 1907 c. 24, s. 13. Register and index to be kept. 1907 c. 24, s. 14. Inspection of statements registered. 1907 c. 24, s. 16. Rules. 1907 c. 24, s. 17. Fees. Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 18 of 1912. (Cap. 37, 1950.) 21 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 33 of 1939. 22 of 1950. 19 of 1977. L.N. 241/81. Short title. Interpretation. 1907 c. 24, s. 3; (Cap. 38.) (Cap. 32.) application. Definition and constitution of limited partnership. 1907 c. 23, s. 4. Registration of limited partnership required. 1907 c. 24, s. 5. Modifications of general law in case of limited partnerships. 1907 c. 24, s. 6. (Cap. 32.) Law as to private partnership to apply. (Cap. 38.) Manner and particulars of registration. 1907 c. 24, s. 8. Registration of changes in partnerships. 1907 c. 24, s. 9. Advertisement of certain changes. 1907 c. 24, s. 10. Making false returns to be misdemeanor. 1907 c. 24, s. 12. Registrar to file statement and issue certificate of registration. 1907 c. 24, s. 13. Register and index to be kept. 1907 c. 24, s. 14. Inspection of statements registered. 1907 c. 24, s. 16. Rules. 1907 c. 24, s. 17. Fees. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2281

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

37

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:19 +0800
<![CDATA[PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES (JOINT LIAISON GROUP AND LAND COMMISSION) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2280

Title

PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES (JOINT LIAISON GROUP AND LAND COMMISSION) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES (JOINT LIAISON

GROUP AND LAND COMMISSION) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 36





CHAPTER 36

PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES (JOINT LIAISON GROUP
AND LAND COMMISSION)

To grant privileges and immunities in Hong Kong to the Chinese
members of the Joint Liaison Group, to the Chinese members of the
Land Commission, and to certain other persons, and for matters
connected therewith and incidental thereto.

(Amended, 44 of 1985, s. 2)

[21 June 1985.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Privileges and Im

munities (Joint Liaison Group and Land Commission) Ordinance.

(Amended, 44 of 1985, s. 3)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Chinese members of the Joint Liaison Group' means the persons
designated from time to time by the Government of the People's
Republic of China pursuant to paragraph 7 of Annex II of the Joint
Declaration as its members of the Joint Liaison Group;

'Chinese members of the Land Commission' means the persons
designated from time to time by the Government of the People's
Republic of China pursuant to paragraph 7 of Annex III of the Joint
Declaration as its members of the Land Commission; (Added, 44 of
1985, s. 4)



'experts' means persons so designated by the Government of the
People's Republic of China pursuant to paragraph 12 of Annex II of
the Joint Declaration; (Added, 44 of 1985, s. 4)

'Joint Declaration' means the Joint Declaration of the Government of
the United Kingdom and the Government of the People's Republic
of China on the Question of Hong Kong signed in Beijing on 19
December 1984;

'Joint Liaison Group' means the Joint Liaison Group established
pursuant to Annex 11 of the Joint Declaration;

'Land Commission' means the Land Commission established pursuant
to Annex 111 of the Joint Declaration; (Added, 44 of 1985,s.4)

'supporting staff ' means persons so designated by the Government of
the People's Republic of China pursuant to paragraph 7 of Annex II
of the Joint Declaration or paragraph 7 of Annex III

thereof.(Added, 44 of 1985, s. 4)





3. (1) This Ordinance shall apply to

(a) Chinese members of the Joint Liaison Group;

(b) Chinese members of the Land Commission,
(c) experts; and
(d) supporting staff. (Replaced, 44 of 1985, s. 5)

(2) The privileges and immunities set out in this Ordinance and the
Schedule hereto shall apply to persons to whom this Ordinance applies.

4. Where any question arises whether or not any person is covered
by or entitled to any privilege or immunity under this Ordinance, a
certificate issued by the Chief Secretary stating any fact relating to that
question shall be conclusive evidence of that fact.

SCHEDULE
3.
]

1 . In this Schedule. unless the context otherwise requires

---archives-includes papers, documents, correspondence. books. films. tapes and
register. together with ciphers and codes, the card-indices and any article of
furniture intended for their protection or safe keeping.

premises of the Chinese members--- means the buildings or parts of buildings and
the land ancillary thereto. irrespective of ownership. used for the purposes of
the Chinese members of the Joint Liaison Group or of the Chinese members of
the Land Commission and includes the residence, whether permanent or
temporary. of any person to whom this Ordinance applies.

2. (1) The premises of the Chinese members shall be inviolable.

(2) No agent of the Government may enter any. premises of the Chinese
members without permission of the occupier thereof.

3. (1) The premises of the Chinese members shall be exempt from all rates
and taxes.

(2) This paragraph shall not-

(a) apply to any payments for specific services rendered; or

(h)affect the liability of any person other than a person to whom this
Ordinance applies to pay rates and taxes in relation to any premises.

4. The archives and documents of any person to whom this Ordinance applies
shall be inviolable wherever they may be.

5. (1) The person of a person to whom this Ordinance applies shall be
inviolable.

(2) A person to whom this Ordinance applies shall not be liable to arrest or
detention.

(3) A person to whom this Ordinance applies shall-

(a)be immune from the criminal jurisdiction of Hong Kong and subject to
sub-paragraphs (4) and (4A). from the civil and administrative
jurisdiction thereof. and (Replaced, 44 of 1985, s. 6)

(b) not be obliged to give evidence as a witness.





(4) The immunity from civil and administrative jurisdiction in sub-paragraph
(3)(a) shall not apply to any person in the case of

(a)a real action relating to private immovable property situated in Hong
Kong, unless he holds it on behalf of the People's Republic of China for
the purposes of the Joint Liaison Group or of the Land Commission;

(b)a civil action relating to succession in which he is involved as executor,
administrator, heir or legatee as a private person and not on behalf of the
People's Republic of China;

(c)a civil action relating to any professional or commercial activity
exercised by him in Hong Kong outside his official functions.

(4A) The immunity from civil and administrative jurisdiction in sub-paragraph
(3)(a) of supporting staff who are not designated by the Government of the
People's Republic of China as being of diplomatic rank shall not extend to acts
performed outside the course of their duties. (Added, 44 of 1985, s. 6)

(5) No measure of execution may be taken in respect of a person to whom this
Ordinance applies except in the cases referred to in sub-paragraph (4) and provided
that the measure concerned can be taken without infringing the inviolability of his
person or premises.

6. (1) The immunity from jurisdiction referred to in paragraph 5 of this
Schedule may be waived by the Government of the People's Republic of China.

(2) Subject to sub-paragraph (3) any waiver of immunity shall be express.

(3) The commencement of proceedings by a person to whom this Ordinance
applies shall preclude him from enjoying immunity from jurisdiction in respect of
any counter-claim directly connected with the principal claim.

(4) Any waiver of immunity from jurisdiction in respect of civil or
administrative proceedings shall not be held to imply waiver of immunity in
respect of the execution of the judgment.

7. A person to whom this Ordinance applies shall he exempt from all taxes,
personal or real, except

(a)any indirect taxes of a kind which are normally incorporated in the price
of goods and services;

(b)rates and taxes on private immovable property situated in Hong Kong.
unless he holds it on behalf of the People's Republic of China for the
purposes of the Joint Liaison Group or of the Land Commission;

(c) estate, succession or inheritance duties levied in Hong Kong-

(i) on private movable property not acquired by the deceased person
due solely to his presence in Hong Kong as a person to whom this
Ordinance applies; and

(ii) on private immovable property to which sub-paragraph (b)
applies:

(d)any taxes on private income, including capital gains, having its source in
Hong Kong and any capital taxes on investments made in commercial
undertakings in Hong Kong;

(e) any charges levied for specific services rendered;

(f) subject to paragraph 3 of this Schedule, registration, court or record fees,

mortgage dues and stamp duties.







by - G'
not

, by the

11shall
not
98 ' s. 6

8. Goods imported into, and exported from, Hong Kong by a person to whom
this Ordinance applies for official or private use, shall be exempt from duties and
taxes.

9. (1) The personal baggage of a person to whom this Ordinance applies shall
be exempt from inspection unless there are serious grounds for presuming that it
contains an article the import or export of which is prohibited by the laws of Hong
Kong or controlled by Hong Kong quarantine regulations.





(2) Any inspection under sub-paragraph (1) of the personal baggage of a person
to whom this Ordinance applies shall be carried out in the presence of that person or
his authorized representative.

10. (1) A person to whom this Ordinance applies may employ all appropriate
means of communication, including the use of a diplomatic courier, diplomatic bags
and messages in code or cypher, in maintaining contact with the Government of the
People's Republic of China and any Chinese diplomatic mission or consular post
wherever situated.
(2) Every diplomatic courier shall be provided with a document indicating his
status and the number of packages constituting any diplomatic bag carried by him.
(3) The packages constituting the diplomatic bag shall bear visible external
marks indicating their status and may contain only documents or articles intended for
official use.
(4) No diplomatic bag used by or addressed to a person to whom this
Ordinance applies shall be opened or detained.
(5) The person of a diplomatic courier shall be inviolable and he shall not be
liable to arrest or detention.
(6) The Government of the People's Republic of China or any person to whom
this Ordinance applies may appoint special diplomatic couriers and the provisions of
sub-paragraphs (2), (3), (4) and (5) shall mutatis mutandis apply to such couriers until
any diplomatic bag carried by them has been delivered.
(Added, 44 of 1985, s. 6)
(Schedule amended, 44 of 1985. s. 6)
Originally 18 of 1985. 44 of 1985. L.N. 177/85. Short title. Interpretation. Application. Schedule. Evidence. Interpretation. Inviolability of premises. Exemption from rates and any property tax. Inviolability of archives and documents. Personal inviolability and immunity. Waiver of immunity. Exemption from taxation. Goods exempt from duties and taxes. Personal baggage exempt from search. Freedom of communication.

Abstract

Originally 18 of 1985. 44 of 1985. L.N. 177/85. Short title. Interpretation. Application. Schedule. Evidence. Interpretation. Inviolability of premises. Exemption from rates and any property tax. Inviolability of archives and documents. Personal inviolability and immunity. Waiver of immunity. Exemption from taxation. Goods exempt from duties and taxes. Personal baggage exempt from search. Freedom of communication.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2280

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

36

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:19 +0800
<![CDATA[PENSIONS (SPECIAL PROVISIONS) (CUSTOMS OFFICERS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2279

Title

PENSIONS (SPECIAL PROVISIONS) (CUSTOMS OFFICERS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PENSIONS (SPECIAL PROVISIONS)
(CUSTOMS OFFICERS) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 35





CHAPTER 35

PENSIONS (SPECIAL PROVISIONS)
(CUSTOMS OFFICERS)

To make special provision in relation to contributions paid by certain
officers in the Customs and Excise Service in respect of pensions
for their dependants under the Widows and Orphans Pension
Ordinance and the Widows'and Children's Pensions Ordinance
and for matters connected therewith.

[15 March 1985.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Pensions (Special
Provisions) (Customs Officers) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires
'eligible officer' means a public officer or former public officer who

(a) was either-

(i) transferred from the rank of Revenue Officer to the rank
of Preventive Officer on 1 July 1977; or

(ii) on or after that date, but before 1 January 1978,
appointed to the rank of Preventive Officer or Customs
Officer; and

(b)on or after 1 July 1977 contributed under the Widows and
Orphans Pension Ordinance whether or not he was an officer
whose contributions ceased by reason of his electing to
contribute under the Widows' and Children's Pensions
Ordinance from 1 January 1978;

'former public officer' means a person who has ceased to be a public
officer by virtue of his retirement from the public service under the
Government of Hong Kong.

3. Any eligible officer may, by notice in writing to the Director of
Accounting Services within 3 months after the date of commencement of
this Ordinance or such greater period as the Director of Accounting
Services may allow, avail himself of the provisions of this Ordinance
and, upon so doing

(a)any contribution paid by him under the Widows and Orphans
Pension Ordinance or the Widows' and Children's Pensions
Ordinance in respect of any service by him in the rank of
Preventive Officer or Customs Officer on or after 1 July 1977
shall be refunded to him and any such contribution shall be
deemed for the purposes of those Ordinances never to have
been paid;





(b)his widow or children, as the case may be, shall. for the
purposes of the Widows and Orphans Pension Ordinance,
be entitled on his death only to a pension computed on the
basis of the potential benefit acquired by such officer-
(i) on 30 June 1977, if that officer was transferred from
the rank of Revenue Officer to the rank of Preventive
Officer on 1 July 1977;
(ii) immediately prior to his transfer to the rank of
Preventive Officer or Customs Officer if the officer was
transferred to that rank on or after 1 July 1977 and before
1 January 1978;

(c)any election made by the officer while holding the rank of
Customs Officer to contribute under the Widows' and
Children's Pensions Ordinance with effect from 1 January
1978, shall, with respect to the period for which he held
that rank, be deemed never to have been made and his
service in that rank shall not be contributory service within
the meaning of that Ordinance.

4. (1) For the removal of doubt it is declared that a public
officer who, at the time when he should have become a contributor
under the Widows and Orphans Pension Ordinance in respect of
service as a Preventive Officer or a Customs Officer on or after 1 July
1977 and before 1 January 1978, did not become a contributor, may
not subsequently become a contributor and his widow or children
shall not acquire any entitlement to a pension under that Ordinance
in respect of any contributions which should have been but were not
paid by him as a contributor during that period.

(2) Section 28(3) of the Widows' and Children's Pensions
Ordinance shall apply, and be deemed always to have applied, to a
Customs Officer who between the dates referred to in subsection (1)
did not become a contributor under that Ordinance as it does to a
Preventive Officer.
Originally 10 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 94.) (Cap. 79.) Grant of right to refund of contributions and effect thereof. (Cap. 94.) (Cap. 79.) Non-contributing officers. (Cap. 94.) (Cap. 79.)

Abstract

Originally 10 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 94.) (Cap. 79.) Grant of right to refund of contributions and effect thereof. (Cap. 94.) (Cap. 79.) Non-contributing officers. (Cap. 94.) (Cap. 79.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2279

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

35

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:18 +0800
<![CDATA[MONEY CHANGES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2278

Title

MONEY CHANGES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MONEY CHANGERS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 34





CHAPTER 34

MONEY CHANGERS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECRIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ...........................2
2. Interpretation ......................2
3. Application of Ordinance ..............3
4. Money changer to provide transaction note 3
5. Right to rescind ......................5
6. Money changer to display rates ........5

7. Exchange of other currencies .................. 5
8. Advertising rates of exchange .........6
9. Governor may amend Schedules ..........6
10. False or misleading representations .. 7

11. Criminal liability .......................................................................................................... 7
Schedule 1. Transaction note ................. 8

Schedule 2. Permitted statements ..........9
Schedule 3. Prescribed currencies .........9





CHAPTER 34

MONEY CHANGERS

To provide for the disclosure by money changers of exchange rates on exchange
transactions and for the obtaining of consent thereto.

(Amended 9 of 1989 s. 2)

[ 1 April 1985 ] L.N.57of1985

Originally 9 of 1985 R. Ed. 1985, 27 of 1986, 9 of 1989,

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Money Changers Ordinance.

(Amended 9 of 1989 s. 3)

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'board' means a device used for displaying the net rates of exchange required under
this Ordinance and includes a video display screen; (Added 9 of 1989 s.4 )

'buy' means, in relation to a Hong Kong dollar exchange transaction, to buy foreign
currency from a customer and includes an offer to buy; (Added 9 of 1989 s. 4)

'currency' includes a cheque and a traveller's cheque;

exchange transaction' means a transaction between a money changer and another
person relating to the exchange of different currencies;

'hotel' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the Hotel Proprietors
Ordinance (Cap. 158);

'money changer' means a person who carries on in Hong Kong the business of
exchanging currencies, not being a business which

(a)is a service provided and operated by that person primarily for the
convenience of guests of an hotel managed by him;

(b) is carried on within the hotel premises; and

(c)consists solely of transactions for the purchase by that person of
other currencies in exchange for Hong Kong currency;

'net rate of exchange' means when a money changer buys or sells Hong Kong
dollars, the net price per unit of foreign currency, expressed in Hong Kong
dollars, that the money changer is prepared to exchange for the foreign
currency tendered or requested by the customer, after deducting all charges
and commissions; (Added 9 of 1989s.4.)





'sell' means, in relation to a Hong Kong dollar exchange transaction, to sell

foreign currency to a customer and includes an offer to sell; (Added 9 of

1989s.4)

',sign' includes to affix a chop or mark; (Added 9 of 1989s.4)
'transaction note' means a note of an exchange transaction. (Added 9 of 1989

s.4)

3. Application of Ordinance

(1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to

(a) a bank licensed under the Banking Ordinance (Cap. 155); or

(b) a company licensed or registered as a deposit-taking company
under the Banking Ordinance Ordinance (Cap. 155); or (Amended 27
of 1986s.137)

(c)an exchange transaction where the amount of the currency tendered
for exchange exceeds the sum of $100,000 in Hong Kong currency or
the equivalent of such sum.

(2) The sum specified in subsection (1)(c) may be amended by the

Governor by notice in the Gazette.

4. Money changer to provide transaction note

(1) A money changer, before completing an exchange transaction by

handing any currency to a customer in exchange for currency tendered by the
customer, shall-

(a)legibly make out in duplicate a transaction note in the form prescribed
in Schedule 1, with such inclusions as are required or permitted by this
section, by correctly completing the details of the exchange
transaction by using Arabic numerals and an abbreviation commonly
used by money changers to signify the type of currency;

(b) sign the transaction note;

(c)explain, in so far as is practicable, the transaction note to the customer
and indicate each detail of the exchange transaction set out in the
transaction note; and

(d)request the customer to sign the front of the original transaction note
in the place reserved for his signature and, unless a copy of the
signature is recorded on the duplicate, to sign the front of the
duplicate transaction note in the place reserved for his signature.

(2) The details referred to in subsection (1)(a) are

(a) the date of the transaction;





(b) the type of currency tendered by the customer;

(c) the amount of currency tendered by the customer;

(d)the net rate of exchange, which shall be stated without reference to
any charge or commission;

(e)the equivalent amount of the currency to be issued to the customer;
and

(f)where more than one currency is tendered by the customer, the total
amount of the exchanged currency to be issued to the customer.

(3) A money changer shall include in the form of transaction note used by him
the money changer's name, address and telephone number both in English and
Chinese and may include in the form

(a) a serial number for the note;

(b) a transaction number;

(c)provision for evidence of the customer's identification to be recorded
and details of that evidence; and

(d) statements to the effect of the form set out in Schedule 2.

(4) A money changer shall not include in a transaction note any statement other
than a statement authorized by this Ordinance.

(5) If a money changer sells more than one type of currency to a customer, the
money changer shall issue a separate transaction note for each currency sold.

(6) A money changer shall hand over to the customer the total of the equivalent
amount of the currency shown in the transaction note as the currency to be issued
to the customer without any deduction.

(7) A money changer shall, on handing over the exchanged currency, issue the
original of a transaction note to the customer.

(8) A money changer shall retain the duplicate copy of a completed transaction
note for not less than 12 months and shall produce the duplicate for inspection and
copying on demand by a police officer.

(9) Without derogation from section 5, a customer may, at any time before the
money changer completes the transaction by complying with this section and
handing the total of the exchanged currency to the customer, refuse to proceed with
an exchange transaction.

(10) If a customer refuses to proceed with an exchange transaction under
subsection (9), the money changer shall immediately hand back to the customer the
currency tendered by the customer for the exchange transaction without any
deduction.

(11) A money changer who contravenes subsection (1), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) or
(10) or who fails to comply with a demand under subsection (8) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000 for a first offence and to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months for a second or subsequent offence. (Replaced 9 of 1989
s. 5)





5. Right to rescind

Where a money changer contravenes section 4 in respect of an exchange
transaction the other party to the transaction may, on the ground of such
contravention and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, rescind the
transaction within 3 days after the date thereof.

(Amended 9 of 1989 s. 6)

6. Money changer to display rates

(1) If a money changer is prepared to enter into a Hong Kong dollar exchange
transaction for any of the currencies prescribed in Schedule 3, the money changer
shall maintain a board displaying the current net rate of exchange offered by him to
customers for both buying and selling the currencies.

(2) If a money changer maintains more than one board displaying net rates of
exchange, he shall display, on all of the boards, identical information relating to the
net rates of exchange displayed.

(3) A money changer shall

(a)provide a sufficiently large board to display the net rates of exchange
in a clearly visible and legible manner to the customer; and

(b)place the board in a well lit place where the customer has an
unobstructed view of the board.

(4) A money changer shall display on the board the net rate of exchange which
is least favourable to the customer and may offer a net rate of exchange that is not
shown on the board if the offered rate is more favourable to a customer.

(5) A money changer shall display on the board, and set out in any note issued
under section 7(1), the buying and selling net rates of exchange under the headings
we buy' and we sell' respectively.

(6) A money changer may display a net rate of exchange in multiple units of 10
or 100 units of foreign currency with a corresponding adjustment to the Hong Kong
dollar figure.

(7) A money changer who contravenes this section commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(Replaced 9 of 1989 s. 7)

7. Exchange of other currencies

(1) If a money changer is prepared to enter into an exchange transaction
involving a currency other than one of those set out in Schedule 3, he shall give the
potential customer a note in writing of both





(a)the net rate at which he is prepared to buy the currency nominated
by the potential customer; and

(b)the net rate at which he is prepared to sell the currency nominated by
the potential customer,

before he accepts any currency from the potential customer.

(2) The note referred to in subsection (1) is not a transaction note and the
money changer shall issue a transaction note in addition to the subsection (1) note
in an exchange transaction referred to in subsection (1).

(3) A money changer who contravenes this section commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(Added 9 of 1989 s. 8)

8. Advertising rates of exchange

(1) Where a money changer advertises the rates of exchange for any currency,
whether on a board or otherwise, the money changer shall

(a)give equal prominence to buying rates and selling rates for each
currency; and

(b)display the buying and selling rates in such a way that a potential
customer is able to compare the buying rate with the selling rate for
any currency without the need to refer to more than one board.

(2) A money changer shall not advertise
(a) that he charges a commission on an exchange transaction;

(b) that he charges no commission on an exchange transaction;

(e) that he makes any other charge on an exchange transaction; or

(d)that he does not make any other charge on an exchange transaction.

(3) A money changer who contravenes this section commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(Added 9 of 1989 s. 8)

9. Governor may amend Schedules

The Governor may amend the Schedules by notice in the Gazette

(a)to alter the form of the transaction note prescribed in Schedule 1 by
including further or different information relevant to the exchange
transaction;

(b)to add or delete information which may be included in permitted
statements prescribed in Schedule 2; and

(c)to add to or delete from the list of currencies prescribed in Schedule
3.

(Added 9 of 1989 s. 8)





10. False or misleading representations

(1) A money changer shall not make a false or a misleading statement as
to the rate of exchange offered to a customer or potential customer.
(2) A money changer shall not make a false or a misleading statement
as to-
(a) the terms of an exchange transaction; or
(b) the application of this Ordinance,
to a customer or a potential customer.
(3) A money changer who contravenes this section commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(Added 9 of 1989 s. 8)

11. Criminal liability
(1) If a person employed by a money changer does an act which would be
an offence under this Ordinance if done by a money changer, each of the
following persons is guilty of that offence as if he were a money changer who
had committed the offence and each person is liable to the penalty prescribed
for the offence-
(a) the person employed by the money changer;
(b)the money changer, unless the money changer took reasonable
steps to prevent the commission of the offence; and
(c)where the employer of the person is a corporation, each director,
manager, secretary and other similar officer of the corporation
and any person purporting to act in any of those capacities unless
he took reasonable steps to prevent the commission of the
offence.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), for the purposes of this section, a person is
deemed to be a director of a corporation if he occupies the position of a director
by whatever name he may be called or is a person in accordance with whose
directions or instructions a director of the corporation acts.
(3) A person shall not, by reason only that a director of the corporation
acts on advice given by him in a professional capacity, be taken to be a person
in accordance with whose directions or instructions a director acts.
(4) If a partner in a partnership of money changers commits an offence
under this Ordinance, each other partner shall be guilty of the offence unless he
took reasonable steps to prevent the commission of the offence.
(5) Where under this section a person employed by a money changer is
deemed to have committed an offence-
(a) his employer; and
(b)where the employer is a corporation, each director, manager,
secretary, person purporting to act as a director, manager or
secretary of the corporation,





is presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to have not taken
reasonable steps to prevent the commission of the offence.

(6) Where a money changer who is in a partnership with another money
changer commits an offence, the partner of that money changer is presumed, in the
absence of evidence to the contrary, to have not taken reasonable steps to prevent
the commission of the offence.

(Added 9 of 1989 s. 8)

SCHEDULE [s. 4(1)(a)]

TRANSACTION
NOTE



Money Changer's Name:
...................................................................................................................

Money Changer's Address:
................................................................................................................



............................................

Money Changer's Telephone No.:
.....................................................................................................

Date:
....................................................................

Net Rate of Equivalent
Currency AmountExchange Amount

Total

...................
........................................................................

Cashier's Signature Customer's Signature.

for the Money Changer.


A customer may cancel an exchange transaction within 3 days and obtain a refund of the original
currency tendered in exchange for the Equivalent Amount shown above if the money changer
fails to comply with the Money Changers Ordinance (Cap. 34).


(Added 9 of 1989 S. 8)





SCHEDULE 2 [s- 4(3)]

PERMITTED STATEMENTS

A transaction note may contain the following statements- The Money Changer accepts no responsibility for
the customer's failure to comply with any
country's currency controls.

Please cheek all money before leaving the counter.

(Added 9 of 1989 s. 8)

SCHEDULE 3 [ss. 6(1) & 7(1)]

PRESCRIBED CURRENCIES

Currencies of the following countries-
Australia
Canada
Federal Republic of Germany
France
India
Japan
Malaysia
Philippines
Singapore
South Korea
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
United Kingdom
United States of America

(Added 9 of 1989 s. 8)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2278

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

34

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:18 +0800
<![CDATA[CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2277

Title

CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES RULES

Description






SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION.

CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES RULES.

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES.

Rule........................................ page.

1. Citation ............................... ... ... ... . ... A 4
2. Register of Societies .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
A 4

3. Duty of Registrar to make original entries ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

4. Duty of Registrar to initial alterations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

5. Right of public to inspect register .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

6. Applications for registration of societies ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

7. Registration ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

8. Duty of Registrar on registration of society ... ... ... ... ... A 4
9. Duty of Registrar to record reasons for refusal ... ... . ... A 4

10...............Register of members .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

11........................Duty of society to keep accounts, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

12..........Membership ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

13.................Withdrawal from society .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
14.................Expulsion of member ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
15.................Loss of qualifications ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

16...............................Postponement of repayment of money to member ... ... ... ... A 5

17...............Limit of members .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

18..........Nominees ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

19...............Division of profits .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

20......................Maximum total amount of debts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A

21.............General meeting ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
22.............First meeting ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A7

23..................Annual general meeting .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A7

24.........................Functions of annual general meeting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A7
25. Special general meeting A7

26. Quorum at general meetings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A8
27. Chairman of general meeting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A8
28. Voting at general meeting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A9
29. Method of voting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A9
30. Minutes of general meeting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A9
31. Election of committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A9
32. Chairman of committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A10





Rule........................................ Page.

33...............Duties of committee .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A10
34...............Meetings of committee ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A10

35........................Procedure at meetings of committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A10
36........................Minutes of meetings of committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... All
37........................Failure to attend meetings of committee ... ... ... ... ... ... All

38.................Vacancies on committee ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... All

39...............Borrowing powers .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... All

40.............Banking account ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... All

41...........Employees ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... All

Rules applicable to Credit Societies.

42..................Application for a loan .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

43.............Sanction of loan ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12
44.............Security for loans ............. ... ... ... ... . ... A 12
45.............Purposes of loans ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

46....................Documents relating to loans ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12
47....................Restrictions on loans to defaulters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

48...............Extensions of loans .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13
49...............Misapplication of loan ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13
50...............Recovery of loans ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

Rule applicable to Marketing Societies.

51..........Marketing ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

General.

52..........Bad debts ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

53...........................Preparation of annual accounts and report ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

54...............Transfer of shares ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

55........................Sales of shares of members in default ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

56...........Secretary .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

57...............Payment of secretary ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
58...............Security by secretary .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
59...............Suspension of secretary .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A15

60......................Temporary absence of secretary ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16

61...............Duties of secretary ......... ... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16





Rule Page.

62. Treasurer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17
63. Security by treasurer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17
64. Duties of treasurer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17
65. Unfit officer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17
66. Reserve fund ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
67. Audit of accounts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
68. Audit and supervision fund ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
69. By-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
70. Amendment of by-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
71. Copies of entries ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
72. Reference of a dispute to the Registrar for decision ... ... ... ... ... A 20
73. Reference to arbitration by the Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
74. Proceedings before the arbitrator or arbitrators ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
75. Proceedings before the Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A21





SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION.

CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES RULES.

(Cap. 33 section 51).

[15th February, 1951.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Co-operative Societies Rules.

2. The Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept at his office a
register to be called 'the Register of Societies' wherein shall be entered
particulars relating to the registration of societies and their by-laws.

3. All original entries in the Register of Societies shall be made by.
or under the direction of, the Registrar and shall be signed by him.

4. Every alteration, interlineation or erasure in the Register of
Societies shall be initialled by the Registrar.

5. The Register of Societies shall be open to inspection by the
public at all reasonable times and shall be free of charge.

6. (1) Every application for the registration of a society shall be
submitted to the Registrar in the form prescribed by him.

(2) Three copies of the by-laws which the society proposes to
adopt shall be submitted together with the application.

7. Where the Registrar decides to register a proposed society, the
society and its by-laws shall be registered in the Register of Societies.

L Upon the registration of a society the Registrar shall forward to
the society free of charge--

(a) a certificate of registration;

(b)a copy of the by-laws of the society as approved by him and
certified under his hand as having been approved by him; and

(e) a copy of the Ordinance and of the rules in English.

9. When the Registrar refuses to register a society or its by-laws,
he shall record in writing his reasons for so doing.





10. Every registered society shall keep a register to be called Register of
the 'Register of Members' wherein shall be entered- members.
(a) the name, address and occupation of each member and a
statement of the shares, if any, held by him;
(b) the date on which each member's name was entered in
the register.
(c) the date on which any member ceased to be a member.,
and
(d) the nominee, if any, appointed under rule 18.
11. Every registered society shall keep such accounts and Duty of society
shall use such books as may from time to time be prescribed by to keep
the Registrar. accounts, etc.
12. The election and admission of members to a registered Membership.
society, other than original members, shall be in such manner and
on such conditions as the by-laws shall prescribe.
13. A member may withdraw from a registered society by withdrawal
from
giving written notice to the secretary, but such withdrawal shall be society-
without prejudice to subsection (1) of section 29 of the Ordinance.
14. If a member acts in contravention of the rules or by-laws Expulsion of
or acts in any way detrimental to the interests of the registered member.
society, such member may be expelled by a vote of two-thirds of
the members present at a general meeting, upon a charge com-
municated to him in writing by the committee not less than one
week before the meeting. Such expulsion shall, however, be with-
out prejudice to subsection (1) of section 29 of the Ordinance.
15. Any member who loses any of the qualifications for Loss of
membership prescribed by the Ordinance or the rules or the by- qualifications.
laws shall cease to be a member of the registered society, and the
committee shall cause his name to be struck off the Register of
Members without prejudice to any liabilities of such person under
subsection (1) of section 29 of the Ordinance.
16. In the case of any registered society of limited liability Postponement
of
holding deposits or loans from non-members, no member with- repayment of
money to
drawing, removed or expelled therefrom shall be entitled to a member.
repayment of any money paid by him towards the purchase of
shares.
17. No registered society shall fix any limit to the number Of Limit of
its members. members.

18. (1) Every appointment of a nominee by any member Nominees. of a
registered society for the purposes of section 17 of the Ordinance shall be made in
writing signed by the member in the presence of two attesting witnesses.





(2) No member of a registered society with share capital shall be
entitled to appoint more than one nominee unless that member holds
more than one share.

(3) In any case where more than one nominee is appointed by any
member, the number of shares to be transferred or the exact proportion
of the amount available that is to be transferred to each of these
nominees shall be specified at the time of the appointment.

(4) Every appointment of a nominee shall be recorded in the
Register of Members.

(5) For the purpose of a transfer to a nominee, the value of any
share or interest shall be represented by the sum actually paid for that
share or interest by the member holding it, unless the bylaws of the
registered society otherwise provide.

(6) Where any money is paid to a nominee who is a minor, a receipt
given either by the minor or by his guardian shall be sufficient discharge
to the registered society.

19. (1) Unless otherwise authorized by the Governor under the
proviso to subsection (1) of section 34 of the Ordinance, no dividend or
payment on account of profits shall be made by a society registered with
unlimited liability until the reserve fund has reached a proportion of not
less than one tenth of the society's total liabilities.

(2) No registered society shall pay a dividend if the rate of

register
ed

interest on loans granted by it to its members exceeds ten per cent
per annum.

(3) No registered society shall pay a dividend on share capital
exceeding five per cent per annum of the capital actually paid up.

(4) A bonus based on wages or on the value of the products of a
member, or a bonus or rebate on patronage calculated in proportion to
the amount of the business done by each member with the registered
society may be distributed periodically to the members from surplus
funds after the deduction of all expenditure and after making provision
for bad and doubtful debts and making allocation to the reserve fund.

20. (1) Every registered society shall from time to time, fix at a
general meeting the maximum total amount of debts it may incur in loans
or deposits whether from members or non-members.

(2) The maximum so fixed shall be subject to the sanction of the
Registrar, who may at any time reduce it. No registered society shall
receive loans or deposits which will make the total amount of its debts
exceed the limit sanctioned by the Registrar.





21. The supreme authority in a registered society shall be
vested in the general meeting of members at which every member
has a right to attend and vote on all questions. Subject to sections
24 and 25 of the Ordinance, each member shall have one vote only
which shall be exercised in person and not by proxy.

22. The first meeting of members shall have the same powers
as are given to the annual general meeting, and shall be held
immediately or not later than one month after the receipt of the
certificate of registration of the society.

23. The annual general meeting of members shall be con-
vened by the committee as soon as the report on the audit of the
accounts of the registered society by the Registrar. or person
authorized by him, is received by the committee. At least eight
days' notice shall be given before any such general meeting is
held:

Provided that the Registrar may at any time after the audit
of the accounts has been completed convene the annual general
meeting which shall proceed as if it had been convened by the
committee.

24. The functions of the annual general meeting shall be-

(a)to confirm the minutes of the previous annual general
meeting and of any intervening special general meeting;

(b)to consider the reports of the committee and the balance
sheet together with the report on the audit of the accounts
of the registered society for the previous year as prepared
by the Registrar or the person authorized by him..

(c)to approve the accounts or, if the accounts are not ap-
proved, to cause the secretary to notify the Registrar who
shall consider the matter and make his decision thereon.
and such decision as to the correctness of the accounts
shall be final and conclusive;
(d)to hear and decide upon any complaints brought by
members aggrieved by a decision of the committee,
provided that notice of such complaints to be brought
before the meeting shall be given to the secretary at least
two days prior to the meeting; and

(e)to transact any other general business of the registered
society.

25. A special general meeting of members may be convened
at any time by the committee; and on receipt of a demand stating
the object of the proposed meeting signed by not less than one-fifth
of the members of the registered society, if such society is com-
posed of less than one hundred members, or by twenty-five
members if such society consists of more than one hundred





members, it shall be the duty of the chairman of the committee to
convene such a meeting giving eight days' notice. If the chairman of the
committee fails to convene a meeting within fourteen days from the
receipt of a demand as aforesaid the members applying for such a
meeting shall have the right to convene the meeting by notice, which
shall contain the object of the proposed meeting and a statement to the
effect that the meeting is convened on the failure of the chairman of the
committee to convene the meeting demanded:

Provided that the Registrar or a person authorized by him may at
any time summon a special general meeting of the registered society m
such manner and at such time and place as he may direct, and he may
also direct what matters shall be discussed at the meeting; such meeting
shall have all the powers of a meeting called according to the rules.

26. (1) When a registered society consists of not more than one
hundred and twenty members one-half of the number of the members or
thirty members. whichever is the less. shall form a quorum for the
purposes of the annual or a special general meeting, and when a
registered society consists of more than one hundred and twenty
members one-fourth. of the total number of the members of such society
shall form a quorum for the purposes of the annual or a special general
meeting:

Provided that when any meeting is summoned by the Registrar any
members present at such meeting shall be deemed to form a quorum.

(2) If within one hour after the time fixed for any meeting other than
a meeting convened by the Registrar the members present are not
sufficient to form a quorum, such meeting shall be considered as
dissolved if convened on the demand of members; in all other cases it
shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time
and place and a notice to that effect shall be posted by the secretary
within twenty-four hours, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is
not present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting the
members present shall form a quorum.

27. (1) The chairman of the committee or in his absence any other
person elected by a majority of those present shall preside at the annual
or special general meeting:

Provided that the Registrar or a person appointed by him shall
preside at any meeting convened by himself or on his demand.

(2) The secretary or in his absence any other person nominated in
writing by the chairman shall act as secretary at the meeting. The
chairman. if necessary, may nominate other officers to assist at the
meeting.





(3) The chairman may by the decision of the meeting adjourn the
meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall
be transacted at any meeting so adjourned other than the business left
unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

(4) The chairman shall have the right to order the closure of a
discussion and put the matter to the vote.

28. Any question submitted to the decision of the members present
at a general meeting. unless otherwise dealt with in the rules, shall be
decided by a majority of votes.

29. (1) At any meeting a resolution put to the vote shall be decided
on a show of hands, unless voting by call of names or a ballot is
demanded by at least five of the members present before the declaration
of the result of the show of hands, and in such case voting by call of
names or a ballot shall be taken as the case may be.

(2) The chairman shall have an ordinary vote and in case of an
equality of votes shall be entitled to a casting vote. In the case of a
meeting convened by the Registrar and presided over by him or his
representative, he or his representative shall not be entitled to vote
except on an equality of votes, in which case they shall have a casting
vote.

(3) In respect of every resolution put to the vote the chairman shall
declare whether it has been carried or lost, and whether on a show of
hands or unanimously or by a particular majority, and an entry to that
effect in the minute book shall be conclusive evidence of anything
therein contained.

30. Minutes of every general meeting shall be entered in the minute
book and signed by the chairman and secretary before the dissolution or
adjournment of the meeting and shall contain

(a)the number and names of the members present at the meeting
and the name of the chairman or of the person who presided at
the meeting;

(b)the time fixed for the meeting and the time the meeting
commenced.,

(c)the total number of members on the date on which the meeting
was held; and

(d) all resolutions passed or decisions made at the meeting.

31. (1) The committee shall be elected at a general meeting of the
registered society to be held annually or convened fog-the purpose by by
the Registrar, and its members shall hold office until the election of a
new committee and they shall be eligible for reelection:





Provided that a special general meeting convened for the
purpose by or on the demand of the Registrar or on demand of
the members (in the case of registered societies with less than
forty members, one-half of the members or ten members whichever
is the less or, when a registered society consists of more than forty
members. one-fourth of the total number of members) may remove
the committee or any members thereof before the expiration of
their period of office by a majority of three-fourths of the members
present, and such members shall proceed at the same meeting to
the election of others in their stead who shall hold office until the
election of a new committee by the next general meeting convened
for this purpose by the Registrar.

(2) The committee shall consist of five members and three
shall constitute a quorum.

32. The committee shall elect its own chairman, who shall
have an ordinary vote and on an equality of votes shall be entitled
to a casting vote. In the temporary absence of the chairman, the
committee shall elect one of its members to perform the duties of
chairman.

33. (1) The committee shall represent the registered society
before all competent public authorities and in all dealings and
transactions with third persons, with power to institute or defend
suits brought in the name of or against the society. and in general
it shall carry out such duties in the management of the affairs of
the registered society as have not been specially assigned by the
rules or the by-laws to general meetings or to any other officer of
the society.

(2) The committee shall always keep a copy of the latest an-
nual balance sheet of the registered society together with the report
referred to in rule 23, hung in a conspicuous place at the registered
office of the society.

34. The committee shall meet as often as the business of the
registered society may require and in any case not less frequently
than once a month. Meetings of the committee shall be summoned
by the secretary in writing.

35. At each committee meeting the secretary shall-

(a) read the minutes of the preceding meeting;

(b)produce the cash book. detail the entries of receipts and
payments made therein since the last meeting and with
the treasurer produce the cash in their possession for veri-
fication by the committee with the cash book;

(c)produce a statement showing the loans due and unpaid,
for determination by the committee as to the action to be
taken in each case;





(d)produce applications for loans, if any, for determination by the
committee in accordance with the priority of receipt; and

(e)submit any other business for consideration by the committee.

36. Minutes of committee meetings shall be recorded forthwith by
the secretary in the minute book and shall be signed by the chairman or
other presiding member and by the secretary and shall contain the
following particulars

(a)the names of the members present and the date of the meeting;

(b) the name of the chairman or other presiding member; and

(c)a short statement of all matter discussed and decisions made
and a record as to whether each decision was made
unanimously or by a majority.

37. Any member of the committee who, without due excuse
approved by the committee, fails to attend at three consecutive meetings
of the committee shall be deemed to have vacated his office which shall
thereupon be filled as provided by rule 38.

38. (1) Vacancies occurring on the committee shall be filled within
eight days by the election of substitutes elected by the remaining
members of the committee:

Provided that when such election does not take place the Registrar
may appoint the required substitutes.

(2) Any substitutes elected or appointed under paragraph (1) of
this rule shall hold office until the expiration of office of the committee.

39. The committee may borrow money on behalf of the registered
society to an amount not exceeding such total amount as may have been
fixed in accordance with rule 20.

40. The committee may, subject to the approval of the Registrar,
open a banking account. All cheques shall be signed by two members of
the committee and the secretary:

Provided that with the authority in writing of the Registrar
previously obtained cheques may be signed by one member of the
committee and the secretary.

41. (1) The committee may-

(a)appoint such clerks or employees as it considers necessary;
and





(b)fix the salary. wages or remuneration of every such clerk or
employee.

(2) Every clerk or employee appointed under this rule shall hold
office during the pleasure of the committee.

Rules applicable to Credit Societies.

42. Members who desire to obtain a loan shall submit an
application to the committee stating the, amount and the purpose for
which the loan is required, the term for which it is asked whether it is
desired to repay it by instalments, and the names of the proposed
sureties or any other security which is offered.

43. (1) The committee shall consider at a meeting every application
for a loan, and if the committee is satisfied with the trustworthiness of
the applicant, the sufficiency of the security offered and the prospects
of advantage to the borrower, in the way of increased production or
economy or otherwise, it may sanction the loan.

(2) No person other than members of the committee and the
secretary and the Registrar and his staff shall be present at any meeting
of the committee when an application for a loan is under consideration.
A member of the committee who applies for a loan or who is proposed as
surety for a loan shall withdraw while the relevant application is being
discussed. It there is a difference of opinion concerning the granting of
a loan, the voting shall be taken by ballot. The proceeding with regard to
loans at committee meetings shall be kept seer^ and any member of the
committee or officer of the registered society infringing this rule shall be
liable to immediate expulsion or dismissal.

44. Loans, when approved by the committee, shall be granted to
members who are able to obtain two sureties approved by the committee,
or who can give other security to the satisfaction of the committee. If the
committee are of the unanimous opinion that the member's personal
character and industry are such that other security is not necessary
then, on approval by the Registrar. such loan may be made to the
member without sureties or other security.

45. (1) No loan shall be made except for a purpose to be approved
in each case by the committee.

(2) All loans made shall be applied by the borrowing members to
such purpose as the committee has approved.

46. When a loan is sanctioned by the committee a notice shall be
sent to the borrower to that effect and. before the amount is advanced,
the borrower (and his sureties if any) shall execute an instrument in
writing setting out the terms of repayment of the loan and containing
such other terms and conditions as the committee may consider
necessary





47. Where a member-

(a)is in default in the payment of a loan or of an instalment of a
loan, and

(b)does not satisfy the committee that such default is due to a
good cause.

such member shall not be entitled to receive another loan from the
registered society.

48 If. by reason of sickness or some other cause. a member finds
that he will be unable to discharge his obligations to the registered
society and notifies the secretary m writing before a loan is due, the
committee may extend the time fixed for payment on such conditions as it
think fit.

49. Where the committee is satisfied that a member of the registered
society who has obtained a loan has applied the proceeds thereof to a
purpose other than the purpose which is stated in the application
therefor under rule 42, the committee may. by notice in writing to the
debtor, demand payment of the loan before the agreed date of payment.

50. Where-

(a)a loan or an instalment of a loan has not been paid on the date
on which it became due, and

(b)no extension for the payment thereof has been given to the
debtor by the committee under rule 48.

the committee shall take steps for the recovery of the same by referring
the matter to the Registrar as prescribed in section 49 of the Ordinance.

Rule- applicable to Marketing Societies.

51. (1) Every member of the society shall deliver to the society at
such place as the committee shall direct such amount of articles
produced or obtained by him as may be prescribed in the by-laws or in
the relevant contract to be disposed of by the society.

(2) Any member, who is approved or adjudged in accordance with
section 49 of the Ordinance to be guilty of a breach of the by-jaws or the
relevant contract as the case may be, shall pay to the society as
liquidated damages such sum as may be specifically assessed or
ascertained in manner prescribed by the by-laws or by the relevant
contract, and such sum shall be deemed to be a debt due to the society.

General.

52. The committee may, with the approval of the Registrar. cause
bad debts to be written off the books of the registered society in such
manner and at such times as the Registrar may deem fit





53. The committee shall, in every year and as soon as conveniently
possible within such time as the Registrar may direct,

(a)cause the secretary to prepare and send to the Registrar the
yearly balance sheet closed on the date specified by the
Registrar, of the preceding year together with a detailed
statement of the profit and loss account; and

(b)prepare a report on the year's working of the registered
society to be presented to the annual general meeting.

54. (1) Any share may be ~erred with the approval of the committee
to any other member at the option of the transferor, but if the transferee
is not a member, he must be approved of as a member by the committee
or the general meeting according to the by-laws relating to the
admission of members before the transfer can be registered; and if the
by-laws require a member to hold more than one share, the transferee
must acquire by the transfer, or by the transfer and allotment the number
so required to be held before the ~er can be registered.

(2) Special ~er forms be provided by the Registrar.

(3) No ~er of a share shall be valid and effective unless and until
such transfer has been registered by the secretary on the direction of
the committee.

(4) No transfer of a share shall be registered if made by a member
indebted to the registered society without special order of the
committee. and until the transfer of a share is registered no right shall be
acquired against the registered society by the transferee, nor shall any
chum of the registered society upon the transferor be affected thereby.

55. The committee may. in default of payment by any member
indebted to the registered society to an amount not less than three-
fourths of the sum paid up for the time being on any transferable share
held by him. sell, ~er and register in the books of the registered society
such share to any person entitled to hold the same under the rules or by-
laws for the best price obtainable therefor. and apply the proceeds in or
towards the discharge of the debt so due and of any expense incurred in
or about the same. paying over the balance (if any) to the member.
without being responsible for any loss occasioned thereby, and the
defaulting member shall c~ to have any further chum m respect of such
share.

56. (1) The committee shall. appoint a secretary and, unless the
person so appointed is a member of the committee. shall have power to
fix the remuneration for his services.

(2) The secretary. if a member of the committee, shall be unpaid.





(3) No appointment made under paragraph (1) of this rule
shall be valid and effective, and no remuneration fixed thereunder
shall be payable Or recoverable, unless approved by the Registrar.
Every such approval shall be communicated in writing by the
Registrar to the committee.

(4) In the event of failure on the part of the committee to
appoint a secretary, the Registrar shall appoint a secretary and,
unless the person so appointed is a member of the committee, the
Registrar shall fix his remuneration. Every appointment made by
the Registrar under this paragraph shall be valid and effective, and
every remuneration fixed by the Registrar shall be payable and
recoverable, as if made or fixed by the committee.

(5) The secretary shall occupy his office until his services are
determined by one month's notice in writing given by the com-
mittee:

Provided that no determination as aforesaid shall be valid and
effective until the approval of the Registrar in writing has been
obtained therefor.

(6) The secretary may resign his office by giving one month's
notice to the committee in writing.

(7) On the occurrence of a vacancy in the office of the
secretary, the provisions of this rule shall apply mutatis mutandis
to the filling of such vacancy.

57. The remuneration of the secretary, if any, shall be paid
from the funds of the registered society monthly in arrear.

58. (1) The secretary may be required to give security in
such amount as the committee may determine.

(2) Every such security and the amount thereof shall be
subject to the approval of the Registrar to be signified in writing
to the committee.

59. (1) The committee may at any time suspend the secretary
for any irregularity in the performance of his duties.

(2) Such suspension shall be reported forthwith to the Regis-
trar who shall approve or disallow the same and shall communicate
his decision to the secretary and the committee in writing, and on
notification of his approval of the suspension the services of the
secretary shall be determined without further notice.

(3) In the event of the suspension of the secretary the com-
mittee shall forthwith appoint a substitute to hold office during the
period of such suspension and shall report the name of such
substitute to the Registrar.





60. (1) The secretary shall not absent himself from duty save with
the permission of the committee previously obtained.

(2) During the absence of the secretary. the committee shall appoint
a temporary secretary and shall report the appointment to the Registrar.

(3) In case the secretary desires to be absent from duty for more
than one month at any one time, the committee shall, before granting
permission for such absence, obtain the previous approval of the
Registrar therefor.

61. The duties of the secretary shall be-

(a)to attend all meetings of the registered society and of the
committee and to carry out all the instructions of the
committee;

(b)to be present at the office during the hours of business as
fixed from time to time by the committee;

(c)to record the whole of the transactions of the registered
society in the books provided for that purpose; to conduct
correspondence on behalf of the registered society; to prepare
the annual statement of accounts and balance sheet; and to
have charge of the documents, books and vouchers for
payments and receipts on behalf of the registered society;

(d)to receive all applications for loans and bring the same before
the committee; to prepare receipts and other documents in the
form prescribed for signature by borrowers prior to their taking
the loans sanctioned; and with the authority of the committee
to supply information about the registered society which may
be applied for by members;

(e)to receive all moneys. due or payable to the registered society
and issue receipts to the payer for same from a counterfoil
receipt book supplied to the registered society for the purpose
by the Registrar. obtaining at the same time the signature of
the person making the payment on the counterfoil;

to deposit with the treasurer from moneys collected by him on
behalf of the registered society all sums m excess of an
amount to be fixed from time to time by the committee and to
obtain from him a receipt on a form to be taken from the
prescribed counterfoil book;

(g)to keep separate all moneys belonging to the registered
society and on no account to mix them with any other
moneys; and to produce at all times when called upon to the
committee. or the Re~ or any person authorized by him, all
moneys in his hands be~ to the registered 5~;





(h)to make payments as authorized by the committee. obtaining
the payee's signature on the payment book prescribed by the
Registrar:

Provided that if the payment is made outside the
registered society's office the secretary shall. in every
instance, obtain from the payee a manuscript receipt and
attach it to a separate page of the payment book;

(i)to issue a receipt on a form to be taken from the prescribed
counterfoil book when receiving money from the treasurer;
and

(1) to summon meetings as provided in the rules.

62. The committee shall appoint one of the members of the
committee, not being the chairman, to be the treasurer.

63. The treasurer may be required to give security for such amount
as may be determined by. and to the satisfaction of. the committee.

64. The duties of the treasurer shall be---

(a)to receive from the secretary as provided in paragraph of rule
61 moneys collected by the latter on behalf of the registered
society, furnishing him with a receipt on a form taken from the
counterfoil book supplied for the purpose by the Registrar and
obtaining at the same time the signature of the secretary on
the counterfoil;

(b)to advance money to the secretary for payments and obtain
from him a receipt from the prescribed counterfoil book;

(c)to place to the account of the registered society in such bank
as may be approved by the Registrar any amount in his hands
in excess of the amount fixed from time to time by the
committee;

(d)to keep separate all moneys belonging to the registered
society and on no account to mix them with any other
moneys; to produce at all times when called upon to the
committee, the Registrar or any person authorized by him, all
moneys in his hands belonging to the registered society; and

(e)to keep a record on the prescribed form of an moneys received
by him from the secretary and of all moneys paid to the
secretary.

65. If in any society, in the opinion of the Registrar, any member of
the committee or other officer is unfit for the discharge of his duties, the
society shall, on the requirement of the Registrar, dismiss him





66. (1) The reserve fund of a registered society, created in
pursuance of subsection (1) of section 34 of the Ordinance, may, with
the sanction of the Registrar

(a) be utilized in the business of the registered society; or

(b)be applied to meet occasional deficiencies incurred by the
registered society.

(2) In sanctioning the utilization or application of the reserve fund
under paragraph (1) of this rule, the Registrar may impose such terms
and conditions as he may deem fit.

67. In pursuance of section 35 of the Ordinance, the accounts of
every registered society shall be audited once at least in every year by
some person authorized by the Registrar. Such person shall have access
to an the books and accounts of the registered society and shall examine
every balance sheet and annual return of the receipts and expenditure,
funds and effects of the registered society, and shall verify the same
with the accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and shall either sign
the same as found by him to be correct, duly vouched and m accordance
with the Ordinance, and shall report to the Registrar accordingly, or shall
specially report to the Registrar in what respects he finds the same
incorrect. unvouched or not in accordance with the Ordinance. The
Registrar shall thereupon forward the report of such person to the
committee.

68. (1) There shall be constituted a fund to be known as the audit
and supervision fund and every registered society shall, when caned
upon to do so by the Registrar. make annually a contribution to such
fund.

(2) Until such time as a society has been established and registered
for the purposes of supervision and audit, such contributions shall be
held by the Registrar and administered by him on behalf of the
contributing registered societies.

(3) So long as the Registrar administers the. fund on behalf of the
contributing registered societies. he shall report in every year to the
Government in respect of the income derived from contributions. the
expenditure he has sanctioned from the fund and the balance in his
hands.

(4) As soon as a society for supervision and audit has been
established and registered, the fund shall be credited to such society
and shall be utilized by such society in accordance with its objects and
by-laws.

(5) Until a society for supervision and audit has been established
and registered, the Registrar shall fix the amount of the annual
contribution to the fund of every registered society caned upon to
contribute to the fund. The amount of every such annual





contribution shall be subject to a maximum of either five per cent of the
net annual profits of the registered society or of one per cent of the
working capital of the registered society, and shall not in any case be
less than three per cent on the net annual profits or one half per cent of
the working capital.

69. (1) The by-laws of a proposed society shall contain provision in
respect of the following matters

(a) the name of the society;

0) the the registered address address of of the society;

(c) the objects for which the society was established;

(d) the purposes to which the funds may be applied;

(e)the qualifications for membership, the terms of admission of
members. and the mode of election.,

the nature and extent of the liability of members; and

(g)the manner of raising funds. including the maximum rate of
interest on deposits.

(2) If the objects of the proposed society include the creation of
funds to be lent to the members, the proposed by-laws shall, in addition,
contain provision in respect of the following matters

(a) the occupation and residence of the members.,

(b)the conditions on which loans may be made to members,
including--

(i) the rate of interest, and

(ii) the maximum amount which may be lent to a member;
and

(c)the consequences, if any. of default in the payment of any
sum due on account of shares.

70. (1) Where in pursuance of subsection (1) of section 10 of the
Ordinance a registered society amends its by-laws, such amendment
shall be made by a resolution of the members of the registered society at
a general meeting.

(2) Every resolution under paragraph (1) of this rule shall not be
valid and effective unless it was taken by a majority of not less than
three-fourths of the members present at the general meeting at which the
resolution was proposed.

(3) A copy of a resolution under paragraph (1) of this rule shall be
forwarded to the Registrar together with three copies of the amendment.





71. For the purposes of section 20 of the Ordinance a copy of an
entry in the book of a registered society may be certified by a certificate
written at the foot of such copy, declaring that it is a true copy of such
entry and that the book containing the entry is still in the custody of the
society., such certificate shall be dated and signed by the secretary and
one member of the committee.

72. (1) Reference of a dispute to the Registrar for decision under
subsection (1) of section 49 of the Ordinance may be made

(a) by the committee; or

(b)by the registered society in pursuance of a resolution in that
behalf taken in general meeting. or

(c) by any party to the dispute. or

(d)where the dispute concerns a member of the committee and
the registered society, by any member of the registered
society.

(2) Every reference under this rule shall be made by a statement in
writing addressed to the Registrar. Such statement shall--

(a) be dated..

(b) specify the dispute;

(c) set out full particulars of the dispute, and

(d) be signed by the party making it.

73. (1) Where. in pursuance of paragraph (b) of subsection (2) of
section 49 of the Ordinance, the Registrar decides to refer a dispute to
arbitration, such decision shall be embodied in an order of reference
under his hand.

(2) Every order of reference under this rule shall-

(a)specify the name, surname. place of abode and occupation of
the arbitrator or arbitrators;

(b) set out the dispute and full particulars thereof; and

(c)limit the time within which the award shall be forwarded by the
arbitrator or arbitrators to the Registrar:

Provided that. on good cause shown to his satisfaction.
the Registrar may by a further order enlarge the time whether
before or after the time limited by the order of reference has
expired.

(3) Where the Registrar decides to refer a dispute to more than one
arbitrator, such reference shall be to three arbitrators, of whom one shall
be nominated by each of the parties to the dispute and the third shall be
nominated by the Registrar and shall act as chairman.

(4) Where under paragraph (3) of this rule reference is made to
three arbitrators, the following provisions shall have effect

(a)if any party to the dispute fails to nominate an arbitrator
within such time as the Registrar may specify. the Registrar
may make the nomination himself;





(b)if an arbitrator nominated by one of the parties to the dispute
dies, or refuses or neglects to act, or by absence or otherwise
becomes incapable of acting. the Registrar shall call upon the
party concemed to nominate a new arbitrator within such time
as the Registrar may specify. and if no new arbitrator is
nominated accordingly, the Registrar may nominate one
himself;

(c)if the arbitrator who dies, or refuses or neglects to act, or
becomes incapable of acting, was nominated by the Registrar,
a new arbitrator shall be nominated in his place by the
Registrar; and

(d) the opinion of the majority of the arbitrators shall prevail

74. (1) The proceedings before the arbitrator or arbitrators shall, as
nearly as possible, be conducted in the same way as proceedings before
a court of law, and in particular the following provisions shall have
effect in respect thereof

(a)notice of the time and place at which the proceedings are to be
held shall be given to the parties to the dispute. and such
notice shall be a ten days' notice;

(b)a record of the evidence adduced before the arbitrator or
arbitrators shall be made. dated and signed by the arbitrator or
arbitrators;

(c)documents produced as exhibits before the arbitrator or
arbitrators shall be marked, dated and initialled by the
arbitrator or arbitrators and shall be attached to the file of the
proceedings; and

(d)in the absence of any party duly notified to attend, the dispute
may be decided by the arbitrator or arbitrators ex parte.

(2) The award of the arbitrator or arbitrators shall-

(a) be in writing;

(b) be dated and signed by the arbitrator or arbitrators; and

(c)state the amount of the costs and expenses of the arbitration,
if any. and by which party or parties to the dispute the same
are to be paid.

(3) Upon the completion of the proceedings the arbitrator or
arbitrators shall forward to the Registrar

(a) the file of the proceedings, and

(b) the award.

75. Where, in pursuance of paragraph (a) of subsection (2) of
section 49 of the Ordinance, the Registrar exercises the power of
deciding a dispute himself. the proceedings before him in relation
thereto shall, as nearly as possible, be conducted in the same way as
proceedings before a court of law and rule U shall apply

mutatis mutandis to such proceedings.
43 of 1947, Schedule. G.N.A. 102/56. Citation. Register of Societies. Duty of Registrar to make original entries. Duty of Registrar to initial alterations. Right of public to inspect register. Applications for registration of societies. Registration. Duty of Registrar on registration of society. Duty of Registrar to record reasons for refusal. Register of members. Duty of society to keep accounts, etc. Membership. Withdrawal from society. Expulsion of member. Loss of qualifications. Postponement of repayment of money to member. Limit of members. Nominees. Division of profits. Maximum total amount of debts. G.N.A. 102/56. General meeting. First meeting. Annual general meeting. Functions of annual general meeting. Special general meeting. Quorum at general meetings. Chairman of general meeting. Voting at general meeting. Method of voting. Minutes of general meeting. Election of committee. Chairman of committee. Duties of committee. Meetings of committee. Procedure at meetings of committee. Minutes of meetings of committee. Failure to attend meetings of committee. Vacancies on committee. Borrowing powers. Banking account. Employees. Application for a loan. Sanction of loan. Security for loans. Purposes of loans. Documents relating to loans. Restrictions on loans to defaulters. Extensions of loans. Misapplication of loan. Recovery of loans. Marketing. Bad debts. Preparation of annual accounts and report. Transfer of shares. Sales of shares of members in default. Secretary. Payment of secretary. Security by secretary. Suspension of secretary. Temporary absence of secretary. Duties of secretary. Treasurer. Security by treasurer. Duties of treasurer. Unfit officer. Reserve fund. Audit of accounts. Audit and supervision fund. By-laws. Amendment of by-laws. Copies of entries. Reference of a dispute to the Registrar for decision. Reference to arbitration by the Registrar. Proceedings before the arbitrator or arbitrators. Proceedings before the Registrar.

Abstract

43 of 1947, Schedule. G.N.A. 102/56. Citation. Register of Societies. Duty of Registrar to make original entries. Duty of Registrar to initial alterations. Right of public to inspect register. Applications for registration of societies. Registration. Duty of Registrar on registration of society. Duty of Registrar to record reasons for refusal. Register of members. Duty of society to keep accounts, etc. Membership. Withdrawal from society. Expulsion of member. Loss of qualifications. Postponement of repayment of money to member. Limit of members. Nominees. Division of profits. Maximum total amount of debts. G.N.A. 102/56. General meeting. First meeting. Annual general meeting. Functions of annual general meeting. Special general meeting. Quorum at general meetings. Chairman of general meeting. Voting at general meeting. Method of voting. Minutes of general meeting. Election of committee. Chairman of committee. Duties of committee. Meetings of committee. Procedure at meetings of committee. Minutes of meetings of committee. Failure to attend meetings of committee. Vacancies on committee. Borrowing powers. Banking account. Employees. Application for a loan. Sanction of loan. Security for loans. Purposes of loans. Documents relating to loans. Restrictions on loans to defaulters. Extensions of loans. Misapplication of loan. Recovery of loans. Marketing. Bad debts. Preparation of annual accounts and report. Transfer of shares. Sales of shares of members in default. Secretary. Payment of secretary. Security by secretary. Suspension of secretary. Temporary absence of secretary. Duties of secretary. Treasurer. Security by treasurer. Duties of treasurer. Unfit officer. Reserve fund. Audit of accounts. Audit and supervision fund. By-laws. Amendment of by-laws. Copies of entries. Reference of a dispute to the Registrar for decision. Reference to arbitration by the Registrar. Proceedings before the arbitrator or arbitrators. Proceedings before the Registrar.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2277

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

33

Number of Pages

21
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:17 +0800
<![CDATA[CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2276

Title

CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 33





CHAPTER 33.

CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

PART 1.

section. PRELIMINARY. Page.

1..........Short title .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
2..........Interpretation ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART 11.

REGISTRATION.

3................................Appointment of Registrar and assistant registrars ... ... ... ... 4

4......................Societies which may be registered ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

5....................Conditions of registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
6....................Application for registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

7.................Registration and appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

8......................Societies to be, bodies corporate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

9.................Evidence of registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART Ill.

DUTIES AND PRIVILEGES OF SOCIETIES.

10...............................Amendment of the by-laws of a registered society ... ... ... ... 5

11..............Address of society ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

12......................................Copy of Ordinance, rules, by-laws, etc., to be open to inspection ... 6

13.................................Disposal of produce to or through a registered society ... ... ... 6

14...............................Creation of charges in favour of registered societies ... ... ... ... 6

15......................................Charge and set oft in respect of shares or interest of members ... 7

16...............................Shares or interest not liable to attachment or sale ... ... ... ... 7

17..........................Transfer of interest on death of member ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

is.......................Deposits by or on behalf of minors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

19..............Register of members .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

20.......................Proof of entries in books of society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

PART IV.

RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF MEMBERS.

21...................Qualification for membership ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

22.................................Members not to exercise rights till due payment made ... ... ... 9

23.......................Restriction of membership in society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9







24..............Votes of members .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
25..............Representation by proxy ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

26...............................Contracts with society of members who are minors ... ... ... ... 9

27.....................Block holdings of shares limited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
28. Restriction on transfer of share or interest 9

29. Liability of past member and estate of deceased member for debts of

society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10





PART V.
Section.PROPERTY AND FUNDS OF REGISTERED SOCIETIES. Page.

30........................Loans made by a registered society ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

31...............................Deposits and loans received by a registered society ... ... ... ... 10
32...............................Restrictions on other transactions with non-members ... ... ... 10

33..............Investment of funds .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
34..............Disposal of profits .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

PART VI.
AUDIT, INSPECTION AND
INQUIRY.

35.......Audit ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

36...............................Power of Registrar to inspect society's books, etc . ... ... ... ... 11

37.....................Inquiry and inspection . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

PART VII.
DISSOLUTION.

38..........Dissolution ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

39...............................Cancellation of registration for lack of membership ... ... ... ... 13

40........................Effect of cancellation of registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

41.................................Liquidation after cancellation of registration of society ... ... ... 13

42..............Liquidator's power ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

43..........................Power of Registrar to control liquidation ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

44.................Enforcement of order ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

45............................Limitation of the jurisdiction of the civil court ... ... ... ... ... 15

46.................Closure of liquidation .... ... ... ... ... ... 15

PART VIII.
SURCHARGE AND
ATTACHMENT.

47.........................................Power of Registrar to surcharge officers, etc., of a registered society 15

48..............Appeal to Governor ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

PART IX.
DISPUTES.

49.................Settlement of disputes .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

50.....................Case stated on question of law ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

PART X.
RULES.

5 1. Rules.............. .................. ... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

PART XI.
MISCELLANEOUS.







52........................Recovery of sums due to Government ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

53. Special power of Governor to exempt any society from requirements

as to registration .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

54. Special power of Governor to exempt societies from provisions of

Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

55.................................Power to exempt from stamp duty and registration fees ... ... ... 20
56. Prohibition of the use of the word 'co-operative' 20

57. Certain legislation not to apply to registered societies ... ... ... ... 20
58. Penalty for non-compliance with Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

59. Punishment of fraud or misappropriation ... ... 21





CHAPTER 33.

CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES.

Toprovide for the formation and to regulate the operation of co-
operative societies.

[15th February. 1951.1

PART 1.

PRELIMINARY.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Co-operative Societies
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'bonus' means a share of the profits of a registered society divided
among its members in proportion to the. volume of business done
with the society by them from which the profits of the society were
derived;

'by-laws' means the registered by-laws made by a society in the
exercise of any power conferred by this Ordinance, and includes a
registered amendment of the by-laws,

'committee' means the governing body of a registered society to whom
the management of its affairs is entrusted;

'dividend' means a share of the profits of a registered society divided
among its members in proportion to the share capital held by them;

'member' includes a person or registered society joining in the
application for the registration of a society, and a person or
registered society admitted to membership after registration in
accordance with the by-laws;

'officer' includes a chairman, secretary, treasurer, member of committee,
or other person empowered under the rules or by-laws to give
directions in regard to the business of a registered society;

'registered society' means a co-operative society registered under this
Ordinance.

'Registrar' means the Registrar of Co-operative Societies appointed
under section 3 and includes any person when exercising such
powers of the Registrar as may have been conferred upon him
under that section;

'rules' means rules made under this Ordinance.





PART 11.

REGISTRATION.

3. The Governor may'appoint a person to be Registrar of Co-
operative Societies for the Colony and may appoint persons to assist
such Registrar, and may, by general or special order published in the
Gazette, confer on any such persons all or any of the powers of a
Registrar under this Ordinance.

4. Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, a society which
has as its object the promotion of the economic interests of its members
in accordance with co-operative principles, or a society established with
the object of facilitating the operations of such a society, may be
registered under this Ordinance with or without limited liability as the
Registrar may decide:

Provided that the liability of a society which includes at least one
registered society among its members shall be limited.

5. (1) No society, other than a society of which a member is a
registered society, shall be registered under this Ordinance, which does
not consist of at least ten persons each of whom is qualified under
section 21 for membership.

(2) The word 'co-operative' or its Chinese equivalent shall form
part of the name of every society registered under this Ordinance.

(3) The word 'limited' or its Chinese equivalent shall be
the 1 name of every society with limited
liability registered under this Ordinance.

(4) When for the purposes of this section any question arises as to
age, residence, or occupation of land constituting the qualification of
any person, that question shall be decided by the Registrar whose
decision shall be final.

6. (1) For the purposes of registration an application shall be made
to the Registrar.

(2)The application shall be signed-

(a)in the case of a society of which no member is a registered
society, by at least ten persons qualified in accordance with
the requirements of subsection (1) of section 5; and

(b)in the case of a society of which a member is a registered
society, by a duly authorized person on behalf of every such
registered society, and, where all the members of the society
are not registered societies, by ten other members, or, when
there are less than ten other members, by all of them.





(3) The application shall be accompanied by copies of the
proposed by-laws of the society, and the persons by whom or on
whose behalf such application is made shall furnish such information in
regard to the society as the Registrar may require.

7. (1) If the Registrar is satisfied that a society has complied with
the provisions of this Ordinance and the rules, and that its proposed by-
laws are not contrary to this Ordinance or to the rules, he may, if he
thinks fit, register the society and its by-laws. An appeal shall lie to the
Governor in Council against the refusal of the Registrar to register any
society within one month from the date of such refusal.

(2) On registration the society shall pay such fee as may be
required by the rules.

8. The registration of a society shall render it a body corporate by
the name under which it is registered, with perpetual succession and
with power to hold property, to enter into contracts, to institute and
defend suits and other legal proceedings, and to do all things necessary
for the purpose of its constitution.

9. A certificate of registration signed by the Registrar shall be
conclusive evidence that the society therein mentioned is duly
registered, unless it is proved that the registration of the society has
been cancelled.

PART III.

DUTIES AND PRIVILEGES OF SOCIETIES,

10. (1) Any registered society may, subject to this Ordinance and
the rules, amend its by-laws, including the by-law which declares the
name of the society.

(2) No amendment of the by-laws of a registered society shall be
valid until that amendment has been registered under this Ordinance, for
which purpose copies of the amendment shall be forwarded to the
Registrar.

(3) If the Registrar is satisfied that any amendment of the by-laws
is not contrary to this Ordinance or to the rules, he may, if he thinks fit,
register the amendment. An appeal shall he to the Governor in Council
against the refusal of the Registrar to register any amendment of any by-
law.

(4) An amendment which changes the name of a society shall not
affect any right or obligation of the society or of any of its members or
past members, and any legal proceedings pending may be continued by
or against the society under its new name.

(5) When the Registrar registers an-amendment of the by-laws of a
registered society, he shall issue to the society a copy of the
amendment certified by him, which shall be conclusive evidence of the
fact that the amendment has been duly registered.





11. Every registered society shall have an address, registered
in accordance with the rules, to which all notices and communica-
tions may be sent, and shall send to the Registrar notice of every
change of that a address.

12. Every registered society shall keep a copy of this Ordinance
and of the rules and of its by-laws and a list of its members open to
inspection, free of charge, at all reasonable times at the registered
address of the society.

13. (1) A registered society which has as one of its objects the
disposal of any article produced or obtained by the work or industry of
its members whether the produce of agriculture, animal husbandry,
forestry, fisheries, handicrafts or otherwise may provide in its by-laws
or may otherwise contract with its members

(a)that every such member who produces any such article shall
dispose of the whole or any specified amount. proportion or
description thereof to or through the society; and

(b)that any member who is proved or adjudged, in such manner as
may be prescribed by the rules to be guilty of a breach of the
by-laws or contract shall pay to the society as liquidated
damages a sum ascertained or assessed in such manner as may
be prescribed by the aforesaid rules.

(2) No contract entered into under the provisions of this section
shall be contested in any court on the ground only that it constitutes a
contract in restraint of trade.

14. (1) Subject to any prior claim of the Crown on the property of
the debtor and to the lien or claim of a landlord in respect of rent or any
money recoverable as rent and in the case of immovable property to any
prior registered charge thereon

(a)any debt or outstanding demand payable to a registered
society by any member or past member shall be a first charge
on all crops or other agricultural produce, felled timber or other
forest produce, marine produce, fish (fresh-water and salt-
water), livestock, fodder, agricultural, industrial and fishing
implements, plant, machinery, boats, tackle and nets, raw
materials, stock in trade and generally all produce of labour and
things used in connexion with production raised, purchased or
produced in whole or in part from any loan whether in money
or in goods given him by the society:

Provided that nothing herein contained shall affect the
claim of any bona fide purchaser or transferee without notice;





(b)any outstanding demands or dues payable to a registered
housing society by any member or past member in respect
of rent, shares, loans or purchase money or any other
rights or amounts payable to such society shall be a first
charge upon his interest in the immovable property of the
society.

15. A registered society shall have a charge upon the shares
or interests in the capital and on the deposits of a member or
past member or deceased member and upon any dividend, bonus,
or profits payable to a member or past member or to the estate
of a deceased member in respect of any debt due to the society
from such member or past member or estate, and may set off any
sum credited or payable to a member or past member or estate
of a deceased member in or towards payment of any such debt.

16. Subject to the provisions of section 15, the share or in-
terest of a member in the capital of a registered society shall not
be liable to attachment or sale under any decree or order of a
court in respect of any debt or liability incurred by such member.
and neither his assignee in insolvency nor a receiver duly appointed
shall be entitled to, or have any claim on, such share or interest.

17. (1) On the death of a member, a registered society may
transfer the share or interest of the deceased member to the person
nominated in accordance with the rules made in this behalf, or,
if there is no person so nominated, to such persons as may appear
to the committee to be the heir or legal representative of the
deceased member, or may pay to such nominee. heir or legal repre-
sentative, as the case may be, a sum representing the value of such
member's share or interest, as ascertained in accordance with the
rules or by-laws:

Provided that-

(a)in the case of a society with unlimited liability such
nominee, heir or legal representative, as the case may be,
may require payment by the society of the value of the
share or interest of the deceased member ascertained as
aforesaid.,

(b)in the case of a society with limited liability. the society
may transfer the share or interest of the deceased mem-
ber to such nominee, heir or legal representative, as the
case may be, being qualified in accordance with the rules
and by-laws for membership of the society, or on his
application within six months of the death of the deceased
member to any person specified in the application who
is so qualified.

(2) A registered society shall pay all other moneys due to the
deceased member from the society to such nominee, heir or legal
representative, as the case may be.





(3) AR transfers and payments made by a registered society in
accordance with the provisions of this section shall be valid and
effectual against any demand made upon the society by any other
person.

18. (1) A registered society may receive deposits from or for the
benefit of minors and it shall be lawful for a registered society to pay
such minors the interest which may become due on such deposits. Any
deposits made by a minor may, together with the interest accrued
thereon, be paid to that minor, and any deposit made on behalf of a
minor may, together with the interest accrued thereon, be paid to the
guardian of that minor for the use of the minor.

(2) The receipt of any minor or guardian for money paid to him
under this section shall be a sufficient discharge of the liability of the
society in respect of that money.

19. Any register or list of members kept by any registered society
shall be prima facie evidence of any of the following particulars entered
therein

(a)the date at which the name of any person was entered in such
register or list as a member;

(b) the date at which any such person ceased to be a member.

20. (1) A copy of any entry in a book of a registered society
regularly kept in the course of business shall, if certified in such manner
as may be prescribed by the rules, be received in any legal proceeding,
civil or criminal, as prima facie evidence of the existence of such entry
and shall be admitted as evidence of the matters, transactions and
accounts therein recorded in every case where, and to the same extent
as, the original entry itself is admissible.

(2) No officer of any such society shall, in any legal proceedings to
which the society is not a party, be compelled to produce any of the
society's books, the contents of which can be proved under subsection
(1) or to appear as a witness to prove any matters, transactions or
accounts therein recorded, unless the court for special reason so
directs.

PART IV.

RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF MEMBERS.

21. In order to be qualified for membership of a co-operative
society a person, other than a registered society, must

(a) have attained the age of 18 years.,

(b)be resident within or in occupation of land within the society's
area of operations as described by the by-laws.





22. No member of a registered society shall exercise the rights
of a member unless or until he has made such payment to the
society in respect of membership or acquired such interest in the
society, as may be prescribed by the rules or by-laws.

23. Except with the sanction of the Registrar, no person shall
be a member of more than one registered society whose primary
object is to grant loans to its members.

24. No member of any registered society shall have more
than one vote in the conduct of the affairs of the society:

Provided that-

(a)in the case of an equality of votes the chairman shall
have a casting vote;

(b)in the case of societies of which a registered society is
a member that society may have such voting powers as
are provided in the rules.

25. A registered society which is a member of any other
registered society may appoint any one of its members as its
proxy for the purpose of voting in the conduct of the affairs of
such other registered society.

26. The minority or non-age of any person duly admitted
as a member of any registered society shall not debar that person
from executing any instrument or giving any acquittance necessary
to be executed or given under this Ordinance or the rules made
thereunder, and shall not be a ground for invalidating or avoiding
any contract entered into by any such person with the society.,
and any such contract entered into by any such person with the
society, whether as principal or as surety, shall be enforceable at
law or against such person notwithstanding his minority or non-age.

27. No member, other than a registered society, shall hold
more than one-fifth of the share capital of any co-operative society.

28. (1) The transfer or charge of the share or interest of a
member or past member or deceased member in the capital of a
registered society shall be subject to such conditions as to
maximum holding as may be prescribed by this Ordinance or by
the rules.

(2) In the case of a society registered with unlimited liability,
a member shall not transfer any share held by him or his interest
in the capital of the society or any part thereof, unless-

(a)he has held such share or interest for not less than one
year; and

(b)the transfer or charge is made to the society, or to a
member of the society, or to a person whose application
for membership has been accepted by the committee.





29. (1) The liability of a past member for the debts of a registered
society as they existed on the date on which he ceased to be a member
shall not continue for a period of more than two years reckoned from
that date.

(2) The estate of a deceased member shall not be liable for the
debts of the society as they existed on the date of his decease for a
period of more than two years reckoned from the date of his decease.

PART V.

PROPERTY AND FUNDS OF REGISTERED SOCIETIES.

30. (1) A registered society shall not. except as provided in section
33, make any loan to any person other than a member:

Provided that, with the consent of the Registrar, a registered
society may make loans to another registered society.

(2) Except with the permission of the Registrar, a registered society
shall not lend money on the security of any movable property other
than produce or goods in which the society is authorized to deal.

(3) The Governor may, by general or special order, prohibit or
restrict the lending of money on mortgage of any description of
immovable property by any registered society.

31. A registered society shall receive deposits and loans from
persons who are not members only to such extent and under such
conditions as may be prescribed by the rules or by-laws.

32. Save as provided in sections 30 and 31, the transactions of a
registered society with persons other than members shall be subject to
such prohibitions and restrictions as may be prescribed by the rules.

33. A registered society may invest or deposit its funds-

(a)in a post office savings bank. or with any bank or person
carrying on the business of banking approved for this
purpose by the Registrar; or

(b)in any securities issued or guaranteed by a Government
within the Commonwealth; or

(c)with any other registered society approved for this purpose
by the Registrar; or

(d) in any other mode approved by the Registrar.

34. (1) At least one-fourth of the net profits of every registered
society, as ascertained by the audit prescribed by section 35, shall be
carried to a fund to be called the reserve fund. which shall be employed
as prescribed by the rules. After deduction of





any tax which may have been charged on such society in accordance
with the provisions of the Inland Revenue Ordinance, the remainder of
such profits and any profits of past years available for distribution may
be divided among the members by way of dividend or bonus, or
allocated to any funds constituted by the society, to such extent or
under such conditions as may be prescribed by the rules or by-laws:

Provided that in the case of a society with unlimited liability, no
distribution of profits shall be made without the general or special order
of the Governor.

(2) Any registered society, may, with the sanction of the Registrar,
after one-fourth of the net profits in any year has been carried to a
reserve fund, contribute an amount not exceeding ten per cent of the
remaining net profits to any charitable purpose or to a common-good
fund.

PART VI.

AUDIT, INSPECTION AND INQUIRY.

35. (1) The Registrar shall audit or cause to be audited by some
person authorized by him by general or special order in writing the
accounts of every registered society once at least in every year.

(2) The audit under subsection (1) shall include an examination of
overdue debts, if any, and a valuation of the assets and liabilities of the
registered society.

(3) The Registrar and every other person appointed to.audit the
accounts of a society shall have power when necessary

(a)to summon at the time of his audit any officer, agent, servant
or member of the society who he has reason to believe can
give material information in regard to any transactions of the
society or the management of its affairs; or

(b)to require the production of any book or document relating to
the affairs of, or any cash or securities belonging to, the
society by the officer, agent, servant or member in possession
of such book, document, cash or securities.

36. The Registrar, or any person authorized by general or special
order in writing by the Registrar, shall at all times have access to all the
books, accounts, papers and securities of a registered society, and shall
be entitled to inspect the cash in hand; and every officer of the society
shall furnish such information in regard to the transactions and working
of the society as the person making such inspection may require.





37. (1) The Registrar may of his own motion, and shall on the
application of a majority of the committee, or of not less than one-third
of the members of a registered society, hold an inquiry or direct some
person authorized by him by order in writing in this behalf to hold an
inquiry into the constitution, working, and financial condition of a
registered society; and all officers and members of the society shall
furnish such information in regard to the affairs of the society and
produce the cash in hand and such books, accounts, papers and
securities of the society as the Registrar or the person authorized by him
may require.

(2) The Registrar shall, on the application of a creditor of the
registered society, inspect or direct some person authorized by him in
writing in this behalf to inspect the books of the society. if the applicant

(a)proves that an ascertained sum of money is then due to him
and that he has demanded payment thereof and has not
received satisfaction within a reasonable time; and

(b)deposits with the Registrar such sum as security for the costs
of the proposed inspection as the Registrar may require.

(3) The Registrar shall communicate the results of any such
inspection to the creditor and to the society into whose affairs inquiry
has been made.

(4) Where an inquiry is held under subsection (1) or an inspection
is made under subsection (2), the Registrar may apportion the costs or
such part of the costs, as he may think right, between the registered
society, the members demanding an inquiry, the officers or former
officers of the society, and the creditor, if any, on whose application the
inquiry was made.

(5) Any sum awarded by way of costs against any society or
person under this section may be recovered, on application to a
magistrate having jurisdiction in the place where the registered office of
the society is situate or the person resides or carries on business for the
time being, in like manner as a fine imposed by such court.

PART VII.

DISSOLUTION.

38. (1) If the Registrar, after holding an inquiry or making an
inspection under section 37 or on receipt of an application made by
three-fourths of the members of a registered society, is of opinion that
the society ought to be dissolved, he may make an order for the
cancellation of the registration of the society.

(2) Any member of a registered society may, within two months
from the date of an order under subsection (1), appeal from such order
to the Governor.





(3) Where no appeal is presented within two months from the
making of an order cancelling the registration of a society, the
order shall take effect on the expiry of that period. Where an
appeal is presented within two months, the order shall not take
effect until it is confirmed.

(4) Where the Registrar makes an order for the cancellation
of the registration of a society under subsection (1) he may make
such further order as he may think fit for the custody of the books
and documents and the protection of the assets of the society until
the order cancelling registration takes effect.

(5) No registered society shall be wound up save by an order
of the Registrar.

39. The Registrar may, by order in writing, cancel the regis-
tration of any registered society other than a society which in-
cludes among its members one or more registered societies, if at
any time it is proved to his satisfaction that the number of the
members has been reduced to less than ten. Every such order
shall take effect from the date thereof.

40. Where the registration of a society is cancelled by an
order under section 38 or 39 the society shall cease to exist as a
corporate body from the date on which the order takes effect,
hereinafter referred to as the date of dissolution:

Provided that any privileges conferred on the society by or
under sections 14, 15, 16 and 17 shall be deemed to be vested
in any liquidator appointed for that society by the Registrar.

41. Where the registration of a society is cancelled under
section 38 or 39 the Registrar may appoint one or more persons
to be, subject to his direction and control, the liquidator or liquida-
tors of the society.

42. (1) A liquidator appointed under section 41 shall, subject
to the guidance and control of the Registrar and to any limitations
imposed by the Registrar by order under section 43, have power
to-

(a)determine from time to time the contribution to be made
by members and past members or by the estates of
deceased members of the society to its assets;

(b)appoint a day by notice before which creditors whose
claims are not already recorded in the books of the society
shall state their claims for admission or to be excluded
from any distribution made before they have proved
them;

(c)decide any question of priority which arises between
creditors;





(d)refer disputes to arbitration and institute and defend suits
and other legal proceedings on behalf of the society by
his name or office;
(e)decide by what persons and in what proportions the costs
of liquidation are to be borne;
give such directions in regard to the collection and dis-
tribution of assets as may be necessary in the course of
winding up the society;
(g)compromise any claim by or against the society provided
the sanction of the Registrar has first been obtained;
(h)call such general meetings of members as may be neces-
sary for the proper conduct of the liquidation;
(i)take possession of the books, documents and assets of
the society;
(1) sell the property of the society;
(k)carry on the business of the society so far as may be
,necessary for winding it up beneficially:
Provided that nothing herein contained shall entitle
the liquidator of a credit society to issue any loan; and
arrange for the distribution of the assets of the society
in a convenient manner when a scheme of distribution
has been approved by the Registrar.

(2) Subject to such rules as may be made in this behalf, any
liquidator appointed under this Ordinance shall in so far as such
powers are necessary for carrying out the purposes of this section,
have power to summon and enforce the attendance of parties and
witnesses and to compel the production of documents by the same
means and (so far as may be) in the manner as is provided in the
case of a magistrate.

43. A liquidator shall exercise his powers subject to the con-
trol and revision of the Registrar, who may-
(a)rescind or vary any order made by a liquidator and make
whatever new order is required;
(b) remove a liquidator from office;
(c) call for all books, documents and assets of the society.
(d)by order in writing limit the powers of a liquidator under
section 42;
(e) require accounts to be rendered to him by the liquidator.,
procure the auditing of the liquidator's accounts and
authorize the distribution of the assets of the society;
(g) make an order for the remuneration of the liquidator; or
(h)refer any subject of dispute between a liquidator and any
third party to arbitration if that party shall have con-
sented in writing to be bound by the decision of the
arbitrator.





44. (1) The decision of an arbitrator on any matter referred to him
under section 43 shall be binding upon the parties, and shall be
enforceable in like manner as an order made by the Registrar under that
section.

(2) An order made by a liquidator or by the Registrar under section
42 or 43 shall be enforced by any civil court having jurisdiction over the
place where the registered office of the society is situate in like manner
as a decree of that court.

45. Save in so far as is hereinbefore expressly provided, no civil
court shall have any jurisdiction in respect of any matter concemed with
the dissolution of a registered society under this Ordinance.

46. (1) In the liquidation of a society whose registration has been
cancelled, the funds, including the reserve fund, shall be applied first to
the costs of liquidation, then to the discharge of the liabilities of the
society, then to the payment of the share capital and then, provided the
by-laws of the society permit, to the payment of a dividend at a rate not
exceeding ten per cent per annum for any period for which no disposal
of profits was made.

(2) When the liquidation of a society has been closed and any
creditor of that society has not claimed or received what is due to him
under the scheme of distribution, notice of the closing of the liquidation
shall be published in the Gazette; and, all claims against the funds of
the society liquidated shall be proscribed when two years have elapsed
from the date of the publication of the Gazette notice.

(3) Any surplus remaining after the application of the funds to the
purposes specified in subsection (1) and the payment of any claims for
which an action is instituted under subsection (2) shall be available for
use by the Registrar for any co-operative purpose at his discretion.

PART VIII.

SURCHARGE AND ATTACHMENT.

47. (1) Where, in the course of the winding up of a registered
society it appears that any person who has taken part in the
organization or management of such society or any past or present
officer of the society has misapplied or retained or become liable or
accountable for any money or property of such society or has been
guilty of misfeasance or breach of trust in relation to such society, the
Registrar may, on the application of the liquidator or of any creditor or
contributory, examine into the conduct of such person and make an
order requiring him to repay or restore the money or property or any part
thereof with interest at such





rate as the Registrar thinks just or to contribute such sum to the assets
of such society by way of compensation in regard to the misapplication,
retainer, dishonesty or breach of trust as the Registrar thinks fit.

(2) This section shall apply notwithstanding that the act is one for
which the offender may be criminally responsible.

48. Any person aggrieved by any order of the Registrar made under
section 47 may appeal to the Governor within twenty-one days from the
date of such order and the decision of the Governor shall be final and
conclusive.

PART IX.

DISPUTES.

49. (1) If any dispute touching the business of a registered society
arises

(a)among members, past members and persons claiming through
members, past members and deceased members; or

(b)between a member, past member, or person claiming through a
member, past member or deceased member, and the society, its
committee, or any officer of the society; or

(c)between the society or its committee and any officer of the
society, or

(d) between the society and any other registered society;

such dispute shall be referred to the Registrar for decision. A claim by a
registered society for any debt or demand due to it from a member, past
member or the nominee, heir or legal representative of a deceased
member, shall be deemed to be a dispute touching the business of the
society within the meaning of this subsection.

(2) The Registrar may, on receipt of a reference under subsection
(1)

(a) decide the dispute himself; or

(b) refer it for disposal to an arbitrator or arbitrators.

(3) Any party aggrieved by the award of the arbitrator or
arbitrators may appeal therefrom to the Registrar within such
period and in such manner as may be prescribed.

4) A decision of the Registrar under subsection (2) or in
appeal under subsection (3) shall be final and shall not be called
in question in any civil court.

(5) The award of the arbitrator or arbitrators under subsection (2)
shall, if no appeal is preferred to the Registrar under subsection (3), or if
any such appeal is abandoned or withdrawn, be final





and shall not be called in question in any civil court and shall be
enforced in the same manner as if the award had been a judgment
of a civil court.

50. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 49,
the Registrar at any time when proceeding to a decision under this
Ordinance, or the Governor at any time when an appeal has been
preferred to him against any decision of the Registrar under this
Ordinance, may refer any question of law arising out of such deci-
sion for the ruling of the court.

(2) Such judge or judges as the Chief Justice may direct, may
consider and determine any question of law so referred and the
ruling given on such question shall be final and conclusive.

PART X.

RULES.

51. (1) The Governor in Council may make all such rules
as may be necessary for the purpose of carrying out or giving effect
to the principles and provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of
the power conferred by subsection (1), such rules may provide for-

(a)forms to be used and the conditions to be complied with
in applying for the registration of a society and the pro-
cedure in the matter of such applications;

(b)conditions to be complied with by persons applying for
admission or admitted as members, election and admis-
sion of members from time to time, and the payment to
be made and interest to be acquired before exercising
rights of membership,
(c)subject to the provisions of section 27, the maximum
number of shares or portion of the capital of a registered
society which may be held by a member;

(d)the extent to which a registered society may limit the
number of its members;
(e)withdrawal and expulsion of members and payments to
be made to members who withdraw or are expelled, and
the liabilities of past members;
general meetings of the members and for the procedure
at such meetings and the powers to be exercised by such
meetings,

(g)appointment, suspension and removal of the members of
the committee and other officers, and the procedure at
meetings of the committee, and the powers to be exercised
and the duties to be performed by the committee and
other officers,





(h)matters in respect of which a society may or shall make
by-laws and the procedure to be followed in making,
altering and rescinding by-laws, and the conditions to be
satisfied prior to such making, alteration or rescission;
(i)the manner in which funds may be raised by means of
shares or debentures or otherwise.,

(1)conditions to be observed by a registered society applying
for financial assistance from government;

(k)the payments to be made, the conditions to be complied
with and the forms of the bonds, instruments or other
documents to be executed by members applying for loans
or cash credits, the period for which loans may be made
or credits granted, and the maximum amount which may
be lent and the maximum credit which may be allowed
to individual members with or without the consent of the
Registrar;
the mode in which the value of a deceased member's
interest shall be ascertained, and for the nomination of
a person to whom such interest may be paid or trans-
ferred;

(m)the mode in which the value of the interest of a member
who has become of unsound mind and incapable of
managing himself or his affairs shall be ascertained and
the nomination of any person to whom such interest may
be paid or transferred,

(n)formation and maintenance of reserve funds, and the
objects to which such funds may be applied, and invest-
ment of any funds under the control of any registered
society,

(o)conditions under which profits may be distributed to the
members of a society with unlimited liability and the
maximum rate of dividend which may be paid by
societies;

(p)accounts and books to be kept by a registered society,
and for the periodical publication of a balance sheet
showing the assets and liabilities of a registered society.,

(q)audit of the accounts of registered societies and for the
charges, if any, to be made for such audit and the levy
of contributions from all or any registered societies to a
fund to be used for the audit and supervision of existing
societies and co-operative propaganda and the administra-
tion of such a fund;

(r)returns to be submitted by registered societies to the
Registrar, and the persons by whom and the form in
which the same are to be made;

(s)the persons by whom, and the form in which, copies of
entries in books of registered societies may be certified;





(t)formation and maintenance of a register of members, and,
where the liability of members is limited by shares, of a
register of shares;

(u)inspection of documents and registers at the Registrar's office
and the fees to be paid therefor and the issue of copies of
such documents or registers;

(v)the manner in which any question as to the breach of any by-
law or contract relating to the disposal of produce to or
through a society may be determined, and the manner in
which the liquidated damages for any such breach may be
ascertained or assessed;

(w)the mode of appointing an arbitrator or arbitrators and the
procedure to be followed in proceedings before the Registrar
or such arbitrator or arbitrators;

(x)the procedure to be followed by a liquidator appointed under
section 41 and the cases in which appeals shall lie from the
orders of such liquidator.,

(y)forms and fees and the procedure to be observed and all other
matters connected with or incidental to the presentation.
hearing and disposal of appeals under this Ordinance or the
rules.

PART Xl.

MISCELLANEOUS.

52. (1) All sums due from a registered society or from an officer or
member or past member of a registered society as such to the
Government may be recovered in the manner provided for the recovery
of debts due to the Government under the law for the time being in
force.

(2) Sums due from a registered society to the Government and
recoverable under subsection (1) may be recovered first, from the
property of the society., secondly, in the case of a society of which the
liability of members is limited, from members, subject to the limit of their
liability; and thirdly, in the case of other societies, from the members.

53. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Ordinance the
Governor may by special order in each case and subject to such
conditions as he may impose, exempt any society from any of the
requirements of this Ordinance as to registration.

54. The Governor may by general or special order exempt any
registered society or class of societies from any of the provisions of this
Ordinance, or may direct that such provisions shall apply to any society
or class of societies with effect from such date or with such
modifications as may be specified in the order.





55. (1) The Governor by notification in the Gazette may, in the
case of any registered society or class of registered societies,
remit
(a) the stamp duty with which, under any law for the time
being in force, instruments executed by or in behalf of a
registered society, or by an officer or member, and re-
lating to the business of such society, or any class of such
instruments are respectively chargeable; or

(b) any fee payable able under the law of registration for the time
being in force.

(2) A notification exempting any registered society from the
fees referred to in paragraph (b) of subsection (1) may provide
for the withdrawal of such exemption

56. (1) No person other than a registered society shall trade or carry
on business under any name or title of which the word ---co-
operative'is part without the sanction of the Governor:

Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to the use by any
person or his successor in interest of any name or title under which he
traded or carried on business at the commencement of this Ordinance.

(2) Any person who contravenes the provisions of this section
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of one
hundred dollars and in the case of a continuing offence to a further fine
of twenty dollars for each day during which the offence continues.

57. The provisions of the Companies Ordinance, and of any law
relating to trade unions, shall not apply to societies registered under
this Ordinance.

58.(a) Any registered society or an officer or a member thereof,
wilfully neglecting or refusing to do any act or to furnish any
information required for the purposes of this Ordinance by the
Registrar or other persons duly authorized by him in this
behalf, and

(b)any person wilfully or without any reasonable excuse
disobeying any summons, requisition or lawful written order
issued under the provisions of this Ordinance, or failing to
furnish any information lawfully required from him by a person
authorized to do so under the provisions of this Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of one

hundred dollars.





59. If any person obtains possession by false representation or
imposition of any property of a society, or having it in his possession
withholds or misapplies it, or wilfully applies any part thereof to
purposes other than those expressed or directed in the rules of the society,
and authorized by this Ordinance. he shall, on the complaint of the
society, or of any member authorized by the society, or the committee
thereof, or of the Registrar, be liable to a fine of two thousand dollars.
and to be ordered to deliver up all such property or to repay all monies
applied improperly, and, in default of such delivery or repayment, or of
the payment of such fine to be imprisoned for twelve months.

(Added, 53 of 1956, s. 2)
Originally 43 of 1947. (Cap. 33, 1950.) 53 of 1956. G.N.A. 31/51. Short title. Interpretation. Appointment of Registrar and assistant registrars. Societies which may be registered. Conditions of registration. Application for registration. Registration and appeals. Societies to be bodies corporate. Evidence of registration. Amendment of the by-laws of a registered society. Address of society. Copy of Ordinance, rules, by-laws, etc., to be open to inspection. Disposal of produce to or through a registered society. Creation of charges in favour of registered societies. Charge and set off in respect of shares or interest of members. Shares or interest not liable to attachment or sale. Transfer of interest on death of member. Deposits by or on behalf of minors. Register of members. Proof of entries in books of society. Qualification for membership. Members not to exercise rights till due payment made. Restriction of membership in society. Votes of members. Representation by proxy. Contracts with society of members who are minors. Block holdings of shares limited. Restriction on transfer of share or interest. Liability of past member and estate of deceased member for debts of society. Loans made by a registered society. Deposits and loans received by a registered society. Restrictions on other transactions with non-members. Investment of funds. Disposal of profits. (Cap. 112.) Audit. Power of Registrar to inspect society's books, etc. Inquiry and inspection. Dissolution. Cancellation of registration for lack of membership. Effect of cancellation of registration. Liquidation after cancellation of registration of society. Liquidator's power. Power of Registrar to control liquidation. Enforcement of order. Limitation of the jurisdiction of the civil court. Closure of liquidation. Power of Registrar to surcharge officers, etc., of a registered society. Appeal to Governor. Settlement of disputes. Case stated on question of law. Rules. Recovery of sums due to Government. Special power of Governor to exempt any society from requirements as to registration. Special power of Governor to exempt societies from provisions of Ordinance. Power to exempt from stamp duty and registration fees. Prohibition of the use of the word 'co-operative'. Certain legislation not to apply to registered societies. (Cap. 32.) Penalty for non-compliance with Ordinance. Punishment of fraud or misappropriation. [cf. 56 & 57 Vict, c. 39, s. 64.]

Abstract

Originally 43 of 1947. (Cap. 33, 1950.) 53 of 1956. G.N.A. 31/51. Short title. Interpretation. Appointment of Registrar and assistant registrars. Societies which may be registered. Conditions of registration. Application for registration. Registration and appeals. Societies to be bodies corporate. Evidence of registration. Amendment of the by-laws of a registered society. Address of society. Copy of Ordinance, rules, by-laws, etc., to be open to inspection. Disposal of produce to or through a registered society. Creation of charges in favour of registered societies. Charge and set off in respect of shares or interest of members. Shares or interest not liable to attachment or sale. Transfer of interest on death of member. Deposits by or on behalf of minors. Register of members. Proof of entries in books of society. Qualification for membership. Members not to exercise rights till due payment made. Restriction of membership in society. Votes of members. Representation by proxy. Contracts with society of members who are minors. Block holdings of shares limited. Restriction on transfer of share or interest. Liability of past member and estate of deceased member for debts of society. Loans made by a registered society. Deposits and loans received by a registered society. Restrictions on other transactions with non-members. Investment of funds. Disposal of profits. (Cap. 112.) Audit. Power of Registrar to inspect society's books, etc. Inquiry and inspection. Dissolution. Cancellation of registration for lack of membership. Effect of cancellation of registration. Liquidation after cancellation of registration of society. Liquidator's power. Power of Registrar to control liquidation. Enforcement of order. Limitation of the jurisdiction of the civil court. Closure of liquidation. Power of Registrar to surcharge officers, etc., of a registered society. Appeal to Governor. Settlement of disputes. Case stated on question of law. Rules. Recovery of sums due to Government. Special power of Governor to exempt any society from requirements as to registration. Special power of Governor to exempt societies from provisions of Ordinance. Power to exempt from stamp duty and registration fees. Prohibition of the use of the word 'co-operative'. Certain legislation not to apply to registered societies. (Cap. 32.) Penalty for non-compliance with Ordinance. Punishment of fraud or misappropriation. [cf. 56 & 57 Vict, c. 39, s. 64.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2276

Edition

1964

Volume

v5

Subsequent Cap No.

33

Number of Pages

22
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:16 +0800
<![CDATA[COMPANIES (WINDING-UP) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2275

Title

COMPANIES (WINDING-UP) RULES

Description


Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2275

Edition

1964

Volume

v4

Subsequent Cap No.

32

Number of Pages

135
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:16 +0800
<![CDATA[COMPANIES (EXEMPTION FROM STATEMENT OF TURNOVER) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2274

Title

COMPANIES (EXEMPTION FROM STATEMENT OF TURNOVER) ORDER

Description


Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2274

Edition

1964

Volume

v4

Subsequent Cap No.

32

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:15 +0800
<![CDATA[COMPANIES (FEES AND PERCENTAGES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2273

Title

COMPANIES (FEES AND PERCENTAGES) ORDER

Description


Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2273

Edition

1964

Volume

v4

Subsequent Cap No.

32

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:14 +0800
<![CDATA[COMPANIES (FORMS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2272

Title

COMPANIES (FORMS) REGULATIONS

Description


Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2272

Edition

1964

Volume

v4

Subsequent Cap No.

32

Number of Pages

107
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:14 +0800
<![CDATA[COMPANIES (FEES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2271

Title

COMPANIES (FEES) REGULATIONS

Description


Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2271

Edition

1964

Volume

v4

Subsequent Cap No.

32

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:13 +0800
<![CDATA[COMPANIES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2270

Title

COMPANIES ORDINANCE

Description


Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2270

Edition

1964

Volume

v4

Subsequent Cap No.

32

Number of Pages

368
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:12 +0800
<![CDATA[POWERS OF ATTORNEY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2269

Title

POWERS OF ATTORNEY ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

POWERS OF ATTORNEY ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 31





CHAPTER 31

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

To make new provision in relation to powers of attorney and for
matters connected therewith.

[1 October 1972.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Powers of Attorney
Ordinance.

2. (1) An instrument creating a power of attorney shall be signed
and sealed by, or by direction and in the presence of, the donor of the
power.

(2) Where such an instrument is signed and sealed by a person by
direction and in the presence of the donor of the power, two other
persons shall be present as witnesses and shall attest the instrument.

(3) This section is without prejudice to any requirement in, or
having effect under, any other Ordinance as to the witnessing of
instruments creating powers of attorney and does not affect the rules
relating to the execution of instruments by corporations.

3. (1) The contents of an instrument creating a power of attorney
may be proved by means of a copy which

(a)is a reproduction of the original made with a photographic or
other device for reproducing documents in facsimile; and

(b)contains the following certificate or certificates signed by the
donor of the power or by a solicitor, that is to say

(i) a certificate at the end to the effect that the copy is a true
and complete copy of the original; and

(ii) if the original consists of two or more pages, a certificate
at the end of each page of the copy to the effect that it is a
true and complete copy of the corresponding page of the
original.

(2) Where a copy of an instrument creating a power of attorney has
been made which complies with subsection (1), the contents of the
instrument may also be proved by means of a copy of that copy if the
further copy itself complies with that subsection, taking references in it
to the original as references to the copy from which the further copy is
made.

(3) In favour of a person acting in good faith a signature on a
certificate under subsection (1)(b) purporting to be that of a person
described as being a solicitor shall, until the contrary is proved, be
deemed sufficient for the purposes of this section.





(4) This section is without prejudice to any other method of proof
authorized by any other Ordinance.

(5) In this section 'solicitor' means a person who is enrolled on
the roll of solicitors kept under the Legal Practitioners Ordinance and
who, at the material time, is not suspended from practice.

4. (1) Where a power of attorney is expressed to be irrevocable and
is given to secure

(a)a proprietary interest of the donee of the power; or

(b)the performance of an obligation owed to the donee,

then, so long as the donee has that interest or the obligation remains
undischarged, the power shall not be revoked

(i)by the donor without the consent of the donee; or

(ii)by the death, incapacity or bankruptcy of the donor or, if the
donor is a corporation, by its winding up or dissolution.

(2) A power of attorney given to secure a proprietary interest may
be given to the person entitled to the interest and persons deriving title
under him to that interest, and those persons shall be duly constituted
donees of the power for all purposes of the power but without prejudice
to any right to appoint substitutes given by the power.

(3) This section applies to powers of attorney whenever created.

5. (1) A donee of a power of attorney who acts in pursuance of the
power at a time when it has been revoked shall not, by reason of the
revocation, incur any liability (either to the donor or to any other
person) if at that time he did not know that the power had been revoked.

(2) Where a power of attorney has been revoked and a person,
without knowledge of the revocation, deals with the donee of the
power, the transaction between them shall, in favour of that person, be
as valid as if the power had then been in existence.

(3) Where the power is expressed in the instrument creating it to be
irrevocable and to be given by way of security then, unless the person
dealing with the donee knows that it was not in fact given by way of
security, he shall be entitled to assume that the power is incapable of
revocation except by the donor acting with the consent of the donee
and shall accordingly be treated for the purposes of subsection (2) as
having knowledge of the revocation only if he knows that it has been
revoked in that manner.

(4) Where the interest of a purchaser depends on whether a
transaction between the donee of a power of attorney and another
person was valid by virtue of subsection (2), it shall be conclusively
presumed in favour of the purchaser that that person did not at the
material time know of the revocation of the power if





(a)the transaction between that person and the donee was
completed within twelve months of the date on which the
power came into operation; or

(b)that person makes a statutory declaration, before or within
three months after the completion of the purchase, that he did
not at the material time know of the revocation of the power.

(5) Without prejudice to subsection (3), for the purposes of this
section knowledge of the revocation of a power of attorney includes
knowledge of the occurrence of any event (such as the death of the
donor) which has the effect of revoking the power.

(6)In this section-

'purchaser' means

(a)a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration;

(b)a lessee, mortgagee or other person who for valuable
consideration acquires an interest in property; and

(e)an intending purchaser; and

'valuable consideration' includes marriage but not a nominal
consideration in money.

(7) This section applies whenever the power of attorney was
created but only to acts and transactions after the commencement of this
Ordinance.

(8) No statutory declaration relating to a power of attorney made
under subsection (4)(b) at any time after the commencement of the
Powers of Attorney (Amendment) Ordinance 1987 shall be sufficient if
made before

(a)a solicitor who acted for the declarant or the donee of the
power of attorney in the transaction referred to in subsection
(2);

(b)a solicitor acting, or who has acted, for a party in any
transaction affected by the statutory declaration;

(c)a partner, clerk or employee of a solicitor mentioned in
paragraph (a) or (b); or

(d)a partner, clerk or employee of a partner of a solicitor
mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b). (Added, 34 of 1987, s.2)

(9) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that a statutory
declaration made under subsection (4)(b) at any time prior to the
commencement of the Powers of Attorney (Amendment) Ordinance 1987
shall not be invalid or otherwise ineffective for its purpose solely by
reason of the fact that it was made before any solicitor, partner, clerk or
employee mentioned in subsection (8). (Added, 34 of 1987, s. 2)





fit- 6. (1) The donee of a power of attorney may, if he thinks

(a)execute any instrument with his own signature and, where
sealing is required, with his own seal; and

(b)do any other thing in his own name,

by the authority of the donor of the power; and any document executed
or thing done in that manner shall be as effective as if executed or done
by the donee with the signature and seal, or, as the case may be, in the
name, of the donor of the power.

(2) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that an
instrument may be executed on behalf of a person by a donee of a power
of attorney either as provided in this section or as provided in any other
Ordinance.

(3) This section is without prejudice to a provision in any other
Ordinance requiring an instrument to be executed by a person specified
therein.

(4) This section applies to powers of attorney whenever created.

7. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a general power of attorney in the
form set out in the Schedule, or in a form to the like effect but expressed
to be made under this Ordinance, shall operate to confer

(a) on the donee of the power; or

(b)if there is more than one donee, on the donees acting jointly or
acting jointly or severally, as the case may be,

authority to do on behalf of the donor anything which he can lawfully
do by an attorney.

(2) This section does not apply to functions which the donor has
as a trustee or personal representative.

SCHEDULE [s. 7.1

POWERS OF ATTORNEY
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 3 1)

FORM OF GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR PURPOSES
OF SECTION 7

THIS GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY is made this day of
19 by AB of (address)

I appoint CD of (address) [or CD of (address) and

EF of (address) jointly or jointly and severally] to be my attomey(s)
in accordance with section 7 of the Powers of Attorney Ordinance.

IN WITNESS whereof I have hereunto set my hand and
seal.

(L.S.)

Signature, etc.
1987 Originally 51 of 1972. 34 of 1987. L.N. 176/72. Short title. Execution of powers of attorney. 1971 c. 27, s. 1. Proof of instruments creating powers of attorney. 1971 c. 27, s. 3. (Cap. 159.) Powers of attorney given as security. 1971 c. 27, s. 4. Protection of donee and third persons where power of attorney is revoked. 1971 c. 27, s. 5. (34 of 1987.) (34 of 1987.) Execution of instruments, etc. by donee of power of attorney. 1971 c. 27, s. 7. Effect of general power of attorney in specified form. Schedule. 1971 c. 27, s. 10.

Abstract

Originally 51 of 1972. 34 of 1987. L.N. 176/72. Short title. Execution of powers of attorney. 1971 c. 27, s. 1. Proof of instruments creating powers of attorney. 1971 c. 27, s. 3. (Cap. 159.) Powers of attorney given as security. 1971 c. 27, s. 4. Protection of donee and third persons where power of attorney is revoked. 1971 c. 27, s. 5. (34 of 1987.) (34 of 1987.) Execution of instruments, etc. by donee of power of attorney. 1971 c. 27, s. 7. Effect of general power of attorney in specified form. Schedule. 1971 c. 27, s. 10.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2269

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

31

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:12 +0800
<![CDATA[WILLS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2268

Title

WILLS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

WILLS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 30





CHAPTER 30.

WILLS ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section. page.

PART I.

PRELIMINARY

1.Short title ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

2.Interpretation ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

PART II.

WILLS.

3.All property may be disposed of by will ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

4.No will of a person under age valid ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

5.Signing and witnessing will ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

6.Privileged wills ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
7.Appointment. by will ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

8.Publication of will not necessary ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

9.Will not void on account of incompetency of witness ... ... ... ... 4

10.Avoidance of gifts to attesting witnesses and their spouses ... ... ... ... 4

11.Creditor attesting will charging estate with debts admissible as witness ... 5

12.Executor admissible as witness ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
13.Revocation of will by marriage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

14.No revocation by presumption from altered circumstances ... ... ... 5

15.Modes of revocation of will ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

16.Alterations in will after execution ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

17. Revoked will not revived otherwise than by re-execution or codicil ... ... 6

18. Subsequent conveyance or other act not to prevent operation of will ... ... 6

19.Will to speak from death of testator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

20.General disposition of land to include leasehold ... ... ... ... ... 6

21.General disposition of property to include property over which testator

has a general power of appointment ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

22.Meaning of 'die without issue' etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

23. Gifts to children or other issue who leave issue living at the testator's death 6

PART III.

CONFLICT OF LAWS RELATING To TESTAMENTARY DISPOSITIONS







24.General rule as to formal validity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

25.Additional rules ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

26.Certain requirements to be treated as formal ... ... ... ... 7

27.Construction of wills ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

28.Application where two or more systems of law in force in territory or state 8

29.Determination of conformity of execution of will to particular law ... ... 8

PART IV.

APPLICATION.

30.Application........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 30.

WILLS.

To consolidate and amend the law relating to wills.

[13th March, 1970.]

PART I.

PRELIMINARY.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Wills Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'disposition' means any devise, bequest, gift or appointment, or the
giving of any estate or interest;

'internal law' in relation to any territory or state means the law which
would apply in a case where no operation of the law in force in any
other territory or state arose;

'personal representative' means the executor, original or by
representation, or administrator for the time being of a deceased
person;

'property' includes all property both real and personal;

'state' means a territory or group of territories having its own law of
nationality;

'will' includes a codicil and any other testamentary instrument or act,
and 'testator' shall be construed accordingly.

PART II

WILLS.

3. A person may by his will, executed in accordance with this
Ordinance, dispose of all property which he is beneficially entitled to at
the time of his death and which on his death devolves upon his
personal representatives.

4. Subject to section 6, no will made by any person under age of
tewnty - one year shall be valid.

5. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no will shall be valid unless it is in
writing and executed in accordance with the following rules:

Rule 1.It shall be signed at the foot or end thereof by the
testator, or by some other person in his presence and by
his direction.





testator in the presence of two or more witnesses present
at the same time, and each witness shall attest by his
signature the signature of the testator, or of the person
signing for him, in the piesence of the testator, but no
form of attestation shall be necessary.

person signing for him, is so placed at or after, or
following, or under, or beside, or opposite to the end of
the will, that it is apparent on the face of the will that the
testator intended to give effect by the signature to the
writing signed as his win.

not be affected if

(a)the signature does not follow or is not immediately after
the foot or end of the will; or

(b)a blank space intervenes between the concluding word of
the will and the signature; or

(c)the signature-

(i) is placed among the words of the testimonium
clause or of the clause of attestation; or

(ii) follows or is after or under the clause of attestation,
either with or without a blank space intervening; or

(iii) follows or is after, or under, or beside the names or
one of the names of the attesting witnesses; or

(d)the signature is on a side or page or other portion of the
papers containing the will on which no clause or
paragraph or disposing part of the will is written above
the signature; or

(e)there appears to be sufficient space on or at the bottom
of the preceding side or page or other portion of the same
paper on which the will is written to contain the
signature.

disposition or direction which is underneath or which
follows it, nor shall it give effect to any disposition or
direction inserted after the signature is made.

(2) Any will of a Chinese testator written wholly or substantially in
Chinese and signed by the testator shall be valid and duly executed
although not executed in accordance with the rules set out in
subsection (1).





6. (1) Any member of Her Majesty's Forces being in actual naval
military or air force service, and any mariner or seaman being at sea, may

(a)dispose of any of his property;

(b)exercise any power of appointment; or

(c)appoint a person as guardian of his infant children by will,

without complying with any of the rules specified in subsection (1) of
section 5.

(2) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that a
person referred to in this section is authorized to dispose of his
property by will though he is-the ago of twenty-one years
7\

7. (1) No appointment made by will, in exercise of any power, shall
be valid unless it is executed in accordance with section 5.

(2) Every will so executed shall, so far as concerns its execution and
attestation, be a valid execution of a power of appointment by will,
notwithstanding that it has been expressly required that a will made in
exercise of such power shall be executed with some additional or other
form of execution or solemnity.

8. Every will executed in accordance with section 5 shall be valid
without any other publication thereof.

9. If a person who attests the execution of a will is, at the time of
execution or at any time afterwards, incompetent to be admitted a
witness to prove the execution, the will shall not on that account be
invalid.

10. (1) If a person attests the execution of a will, and any
disposition of or affecting any property (other than charges and
directions for the payment of any debt) is given or made by the will to
that person or his spouse, that disposition shall, so far only as concerns
the person attesting the execution of the will, or the spouse of that
person, or any person claiming under that person or spouse, be void.

(2) The person so attesting shall be admitted as a witness to prove
the execution of the will, or to prove the validity or invalidity thereof,
notwithstanding such disposition.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section the attestation
of a will by a person to whom or to whose spouse there is given or made
any such disposition as is described in that subsection shall be
disregarded if the will is duly executed without his attestation and
without that of any other such person.





11. If by will any property is charged with any debt and a creditor,
or the spouse of a creditor, whose debt is so charged, attests the
execution of the will, the creditor, notwithstanding such charge, shall be
admitted a witness to prove the execution of the will, or to prove the
validity or invalidity thereof.

12. A person shall not, by reason only of his being an executor of a
will, be incompetent to be admitted a witness to prove the execution of
such will, or a witness to prove the validity or invalidity thereof.

13. (1) A will shall be revoked by the subsequent marriage of the
testator except a will expressed to be made in contemplation of that
marriage.

(2) This section shall not apply to a will made in exercise of a power
of appointment when the property thereby appointed would not, in
default of the appointment, pass to the personal representative of the
testator.

14. No will shall be revoked by any presumption of an intention on
the ground of an alteration in circumstances.

15. No will or any part thereof shall be revoked otherwise than

(a)by marriage as provided by section 13; or

(b) by another will executed in accordance with section 5; or

(c)by a written revocation executed in the manner in which the
will was executed; or

(d)by the burning, tearing or otherwise destroying of it by the
testator, or by some person in his presence and by his
direction, with the intention of revoking it.

16. (1) No obliteration, interlineation, or other alteration made in a
will after execution shall be valid or have any effect, except so far as the
words or effect of the will before such alteration are not apparent, unless
such alteration is executed in the manner in which the will was executed.

(2) The will, with such alteration as part thereof, shall be deemed to
be duly executed if the signature of the testator, and the signature of
each witness if any is required, is made

(a)in the margin or on some other part of the will opposite or near
to such alteration; or

(b)at the foot or end of or opposite to a memorandum referring to
such alteration and written at the end or some other part of the
will.





17. (1) No will or any part thereof, which is in any manner revoked,
shall be revived otherwise than by the re-execution thereof or by a
codicil executed in accordance with section 5 and showing an intention
to revive it.

(2) When any will which is partly revoked, and afterwards wholly
revoked, is revived, such revival shall not extend to so much thereof as
was revoked before the revocation of the whole thereof, unless an
intention to the contrary is shown.

18. No conveyance or other act made or done subsequently to the
execution of a will of or relating to any property comprised therein,
except an act by which the will is revoked in accordance with section 15,
shall prevent the operation of the will with respect to any estate or
interest in such property which the testator has power to dispose of by
will at the time of his death.

19. Every will shall, with reference to the property comprised in it,
be construed to speak and take effect as if it had been executed
immediately before the death of the testator, unless a contrary intention
appears from the will.

20. A general disposition of land shall be construed to include
leasehold interests, unless a contrary intention appears from the will.

21. A general disposition of property shall be construed to include
any property which the testator may have power to appoint in any
manner he may think proper and shall operate as an execution of such
power, unless a contrary intention appears from the will.

22. In a disposition of property, the words 'die without issue', or
'die without leaving issue-, or 'have no issue-, or any other words
which may import either a want or failure of issue of any person in his
lifetime or at the time of his death, or an indefinite failure of his issue,
shall be construed to mean a want or failure of issue in his lifetime or at
the time of his death, and not an indefinite failure of issue unless a
contrary intention appears from the will.

23. Where a person, being a child or other issue of the testator to
whom any property is given for any estate or interest not determinable at
or before the death of that person, dies in the lifetime of the testator
leaving issue, and any such issue of that person is living at the time of
the death of the testator, the gift shall not lapse but shall take effect as if
the death of that person had happened immediately after the death of the
testator, unless a contrary intention appears from the will.
Originally 32 of 1970. Short title. Interpretation. 1963 c. 44, s. 6 (1). 1925 c. 23, s. 53. 1963 c. 44, s. 6(1). 1963 c. 44, s. 6(1). All property may be disposed of by will. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 3.] No will of a person under age valid. 1837 c. 26, s. 7. Signing and witnessing will. [cf.1837 c. 26, s. 9 and 1852 c. 24, s. 1.] Privileged wills. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 11, and 1918 c. 58.] Appointment by will. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 10.] Publication of will not necessary. 1837 c. 26, s. 13. Will not void on account of incompetency of witness. 1837 c. 26, s. 14. Avoidance of gifts to attesting witnesses and their spouses. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 15.] 1968 c. 28, s. 1. Creditor attesting will charging estate with debts admissible as witness. 1837 c. 26, s. 16. Executor admissible as witness. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 17.] Revocation of will by marriage. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 18, and 1925 c. 20, s. 177.] No revocation by presumption from altered circumstances. 1837 c. 26, s. 19. Modes of revocation of will. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 20.] Alterations in will after execution. 1837 c. 26, s. 21. Revoked will not revived otherwise than by re-execution or codicil. 1837 c. 26, s. 22. Subsequent conveyance or other act not to prevent operation of will. 1837 c. 26, s. 23. Will to speak from death of testator. 1837 c. 26, s. 24. General disposition of land to include leasehold. [cf 1837 c. 26, s. 26.] General disposition of property to include property over which testator has a general power of appointment. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 27.] Meaning of 'die without issue' etc. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 29.] Gifts to children or other issue who leave issue living at the testator's death. [cf.1837 c. 26, s. 33.]

Abstract

Originally 32 of 1970. Short title. Interpretation. 1963 c. 44, s. 6 (1). 1925 c. 23, s. 53. 1963 c. 44, s. 6(1). 1963 c. 44, s. 6(1). All property may be disposed of by will. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 3.] No will of a person under age valid. 1837 c. 26, s. 7. Signing and witnessing will. [cf.1837 c. 26, s. 9 and 1852 c. 24, s. 1.] Privileged wills. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 11, and 1918 c. 58.] Appointment by will. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 10.] Publication of will not necessary. 1837 c. 26, s. 13. Will not void on account of incompetency of witness. 1837 c. 26, s. 14. Avoidance of gifts to attesting witnesses and their spouses. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 15.] 1968 c. 28, s. 1. Creditor attesting will charging estate with debts admissible as witness. 1837 c. 26, s. 16. Executor admissible as witness. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 17.] Revocation of will by marriage. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 18, and 1925 c. 20, s. 177.] No revocation by presumption from altered circumstances. 1837 c. 26, s. 19. Modes of revocation of will. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 20.] Alterations in will after execution. 1837 c. 26, s. 21. Revoked will not revived otherwise than by re-execution or codicil. 1837 c. 26, s. 22. Subsequent conveyance or other act not to prevent operation of will. 1837 c. 26, s. 23. Will to speak from death of testator. 1837 c. 26, s. 24. General disposition of land to include leasehold. [cf 1837 c. 26, s. 26.] General disposition of property to include property over which testator has a general power of appointment. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 27.] Meaning of 'die without issue' etc. [cf. 1837 c. 26, s. 29.] Gifts to children or other issue who leave issue living at the testator's death. [cf.1837 c. 26, s. 33.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2268

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

30

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:11 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDICIAL TRUSTEE RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2267

Title

JUDICIAL TRUSTEE RULES

Description






JUDICLAL TRUSTEE RULES.

7

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES.

Rule.
1.Citation................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 93

Appointment of Judicial Trustee.

2.Mode of making application ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B3

3.Service of summons ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B3

4.Statement to be supplied on application ... ... ... ... ... ... B3

5. Removal of restriction as to appointment of certain persons to be

trustees ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 94

6.Power to make vesting or other orders ... ... ... ... ... ... B4

Appointment of Official of Court to be Judicial Trustee.

7.Appointment of Registrar General ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B4

Administration of the Trust.

8.Statement of trust property ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B5

9.Security ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B5

10.Trust account at bank and custody of documents ... ... ... ... B6
11.Judicial trustee not to keep money in his hands ... ... ... ... B7

12.Directions to judicial trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B7

13.Powers to dispense with formal evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... B7

Accounts and Audit.

14.Accounts and audit ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7

15.Filing and inspection of accounts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

16.Deductions allowed ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

Remuneration and Allowances.

17.Remuneration of judicial trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

18.Application of remuneration of official of the court ... ... ... ... B9

19.Forfeiture of remuneration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

Removal and Suspension of Judicial Trustee.

20.Suspension of judicial trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B9
21.Removal of judicial trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B9

22.Inquiry into conduct of judicial trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B10





Rule. Page.
Resignation and Discontinuance of Judicial Trustee.

23.Resignation of judicial trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

24.Discontinuance of judicial trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B10

Special Trusts.

25.Executors and administrators ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

26.Special trusts .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Bil

Exercise of the Powers of the Court.

27.Exercise of powers of court ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... Bil

28.Communications between judicial trustee and court ... ... ... ... Bil

29.Fees ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

30.Definition of 'officer of the court' ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

31.Service ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

Schedule..Fees....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12





JUDICIAL TRUSTEE RULES.

(Cap. 29, section 64).

[18th December, 1953.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Judicial Trustee Rules.

Appointment of Judicial Trustee.

2. An application to the court to appoint a judicial trustee shall be
in the Supreme Court. and

(a)if not made in a pending cause or matter, shall be made by
originating summons; and

(b)if made in a pending cause or matter, shall be made as part of
the relief claimed, or by summons in the cause or matter.

3. (1) The summons shall be served-

(a)where the application is made by or on behalf of a trustee, on
the other trustee (if any); and

(b)where the application is made by or on behalf of a beneficiary,
on the trustees (if any),

and in either case on such (if any) of the beneficiaries as the court
directs.

(2) Where the application is made by or on behalf of a person
creating or intending to create a trust, the summons subject to any
direction of the court, need not be served on any person.

(3) The court may give any directions it thinks fit, either dispensing
with the service of the summons on any person on whom it is required
to be served under this rule, or requiring the service of the summons on
any person on whom it is not required to be served under this rule.

4. (1) Where an application is made for the appointment of a judicial
trustee by originating summons, the applicant shall, when he takes out
the summons, supply for the use of the court a Written statement
signed by him containing the following particulars so far as he can gain
information with regard to them

(a)a short description of the trust and instrument by which it is,
or is to be, created, and of the relation which the applicant
bears to the trust;

(b)if a person is nominated as judicial trustee, the name and
address of the person nominated, and short particulars of the
reasons which lead to his nomination;

(c)if a person is nominated as judicial trustee, a statement
whether it is proposed that the person nominated should be
remunerated or not;





(d)short particulars of the trust property, with an approximate
estimate of its income, and capital value;

(e)short particulars of the incumbrances (if any) affecting the
trust property,

a statement whether it is proposed that the judicial trustee
should be a sole trustee or should act jointly with other
trustees;

(g)particulars as to the persons who are in possession of the
documents relating to the trust;

(h)the names and addresses of the beneficiaries and short
particulars of their respective interests,

(i)any exceptional circumstances specially affecting the
administration of the trust.

(2) An affidavit by the applicant verifying the statement shall be
sufficient prima facie evidence of the particulars contained in the
statement.

(3) Where the applicant cannot gain the information necessary for
making the required statement on any point, he must mention the fact in
his statement.

5. (1) The court shall not be precluded by any existing practice as
to the appointment of trustees from appointing any person to be a
judicial trustee by reason of that person being a beneficiary, or a
relation or husband or wife of a beneficiary, or a solicitor to the trust or
to the trustee, or to any beneficiary, or a married woman, or standing in
any special position with regard to the trust.

(2) A person may be appointed to be a judicial trustee of a trust
although he is already a trustee of the trust.

6. On the appointment of any person to be judicial trustee the court
shall make such vesting or other orders and exercise such other powers
as may be necessary for vesting the trust property in the judicial trustee
either as sole trustee or jointly with other trustees as the case requires.

Appointment of Official of Court to be Judicial Trustee.

7. (1) Where an official of the court is appointed judicial trustee, the
Registrar General shall be so appointed, unless, for special reasons, the
court directs that some other official of the court shall be so appointed.

(2) Any official of the court appointed to be a judicial trustee shall,
on his ceasing to hold office, cease to be such a trustee without any
formal resignation.





(3) Where an official of the court is judicial trustee, any trust
property vested in or held by him, shall be vested in and held by him
under his official title and not in his own name.

(4) Where an official of the court appointed to be a judicial trustee
of a trust dies, or ceases to hold office, his successor in office shall,
unless the court otherwise directs, become judicial trustee of the trust
without any order of the court of formal appointment, and the trust
property shall, without any conveyance, assignment, or transfer, in such
a case become vested in the successor as it was vested in his
predecessor in office.

(5) For the purpose of the definition of 11 official of the court', in
section 65 of the Ordinance, any Paid office in or connected with the
court shall be a prescribed office.

Administration of the Trust.

8. (1) A judicial trustee shall, unless in any case the court considers
that it is unnecessary, as soon as may be after his appointment, furnish
the court with a complete statement of the trust property, accompanied
with an approximate estimate of the income and capital value of each
item.

(2) The judicial trustee shall give such information to the court as
may be necessary for the purpose of keeping the statement of the trust
property correct for the time being.

9. (1) A judicial trustee, if not an official of the court, shall give
security to the court for the due application of the trust property, unless
the court dispenses with security under this rule.

(2) The court may, on the appointment of a judicial trustee, or at
any time during his continuance in office as judicial trustee, dispense
with security on the application either of the person who is to be
appointed or is judicial trustee, or of any person appearing to the court
to be interested in the trust, and shall do so where a judicial trustee is
appointed on the application of a person creating or intending to create
a trust, and that person desires that security should be dispensed with,
unless for special reasons the court considers that security is in such a
case necessary or desirable.

(3) The security shall be given, either by recognizance, bond, or
otherwise, as the court directs, and with such sureties as the court
approves.

(4) If the court is satisfied that sufficient provision is made for the
safety of the capital of the trust property, the amount of the security
shall, in ordinary cases, be an amount exceeding by twenty per cent the
annual income of the trust property as estimated by the court.





(5) The court may at any time require that the amount or
nature of the security given by a judicial trustee under this rule
be varied, or that security be given where it has previously been
dispensed with, and a judicial trustee shall comply with any such
requirement.

(6) It shall be a condition of every recognizance, bond, or
other form of security given under this rule that the judicial trustee
shall give immediate notice to the court of the death or insolvency
of any of his sureties.

(7) Any recognizance, bond, or other form of security given
for the purpose of this rule may be vacated in such manner and
subject to such conditions as the court may direct.

(8) Where security is not dispensed with, the appointment
of a person to be judicial trustee shall not take effect until he has
given the security required by the court under this rule.

(9) Any premium payable by a judicial trustee to any guar-
antee company on account of his security may, if the court so
directs, be paid out of the trust property.

10. (1) When a judicial trustee is appointed, a separate
account for receipts and payments on behalf of the trust shall be
kept in the name of the trustees at some bank approved by the
court.

(2) all title deeds and all certificates and other documents
which are evidence of the title of the trustee to any of the trust
property shall be deposited either with that bank or in such other
custody as the court directs.

(3) The deeds or documents shall be deposited in the names
of the trustees, and the judicial trustee shall give notice to the body
or person with whom the deeds or documents are so deposited not
to deliver any of them over to any person except on a request sign-
ed by the judicial trustee and countersigned by the officer of the
court, and also to allow any person authorized by the officer of the
court in writing to inspect them during business hours.

(4) The judicial trustee shall deposit with the court a list of
all deeds or documents deposited in any custody in pursuance of
this rule, and shall give information to the court from time to time
of any variation to be made in the list.

(5) The judicial trustee shall. if at any time directed by the
court, give an order to the bank at which the trust account is kept,
not to pay at any one time any sum over a specified amount out
of the trust account except on an order countersigned by the
officer of the court.

(6) Any payments on account of the income of the trust
property may be provided for by means of a standing order to
the bank at which the trust account is kept.





(7) The court may give such directions to the judicial trustee
as may, in the opinion of the court, be necessary or expedient for
carrying this rule into effect, and for securing the safety of the
trust property.

(8) Where an official of the court is judicial trustee, the court
may direct that, instead of a separate account of the receipts and
payments on behalf of the trust being kept at some bank approved
by the court, all receipts on behalf of the trust may be dealt with,
and all payments on behalf of the trust may be made, in such
manner, and subject to such regulations as to the accounts to be
kept of the receipts and payments and the procedure to be followed
in dealing therewith, as the Accountant General shall direct.

11. A judicial trustee shall pay all money coming into his
hands on account of his trust without delay to the trust account
at the bank, and if he keeps any such money in his hands for a
longer time than the court considers necessary, shall be liable to
pay interest upon it at such rate not exceeding five per cent
as the court may fix for the time during which the money remains
in his hands.

12. (1) A judicial trustee may at any time request the court
to give him directions as to the trust or its administration.

(2) The request shall be accompanied by a statement of the
facts with regard to which directions are required, and by the fee
required under these rules in respect of a communication from
the court with regard to the administration of the trust.

(3) The court may require the trustee or any other person
to attend at chambers if it appears that such an attendance is
necessary or convenient for the purpose of obtaining any informa-
tion or explanation required for properly giving directions, or for
the purpose of explaining the nature of the directions.

13. The court, if satisfied that there is no reasonable doubt
of any fact which affects the administration of a trust by a judicial
trustee, may give directions to the judicial trustee to act without
formal proof of the fact.

Accounts and Audit.

14. (1) The court shall give directions to a judicial trustee
as to the date to which the accounts of the trust are to be made
up in each year, and shall fix in each year the time after that
date within which the accounts are to be delivered to it for audit.

(2) The accounts shall in ordinary cases be audited by the
officer of the court, but the court, if it considers that the accounts
are likely to involve questions of difficulty, may refer them to a
professional accountant for report, and order the payment to him
of such amount in respect of his report as the court may fix.





15. (1) The accounts of any trust of which there is a judicial trustee,
with a note of any corrections made upon the audit, shall be filed as the
court directs.

(2) The judicial trustee shall send a copy of the accounts or, if the
court thinks fit. of a summary of the accounts, of the trust to such
beneficiaries or other persons as the court thinks proper.

(3) The court may, if it thinks fit, having regard to the nature of the
relation of the applicant to the trust, allow any person applying to
inspect the filed accounts so to inspect them on giving reasonable
notice to the officer of the court.

16. A judicial trustee shall, unless the court otherwise directs. be
allowed on the audit of his accounts deductions made on account of his
remuneration and allowances under these rules and also on account of
the fees paid by him under these rules, but shall not be allowed any
deduction on account of the expenses of professional assistance, or his
own work, or personal outlay, unless the court is satisfied that the
deduction is justified by the strict necessity of the case.

Remuneration and Allowances.

17. (1) Where a judicial trustee is to be remunerated, the
remuneration to be paid to him shall be fixed by the court and may be
altered by the court from time to time.

(2) In fixing the remuneration, regard shall be had to the duties
entailed upon the judicial trustee by the trust.

(3) The court may make, if it thinks fit, special allowances to judicial
trustees for the following matters, to be paid out of the trust property

(a)for the statement of trust property prepared by a judicial
trustee on his appointment, an allowance not exceeding one
hundred and seventy-five dollars;

(b)for realizing and re-investing trust property, where the
property is realized for the purpose of re-investment, an
allowance not exceeding one and a half per cent of the amount
realized and re-invested;

(c)for realizing or investing trust property in any other case. an
allowance not exceeding one per cent on the amount realized
or invested.

(4) The court may also in any year make a special allowance to a
judicial trustee, if satisfied that in that year more trouble has been
thrown upon the trustee by reason of exceptional circumstances than
would ordinarily be involved in the administration of the trust.

(5) Where a trustee is remunerated, any allowance under this rule
shall be paid in addition to the remuneration.





(6) Any remuneration or allowance payable to a judicial trustee
shall be paid or allowed to him at such times and in such manner as the
court directs.

18. Where an official of the court is appointed to be a judicial
trustee, any remuneration, allowances, or other payments payable to him
on account of his services as trustee shall be paid, accounted for, and
applied in such manner as the Accountant General directs.

19. (1) If the court is satisfied that a judicial trustee has failed to
comply with these rules, or with any direction of the court or officer of
the court made in accordance with these rules, or has otherwise
misconducted himself in relation to the trust, the court may order that
the whole or any part of the remuneration of the trustee be forfeited.

(2) This rule shall not affect any liability of the judicial trustee for
breach of trust or to be removed or suspended.

(3) A judicial trustee shall have an opportunity of being heard by
the court, before any order is made for the forfeiture of his remuneration
or any part of it.

Removal and Suspension of Judicial Trustee.

20. (1) The court may at any time, either without any application or
on the application of any person appearing to the court to be interested
in the trust, suspend a judicial trustee, if the court considers that it is
expedient to do so in the interests of the trust, and a judicial trustee
while suspended shall not have power to act as trustee.

(2) When a judicial trustee is suspended, the court shall cause
notice to be given to such of the persons appearing to the court to be
interested in the trust as the court directs, and also to the persons
having the custody of the trust property, and shall give any other
directions which appear necessary for securing the safety of the trust
property.

21. (1) The court may, either without any application or on the
application of any person appearing to the court to be interested in the
trust, remove a judicial trustee if the court considers that it is expedient
to do so in the interests of the trust.

(2) An application to remove a judicial trustee shall be made by
summons.

(3) A judicial trustee shall not be removed by the court without an
application for the purpose, except after notice has been given to him by
the court of the grounds on which it is proposed to remove him, and of
the time and place at which the matter will be heard.





(4) The court shall cause a copy of the notice to the trustee
to be sent to such of the persons appearing to the court to be
interested in the trust as the court directs, and the same procedure
shall be followed in the matter so far as possible as on a summons
to remove a judicial trustee.

22. Where an inquiry into the administration by a judicial
trustee of any trust, or into any dealing or transaction of a judicial
trustee is ordered, the inquiry shall, unless the court otherwise
directs, be conducted by the officer of the court, and he shall have
the same powers in relation thereto as he has in relation to any
other inquiry directed by the court.

Resignation and Discontinuance of Judicial Trustee.

23. (1) If a judicial trustee desires to be discharged from
his trust he shall give notice to the court, stating at the same time
what arrangements it is proposed to make with regard to the
appointment of a successor.
(2) The court shall give facilities for the appointment on a
proper application of an official of the court to be judicial trustee
in place of a judicial trustee who desires to be discharged, in cases
where no fit and proper person appears available for the office,
or where the court considers that such an appointment is conven-
ient or expedient in the interests of the trust.

24. (1) Where there is a judicial trustee of a trust, the court
may at any time, on the application made by summons of any
person appearing to the court to be interested in the trust, order
that there shall cease to be a judicial trustee of the trust, whether
the person who is judicial trustee continues as trustee or not.
(2) If the court is satisfied that all the persons appearing to
the court to be interested in the trust concur in an application
under this rule, the court shall accede to the application, and in
any case shall ascertain as far as may be the wishes of those
appearing to the court to be interested in the trust with regard
to the application.
(3) Where an order is made under this rule, the court shall
make all such orders as may be necessary for carrying it into effect,
and where in pursuance of any such order a new trustee is
appointed in the place of an official of the court, shall make all
such vesting or other orders and exercise all such other powers
as may be necessary for vesting the trust property in the new
trustee either as sole trustee or jointly with other trustees as the
case requires.

Special Trusts.

25. (1) Any person who is an executor or administrator may
be appointed a judicial trustee for the purpose of the collection





and distribution of the estate of a deceased person in the same manner
and subject to the same provisions as in the case of an ordinary trust.

(2) Where an administrator has given an administration bond, he
need not give security as a judicial trustee under these rules unless the
court directs that he is to do so.

26. (1) An official of the court shall not be appointed or act as
judicial trustee for any persons in their capacity as members or
debenture holders of, or being in any other relation to, any incorporated
or unincorporated company, or any club.

(2) Where the circumstances of any trust of which an official of the
court is a judicial trustee, or of which it is proposed to appoint an official
of the court to be a judicial trustee, involve the carrying on of any trade
or business, special intimation of the fact shall be given to the court
either by the judicial trustee or by the person making the application for
the appointment of the judicial trustee, as the case may be, and the court
shall specially consider the facts of the case with a view to determining
whether the official of the court should continue or be appointed as
judicial trustee, and whether any special condition should be made or
directions given with a view to ensuring the proper supervision of the
trade or business.

Exercise of the Powers of the Court.

27. For the purpose of these rules the officer of the court may
exercise any power which may be exercised by the court (including the
power of making an order for the appointment of a judicial trustee or
making any vesting order) and may perform any duty to be performed by
the court, and may hear and investigate any matter which may be heard
or investigated by the court, subject in any case to the right of any party
to bring any particular point before the judge.

28. (1) It shall not be necessary to take out a summons for any
purpose under these rules, except in cases where a summons is required
by these rules, or where the court directs a summons to be taken out.

(2) Where a judicial trustee desires to make any application or
request to the court, or to communicate with the court as to the
administration of his trust, he may do so by letter addressed to the
officer of the court without any further formality.

(3) The court may give any direction to a judicial trustee with
regard to the administration of his trust by letter signed by the officer of
the court, and addressed to the trustee without drawing up any order or
formal document.





(4) For the purposes of the attendance at chambers of the judicial
trustee or any other person connected with the trust for purposes
relating to the administration of the trust the officer of the court may
make such appointments as he thinks fit by letter without the service of
formal notices.

(5) Any document may be supplied for the use of the court by
leaving it with, or sending it by post to, the officer of the court.

29. (1) The fees mentioned in the schedule to these rules shall be
paid in respect of the matters therein mentioned.

(2) The fees paid by a judicial trustee may be deducted out of the
income of the trust property unless the court otherwise directs.

(3) Any fees payable under these rules may be remitted by post,
and may be so remitted in any manner except by means of postage
stamps or coin.

(4) All fees payable under these rules in the Supreme Court, shall.
except as provided by these rules, be subject to similar provisions as to
payment, account. and application as other fees payable in the Supreme
Court.

30. In these rules, the expression officer of the court' means the
Registrar of the Supreme Court.

31. Any notice required by these rules to be given or any summons
or other document required to be served may be given or served
personally or in such other manner as the court may direct.

SCHEDULE. [rule 29.1

FEES

The following fees shall be payable under these rules-

In respect of anything or matter for which a fee is
provided under the orders in force for the time being The fee so

with regard to Supreme Court fees .provided.
In respect of any communication from the court with
regard to the administration of the trust 4.00
For filing the statement of the trust property 10.00
for filing any alteration in the statement 6.00
For filing the accounts of the trust 6.00
For filing any other document relating to the trust 4.00
For auditing the accounts of the trust when audited by
the officer of the court, for every $1,000.00 or fraction
of 51,000.00 of the gross amount received as income of
the trust without deducting any payments 4.00

On the audit of the accounts of the trust where they are A fee equal

referred to a professional accountant for report to the

amount paid to
the accountant.

On inspection of filed accounts for each hour or part of
an hour occupied ............... 4.00
Not exceeding on one day ....... 10.00
G.N.A.176/53. Citation. Mode of making application. Service of summons. Statement to be supplied on application. Removal of restriction as to appointment of certain persons to be trustees. Power to make vesting or other order. Appointment of Registrar General. Statement of trust property. Security. Trust account at bank and custody of documents. Judicial trustee not to keep money in his hands. Directions to judicial trustees. Powers to dispense with formal evidence, Accounts and audit. Filing and inspection of accounts. Deductions allowed. Remuneration of judicial trustee. Application of remuneration of official of the court. Forfeiture of remuneration. Suspension of judicial trustee. Removal of judicial trustee. Inquiry into conduct of judicial trustee. Resignation of judicial trustee. Discontinuance of judicial trustee. Executors and administrators. Special trusts. Exercise of powers of court. Communications between judicial trustee and court. Fees. Schedule. Definition of 'officer of the court'. Service.

Abstract

G.N.A.176/53. Citation. Mode of making application. Service of summons. Statement to be supplied on application. Removal of restriction as to appointment of certain persons to be trustees. Power to make vesting or other order. Appointment of Registrar General. Statement of trust property. Security. Trust account at bank and custody of documents. Judicial trustee not to keep money in his hands. Directions to judicial trustees. Powers to dispense with formal evidence, Accounts and audit. Filing and inspection of accounts. Deductions allowed. Remuneration of judicial trustee. Application of remuneration of official of the court. Forfeiture of remuneration. Suspension of judicial trustee. Removal of judicial trustee. Inquiry into conduct of judicial trustee. Resignation of judicial trustee. Discontinuance of judicial trustee. Executors and administrators. Special trusts. Exercise of powers of court. Communications between judicial trustee and court. Fees. Schedule. Definition of 'officer of the court'. Service.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2267

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

29

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:11 +0800